iC-NRir. 
 
 I'll 1 II 
 
 Illllll™ 
 ; B 3Qb 14 3 
 

LATIN READER: 
 
 ADAPTED TO 
 
 BULLIONS'S LATIN GRAMMAR, 
 
 AND TO 
 
 BULLIONS & MORRIS'S LATIN GRAMMAR. 
 
 WLify mx |utrobuction 
 
 ON THE IDIOMS OF THE LATIN LANGUAGE; 
 AN IMPROVED VOCABULARY; 
 
 AND 
 
 .EXERCISES IN LATIN PROSE COMPOSITION, 
 
 ON A NEW PLAN. 
 
 REVISED EIDITI03ST, 
 
 With New Marginal Notes and References to Bullions 1 and 
 
 Bullions & Morris's Latin Grammars. 
 
 By REV. PETER BULLIONS, D. D., 
 
 AUTHOR OF THE SERIES OF GRAMMARS, GREEK, LATIN AND ENGLISH, ON THE SAME PLAN. 
 ETC., ETC., ETC. 
 
 NEW YORK: 
 PUBLISHED Bl SHELDON AND COMPANY, 
 
 498 & 500 BROADfiY, 
 1867. 
 
Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1S68, by 
 PETER BULLIONS, D. D., 
 In the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States for the Northern 
 « District of New York. 
 
 COLLEGE AND SCHOOL TEXT-BOOKS 
 
 Bullions' New Series of Grammars, Etc. 
 
 BULLIONS' COMMON SCHOOL GRAMMAR, 50 cents. 
 
 BULLIONS' ANALYTICAL AND PRACTICAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR, $1. 
 
 BULLIONS' EXERCISES IN ANALYSIS- AND PARSING, 25 cents. 
 
 BULLIONS AND MORRIS'S LATIN LESSONS, $1. 
 
 BULLIONS AND MORRIS'S LATIN GRAMMAR. $1.50. 
 
 BULLIONS' LATIN READER, $1.50. BULLIONS' SALLUST, $1.50. 
 
 BULLIONS' EXERCISES IN LATIN COMPOSITION, $1.50. 
 
 BULLIONS' KEY TO LATIN EXERCISES, 80 cents. 
 
 BULLIONS' CESAR'S COMMENTARIES, $1.50. 
 
 BULLIONS' CICERO'S ORATIONS, $1.50. 
 
 BULLIONS' LATIN-ENGLISH DICTIONARY, $4.50.* 
 
 BULLIONS' GREEK LESSONS, $1. 
 
 BULLIONS' AND KENDRICK'S GREEK GRAMMAR, $?. 
 
 BULLIONS' GREEK READER. $2.25. COOPERS VIRGIL $2.50* 
 
 LONG'S CLASSICAL ATLAS, $4.50.* BAIRD'S CLASSICAL MANUAL 90 &• 
 
 KALTSCHMIDT'S LAT.-ENG. AND ENG.-LAT. DICTIONARY, $2.50.* 
 
 The Normal Mathematical Series. 
 
 STODDARD'S JUVENILE MENTAL ARITHMETIC, 25 cents. 
 
 STODDARD'S INTELLECTUAL ARITHMETIC, 50 cents. 
 
 STODDARD'S RUDIMENTS OF ARITHMETIC, 50 cents. 
 
 STODDARD'S NEW PRACTICAL ARITHMETIC, $1. 
 
 SCHUYLER'S HIGHER ARITHMETIC, $1.25. 
 
 STODDARD A HENKLE'S ELEMENTARY ALGEBRA, $1.25. 
 
 STODDARD & HENKLE'S UNIVERSITY ALGEBRA, $2. 
 
 METHOD OF TEACHING and KEY TO INTELLECTUAL ARITH., 60o.» 
 
 KEY TO STODDARD'S PRACTICAL ARITHMETIC, 80 cents.* 
 
 KEY TO S. & H. S ELEMENTARY ALGEBRA, $1.25.* 
 
 KEY TO S. & H.'S UNIVERSITY ALGEBRA, $2.* 
 
 KEETEL'S NEW METHOD OF LEARNING FRENCH, $2. 
 PEISSNER'S ELEMENTS OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE, $1.75. 
 HOOKER'S HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY, $1.75. FIRST BOOK, 80 cts. 
 
 WHATELYS ELEM. OF LOGIC, $1.75.* ELEM. OF RHETORIC, $1.75.* 
 
 THOMPSON'S LAWS OF THOUGHT, $1.75.* 
 WAYLAND'S INTELLECTUAL PHILOSOPHY. $1.75.* 
 BROCKLESBY'S ASTRONOMY, $1 75. METEOROLOGY, $1.25.* 
 
 HERSCHEL'S OUTLINES OF ASTRONOMY, $2.50.* 
 
 PALMER'S BOOK-KEEPING. $1. ALDEN'S SCIENCE OF GOV., $1.50. 
 COMSTOCK'S NATURAL PHILOSOPHY, $1.75. CHEMISTRY, $1.75. 
 SOIIMITZ'S ANCIENT HISTORY, $1.75.* ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY, $1.75.* 
 SHAW'S NEW MANUAL OF ENGLISH LITERATURE, $2.* 
 
 We furnish to Teachers _jbr examination, post-j>:iid by mail, a copy of any of the 
 above books not having a * annexed, at half prlcn. Those marked with a * we 
 send on receipt of the prices annexed. 
 
 SHEUWN & Co., Publishers, New York. 
 EDUCATION LIBR? 
 
PKEFACE. 
 
 This work has been prepared at the request of many teachers who 
 use the author's Latin Grammar, and is intended to follow it as a " First 
 Reading Book." The body of the work consists of the first part of 
 Jacobs' Latin Reader — a work already well known in this country, and 
 which appears to be well adapted to the end for which it was intended. 
 The introductory exercises, however, are arranged a little differently, and 
 a few sentences have been introduced from other sources, for die purpose 
 of illustrating some constructions more fully. 
 
 The object of such a work as this is to furnish to the beginner, who is 
 supposed to have become acquainted with the leading principles of the 
 Grammar, a praxis on those principles, both in Etymology and Syntax, 
 by which they may be rendered perfectly familiar to his mind, so as to 
 be applied with more success and ease, when he comes to read and ana- 
 lyze the writings of the Roman authors. It is in fact a Supplement to 
 the Grammar, and the foundation of thorough scholarship must be laid 
 here. 
 
 In order more fully to meet the wants of the beginner, and to render 
 the study of the Latin language more pleasant and easy to pupils of 
 every capacity, an Introduction is prefixed, containing explanations 
 of the leading idioms of the language, arranged under proper heads, and 
 illustrated by numerous examples, all of which arc numbered, so as to 
 be easily referred to for the purpose of illustrating similar modes of ex- 
 pression which occur in the course of reading, as is more fully explained 
 p. 54. Though this part is intended chiefly for reference, much advan- 
 tage will be derived from studying it in course in short lessons, simulta- 
 neously with lessons in reading and parsing, and rendering the whole 
 familiar by frequent reviews. 
 
 The Introductory Exercises consist of short and simple sentences 
 classed in such a way as to illustrate the leading grammatical principles 
 in the construction of sentences, both simple and compound, and by a 
 rmfhYient number of examples to render these principles familiar and easy 
 ©f application. In these, as well as throughout the body of the work, 
 constant reference is made to the Grammar itself, as well as to the pre- 
 ceding Introduction, to illustrate and explain the principles »f the Ian- 
 
 M&77V 
 
IV PREFACE. 
 
 guage as they occur, and, by repeated reference, to render them familiar to 
 the pupil, and impress them indelibly on his mind. These references are 
 more numerous at first ; but when any construction or idiom may be 
 supposed to have become familiar, the references to it are less frequent; 
 and the pupil is left to exercise the knowledge acquired, in applying die 
 principles without the aid of references. The construction and use of 
 the subjunctive mood being one of the greatest difficulties and niceties 
 of the language, and all important to be well understood, references for 
 explanation, to the Grammar and Introduction, are more numerous and 
 longer continued on this point than on any other. 
 
 These references also form a sort of index, by which the pupil may be 
 able to find at once other constructions of a similar kind in the portion of 
 the work previously studied, and so compare the one with the other. 
 For example, the letter *, p. 103, refers to the Grammar, 627, 5; by run- 
 ning the eye back along the references at the foot of the page, the same 
 construction will be found at the letter \ p. 95; at c , p. 90; at d , p. 89; 
 at d , p. 87, &c; all of which may thus be compared with great facility. 
 
 The method of reference and explanation here adopted entirely super- 
 sedes the use of notes, by rendering them unnecessary, and it is believed 
 will prove vastly more profitable to the student than any number of 
 notes could be, which generally do nothing more than give the meaning 
 of an idiom or phrase in a free translation, without any explanation 
 of its construction. Though this sort of aid enables the pupil to get 
 along with the translation of a sentence, it leaves him as much in the 
 dark as ever respecting its construction. The consequence is, that when 
 he meets with a similar construction again in different Avords, he is as 
 much at a loss as ever, and finds his progress arrested, unless he is again 
 lifted over blindfold by the aid of another friendly note. It is obvious 
 that persons, in this way, may go over much surface ; and if they have 
 a memory capable of bringing to their aid the translation in the note when 
 it is wanted, they may be able to give a good translation of what they 
 have gone over, and yet know nothing, or next to nothing, of the con- 
 struction of what they have read; and hence it happens, that knowing 
 but little of principles, or of the method of analyzing the idioms and 
 more difficult constructions of the language, whenever they come to an 
 author or passage where the wonted supply of notes is wanting, they 
 find themselves unable to proceed ; or if they do, it is so much in the 
 dark that it is with them a mere peradvenrure whether they are right or 
 wrong. It is therefore not without reason that many of our best teach- 
 ers think that such notes, like translations, do more evil than good. 
 
PREFACE. V 
 
 This evil, it is hoped, is in a great measure avoided by the method here 
 pursued; for while all needful assistance is furnished, it can be attained 
 only by referring to the grammatical principle which contains the expla- 
 nation needed; and which soon becomes so familiar, that it can be read- 
 ily applied to the analyzing of every sentence in which it is involved. 
 
 Besides the application of the principles of Grammar in the analysis 
 of sentences, no less important is the study of the words themselves of 
 which these sentences are composed. This belongs to the department 
 of Etymology, and, to the enquiring and philosophical mind, presents a 
 most interesting and pleasing field of investigation. A proper selection 
 of words is no less necessary to the expression of our thoughts than 
 their proper arrangement in sentences. Much, accordingly, of the inter- 
 est and advantage, of studying tne models of antiquity, lies in the study 
 of the words selected by these writers for conveying their sentiments to 
 others. The derivation and composition of words, and the variety of 
 meanings which they assume in the expression of thought, should there- 
 fore form an important part of study to the classical student from the 
 very beginning, and, if properly conducted, will prove as pleasing as it is 
 profitable. It may be laid down as a principle capable of abundant 
 illustration, that every word has one primitive and radical signifies 
 to which all its other significations and uses an 1 related, and from which* 
 they arc drawn. This may be regarded as its strict and proper mi 
 and should constantly be a-M><iated in the mind of the learner with the 
 word itself. Once in pOflSCSSHHi •-. i 'i i i s , and accustomed to trace the 
 varied shades of meaning which t! c words assume as they diverge from 
 their radical and primary signification, he will feel an interest and see a 
 beauty in the study of language, which he would otherwise never be 
 likely to attain. 
 
 This primary meaning of a word is not always indeed its most com- 
 mon meaning: this may even have passed into disuse; but still it is 
 necessary to be known, in order to have a clue to its various derived 
 significations, both in its simple and compound forms. If instead of 
 the primary, a secondary and distant meaning, though a more common 
 one, should be associated in the mind with the word, it will be found 
 impossible in many instances to account for, or to perceive any sort of 
 propriety or analogy in its use in certain cases. Take, as an example, 
 the verb emo, the more common but not the primary meaning of 
 is, "to buy," and it will be impossible to trace any sort of < 
 between such a mealing and that of its compounds, fi'/niio, exlmo, 
 inw, perhno, dirimo, and the like. But assign to emo its primary mean- 
 
VI PREFACE. 
 
 ing, " to take," and the whole is perceived at once to be clear and consist- 
 ent. This one example will show how important it is that not only the 
 derivation and composition of words should be fully exhibited in a °x>od 
 dictionary, but also, that the radical and primary signification of all words, 
 where that can be ascertained, should be first stated, and then the secondary 
 and more distant meanings in that order which appears the most natural. 
 In this respect, our school dictionaries arc generally defective. This defect 
 I have endeavored to supply in the Vocabulary appended to this work, 
 in which the plan just stated has been followed ; so that the pupil is here 
 furnished with the means of tracing every derivative and compound 
 word to its source, if that is in the Latin language, (derivations from the 
 Greek not being given,) and of ascertaining what is the primary signifi- 
 cation of each word, from the best authorities within my reach, as well 
 as those significations which are more common, or which belong to the 
 words in the various places where they occur in this work. Care has 
 been taken in connection with this also to distinguish those words usually 
 considered as synonymes.* An earlier and more special attention to this 
 part of ctudy than is usual, it is believed would amply repay the labor 
 bestowed upon it. 
 
 A few Exercises in Composition are appended, drawn, as will be per- 
 ceived, from the reading lessons indicated both by the number of the 
 page and the paragraph. Lessons in composition, of the simplest char- 
 acter and to any extent, may be framed in the same way from every 
 reading lesson, or even from every sentence, and rendered into Latin, 
 either orally in the class, or as an exercise in writing, as suggested in the 
 remarks prefixed to the Exercises themselves. 
 
 A few suggestions have been introduced at the beginning of the work, 
 respecting what is supposed to be the best method of using it, especially 
 with young pupils. These, I am well aware, are of no importance to 
 the experienced teacher ; nevertheless they may be of some use to the 
 young and inexperienced, and especially to those who pursue the study 
 of the Latin without the aid of a teacher. 
 
 For explanation of references to Bullions's Latin Grammar, Bullions 
 & Morris's Latin Grammar, and the Latin Idioms in the Introduction 
 of this book, see page 54. 
 
 * This plan is carried out in Bullions's Latin-English Dictionary. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 SENTENCES. 
 
 1. A sentence is such an assemblage of words as makes 
 complete sense ; as, Man is mortal. 
 
 2. Sentences are of two kinds, simple and compound. 
 
 3. A simple sentence contains only a single affirmation; 
 as, Life is short. Time flies. 
 
 4. A compound sentence contains two or more simple 
 sentences combined ; as, Life, which is short, should be well 
 employed. 
 
 5. In the combining of words to form a sentence, observe 
 carefully the following 
 
 General Principles of Syntax. 
 
 1. In every sentence there must be a verb in the indicative, 
 subjunctive, imperative, or infinitive mood, and a subject, 
 expressed or understood. 
 
 2. Every adjective, adjective pronoun, or participle, mn<t 
 have a substantive expressed or understood, with which it 
 agrees, § 98 and § 146, 050, 051.* 
 
 3. Every relative must have an antecedent or word to 
 which it refers, and with which it agrees, § 99, 085. 
 
 4. Every nominative has its own verb expressed or under- 
 stood, of which it is the subject, §§ 100, 101, 102, 035, 043. 
 Or it is placed after the substantive verb in the predicate, 
 § 103, OOO. 
 
 5. Every finite verb ; i. e., every verb in the indicative, sub- 
 junctive, or imperative mood, has its own nominative, ex- 
 pressed or understood, §§ 101, 102, 035, 043 ; and when 
 the infinitive has a subject, it is in the accusative, § 671, 
 1130. The infinitive without a subject does not form a sen- 
 tence or proposition, § 143, 05H. 
 
 6. Every oblique case is governed by some word, expressed 
 or understood, in the sentence of which it forms a part. 
 
 * For explanation of these figures, used for reference, see page 54 of 
 this book. 
 
o INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Resolution or Analysis, 
 
 Every simple sentence consists of two parts, the subject and 
 the predicate, § 94, 6. 7. 8., 616, 7. 8. 9. In analyzing a 
 sentence, it is necessary to distinguish between the Grammati- 
 cal subject and predicate, and the Logical subject and predicate. 
 
 The Grammatical subject is the person or thing spoken of, 
 without, or separated from, all modifying words or clauses, 
 and which stands as the nominative to the verb, or the accu- 
 sative before the infinitive. 
 
 The Logical subject is the same word, in connection with 
 the qualifying or restricting expressions which go to make up 
 the full and precise idea of the thing spoken of. 
 
 The Grammatical predicate is the word or words contain- 
 ing the simple affirmation matle respecting the subject. 
 
 The Logical predicate is the grammatical predicate, com- 
 bined with all those words or expressions that modify or 
 restrict it in any way ; thus : 
 
 In the sentence, "An inordinate desire of admiration often 
 produces a contemptible levity of deportment ; " the Gram- 
 matical subject is "desire;" the Logical, "An inordinate 
 desire of admiration" The Grammatical predicate is "pro- 
 duces ;" the Logical, "produces often a contemptible levity of 
 deportment? 
 
 In Latin and English, the general arrangement of a sen- 
 tence is the same ; i. e., the sentence commonly begins with 
 the subject and ends with the predicate. But the order of 
 the words in each of these parts, is usually so different in 
 Latin from what it is in English, that one of the first difficul- 
 ties a beginner has to encounter with a Latin sentence is to 
 know how " to take it in," or to arrange it in the proper order 
 of the English. This is technically called construing or giv- 
 ing the order. To assist in this, some advantage may be found 
 by carefully attending to the following 
 
 Directions for Beginners. 
 Direction I. As all the other parts of a sentence depend 
 upon the two leading parts, namely, the subject or NOMINA- 
 TIVE, and the predicate or VERB ; the first thing to be done 
 with every sentence, is to find out these. In order to this, 
 
INTRODUCTION. 9 
 
 1. Look for the leading verb, which is always in the pres- 
 ent, imperfect, perfect, pluperfect, or future of the indicative, 
 or in the imperative mood,* and usually at or near the end of 
 the sentence. 
 
 2. Having found the verb, observe its number and person ; 
 tins will aid in finding its nominative, which is a noun or 
 pronoun in the same number and person with the verb, com- 
 monly before it, and near the beginning of the sentence, 
 though not always so, 739, Exc. 1, 1386* 
 
 Direction II. Having thus found the nominative and 
 verb, and ascertained their meaning, the sentence may be re- 
 solved from the Latin into the English order, as follows: 
 
 1. Take the Vocative, Exciting, Introductory, or Connect- 
 ing words, if there are any. 
 
 2. The NOMINATIVE. 
 
 3. "Word* limiting or explaining it, i. e., words agreeing 
 witli it, or governed by it, or by one another, where they are 
 found, till you come to the verb. 
 
 4. The VERB. 
 
 5. Words limiting or explaining it, i. e., words which mod- 
 ify it, are governed by it, or depend upon it. 
 
 6. Supply every whore the words understood. 
 
 7. If the sentence be compound, take the parts of it sev- 
 erally as tiny depend one upon another, proceeding with each 
 of them as above. 
 
 Direction III. In arrangmg^he words for translation, in 
 the subordinate parts of a sentence, observe the following 
 
 Rules for Construing. 
 
 I. An oblique case, or the infinitive mood, is put after the 
 word that governs it. 
 
 Exc. The relative and interrogative arc usually put before the govern- 
 ing word, unless that be a preposition; if it is, then after it. 
 
 II. An adjective, if no other word depend upon it or be 
 coupled with it, is put before its substantive ; but if another 
 word depend upon it, or be governed by it, it is usually p] 
 after it. 
 
 * All the other parts of the verb are generally used in subordinate 
 clauses. So, also, is the pluperfect indicative. In ohliquc discourse, 
 the leading verb is in the infinitive. 651, 1296, A. 
 
10 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 III. The participle is usually construed after its substantive, 
 or the word with which it agrees. 
 
 IV. The relative and its clause should, if possible, come 
 immediately after the antecedent. 
 
 V. When a question is asked, the nominative comes after 
 the verb ; (in English, between the auxiliary and the verb.) 
 Interrogative words, however, such as quis, quotus, quantus, 
 uter, &c, come before the verb. 
 
 VI. After a transitive active verb, look for an accusative, 
 and after a preposition for an accusative or ablative, and 
 arrange the words accordingly. 
 
 VII. Words in apposition must be construed as near to- 
 gether as possible. 
 
 VIII. Adverbs, adverbial phrases, prepositions with their 
 cases, circumstances of time, place, cause, manner, instrument, 
 &c, should be placed, in general, after the words which they 
 modify: — The case absolute commonly before them, and often 
 first in the sentence. 
 
 IX. The words of different clauses must not be mixed 
 together, but each clause translated by itself, in its order, 
 according to' its connection with, or dependence upon, those 
 to which it is related. 
 
 X. Conjunctions should be placed before the last of two 
 words or sentences connected. 
 
 See General Principles of Latin Arrangement, Bullions & Mor- 
 ris's Latin Grammar, 1384-1398. 
 
 NOTE. — WJierever black-faced number s> like (45), are used in 
 this book, they refer to Bullions & Morris's JLatin Grammar. 
 
LATIN IDIOMS.* 
 
 PARTICULAR DIRECTIONS AND MODELS FOR TRANS- 
 LATION. 
 
 The following explanations and directions are intended chiefly for reference But 
 it will be of great advantage for the pupil to become familiar with them by going 
 through them two or three times, in course, simultaneously with his reading lessons. 
 
 1. Before translating, every sentence should be read 
 over till it can be read correctly and with ease, paying special 
 attention to the quantity and pronunciation. The words should 
 then be arranged according to the preceding general direc- 
 tions, and translated as they are arranged, separately or in 
 clusters, as may be found convenient; always remembering 
 to place adjectives and adjective pronouns with their substan- 
 tives before translating. The sense and grammatical con- 
 struction being thus ascertained, the translation may then be 
 read over without the Latin, and due attention paid to the 
 English idiom. The whole sentence, whether simple or com- 
 pound, may then be analyzed as directed, § 152, 1399, 
 1413, and last of all, every word parsed separately, as di- 
 rected, § 153, 1419. 
 
 2. In order to arrange and translate with ease, it is neces- 
 sary to be familiar with, and readily to distinguish the differ- 
 ent cases, genders, and numbers of nouns, pronouns, adjectives 
 and participles, and to translate them correctly and promptly, 
 in these cases and numbers, &c. ; and also to distinguish and 
 correctly translate the verb in its various moods, tenses, num- 
 bers, persons, &c. This can be acquired only by continual 
 practice and drilling, which should be kept up till the utmost 
 readiness is attained. 
 
 3. The English prepositions used in translating the differ- 
 ent cases in Latin, for the sake of convenience, may be called 
 signs of those cases; and in translating these, the English 
 definite or indefinite article is to be used as the sense requires. 
 The signs of the cases are as follows : 
 
 Nom. (No sign.) Ace. (No sign.) 
 
 Gen. Of. Voc. 0, or no sign. 
 
 Dat. To or for. Abl. With, from, in, by, &c. 
 
 * A Latin idiom, strictly speaking, is a mode of speech peculiar to the 
 Latin language. It is here used in a more extended sense, to denote; :i 
 mode of speech different from the English, or which, if rendered word 
 for word, and with the ordinary signs of cases, moods, tenses, &c., would 
 not make a correct English sentence. 
 
12 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 In certain constructions the idiom of the English language 
 requires the oblique cases in Latin to be translated in a man- 
 ner different from the above. The chief of these construc- 
 tions are the following : 
 
 4. The Genitive. 
 
 1. The genitive denoting the place where, 548, R. XXXVI., 
 932, R. LVL, is translated by at; as, Romw, "At Rome." 
 
 2. Denoting price, sometimes by for ; as, Vendidit pluris, 
 "He sold it for more; 1 '' or without a sign; as, Consfitit 
 pluris, "It cost more. 
 
 5. The Dative. 
 
 1. After a verb of taking away, 501, R. XXIX., 855, R. 
 XXXIX, the dative is translated by from ; as, Eripuit me 
 morti, "He rescued me from death; 11 Eripitur morti, 
 " He is rescued from death. 522-111. See 502, ,1075, III. 
 See 856. 
 
 2. Denoting the doer after a passive verb, 528, R. XXXIIL, 
 844, R. XXXVI., it is translated by by ; as, Vix audior 
 ulli, "I am scarcely heard by any one. 1 * 
 
 3. Denoting the possessor, 380, 871, it is translated as the 
 genitive; as, Ei in mentem venit, "It came into the mind to 
 him, i. e., of him, or into his mind. 
 
 4. After verbs signifying " to be present," by at ; as, Ad- 
 fuit precibus, He was present at prayers. 393, 820* 
 
 6. The Ablative. 
 
 1. The ablative denoting a property or quality of another 
 substantive, R. VII., is translated by of; as, Vir mir d 
 magnitudine, "A man of wonderful size." 
 
 2. The place where, 549, 933, is commonly translated by 
 at, sometimes by in. 
 
 3. After the comparative degree, 467, R. XXIV., 895^ 
 R. XLVIIL, by than; as, Dulcior me lie, "Sweeter than 
 honey 1 ' 
 
 4. Denoting the material of which a thing is made, 541, by 
 of; as, Factus ebore, "Made of ivory. 11 
 
 5. After dignus and words denoting origin ; also after opus 
 and usus, signifying need, by of; as, Dignus honor e, 
 " Worthy of honor. 11 
 
LATIN IDIOMS. 13 
 
 I 
 
 6. Denoting time how long, — sometimes by in; as, Una 
 die fecit, "He did it ill one day;" sometimes without a sign; 
 as, Uno die abfait, ** He was absent one. day." 
 
 7. Time when — by at, on ; as, Solis occasu, "At the setting 
 of the sun;" Idibus Aprllis, "On the ides of April." 
 
 8. After verbs of depriving, 514, 911 — by of ; as, Eum 
 veste spoliavit, " He stripped him of his garment" 
 
 Cases without Signs. 
 
 7. When the genitive, dative, or ablative, is governed by an 
 intransitive verb which is translated by a transitive verb in 
 English (132, Obs. 4.), or by an adjective denoting likeness, 
 the sign of the case is omitted ; as, 
 
 1 . Gen. Miserere m e i , Pity me. 
 
 2. Dat Pnefuit exercitui , He commanded the army. 
 
 3. " Placuitregi, It pleased the king. 
 
 4. Abl. Utitur fraud e , Be uses deceit. 
 
 5. " Potltus est i mperio, lie obtained the government. 
 
 6. Dat. Simllis patri, Like his father. 
 
 Obs. But when rendered by an intransitive verb in Eng- 
 lish, the sign of the case must be used; as, 
 
 7. Insidiantur nobis , They lie in wait for us. 
 
 8. When a verb governs two datives, by R. XIX., 427, 
 848, R. XXXVIL, the dative of the end or design is some- 
 times rendered without the sign ; as, 
 
 1. Est mihi voluptdti, It is to me [for] a pleasure; i. e., 
 
 It is [or it brings] a pleasure to me. 
 
 9. The ablative absolute, 690, R. LX., 1349, and fre- 
 quently time how long, 565, R. XLL, 950, R. LXL, are 
 without the sign ; as, 
 
 1. Bello finito, The ivar being ended. 
 
 2. Sex mensXbus abfuit, He was absent fix i wtf ftt , 
 
 10. When the ablative is governed by a pr epositi on, the 
 English of that preposition takes the place of the sign of the 
 ablative, and no other will be used; thus, 
 
 1. Ab exercUu, From the army. 4. Cum dignitfite, With dignity. 
 '2. Ex urbe, Out of the city. 5. Pro castris, Before the. camp. 
 
 3. In agro, 7;j the field. 6. Tenus pube, Up to the middle. 
 
 11. In order to specify more particularly, the English idiom 
 sometimes requires the possessive pronouns, my, tin/, his, her, 
 its, our, your, their, (not expressed in Latin unless contrasted 
 with others), to be supplied before a noun, and especially if 
 
14 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 * 
 
 they refer to the subject of the sentence. The sense will 
 show when this is to be done, and what pronoun is to be used ; 
 as, 
 
 1 . Films similis patri, A son like his father. 
 
 2. Reverere parentes, Reverence your parents. 
 
 12. Nouns in apposition, (251, R. I., 022, R. I.,) must be 
 brought as near together as possible, and the sign of the case, 
 when used, prefixed to the first only ; as, 
 
 1. Nom. Cicero orator, Cicero the orator. 
 
 2. Gen. Ciceronis oratoris, Of Cicero the orator. 
 
 3. Dat. Ciceroni oratori, To Cicero the orator. 
 
 4. Abl. Cicerone oratore, With Cicero the orator. 
 
 13. The noun in apposition is sometimes connected with the 
 noun before it by the words as, being, &c. ; as, 
 
 1 . Misit me com it em , He sent me as a companion. 
 
 2. Hie puer venit, He came, when [or being] a boy. 
 
 Adjectives and Substantives. 
 
 14. In translating an adjective or adjective pronoun and a 
 substantive together, the adjective is commonly placed first, 
 and the sign of the case is prefixed to it, and not to the noun, 
 263, R. II. ; as, 
 
 1. Nom. Altus mons, A high mountain. 
 
 2. Gen. Alti montis, Of a high mountain. 
 
 3. Dat. Alto monti, To jfor] a high mountain. 
 
 4. Abl. Alto monte, With a high mountain. 
 
 15. When two or more adjectives, coupled by a conjunction, 
 belong to one substantive, they may be placed either before or 
 after it; as, 
 
 1. Jupiter optimus et maximus, Jupiter the best and greatest; or 
 Optimus et maximus Jupiter, The best and greatest Jupiter. 
 
 2. Viri sapientis et docti, Of a man wise and learned ; or 
 Sapientis et docti viri, Of a wise and learned man. 
 
 16. The adjective must be placed after its substantive when 
 the former has a negative joined with it, or another word in 
 the sentence governed by it, or dependent upon it. So also 
 solus ; as, 
 
 1 . Dux peritus belli, A general skilled in war. 
 
 2. Filius similis patri, A son like his father. 
 
 3. Poeta dignus honore, A poet worthy of honor. 
 
 4. Homines soli mpiunt, Men alone are wise. 
 
 5. Avis tarn parum decora, A bird so little beautiful. 
 
 6. Littore non molli neque arenoso, With a shore not soft nor sandy 
 
LATIN IDIOMS. 15 
 
 17. The adjectives primus, medius, ulttmus, extremus, infi- 
 mus, imus, summits, supremus, reltquus, ceter, or ceterus, and 
 some others describing a part of an object, are translated as 
 substantives, with the sign of the case prefixed, and of before 
 the substantive following, 273, 662 / as, 
 
 1. Med id nocte, In the middle of the night. 
 
 2. Ad s u m tn u m montem, To the top of the mountain. 
 
 18. When these adjectives (No. 17) describe the whole, 
 and not a part only, they are translated as in No. 14; as, 
 
 Summum bonum, The chief good. 
 
 Supremus dies, The last day. 
 
 19. An adjective without a substantive usually has a sub- 
 stantive understood, but obvious from the connection, 269. 
 Masculine adjectives (if plural) commonly agree with homi- 
 nes, or, if possessives, with amici, cives, or milites, understood ; 
 and neuters, with factum, negotium, verbum, tempus, &c. ; as, 
 
 1. Boni (fiomines) sunt rari, Good men are rare. 
 
 2. Ccesar misit suos (milites), Caesar sent his soldiers. 
 
 3. Codes transndvit ad suos (cives), Cocles swam over to his fellow-cit- 
 
 izens. 
 
 4. Ixibor vincit omnia (negotia), Labor overcomes all things. 
 
 5. In postSrum (tempus), In time to come, — for the future. 
 
 6. In eo (loco) ut, In such a situation that. 
 
 20. Adjectives commonly used without a - substantive, (but 
 still belonging to a substantive understood,) may be regarded 
 as substantives. They are such as mortdles, boni, mali, superi, 
 inferi, Grcecus, Romanus, &c. (See 269, 658) ', as, 
 
 1 . Mali oderunt bonos , The wicked hate the good. 
 
 2 Grozcos Romolni vicdrunt, The Romans conquered the Greeks. 
 
 21. Adjective words, when partitives, or used partitively, 
 take the gender of the noun expressing the whole, and govern 
 it in the genitive plural, (if a collective noun, in the genitive 
 singular), 355, Rule X., 771, R. XIX. In this case, verbs 
 and adjectives agree with the partitive as if it were a noun   as, 
 
 1. AlXquis philosophdrum Some one of the philosophers has said. 
 
 dixit, 
 
 2. Un a musdrum veniet, One of the muses will come. 
 
 3. Multi nobilium juvSnum, Many noble young men. 
 
 22. The comparative degree not followed by an ablative, 
 or the conjunction quam (than), is usually translated by the 
 positive with too or rather prefixed. For explanation see 
 473,^0^/ as, 
 
16 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 1. Iracundior est , (scil. cequo,) He is too (or rather) passionate. 
 
 2. sE g rius ferebat, He took it rather ill. 
 
 3. A/tius volavit, He flew too /hV/A. 
 
 Obs. In a comparison, eo or tanto with a comparative in 
 one clause, and 9^0 or quanto in the other, may be rendered 
 "the" (See No. 44. 7. 8.) ; as, 
 
 4. Quo plures, e o fdiciores, The more, the happier. 
 
 23. The superlative degree expressing comparison, is usu- 
 ally preceded by the article the in English (110, 215) ', as, 
 
 1 . Doctissimus Romanorum, The most learned of the Romans. 
 
 2. Fo rtissimus miles in exercitu, The bravest soldier in the army. 
 
 24. When the superlative does not express comparison, 
 but only eminence or distinction, it is translated with the arti- 
 cle a or an prefixed in the singular, and without an article in 
 the plural ; or by the positive, with very, eminently, &c, pre- 
 fixed (110, 215) ; as, 
 
 1. Homo doctissimus, A most learned (or a very learned) 
 
 man. 
 
 2. Homines doctissimi, Most learned (or very learned) men. 
 
 25. Alius repeated with a different word in the same clause, 
 renders that clause double, and requires it to be translated as 
 in the following examples : 
 
 1. Alius olid vid, One by one way, another by another. 
 
 2. Aliud aliis videtur, One thing seems good to some, an- 
 
 other to others ; i. e., Some think 
 one thing, and some another. ( See 
 other varieties, 275, 664, 
 
 The same usage occurs with words derived from alius. 
 See Gr. 276,665. 
 
 26. The distributive numeral adjectives are usually trans- 
 lated by the cardinal number indicated, with " each," or " to 
 each," annexed; sometimes by repeating the cardinal thus, 
 "one "by one," "two by two," &c, 107, 11, 209; as, 
 
 1. Consules binas naves habebant, The consuls had each two ships, or, 
 
 had two ships each. 
 
 2. Qud singuli carri ducerentur, Where wagons could be led one by 
 
 one. 
 
 3. Tigtia bin a, Beams two by two, or in pairs. 
 
 4. Singulis si ngulas partes He distributed equal parts, one to 
 
 distribuit ozquales, each. 
 
 5. Singulis mensibus hoc fecit, This he did every (or each) month, 
 
 6. Plures singuli uxores habent, They have each many wives. 
 
LATIN IDIOMS. 17 
 
 Pronouns. 
 
 27. 1st The adjeetive pronoun, hie, hcec, hoc, with a noun 
 following, is used ;h an adjective, and means, in the singular, 
 u tkU* — in the \)\\\n\\, " these ." — Me, Ma, illud, — is, ea, id, — 
 iste, isla, istud, with a noun, in the singular, mean "that" — -in 
 the plural, "those." 
 
 2d. Without a noun following, they are all used substan- 
 tively, and mean, in the singular, he, she, &; in the plural, 
 they ; thus, 
 
 1. I Fir rir, This man. 4. FFic fecit, He did it. 
 
 2. Flla fnniiui. That woman. 5. J I la irnit, She came. 
 
 3. Ea urbs, That city. 6. Ea (Dido) eomlulit earn, She 
 
 huilt it, (Carthage.) 
 Ohs. Tn Sentences containing an enumeration of particulars, 
 the same pronoun is sometimes used in successive clauses, but 
 they require to be translated differently, (276, GG5) ; thus, 
 
 7. FFic, \ hie, ) 
 
 9 n/r ( " one »" "the one." ~% r "another," "the other " 
 
 10. Alter, ) alter, ) 
 
 When antithesis or contrast is stated, hie is translated 
 "this," and refers to the nearer antecedent; ille, "that," and 
 refers to the more distant ; as, 
 
 11. IF ir minor natu est, ille major, This is the younger, jJiat tlie older. 
 
 28. Is, ea, id, followed by ut, or the relative, qui, quce, 
 quod, in the next clause, means "such" and implies compar- 
 ison. The relative after it may be translated, that I, that 
 thou, that he, that they, &c, according as the antecedent re- 
 quires, or it may be translated as, and its verb by the infini- 
 tive, (123, 2, 1030), thus, 
 
 1.7s homo ertxt ut, fa., He was such a man that, &e. 
 
 2. Neque is sum qui terrear, lam not such that I may be fright- 
 
 ened. Or licttcr thus, I am not 
 siirh a one as to he frightened. 
 Ohs. The adverb eo with ut following it, means "so far," 
 
 " to such a degree," to such a point," k * in such a state ; " as, 
 
 3w Edpervenit ut, "He came so far, (i. e., made such 
 
 progress,) that/' 
 
18 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Possessive Pronouns. 
 
 29. The possessive pronoun is equivalent in meaning to 
 the genitive of the substantive pronoun, and may often be so 
 translated; as, 
 
 1. Benejicio suo popullque Romani, By the kindness of hhnseJf send of the 
 
 Roman people. 
 
 2. Cum me a nemo scripta legat, vul- Since no one reads the writings of vie, 
 
 go recitdre timentis, fearing to recite them publicly. 
 
 30. The possessive, suus, sua, suum, in Latin, agrees in 
 gender, number, and case, with the noun denoting the object 
 possessed, but in English must be translated by a pronoun 
 denoting the possessor ; thus, 
 
 1. Pater diligit s u o s liberos, A father loves his children. 
 
 2. Parentes diligunt suam sobolem, Parents love their offspring. 
 
 3. Frater diligit sua m sororem, A brother loves his sister. 
 
 4. Soror diligit suum fratrem, A sister loves her brother. 
 
 Obs. In the first sentence, "suos" agrees with "liberos," 
 but must be translated " his," denoting "pater" the possessor. 
 In the second, suam, though singular, to agree with sobolem, 
 must be translated "their" so as to denote the possessors, 
 "parentes" &c. 
 
 Usage of Sui, Suus, — Hie, Iste, Hie, Is. 
 
 31. The reflexive, sui, and its possessive, suus, generally 
 refer to the subject of the leading verb* in the sentence: 
 ille, iste, hie, is, never refer to that subject, but to some other 
 person or thing spoken of; thus, 
 
 1. Cato occidit se, Cato killed himself . 
 
 2. Pater diligit suos liberos, A father loves his (own) children. 
 
 3. Parentes diligunt suam sob- Parents love their (own) offspring. 
 
 olem, 
 
 4. Dicit s e valere, He says that he is well. 
 
 Obs. In the second and third sentence, " his," made by suos, 
 and "their," made by suam, referring to some other person than 
 pater or parentes, would be made by the genitive of ille, iste, 
 hie, is. In the first and fourth, se would be made eum. For 
 the difference betweeri these words usually translated "he," 
 see Gr. 118, 3, 1014. 
 
 * Se© Gr. 118, 3, 1st, with note. 1018. 
 
LATIN IDIOMS. 19 
 
 Note. If a second subject and verb be introduced, the re- 
 flexive governed by that verb will belong to the new subject, 
 unless the whole clause refer to the words, wishes, or actions, 
 of the first subject; as, 
 5. Scipio civitatibus Italia: reddidit Scipio restored to the States of Italy, 
 
 ' omnia qua: sua recognoscebant, all the things which they recog- 
 nised as their own. 
 
 Usage of Ipse. 
 
 32. Ipse renders the word with which it is joined emphatic, 
 whether expressed or understood, and is equal to the English, 
 myself, thyself himself themselves, &c., annexed to it; some- 
 times to the word very prefixed. "With Humbert it denotes 
 exactness, and sometimes it is used by itself as a reflexive 
 instead of sui, 118, 3, 2d.; as, 
 
 1. Tp$e faiiam, (i. e. ego ipse,) I Mill do it myself. 
 
 2. / /> i e frn< ris otio, (i. e. tu ipse,) Thou thyself enjoyest ease. 
 
 3. ./tiru/o cadit ipse, (i. e. ille ipse,) lie himself fella by a dart. 
 
 4. Ccesar ipse venit, Caesar himself came. 
 
 5. Tempus ip s u m convenit, The very time was agreed on. 
 G. Ad ipsas /><>rt<is, To the very gates. 
 
 7. Decern i]>si dies, Tea whole days. 
 
 S. Precatus est ut ipsum Uberdret, He begged that he would liherato 
 
 him. 
 9. Donum ip s i datum, A present given to him. 
 
 33. When joined with the personal pronouns, used in a re- 
 flexive sense, and in an oblique case, it sometimes agrees with 
 them in cafe, but more commonly with the subject of the verb 
 in the nominative or accusative. It is always, however, to be 
 translated with the oblique case, to which it adds the force of 
 the word self or simply of emphasis (282, 1035) \ thus, 
 
 1. Se ipse interfScit (or se ipsum), He slew himself. 
 
 1. Noscete ipse (or te ipsum), Know thy.sflf/". 
 
 2. Mihi ipse (or ipsi,)faveo, I favor myself 
 
 3. At/am per me ipse, I will do it myself. 
 
 4. Virtus est per se ipsa lauda- Virtue is to be praised for itself. 
 
 bitiis, 
 5 Se ipsos omnes naturd dill- All men naturally love themselves, 
 gunt, 
 
 KELATIVE AND ANTECEDENT. 
 General Principle. 
 
 34. Every sentence containing a relative and its antecedent 
 is a compound sentence, of which the relative with its clause 
 
20 INTRODUCTION.. 
 
 forms one of the parts, and is used further to describe or limit 
 its antecedent word in the other part. That word may be the- 
 subject, or belong to the predicate, or to some circumstance 
 connected with either. But to whichsoever of these it belongs, 
 the relative and its clause must all be translated together, and 
 in immediate connection with its antecedent word. Hence 
 the following 
 
 General Rule of Arrangement, 
 
 35c The relative with its clause should be placed immedi- 
 ately after, or as near as possible to the antecedent, and, unless 
 unavoidable, another substantive should not come between 
 them; thus, 
 
 Latin Arrangement 
 
 1. Urbi imminet mons, qui ad Arcadiam procurrit. 
 Here "qui " with its clause, "ad Arcadiam procurrit, ,f belongs 
 to, and further describes the antecedent subject "mons." As 
 then the subject with all that belongs to it must be taken be- 
 fore the verb, (770, 3d, 1416,) the above sentence should 
 be arranged for translation, thus : Mons qui procurrit ad 
 Arcadiam, imminet urbi, A mountain, which extends to Arca- 
 dia, hangs over the city. 
 
 Or, the English order may be inverted, thus : Urbi imminet 
 mons, qui procurrit ad Arcadiam, Over the city hangs a 
 mountain, which, &c. 
 
 But not, Mons imminet urbi, qui, &c, because this arrange- 
 ment would place "urbi" between the antecedent, "mons," 
 and the relative, " qui," and so lead to a false translation. 
 The following sentence also affords an example: 
 
 2. Proxime urbem Eur ot as fluvius delabitur, ad c uj u s 
 ripas Spartdni se exercere solebant. Arrange, Proxime urbem 
 delabitur, &c, Close to the city flows ; or, Eurotas fluvius, ad 
 cujus ripas, &c. delalntur proxime urbem. 
 
 36. When another noun necessarily comes between the 
 relative and its antecedent, there is more danger of ambiguity 
 in English than in Latin, as the gender and number of the 
 Latin relative will generally direct to the proper antecedent, 
 to which in English we are directed chiefly by the sense. 
 
LATIN' IDIOMS. 21 
 
 The following sentence, all'ords am example o r i}\\< kind: Ad 
 
 Bijzmttltnii fn'jil, OpptduM itdtiirn maun tint <t arte, quod 
 topia ubttitdat. 
 
 37. The antecedent in Latin is often understood when the 
 English idiom requires it to tie supplied. It is generally un- 
 derstood, and should be supplied in the proper case: 
 
 1st. When it is intentionally left indefinite, or is obvious 
 from the gender and number of the relative, and the connec- 
 tion in which it stands, as in No. 19; as, 
 
 1 . Svnt (h o in ine s) quos juvat, There are men whom it delights. 
 
 12. I/ic (st (id) quod qturrhnits, Hint which we seek is here. 
 
 " Hie sunt, (ea) qua qiuerimus, Those things which we seek are here. 
 
 3. (Is) qui cito doty bis dot, (He) who gives promptly, gives 
 
 twice. 
 
 Note. In the preceding sentences the antecedent supplied is in paren- 
 theses. 
 
 2d. The antecedent is usually understood before the relative, 
 when it is expressed after it, and in the same case, (2HQ, Obs. 
 
 t, 2d, 686, 687)', **, 
 
 4. (Pa rs) qmm jxirs terrena fuit, The part which was earthy. 
 
 5. (Locus) in quern locum venit, The place into which he came. 
 
 " Ajiitd Artiiim (loc u m) qui locus At Actium a place which is, &c. 
 est, Sec. 
 
 Note 1. When the antecedent word is expressed in the rel- 
 ative clause, as in the examples Nog. 4, and 5, or is repeated, 
 as in the following, No. 6, (286, Obs. 1, 3d.,) it is omitted in 
 translating; as, 
 
 6. Erant omnlno duo itinera, qui- There were only two ways hy which 
 
 bus itinertbus domo ex- they could go from home. " 
 
 ire possent, 
 
 Note 2. Quisquis, quidquid, or quicquid, (and also <fnicun- 
 que, qucecunque, quodcunque,) "whoever, whatever," used as 
 a relative without an antecedent, includes a general or indefi- 
 nite antecedent, in such case as the construction requires, and 
 is equivalent to omnis, or quims qui, — omne, or quidvis quod; 
 as, 
 
 7. Fortfinam qucecunque (i.e. They would hazard what&fr fortune 
 
 qua m vis fortfinam quce) (i. e. any fortune which) might 
 
 accidat ejrperiatitur, happen. 
 
 8 Quidquid tetig&rat curum Whatever (i. e. everything which) he 
 
 Jicbat, had touched became gold. 
 
22 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Note 3. When the antecedent is a proposition, or clause of 
 a sentence, 285, 384:, the relative is put in the neuter gen- 
 der, and sometimes has id before it referring to the same 
 clause; as, 
 
 9. Servi, quod (or id quod) nun- The slaves, which never had beeti 
 
 quam ante f actum, manumissi done before, were set free and made 
 el milites facti sunt ; soldiers. 
 
 38. In the beginning of a sentence, a relative, with or with- 
 out quum, or other conjunctive term, and referring to some 
 word, clause, or circumstance, in a preceding sentence, usually 
 has the antecedent word repeated, or, if evident, understood ; 
 and instead of who or which, may be rendered this, that, these, 
 those, or, and this, and that, &c, according as the closeness of 
 the connection may require, 295, 701$ as, 
 
 1. Quoz urbs quum infestaretur, And since (or because) this city was 
 
 infested. 
 " Qui leg ati quum missi essent, When these ambassadors had been 
 
 sent. 
 
 2. Q u oz contentio cuncta permis- This contention threw all things into 
 
 cuit, confusion. 
 
 3. Quibus nunciis acceptis, These tidings being received. 
 
 4. Quod quum Me cerneret, And when he saw this. 
 
 5. Quo facto, This being done, (or accomplished.) 
 
 6. Qua dum omnia contempla- And while they were contemplating 
 
 bantur, all these things. 
 
 7. Quod quum impetr asset, A nd when he had obtained this. 
 
 8. A quo consilio quum revoca- When he recalled him from this de- 
 
 ret, sign. 
 
 9. Quo ictu Me extinctus est, And by this blow he was killed. 
 
 Note. To this construction belongs quod, (apparently for 
 propter or ad quod, 539,) in the beginning of a sentence, re- 
 ferring to something previously stated, and meaning, " on ac- 
 count of, with respect to, or as to, this thing ;" as, 
 
 10. Quod diis gratias habeo, On account of this, (for this thing, 
 
 wherefore,) I give thanks to the 
 gods. 
 
 11. Quod diceret se venturum, As to what (as to that thing which) 
 
 he said, that he would come. 
 
 39. When the antecedent word is not repeated, as in No. 
 38, the relative, with or without quum, or other conjunctive 
 term, may be rendered he, she, it, they, or and he, and she, &C, 
 according as the antecedent word requires, 295, 701 / as, 
 
LATIN IDIOMS. * 
 
 1 . Qui quum admitterfret, And when he admitted. 
 
 2. Qua quum vidumt, And when she had wen. 
 
 Qua (/'mm vim <ss<t, When me had been (or was) 
 
 .3. Q u a m quum dare nollet, And when lie would not give it. 
 
 4. Q u ih us i/iiuin orriirrissct, When be had met them. 
 
 5. Q u i (quce; pi. qui, quae,) respon- And he (she, they,) replied. 
 dit, 
 
 6. Q u i (or qua) quum adessent, And when they were present. 
 
 7. Quum M deOger inUr fecit, And Meleager slew him. 
 
 8 Q u a m quum d'ireict. And when he was leading her. 
 
 9. Ad quern quum venissent, And when they had come to him. 
 
 10. Quern ut vidit, As soon as (or when) he saw him. 
 
 40. When the relative in any case is followed by the sub- 
 junctive mood, and the two clauses, viz. : the antecedent and 
 relative, involve a comparison ; or the latter expresses the 
 purpose, object, or design of something expressed by the for- 
 mer, the relative is better translated by the conjunction that, 
 and the personal pronoun ; thus, that I, that thou, that he, 
 that they, &c, as the antecedent word may require. (See Gr. 
 652, 1212.) 
 
 1 . Missus sum q u i te adducfrem, I have been sent that I might bring 
 
 you. 
 
 2. Neque is qui facias id, You are not such a person that you 
 
 should do that. 
 
 3. Quis est tain lynrpus qui , frc , Who is so sharp sighted that he. 
 
 4. MmtUgMOi qui cognoscSrent, He sent ambassadors that they might 
 
 find out. 
 
 5. Frunes manddvit quas dissemin- She gave him fruits that he might 
 
 dret, scatter them. 
 
 41. In the expressions, quippe qui, ut qui, utpote qui, the 
 relative ia better translated by the personal pronoun which 
 represents the antecedent, 647, 1233)', as, 
 
 1. Qui]>j>, qui nunquam bgcrim, For .(or because) / have never read 
 
 them. 
 
 42. After dignus, indignus, idoneus, and the like, in the 
 predicate, tin- relative and subjunctive mood may be rendered 
 by the infinitive, (643, 1st, 1226) ; as, 
 
 1 . . hiijnus qui ametur , Worthy to be loved. 
 
 2. Si dignum qui numeretur If you shall elect a person worthy to 
 
 crearltis, # be reckoned, &c. 
 
 43. Sometimes the natural order of the sentence is in- 
 verted, bo that the relative clause stands first and the ante- 
 cedent follows it. In translating, the antecedent clause should 
 generally be placed first ; as, 
 
24 • INTRODUCTION. 
 
 1 . Qui bonis non recte utltur, e i Good things become evil to him who 
 
 bona malajiunt, does not use good things well. 
 
 2. Qui cito dat, (is ) bis dat, He gives twice who gives quickly. 
 
 Correlative Adjectives. 
 
 44. The demonstratives, tot, so many, and totidem, just so 
 many; tantus, as great, so great, as much, so much; talis, 
 such; are followed by their relatives, quot, quantus, qualis, 
 signifying as, to denote comparison ; as, 
 
 1. Tot homines quot, As many men as. 
 
 2. Tot id em naves quot, Just so many ships as. 
 
 3. Tantus exercitus quantus , As great (ox so great) an army as. 
 
 4. Talis homo qualis, Such a, man as. 
 
 So also the correlative adverbs. 
 
 5. Toties, quoties, As often as. 
 
 6. Tarn, quam, So - as. 
 
 7. Ed, quo, By so much as. 
 
 8. Tanto, quanto, By so much as ; or, 
 
 In proportion as. 
 
 45. Instead of the relative in such sentences, the conjunc- 
 tions ac, atque, (128, 1376,) ut, and the relative qui, quce, 
 quod, are sometimes used, and may generally be translated 
 "as," or "thate" 
 
 1. Honos talis paujcis est delatus ac Such honor has been bestowed upon 
 
 mihi, few persons as upon me. 
 
 2. Cum totidem navibus atque pro- He returned with just as many ships 
 
 fectus erat rediit, as he had departed with. 
 
 3. Ridlaesttanta vis quce non /ran- No power is so great as (or, that it) 
 
 gi possit, can not be broken. 
 
 46. When the relative only is expressed in sentences im- 
 plying comparison, the demonstrative (No. 44,) must be sup- 
 plied, and the sentence translated as above ; as, 
 
 1. Crocodllus par it (tanta) The crocodile lays (as lairpt ) eggs as 
 
 ova quanta anseres, geese lay. 
 
 2. (Tot) millia quot unquam ve- As many thousands as ever came from 
 
 nere Mycenis, Mycenae. 
 
 47. Sometimes, as in No. 43, the natural order of the sen- 
 tence is inverted, so that the relative clause stands lirst and 
 the antecedent follows it. In translating, the antecedent 
 clause should be placed first; as, 
 
 1. Quot homines tot causae, 
 
 arrange \ As many causes as there are men. 
 
 Tot causae, quot homines, 
 
LATIN IDIOMS. 25 
 
 48. The relatives, quot, quoties, quantus, qualis, used inter- 
 rogatively, or in an exclamation, or indefinitely, in the indirect 
 interrogation, and without implying comparison, have no ref- 
 erence to an antecedent term either expressed or understood, 
 and are translated respectively, "how many," "how often," 
 " how great," or " how much," " what," or " of what kind ; " 
 IS, 
 
 1. Inter. Quot annos habet? How many years has he? i. c, how 
 
 old is he ? 
 
 2. Indef. Nescio quot, I know not how many. 
 
 3. Ere). Cum q u ant d gravitate I With how much gravity ! 
 
 4. Indef. Doce quales sint, Tell us of what kind they are. 
 
 THE VERB AND ITS SUBJECT. 
 General Principle. 
 
 49. Every finite verb (244, 5, 617 9 5,) has its own subject, 
 expressed or understood, in the nominative case. 
 
 Obs. The subject of the verb is the person or thing spoken 
 of, and may be a noun, a pronoun, a verb in the infinitive 
 mood, a clause of a sentence, or any thing which, however 
 expressed, is the subject of thought or speech. (304, 63o») 
 
 General Rule of Arrangement. 
 
 50. The subject and all the words agreeing with it, gov- 
 erned by it, connected with it, or dependent upon it, must be 
 arranged in the order of their connection* and dependence, and 
 translated before the verb. 
 
 1. Can is latrat, The dog harks. 
 
 2. Ego scril>o, /write. 
 
 ;;. l.uil < ,<■ ,.<i jiiouxhun, To play is pleasant. 
 
 4. Dulce est pro patrid mori, To die for one's country is sweet. 
 
 5. Tot us Graze. 6 rum exercX- The whoL army of the Greeks had 
 
 tus Axdlde convenerat, assembled at Aulis. 
 
 6. Vi r sapit qui pane a loqui- The man who speaks little is wise. 
 
 tur, 
 
 51. When the subject of the verb is the infinitive, either 
 alone or with its subject ; or a clause of a sentence, connected 
 by ut, quod, or other conjunctive term, the English pronoun, 
 it, is put with the verb referring to that infinitive or clause 
 following it, and which is the proper subject of the verb; as, 
 
 3 
 
26 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 1. Facile estjubere, It is easy to command. 
 
 2. Nuntiatum est classem devinci, It was announced that the fleet wa» 
 
 conquered. 
 3., Semper accidit ut absis, It always happens that 'you are ab- 
 
 sent. 
 
 4. Qui Jit ut metuas, How happens it that you fear. 
 
 5. Nunquam Romanis placuisse im- That it never had pleased the Ro- 
 
 peratorem a suis mil it- mans, that a commander should 
 
 lb us inte rfx c i, be killed by his own soldiers. 
 
 52. The verb must always be translated in its proper 
 tense, and in the same person and number with its nomina- 
 tive. (See paradigms of the verb, §§ 54-70, 279-301.) 
 But when it has two or more nouns or pronouns in the singular, 
 taken together, or a collective noun expressing many as in- 
 dividuals, as its subject, the verb must be translated in the 
 plural ; as, 
 
 1. Et pater et mater venerunt , Both his father and mother have 
 
 come. 
 
 2. Turba quoquoversum ruunt > The crowd rush in every direction. 
 
 53. The nominative to a verb in the first or second person, 
 being evident from the termination, is seldom expressed in 
 Latin, but must be supplied in translating ; as, 
 
 1. Scribo, /write. 3. Scribimus, We write. 
 
 2. Legis, Thou readest. 4. Legitis, You read. 
 
 54. When the verb in the third person has no nominative 
 expressed, it refers to some noun or pronoun evident from 
 the connection ; and, both in translating and parsing, the 
 pronoun Me, or is, in the nominative case, and in the gender 
 and number of the noun or pronoun referred to, must be sup- 
 plied; as, 
 
 1. (Me) scribit, (He) writes. 2. (Uli) scribunt, (They) write. 
 
 55. When the same word is the subject of several verbs 
 closely connected in the same construction, it is expressed 
 with the first and understood to the rest, both in Latin and 
 English; thus, 
 
 1. Cossar venit, vidit, et vicit, Ccesar came, saw, and conquered. 
 
 2. Dicitur Ccesar em venisse,vi- It is said that Cossar came, saw, and 
 
 disse, et vicisse, conquered. 
 
 Interrogative Sentences. 
 
 56. A question is made in Latin in four different ways, as 
 follows : 
 
LATIN IDIOMS. 27 
 
 1st. By an interrogative pronoun; as, Quis venit? "Who 
 comes ?" Quern ml sit t ~ Whom did he send ?" Cuj u s pe- 
 dis hoc? "Whose nock is this?" &c. 
 
 2d. By an interrogative adverb; as, Unde venit? "Whence 
 came he?" Cur venit? "Why did he come?" 
 
 3d. By the interrogative particles; num, an, and the enclitic, 
 ne. Thus used these particles have no corresponding English 
 word in the translation ; they merely indicate a question ; as, 
 Num venit, or an venit, or venitne ? " Has he come ?" Num 
 videtur ? " Does it seem ?" 
 
 4th. By simply placing an interrogation mark at the end 
 of the question ; as, Vis me hoc facere ? " Do you wish me to 
 do this?" 
 
 57. The interrogative pronoun or adverb, in all cases, is 
 translated before the verb ; as, 
 
 1 . Quis fecit ? Who did it ? or who has done it 1 
 
 2. Quern misit? Whom did he send ? 
 
 3. Q u auto constitit ? How much did it cost ? 
 
 4. Qualis fuit % What sort of a man was he ! 
 
 This is true also of the indirect question ; i. e., when the 
 substance of a question is stated but not in the interrogative 
 form; as, 
 
 r>. Nttdo quant o const it crit, I know not how much it cost. 
 
 6. Docuit quam Jinna res esset He showed them how firm a thing 
 concordia, agreement was. 
 
 Note. When the verb in the direct or indirect question comes 
 under 319, R. V., 66G, R. VI., the predicate, or nominative 
 after the verb, is translated first, and the subject or nomina- 
 tive, in the direct question after the verb, as in Ex. 4 ; but in 
 the indirect, before it, as in Ex. 6. Thus, in Ex. 4, qualis is 
 the predicate, and Me understood, the subject ; in Ex. 6, res 
 is the predicate, and concordia the subject. 
 
 58. In all forms of interrogation not made by an interroga- 
 tive pronoun, as in No. 57, the nominative or subject is trans- 
 lated after the verb in English, in the simple forms, and after 
 the first auxiliary in the compound forms ; as, 
 
 1. Videsne? Seest thou ? or dost thou see? 
 
 2. An Venistif Ihisr thou come? or have you come ? 
 a Scribetne? Will he write? 
 
 4. Num ibimus? Shall we jro ? 
 
 5. Nonne fecit t Has he not done (it) ? 
 
28 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 B. An egisset melius ? Would he have done better t 
 
 7. Nosne alemus ? . Shall we support i 
 
 8. Nonne Dei est ? Does it not belong to God % 
 9„ Iste est /rater ? Is that your brother ? 
 
 59. When a sentence not interrogative is introduced by wee 
 or neque, not followed by a corresponding conjunction, (See 
 No. 124,) in a connected clause, the verb will be translated by 
 an auxiliary, and the English nominative will stand after the 
 first auxiliary ; as, 
 
 1 . Neque hoc intelligo, Neither do I understand this. 
 
 2. Nee venisset, Neither would he have come. 
 
 3. Nee adeptus sum, Nor have / attained. 
 
 The object of the verb. 
 
 60. In translating, the object of a transitive verb in the ac- 
 cusative is arranged after the verb, and as near to it as possi- 
 ble. That object may be a noun, a pronoun, an infinitive, or 
 a clause of a sentence, (439, 714) ; as, 
 
 1. Romulus condidit urbem, Romulus built a city. 
 
 2. Vocavit earn liomam, He called it Rome. 
 
 3. Disce die ere vera, Learn to speak the truth. 
 
 4. Obtulit ut captlvos re dime- He offered that they should redeem the 
 
 rent, captives. 
 
 61. The interrogative or relative pronoun is always trans- 
 lated before the verb that governs it ; as, 
 
 1. Quern mittemus? Whom shall we send ? 
 
 2. Cui dedisti? To whom didst thou give it ? 
 
 3. Dens quern colimus, God whom we worship. 
 
 4. Cui omnia debemus. To whom we owe all things. 
 
 62. When a transitive verb governs two cases, the imme- 
 diate object in the accusative, according to the natural order, 
 is usually translated first, and after that the remote object in 
 the genitive, § 122, 792; dative, § 123, 855; accusative, 
 § 124, 734 ; or ablative, § 125, 911; as, 
 
 1. Arquit me furti, He accuses we of theft. 
 
 2. Comparo Virqilium Homcro, I compare Virgil to Jiomer. 
 
 3. Poscimns te p'acem, We beg peace of thee 
 
 4. Onerat naves auro, He loads the ships with gold. 
 Note. The accusative of the person after verbs of asking, 
 
 is translated by of or from; as, 
 
 5. Pyrrhum auxilium poposcerunt, They demanded aid of (or from) 
 
 Pyrrhus. y 
 
LATIN IDIOMS. 29 
 
 63. But when the remote object is a relative, or when the 
 immediate object is an infinitive, or a clause of a sentence, or 
 a noun further described by other words, the remote object 
 must be translated first; as, 
 
 1. Cui librum dedtmus, To whom we gave the book. 
 
 2. Da viihi fallere, Give me to deceive. 
 
 " Dixit ei, confiteor meum peccd- He said to him, I confess my fault. 
 turn, 
 
 3. Earn rogaverunt, ut ipsos defen- They entreated him, that he would 
 
 ddret, defend them. 
 
 4. Docuit ill os quamjirma esset, He showed them how firm it was. 
 
 5. Cicitatem, antea solicitdtam, He supplies with arms, the city al- 
 
 ar mis ornat, ready excited. 
 
 64. When a verb, which in the active voice governs two 
 ca-cs, is used in the passive form, that which was the imme- 
 diate object in the accusative, becomes the subject in the nom- 
 inative ; and the remote object in its own case immediately 
 follows the verb. Thus, the examples *No. 62, may be ar- 
 ranged and translated as follows, § 126, 1075* 
 
 1. Arr/uor furti, I am accused of theft. 
 
 2. Virgili us comparator Ho- Virgil is compared to Homer. 
 
 mero, 
 
 3. Pax jioscitur te, Peace is begged of thee. 
 
 4. Naves onerantur auro, The ships are loading with gold. 
 
 So also the participles 
 
 5. .1 eetUi >t us fu r t i, Accused of theft. 
 
 6. (.'om/xinUus Homero, Compared to Homer* 
 
 7. Out rata auro, Loaded with gold. 
 
 8. Nuddta hominXbus, Stripped of men. 
 
 9. Ereptus morti, Saved from death. 
 
 Impersonal Verbs. 
 
 65. The impersonal verb has no nominative before it in 
 Latin. It is translated by placing the pronoun it before it in 
 English; as, (2:23,2,452.) 
 
 1. Decet, It becomes. 4. Pugnatur, It is fought. 
 
 2. Constat, It is evident. 5. Itur, It is gone. 
 
 3. Tonat, It thunders. 6. Curritur, It is run. 
 
 66. Impersonal verbs governing the dative or accusative in 
 Latin, may be translated in a personal form by making the 
 word in the dative or accusative the nominative to the English 
 verb, taking care always to express the same idea (223, 6, 
 457). 
 
30 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Impersonally. 
 
 Personally, 
 
 1. Placet mi hi , It pleases me ; I am pleased. 
 
 2. Licet tibi, It is permitted to you; You are permitted. 
 
 3. Decet eum, It becomes him; He ought. 
 
 4 Pudet nos, It shames us; We are ashamed. 
 
 5. Tuzdetvos, It wearies you ; You are wearied. 
 
 6. Favetur, illis, Favor is done to them; They are favored. 
 
 7. NocStur hosti, Hurt is done to the ene- The enemy is hurt. 
 
 my; 
 
 8. Miser et m e tui, It moves me to pity of JT pity you. 
 
 you; 
 
 9. Pcenitet eos, It repents them ; They repent. 
 
 10. Pcenitet me pec- It repents me, that I i" repent of having 
 cdsse, have sinned ; sinned. 
 
 67. When the doer of an action denoted by an impersonal 
 verb, or by a passive verb used impersonally, is expressed by 
 the ablative with a, (236, 6, 457,) the verb may be trans- 
 lated personally in the active voice, and the doer, in the abla- 
 tive, be made its English subject or nominative ; as, 
 
 Impersonally. 
 
 It is fought by me ; 
 thee : 
 
 Personally. 
 
 1. Pugnatur a me, It is fought by me; I fight. 
 
 2. Curriturate, It is run by thee; T hou ruxmest. 
 S. Favetur a nobis, It is favored by us; We favor. 
 
 4. Favetur tibi a no- It is favored to you by We favor you; or, you 
 
 bis , us; are favored by us. 
 
 Note. The doer in the ablative with a, is frequently under- 
 stood, (especially when no definite person or thing is intended,) 
 and must be supplied as the context requires ; as, 
 
 5. Ubi perventum est (ab illis,) When it was come by them, i.e., 
 
 when they came. 
 
 6. Descenditur (ab hominibus,) Men (or people,) go down. 
 
 7. Conveniebatur (ab hominibus,) People assembled. 
 
 68. Some verbs, not impersonal, are used impersonally, 
 when used before the infinitive of impersonal verbs, (411,); as, 
 
 Impersonally. 
 
 Personally. 
 
 1. Potest credi tibi, It can be trusted to You can be trusted; 66, 
 
 you; 2. 
 
 2. Non potest noceri It cannot be hurt to the The enemy cannot be 
 
 hosti, enemy; hurt; 66, 7. 
 
 3. Ut fieri so let, As it is wont to be done; 
 
 or, As is usual. 
 
 69. Verbs usually impersonal are sometimes used personally, 
 and haye their subject in the nominative, (412, 842) ; as, 
 
LATIN IDIOMS. 31 
 
 1. Doleo, I grieve, (Impersonally, Dolet mihi,) It grieves me. 
 
 2. Candida pax homines dec< t , Candid peace become) men. 
 
 3. Ista gestamina nostras hume- These arms become my shoulders. 
 
 ros decent. 
 
 Usage of Videor, "I seem." 
 
 70. Videor, "I seem," though never impersonal in Latin, 
 is often rendered impersonally in English; and the dative 
 following it, seems properly to come under 528, Rule 
 XXXIIL, 1146, to denote the person to whom any thing 
 seems or appears, i. e., by whom it is seen ; thus, Videor tibl 
 esse pauper, I seem to you, (i. e., I am seen by you,) to be poor. 
 Videor mihi esse pauper, I seem to myself, (i. e., I am seen 
 by myself,) to be poor; or, I think that I am poor. So the 
 following : 
 
 1. Videor esse liber, I seem to be free; or, It seems that I 
 
 am free. 
 
 2. Videor mihi esse liber, I seem to myself to be free; or, It 
 
 snuis to uie, (or, I think) that 1 
 am five. 
 
 3. Videris esse, You seem to be; or, It seems that 
 
 you arc. 
 
 4. Videris tibi esse, You seem to yourself to be ; or, It 
 
 seems to you, (i. e., you think) 
 that you are. 
 
 5. Videris mihi esse, You seem to me to be ; or, It seems 
 
 to me, (i. e., I think) that you are. 
 o. Tu, ut videris, non scribis, You, as you seem, (or, as it seems) 
 
 do not write. 
 
 Obs. The third person singular of videor followed by an 
 infinitive, with its subject in the accusative, or by a depend- 
 ent clause after ut, or quod, may be said to be used imperson- 
 ally; though, strictly speaking, that infinitive with its accusa- 
 tive, or that clause, is the subject, (See No. 51,) ; as, 
 
 7. Videtur mihi te valere, It appears to me that you are well ; 
 
 strictly rendered, That you are 
 well appears to (or, is seen by) 
 me. 
 
 8. IUi videtur ut valeat, It appears to him, (or, he thinks,) 
 
 that he {another person) is well. 
 
 9. Viskkir sibi valere, It appears to him. (or, he thinks,) 
 
 that he (himself) is well. He ; 
 to himself to be well. 
 
32 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Verbs. — Indicative Mood. 
 
 71. Verbs in the indicative mood are translated as in the 
 paradigm in the Grammar. Care must be taken, however, to 
 notice when the sense requires the simple, or emphatic, or 
 progressive form. 
 
 72. When the perfect tense expresses a past action or 
 event extending to, or connected with the present, in itself or 
 in its consequences, it is used definitely, and must be rendered 
 by the auxiliaries, have, hast, has, or hath ; as, 
 
 1. Regem vidi hodie, I have seen the king to-day. 
 
 73. When the perfect tense expresses a past action or 
 event, without reference to the present, it is used indefinitely^ 
 (Gr. 163, 1093,) and can not be rendered by have, hast, has 9 
 or hath ; as, 
 
 1. Regem vidi nuper, I saw the king lately. 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 
 The subjunctive mood is used in two different ways, viz. : 
 subjunctively and potentially, (Gr. § 42, II., 2S4 9 II., and 
 §§ 139-141, 1161-1177.) 
 
 Subjunctive used Subjunctively. 
 
 74. This mood is used subjunctively, but for the most part 
 translated as the indicative, when it expresses what is actual 
 and certain, though not directly asserted as such. This it 
 does, / 
 
 1st. When it is subjoined to some adverb, conjunction, or 
 indefinite term in a dependent clause, for the purpose of stat- 
 ing the existence of a thing, (without directly asserting it), 
 as something supposed, taken for granted, or connected with 
 the direct assertion as a cause, condition, or modifying circum- 
 stance, (631, 124:4:) ; as, 
 
 1. Ea cum ita sint discedam, Since these things are so, I will de- 
 
 part. 
 
 2. Si mad eat, If it is wet. 
 
 3. Quum Ccesar redzret, When Caesar returned — ivas return* 
 
 ing. 
 
 4. Ita perterritus est ut morire- He was so frightened that he died. 
 
 tur, 
 
 5. Gratulor tibi quod rediSris, I am glad that you have returned. 
 
LATIN IDIOMS. 33 
 
 6. Si imperita v Print, If they have commanded. 
 
 7. Si rel i([H iss< m, inlr/ui dice*- If I had left him, &c. 
 
 n tit, 
 
 8. Quum Cozsar prpfectus es- "When Caesar had departed. 
 
 set, 
 
 Obs. In the first of the above examples, the direct assertion 
 is discedam, "I will depart." The dependent clause, ea cum 
 ita shit, "since these things are so," expresses the existence 
 of certain things referred to without directly asserting it, but 
 taking it for granted as a thing admitted or supposed, but still 
 affecting in some way the event directly asserted. This holds 
 good of all the other examples above. 
 
 The dependent clause connected by ut, or ubi, "when;" 
 dum, "whilst;" prrusquam, "before;" postquam, "after;" 
 and other conjunctions, (629 and 630, 1237 and 1247) ; 
 and also by quum or cum, " when," (631, 1244)) sometimes 
 take the indicative mood. 
 
 2d. The subjunctive mood is used subjunctively, as above, 
 after an interrogative word used indefinitely, in a dependent 
 clause, or in what is called the indirect question, i. e., an ex- 
 pression containing the substance of a question without the 
 form. All interrogative words may be used in this way, (See 
 627, 6, 1182) ; thus, 
 
 9. Ntmsia quit sit — quid fiat, I know not who he is — ichat is doing. 
 
 10. Done me ubi sint dii, Tell me where the gods '"''• 
 
 11. .Y aetb titer scribgret, I know not irhich of the two wrote. 
 
 12. Nescio quid scrip turn es- I know not what was written. 
 set, 
 
 13. Srto cui, (a quo) scriptum I know to whom (by whom) it was 
 esset, written. 
 
 14. An scis quis hoc fee $r it? Do you know who has done this? 
 
 15. An sris a quo tioc factum Do you know by whom this has been 
 f tier it? 'done? 
 
 16. Nemo scicbat quis hcec fee is- None knew who had done these tilings. 
 set, 
 
 17. Percunctdtus quid vellet, Having enquired what he wis/ied. 
 
 Note. The direct question requires the indicative ; as, Quis 
 fecit? "Who did it?" The indirect requires the subjunct- 
 ive ; as, Nescio quis fecerit, "I know not who did it." 
 
 *75. This mood is used subjunctively, and usually translated 
 as the indicative in a relative clause, after an indefinite general 
 expression (636, 1227 9 ) a negation, or a question implying 
 
34 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 a negation ; and also after the relative in oblique narration, 
 (650, 1291) ; as, 
 
 1. Est qui dicat, There is one who says. 
 
 2. Nullus est qui neget, There is no one who denies. 
 
 3. Quis est qui hoc faciat, Who is there that does this 1 
 
 4. Antonius inquit, artem esse earum Antonius says that art belongs to 
 
 rerum quce sciantur, those things which are known. 
 
 The Subjunctive used Potentially. 
 
 76. The subjunctive mood is used potentially ; 1st, in inter- 
 rogative sentences ; and 2d, to express a thing not as actual 
 and certain, but contingent and hypothetical, (Gr. 142, 2d, 
 1205 ; 143, 1178). Thus used, it is much less definite with 
 respect to time, and is related with some variety ; as follows : 
 
 1 . Present, by may, can, shall, will, could, would, should. 
 
 2. Imperfect, by might, could, icould, or should. 
 
 3. Perfect, by may have, can have, must have, frc. 
 
 4. Pluperfect, by might have, could have, would have, should have ; and, de- 
 
 noting futurity, should. 
 
 The most usual renderings of each tense are the follow- 
 ing: 
 
 77. Present. The present subjunctive used potentially, 
 expresses present liberty, power, will, or obligation, usually 
 expressed by the English auxiliaries, ' may, can, shall, will, 
 could, would, should. (§ 45, I., 1103,) 
 
 1. Licet eas, You may go. 
 
 2. An sic intelligat? Can he so understand it 1 
 
 3. Men* mo v eat cimex Pantilius? Shall (or should) the insect Pantilius 
 
 discompose me ? 
 
 4. Quis istos ferat? Who could bear those men ? 
 
 5. Si hie sis, aliter sentias If you were here, you would think 
 
 otherwise. 
 
 Imperatively. 
 
 6. Sic eat, Thus let her (or him) go. 
 
 7. Eamus, Let us go. 
 
 8. Pugnetur, (Impersonally,) Let it be fought. 
 
 9. Di'ifaciant, May the gods grant. 
 
 78. Imperfect. The imperfect subjunctive used potentially, 
 is preceded by a past tense, and expresses past liberty, power, 
 will, or duty, but- still in its use expresses time very indefi- 
 nitely. It is usually rendered by the English auxiliaries. 
 
LATIN IDIOMS. 35 
 
 might, could, would, should; sometimes had, would Jiave, sJiould 
 have; as, 
 
 1. Lcgebat ut disc tret, He read that he might learn. 
 
 2. Quid fa cdrem, W hat could I do? 
 
 3. I ret si juberes, He would go if you should order it. 
 
 4. Cur veniret, Why s/iou'ld he come. 
 
 5. Rogaoirunt ut veniret, They entreated that he would come* 
 
 6. Si quis die 8 ret, nunquam pu- If any one /tad saia* it, I M/Wc/ not 
 
 <d/-e»j Aaue thought it. 
 
 iVbte. After verbs denoting to hinder, forbid, and the like, 
 quo minus with the subjunctive, may be rendered by from and 
 the present participle, (172, 3, 1230) ; thus, 
 
 7. Impedivit quo minus iret, He hindered him from going. 
 
 Obs. An action or state which would, or would not exist, 
 or have existed, in a case supposed, but the contrary of which 
 is implied, is expressed in Latin by the imperfect or pluper- 
 fect subjunctive, without an antecedent verb or conjunction, 
 625, 4th, 1265. (See An. & Pr. Eng. Gr. 864,) ; as, 
 
 6. ScribSrem, si necesse esset, I would write, if it were necessary. 
 5. Scripsissem , si necesse fu- I would have written, had it been 
 isset, necessary. 
 
 79. Perfect. The perfect subjunctive properly expresses 
 what is supposed to be past, but of which there exists uncer- 
 tainty. Thus used it is commonly rendered by the auxilaries, 
 may have, can have, &c. It is also used sometimes in a pres- 
 ent and sometimes in a future sense, with much variety of 
 meaning, according to its connection, (§ 45, IIL, 1170) ; as, 
 
 1. Fortasse erravSrim, Perhaps I may have erred. 
 
 2. Etsi non scripsZrit, Though he cannot have written. 
 
 3. Ut sic dixe'rim, That I mag so speak. 
 
 4. Citius credidSrim, I would sooner believe. 
 
 5. Facile dixSrim , I could easily tell. 
 
 6. Quasi affu grim, As if I had been present. 
 
 80. Pluperfect. The pluperfect (§ 45, IV., 1291) is usually 
 rendered by the auxiliaries, might have, could have, would have, 
 thould have, as in the paradigm of the verb. But when an 
 action is related as having been future at a certain past time, 
 it is expressed in Latin in the pluperfect subjunctive, and 
 translated should; as, 
 
 1. Quodcunque jussisset mefac- I said that T would do whatsoever ho 
 turum dixi, should order. 
 
86 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 2. Promisisti te scripturum, si ro- You promised that you would write, 
 
 gavissem , if I should desire it. 
 
 3. D urn convaluisset, Until he should get well. 
 
 81. the pluperfect subjunctive active, with quum, in verbs 
 not deponent, is used instead of a past participle active, (182, 
 8, 1344,) and may be rendered by the compound perfect 
 participle in English ; as, 
 
 1. Ccesar,quum hcec dixisset, Caesar having said these things; (lit- 
 erally, Caesar, when he had said 
 these things.) 
 
 82. When the subjunctive has a relative for its subject, 
 and the relative and antecedent clause involve a comparison, 
 they may be rendered as in No. 40 ; or the sense will be ex- 
 pressed if we render the relative by as, and the subjunctive 
 by the infinitive ; thus, 
 
 1. Quis tarn esset arnens qui sem- Who would be so foolish as to live 
 
 per viveret, always. 
 
 2. Nequetuises qui nescias, You are not such a one as not to 
 
 know. 
 
 83. When the relative and subjunctive follow such adjectives 
 as dignus,indignus,idoneus, (643, Obs. 5,1212,) and the like ; 
 or when they express the end or design of something expressed 
 in the antecedent clause, their meaning will be expressed as in 
 No. 40, or by the infinitive alone, or preceded by the phrase 
 "in order to;" thus, 
 
 1 . Dignum qui secundus ab Rom- Worthy to be ranked next after Rom- 
 
 ulo numeretur, ulus. 
 
 2. Legatos miserunt qui eum accu- They sent legates to accuse (or, in or- 
 
 sdrent, der to accuse) him. 
 
 3. Virgas Us dedit quibus agSr- He gave them rods to drive, (in order 
 
 ent, to drive; or, so that with these they 
 
 might drive.) 
 
 84. The subjunctive with or without ut, after verbs signify- 
 ing to bid, forbid, tell, allow, hinder, command, and the like, 
 (627, 1, 3d, 1208, and 632, 1204,) may be rendered by 
 the English infinitive preceded by the subject of the verb in 
 the objective case ; as, 
 
 1. Precor venias, I pray that you may come; i. e., I 
 
 pray you to come. 
 
 2. Die veniat, Tell her to come. 
 
 3. Sine eat, Permit him to go. 
 
 4. Non patifris ut eant, You will not suffer them to go. 
 
 5. Non patieris ut vescdmur, You do not suffer us to eat. 
 
LATIN IDIOMS. 
 
 37 
 
 85. When several verbs in the same mood and tense, have 
 the same nominative, and are connected in the same Constrnc- 
 tion, the auxiliary and "to," the sign of the infinitive, in the 
 translation is used with the first only, and understood to the 
 rest; as, 
 
 1. Et vidisset et audivisset, He might have both seen and heard. 
 
 2. Et visus et auditus esset, He might have been both seen and 
 
 heard. 
 
 3. Cupimus et videre et audlre, We wish both to see and hear. 
 
 The Infinitive Mood. 
 
 86. When the infinitive is without a subject, it is to be con- 
 sidered as a verbal noun, (659, 1119,) and translated as in 
 the paradigm of the verb ; as, 
 
 1. Volo scribSre, I wish to write. 
 
 2. Dicitur didicisse, He is said to have learned. 
 
 3. Dicitur iturus esse, He is said to be about to go. 
 
 4. Dicitur iturus fuisse, He is said to have been about to go. 
 
 87. When the verbs possum, volo, nolo, malo, in the indica- 
 tive or subjunctive, are translated by the English auxiliaries, 
 can, will, will not, will rather, and sometimes, in the past tense, 
 by could, would, &c, the infinitive following is translated with- 
 out to before it ; as, 
 
 1. Potest fiSri, It can be done. 
 
 2. Volo ire, I will go. 
 
 3. Nolo facSre, I will not do it. 
 
 4. Malo facSre, I will rather do it. 
 
 5. Ut se volucrem facSre vellet, That he would make her a bird. 
 
 6. Nihil jam defend i potuit, Nothing could now be defended. 
 
 7. Hoc facSre non potuit, He could not do this. 
 
 8. Nolite timlre, Do not fear. 
 
 88. The present infinitive is generally translated as the per- 
 fect without "to," after the imperfect, perfect or pluperfect 
 tense of possum, volo, nolo, malo, when translated could, would, 
 would not, would rather; and with "to" after the same tenses 
 of debeo and oportet, translated ought ; as, 
 
 1. Melius fieri non potuit, It could not have been done better. 
 
 2. Voini die | r*, I would have said. 
 
 3. SurnSre arma noluit, He would not hare taken arms. 
 
 4. Mobil augere , He would rather have increased. 
 
 5. Quam potuisset edSre, Than he could have caused. 
 
 6. Debuisti mihi ignoscSre, You ought to have pardoned me. 
 
 7. Divxdi oportuit, It ought to have been divided. 
 
 4 
 
38 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Note. A strictly literal translation of most of the above 
 sentences would not express the precise idea intended; thus, 
 in the third sentence, " He would not have taken arms," and 
 " He was not willing to take arms," manifestly do not mean 
 the same thing. 
 
 89. After verbs denoting to see, hear, feel, and the like, the 
 present infinitive is often translated by the English present 
 participle; as, 
 
 1. Audlvi eum die ere, I heard him saying. 
 
 2. Surg ere videt lunam, He sees the moon rising. 
 
 3. Terrain tremere sensit, He felt the earth trembling. 
 
 Obs. So also when the infinitive alone, or as part of a 
 clause, is the subject of another verb; as, 
 
 4. Morari periculosum est. Delaying is dangerous. 
 
 5. Morari periculosum (esse) ar- They think that delaying is danger- 
 
 bitrantur, ous. 
 
 The Infinitive with a subject. 
 
 90. The infinitive with its subject in the accusative, though 
 but seldom, is sometimes translated in the same form in Eng- 
 lish; as, 
 
 1. Cupio te venire, 1 wish you to come. 
 
 2. Quos discorddre noverat, W horn he had known to differ. 
 
 3. Hoc optimum esse judicdvit, He decided this to be the best. 
 
 4. Eum vocdri jussit, He ordered him to be called. 
 
 91. The infinitive with a subject, usually is, and always 
 may be, translated by the English indicative or potential, ac- 
 cording to the sense intended. When so rendered, its subject 
 must always be translated in the nominative ; and this, if not 
 a relative, is usually preceded by the conjunction that, (§ 145, 
 1135) ; as, 
 
 1. Cupio te venire, I wish that you would come. 
 
 2. dicit me s crib ire, He says that I write. 
 
 3. Eos ivisse putdbat, He thought that they had gone. 
 
 4. Quern nunquam risisse ferunt, Who they say never laughed. 
 
 5. Rogdvit quid faciendum (esse) He asked what he thought ought tobe 
 
 putdret, done. 
 
 92. Both the Latin and the English infinitive, by their 
 tenses, represent an act, &c, as present, past or future, at 
 the time of the governing verb. Hence, when the one is 
 translated by the other ; that is, the Latin infinitive by the 
 English infinitive, (Nos. 86 and 90,) any tense of the one 
 
LATIN IDIOMS. 39 
 
 will be correctly translated by the same tense in the other, 
 (except as in No. 88,) no matter what be the tense of the 
 governing verb ; as, 
 
 1. Pres. Dicltar, ) Prcs. Past. Future. 
 
 2. Past, iJirehatur, > habere; habuisse; habitants esse. 
 
 3. Put. Dicitur, ) 
 
 1. Pres. He is said, ) 
 
 2. Past, He was said, > to have ; to have had ; to be about to have. 
 
 3. Put. He will be said, ) 
 
 93. But when the Latin infinitive, with its subject, is trans- 
 lated by the English indicative or potential, the tense used in 
 these moods must be that which will correctly express the 
 time of the act expressed by the Latin infinitive as estimated, 
 not from the time of the governing verb, as in Latin, but as 
 estimated from the present. That is, events present at the 
 same time, or past at the same time, will be expressed in 
 English by the same tense ; an event represented in Latin as 
 prior to the present time, (perfect infinitive after the present 
 tense,) will be expressed by the English imperfect or perfect 
 indefinite ; and an event represented in Latin as prior to a 
 past event, (perfect infinitive after a past tense,) will be ex- 
 pressed by the English pluperfect ; thus, 
 
 1. Pres. Dicunt eum venire, They say that he is coming, or comes. 
 
 % 2. Past, Di.rerunt eum venire, Tboy said that he came. 
 
 3. Pres. Dicunt eum venisse, They say that he came. 
 
 4. Past, Dixerunt eum venisse, They said that he had come. 
 
 5. Past, Coeperunt suspicari Mam They began to suspect that she came. 
 
 venire , 
 
 Note. The infinitive after the future does not follow this 
 analogy, but is always translated in its own tense ; as, 
 
 Pres. Perf. Future. 
 
 6. Dicent eum venire, venisse, venturum esse. 
 They will say that he comes, has come, will come. 
 
 94. 1. Present, past, and future time, are variously ex- 
 pressed as follows : 
 
 1st. Present time is expressed by the present tense, and 
 generally by the perfect definite. 
 
 2d. Past time is expressed by the imperfect, perfect indefi- 
 nite, and pluperfect, — by the perf ectparticiple, — ihepresent 
 infinitive after a past tense, — ihepresent tense used to express 
 a past event, 157, 3, 1082, — and by the present partici- 
 
40 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 ple 7 agreeing with the subject of the governing verb in 
 any of these tenses, 182, 5, 1343, 
 3d. Future time is expressed by the future and future per- 
 fect. 
 
 2. The infinitive of deponent verbs, is translated in the 
 same manner as the infinitive active in the following examples 
 in Nos. 95 to 100. 
 
 3. After verbs denoting to promise, request, advise, com- 
 mand, and the like, implying a reference to something future, 
 the present infinitive, with its subject, is usually translated as 
 the future, by should, or would, (See No. 100, 1, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9,) ; 
 as, Jussit, eos per castra duci, He ordered that they should 
 be led through the camp. 
 
 4. The Latin words for "he said," "saying," or the like, 
 introducing an oblique narration, are often omitted, and the 
 infinitive takes the form of translation corresponding to the 
 time expressed by the word to be supplied. 
 
 From these principles are deduced the following directions 
 for translating the infinitive with a subject. 
 
 Present Infinitive after Present or Future Time. 
 
 95. Direction I. When the preceding verb is in the pres- 
 ent, the perfect used indefinitely, or future tense, the present 
 infinitive is translated as the present ; as, 
 
 Active Voice. 
 
 1. Dico eum laud are, I say that he praises. 
 
 2. Dixi eum laud are, I have said that he praises. 
 
 3. Dicam eum laud are, I will say that he praises. 
 
 Passive Voice. 
 
 1. Dico eum laud art, I say that he is praised. 
 
 2. Dixi eum laudari, I have said that he is praised. 
 
 3. Dicam eum laudcLri, I will say that he is praised. 
 
 Present Infinitive after Past Time. 
 
 96. Direction II. When the preceding verb is in the 
 imperfect, perfect indefinite, or pluperfect, or in the present 
 infinitive after a past tense, the present infinitive is translated 
 as the imperfect, or perfect indefinite ; as, 
 
LATIN IDIOM9. 41 
 
 Present Infinitive Active. 
 
 1. Dklhammm laud are, I said that he praised. 
 
 2. Dixi cum lauddre, I said that he praised. 
 
 1. Dixcram eum laud are, I had said that he praised. 
 
 4. C(£pi dkire eum laud are, I hegan to say that he praised. 
 
 Present infinitive Passive. 
 
 5. Dkebameum laudari, I said that he was praised. 
 
 6. Dixi eum laudari , I said that he was praised. 
 
 7. Dixeram eum laudari, I had said that he was praised. 
 
 8. Capi dicer e eum laudari, I began to say that he was praised. 
 
 Exc. 1. When the present infinitive expresses that which 
 is always true, it must be translated in the present, after any- 
 tense, 157, 1, 1081; as, 
 
 9. Doctus erat Deum guberndre He had been taught that God governs 
 
 mundum, the world. 
 
 Exc. II. When the present infinitive expresses an act sub- 
 sequent to the time of the governing verb, it is translated after 
 any tense, by the potential with should ; would ; as, 
 
 10. Jubet ) He orders 
 
 if. Jussit >teire, He ordered ^ that you should go. 
 
 12. Jusserat ) He had ordered 
 
 Perfect Infinitive after Present or Future Time. 
 
 97. Direction HI. When the preceding verb is in the 
 present, perfect definite, or future tense, the perfect infinitive ia 
 translated as the imperfect or perfect indefinite ; as, 
 
 Active Voice. 
 
 1 . Diccf eum laudavisse, I say that he praised. 
 
 2. Dixi eum laudavisse, I have said that he praised. 
 
 3. Dicam eum laudavisse, I will say that he praised. 
 
 Passive Voice. 
 
 4. Dico eum laudatum esse, I say that he was praised. 
 
 5. Dixi eum laudatum esse, I have said that he was praised. 
 
 6. Dicam eum laudatum esse, I will say that he was praised. 
 
 7. Dico eum laud&tum fuisse, I say that he has been praised. 
 
 8. Dixi eum laudatum fuisse, I have said that he has been praised* 
 
 9. Dicam eum laudatum fuisse, I will say that he has been praised. 
 
42 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Perfect Infinitive after Past Tenses. 
 
 98. Direction IV. When the preceding verb is in the 
 imperfect, perfect indefinite, or pluperfect, or in the present 
 infinitive after a past tense, the perfect infinitive is translated 
 as the pluperfect ; as, 
 
 Active Voice. 
 
 1. Dicebam eum laudavisse, I said that he had praised. 
 
 2. Dixi eum laudavisse, I said that he had praised. 
 
 3. Dixeram eum laudavisse, I had said that he had praised. 
 
 4. Coepi dicere eum laudavisse, I began to say that he had praised. 
 
 Passive Voice. 
 
 5. Dicebam eum laud at urn esse, I said that he had been praised. 
 
 6 . Dixi eum laudatum esse, I said that he had been praised. 
 
 7. Dixeram eum laudatum esse, I had said that he had been praised. 
 
 8. Cozpi dicere eum laudatum I began to say that he had been 
 esse, praised. 
 
 9. Dicebam eum laudatum fu- I said that he had been praised. 
 
 isse, 
 
 10. Dixi eum laudatum fuisse, I said that he had been praised. 
 
 11. DixSram eum laudatum fu- I had said that he had been praised. 
 
 isse, 
 
 12. Cozpi dicere eum laudatum I began to say that he had been 
 fuisse, praised. 
 
 Future Infinitive after the Present Tense. 
 
 99. Direction V. When the preceding verb is in the pres- 
 ent, or perfect definite, or future tense, the future infinitive with 
 esse is translated as the future indicative ; and with fuisse, by 
 would have, or should have, in the pluperfect potential in a fu- 
 ture sense ; and fore y for futurum esse, is translated by will be. 
 
 Active Voice. 
 
 1. Dico eum laudaturum esse, I say that he will praise. 
 
 2. Dixi eum laudaturum esse, I have said that he will praise. 
 
 3. Dicam eum laudaturum esse, I will say that he will praise. 
 
 4. Dico eum laudaturum fu- I say that he would have praised. 
 
 isse, 
 
 5. Dixi eum laudaturum fu- I have said that he would have 
 
 isse, praised. 
 
 6. Dicam eum laudaturum fu- I will say that he would have praised. 
 
 isse. 
 
LATIN IDIOMS 43 
 
 Passive Voice. 
 
 7. Dico eum hiuddium iri, 1 miv that he will be pniisxl. 
 
 8 Dixi eum laud at u in iri, I have said that be will be praised. 
 
 9. Dicam turn laud cLtum iri, I will say that he will be praised. 
 
 Future Infinitive after Past Tenses. 
 
 100 Direction VI. When the preceding verb is of the 
 imperfect, perfect indefinite, or pluperfect, the future of the 
 infinitive with esse is rendered by would or should; and with 
 fuisse, by would have, and should have ; and fore, fox futurum 
 esse, after any past tense, by would be; as, 
 
 Active Voice. 
 
 1 Dicibam eum laudaturum esse, I said that he would praise. 
 
 2 Dixi eum laudaturum, £c., I said that ne would praise. 
 
 3. Dixeram eum lauaaturum, Sfc. I had said that he would praise. 
 
 4. Dicebam eum laudaturum fu- 1 said that he would have praised. 
 
 isse, 
 5 Did eum laudaturum, Sfc, I said that he would have praised. 
 6. DixSram eum laudaturum fu-I had said that he would have 
 
 isse, praised. 
 
 Passive Voice. 
 
 7. Dicebam eum laud&tum iri, I said that he would be praised. 
 
 8. Dixi eum lauddtum iri, I said that lie ivould be jrraised. 
 
 9- Dixeram HON lnudatum iri, I had said that he would be praised- 
 
 10. Dicebam (dixi) eum fore tutum, I said that he would be safe. 
 
 Usage of Fore. 
 
 Obs. Fore is used for futurum esse, and, with a subject after 
 pmeot tenses, means "will be;" after past tenses, "woiddbe." 
 Both of them when followed by a subjunctive with ut, (678, 
 ~L133 9 ) after a present tense, may be translated by the future 
 indicative of that verb ; and after a past tense, by the imper- 
 fect potential ; as, 
 
 11 Credo eum fore tutum, I believe that he will be safe. 
 
 12. Credebam or credidi, (credidS- I believed, (had believed) that ho 
 ram) eum fore tutum, would be safe. 
 
 13 Credo fore Cor futurum esse) I believe that you will learn. 
 ut discas, 
 
 14 Credebam or credidi (credide- I believed, (had believed) that you 
 ram) fore Cor futurum esse) would ham. (lit. it would be that 
 ut disceres, you would learn.) 
 
44 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Participles. 
 
 101. Participles are usually translated after their nouns, as 
 in the paradigms of the verb ; thus, 
 
 1. Present active, Homo car ens fraude, A man wanting guile. 
 
 2. Future active, Homo scripturus, A man about to write. 
 
 3. Perfect passive, Vita bene acta, A life well spent 
 
 4. , Ccesar co actus, Cassar being (or having 
 
 been) compelled. 
 
 5. (Deponent,) Cozsar regressus, Caesar having returned. 
 
 6. Future passive, Mala v it and a, Evils to be avoided, i.e., 
 
 which ought to be 
 avoided. 
 
 Exc. But when a participle is used as an adjective, (182, 
 3, 134:3,) it is translated, like the adjective, before its sub- 
 stantive ; as, 
 
 7. Tigrin ostendit mansu efa ctam, He exhibited a tamed tiger. 
 
 8. In ferventibus arenis insistens, Standing on tMe burning sands. 
 
 Future Participle Active. 
 
 102. When the future participle active is used to express a 
 purpose, end, or design of another action, (685, JL355,) it is 
 rendered by " to," or the phrase " in order to," instead of 
 " about to ;" as, 
 
 1. Pergit consulturus oracula, He goes to consult (or, in order to 
 
 consult) the oracle. 
 
 Obs. The present participle is also sometimes used in this 
 sense; as, 
 
 2. Venerunt postulantes cibum, They came to (or, in order to) ask 
 
 food. 
 
 Perfect Participle Passive. 
 
 103. As the Latin verb has no perfect participle in the 
 active sense (except in deponent verbs), its place is usually 
 supplied by the perfect participle passive in the case absolute, 
 (692,) ; thus, "Caesar having consulted his friends," rendered 
 into Latin, will be, Ccesar, amicis consultis, literally, 
 " Caesar, his friends being consulted." Hence, 
 
 104. When the action expressed passively by the perfect 
 participle in the case absolute, or agreeing with the object of a 
 verb, is something done by the subject of the leading verb in 
 
LATIN IDIOMS. 40 
 
 the sentence, the participle is rendered more in accordance 
 with English idiom, by the perfect participle in the active 
 voice in English, agreeing with the subject of the verb, and 
 followed by its noun in the objective case, (182, 8, 134:4:, and 
 692, ##7); thus, 
 
 1. Ccesar his dictis, prqfectus est, translated in the 
 Latin idiom, Caesar, these things being said, departed. 
 English idiom, Caesar, having said these things, departed. 
 
 2. OpSre peracto, ludemus, 
 
 Latin idiom, Our work being finished, we will play. 
 
 English idiom, Having finished our work, we will play. 
 
 3. Pythian ad se voccltum pecunid instruxit, 
 
 Latin idiom, He supplied with money Pythias being called to him. 
 English idiom, Having called Pytliias to him, he supplied him with 
 money. 
 
 105. The perfect participle of deponent verbs having an 
 active signification, accords with the English idiom, and is best 
 translated literally; as, 
 
 1. Nactui naviculum, Having found a hoat. 
 
 2. Cohort &t us exerdtwn, Having exhorted the army. 
 
 106. When the perfect participle of deponent or common 
 verbs, expresses an act nearly or entirely contemporaneous 
 with the leading verb, it may be translated by the English 
 present participle in ing, (182, 5, Note, 1343) ', as, 
 
 1. Rex hoc /acinus mirdtus juv£- The king, admiring tills act, dis- 
 
 nem dimlsit, missed the youth. 
 
 1. Columba delapsa refert sagit- The dove falling brings hack the ar- 
 
 tam, row. 
 
 The Future Participle Passive. 
 
 107. After verbs signifying to give, to deliver, to agree or 
 bargain for ; to have, to receive, to undertake, and the like, the 
 participle in dies generally denotes design or purpose, and is 
 rendered simply as in the paradigm, or with the phrase " in 
 order to," prefixed (08 G, 1315) ; as, 
 
 1. Testamentum tibi trad it I eg en- He delivers his will to you to (or in 
 
 du ;n , order to) be read. 
 
 2. Attribuit nos trucidandos He has given ns over to Ccthegus 
 
 Cethego, (in order) to be slain. 
 
 108. The participle in dus, especially when agreeing with 
 the subject of a sentence or clause, generally denotes propri- 
 ety, necessity, or obligation, and is rendered variously, as the 
 
46 . INTRODUCTION. 
 
 tense of the accompanying verb and the connection require 
 (687,) ; the following are examples : (1304,) 
 
 1. Legatus mittendus est, An ambassador must (or should) ba 
 
 sent. 
 
 2. Legatus mittendus erat or An ambassador had to be sent. 
 
 fuit, 
 
 3. Legatus mittendus erit, An ambassador will have to be sent. 
 
 4. Legatum mittendum esse, That an ambassador should be sent. 
 
 5. mittendum fuisse, ought to ox should 
 
 have been sent. 
 
 6. Dissimulanda loquitur, He speaks things that ought to be con- 
 
 cealed. 
 
 7. Dissimulanda loquebatur, He spake things which ought to have 
 
 been concealed. 
 
 8. Quoj dissimulanda erunt, Which will have to be concealed. 
 
 9. Die, quid statuendum sit, Say, what is to be (or must be) thought. 
 
 Ablative Absolute. 
 
 109. When a participle stands with a substantive in the 
 ablative absolute, R. LX., the substantive is translated without 
 a sign, No. 9, and after it the participle, as in the paradigm 
 of the verb ; as, (1349 •) 
 
 1. Romulo regnante, Romulus reigning. 
 
 2. Hoc oratione habit a, This oration being delivered. 
 
 3. Cozsare venturo, Ca:sar (being) about to come. 
 
 4. Prceceptis tradendis, Rules being to be delivered. 
 
 5. Bello or to, "War having arisen. 
 
 Note. The future participles, Ex. 3, 4, are seldom used in 
 the case absolute. 
 
 110. When two nouns, — a pronoun and a noun, — a noun or 
 a pronoun and an adjective, are used in the ablative without a 
 participle, (695, 972), they are translated in the nominative 
 without a sign, and the English participle "being" inserted 
 between them ; as, 
 
 1. AdolescentiUo duce, A young man being leader. 
 
 2. Mario consule, Marius being consul. 
 
 3. Me suasore, I being the adviser. 
 
 4. Annibali vivo, Hannibal being alive. 
 
 5. Se invito, He being unwilling. 
 
 Gerunds and Gerundives. 
 
 111. The gerund, being a verbal noun, is translated in the 
 
LATIN IDIOMS. 
 
 47 
 
 same manner as other nouns of the same case, and at the 
 same time may govern the case of its own verb 698 ; as, 
 
 1. N. Pctendum pacem, 
 
 2. G. Petendi pacem 
 
 3. D. Utendo libris, 
 
 Seeking peace. 
 
 Of seeking peace. 
 
 To (or for) using books. 
 
 4. Ac. Obliviseendum injuridrum, Forgetting injuries. 
 
 5. Abl. Parendo magistratui, 
 
 6. Abl. Petendo -pacem. 
 
 Btj obeying tbe magistrate. 
 With, from, in, by seeking peace. 
 
 112. Of verbs that govern the accusative, instead of the 
 gerund in the oblique cases, the Latins commonly used the 
 participle in dus, in the sense of the gerund, and agreeing 
 With its object in gender, number, and case ; the case being 
 governed by the same word that would have governed the 
 gerund. When thus used, it is called a gerundive. (707, 
 R. LXII., 1322, Li. CIY 
 
 Gerunds. 
 
 1. Ars librum legendi, 
 
 2. Utile vulnera cur and o, 
 
 3. Adliteras scribendum, 
 
 4. De captivos commutando, 
 
 Gerundives. 
 
 5. Ars libri legendi, 
 The art of reading a book. 
 
 6. Utile vulneribus curandis, 
 Useful for healing ivounds. 
 
 7. Ad UtSras scribendas, 
 For writing a letter. 
 
 8. De captlvis commutandis, 
 Respecting exchanging captives. 
 
 113. When the gerund is the subject of the verb est, gov- 
 erning the dative, it implies necessity, and is variously trans- 
 lated into the English idiom, as the tense of the verb requires 
 (699, 1307) ; as, 
 
 Latin Idiom. 
 
 1. Legendum est mihi, • 
 
 Reading is to me; i.e., 
 J. / ndiim erat (fuit) mihi, 
 
 Heading was to me; 
 
 3. Legend it in fucrat mihi, 
 
 leading had been to me; 
 
 4. Legendum erit mihi, 
 
 Reading will be to me ; 
 
 5. Dicit legendum esse mihi, 
 
 He says that reading is to me ; 
 6 Dicit tegmdimJUuM mihi, 
 
 He says tbat reading was to me ; 
 
 ^ Obs. The dative is frequently omitted, and jren orally when 
 it denotes persons or things, in a general or indefinite sense. 
 
 English Idiom. 
 
 I must read; I ought to read; I 
 
 should read. 
 I had to read ; I ought to have read ; 
 
 I should have read. 
 I had been obliged to read. 
 
 I will have to read ; it will be neces- 
 sary for me to read. 
 
 He says that I must read — ought to 
 read — sbonld read. 
 
 He says that I had to read — ought 
 to — or should — have read. 
 
48 . INTRODUCTION. 
 
 In such cases, homini, hominibus, nobis, or the like, must be 
 supplied; as, 
 
 7. Vivendum est recte, (scil. homini- Living honestly is, viz. : to men; i. e. 
 
 bus,) men ought to live honestly. 
 
 8. Dicit vivendum esse recte. (scil. He says that living honestly is, viz. : 
 
 homini,) to a man ; i. e., a man ought to 
 
 live honestly. 
 
 114. The supines are rendered without variation, as in the 
 paradigm, and under the rules, (§ 148, 1360) ; as, 
 
 1. Abiit deambulatum, He has gone to walk. 
 
 2. Facile dictu, Easy to tell, or to be told. 
 
 Passive Voice. 
 
 115. The passive voice, in the indicative mood, is trans- 
 lated as in the paradigms. The subjunctive mood is subject 
 to all the variety of construction and translation used in the 
 active voice, Nos. 74-84, acting on the verb to be, which, as 
 an auxiliary with the perfect participle, makes up the passive 
 form of the verb in English. 
 
 In the compound tenses, (186, 3, 340,) when two or more 
 verbs in a sentence are in the same tense, and have the same 
 nominative, or are in the same construction, the verb sum is 
 commonly expressed with the last, and understood to the rest, 
 as in the following Ex. 1. But when the nominative is 
 changed, the verb " to be" should be repeated, as in Ex. 2. 
 
 1. Nisusa Minoe victus et occlsus Nisus was conquered and killed by 
 
 est, Minos. 
 
 2. Tres naves captce, decern demersal, Three ships icere taken, ten sunk ; 
 
 duo millia hostium capta, trede- two thousand of the enemy were 
 dm millia occlsa sunt. taken, thirteen thousand killed. 
 
 Passive Voice in a Middle Sense. 
 
 116. The Latin passive voice is often used to represent its 
 subject, not as acted upon by another, but as acting on itself, 
 or for itself, or intransitively, by its own impulse ; and so cor- 
 responds in sense to the middle voice in Greek. Thus used, 
 it is best translated by the active voice followed by the reflex- 
 ive pronoun as an object, or by an intransitive verb expressing 
 the idea intended, (136, 3, 303,) The following are examples : 
 
LATIN IDIOMS. 49 
 
 I Paludtbus abdtti sunt, They concealed themselves in the 
 
 marshes. 
 
 2. Cum omnes in omni genere scelS- Since all give themselves up to every 
 
 rum volutentur, kind of wickedness. 
 
 3. Fertur in hostes, Rusltes against the enemy. 
 
 4. Volutati super poma, Rolling themselves over the apples. 
 
 5. Cingitur armis, Girds himself with his armor. 
 
 6. Sternuntur tumulo, Throw themselves on the grave. 
 
 7. Gallus victus occult at ur, The cock, when conquered, hides 
 
 himself. 
 
 117. The verb sum governing the genitive by 364, R. XII., 
 780, R. XXI., may generally be translated by the phrase 
 " belongs to," " is the part," " is the property," &c. See ex- 
 planation under Rule ; as, 
 
 1 Est re/fis, It belongs to the king. 
 
 2. Pecus est Melibcei, The flock belongs to Melibceus. 
 
 3. Prudentia est senectutis, Prudence is the characteristic of old 
 
 age. 
 
 118. The verb sum, (also desum) in the third person, gov- 
 erning the dative by 394, S. R.IL, 821, R. XXX., may gen- 
 erally be translated by the corresponding tenses of the verb 
 "to have," with the Latin dative for its subject, and the 
 Latin subject for its object ; as, 
 
 Latin Idiom. English Idiom. 
 
 \ . Ltber est mihi, A hook is to me, I have a book. 
 
 2. Liber erat mihi, A book was to me, I had a book. 
 
 3. Liber fuit mihi, A book was (or has I had, or have had a 
 
 been) to me, book. 
 
 4. Liber fuSrat mihi, A book had been to I had had a book. 
 
 me, 
 
 5. Lil>er ent mihi, A book will be to me, I will have a book. 
 6 Lihri sunt mihi, Books are to me, I have books. 
 
 7. Est mihi, It is to me, I have it. 
 
 8. Liber deest mihi, A book is not to me, I have not a book. 
 
 119. When a compound verb, rendered by the simple verb 
 and a preposition, is followed by two cases, the simple verb 
 with the immediate object (always in the accusative,) i 
 
 ally translated first, and then the preposition with the remote 
 object. 
 
 1. Flumen copias transduxit, He Zee? his forces across the river. 
 
 2. Circumdare mcenia oppxdo, To build walls around the city. 
 
 S. Caput dejicit saxo, He threw the head down from the 
 
 rock. 
 
50 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 120. An adverb, adverbial phrase, or clause expressing 
 some circumstance, in translating may often be arranged in 
 different situations in a sentence, due regard being paid to 
 the sense and harmony of the whole ; thus, Magna debemus 
 suscipere dum vires suppetunt, may be arranged variously for 
 translating, as follows : 
 
 1 . Debemus suscipere magna, dum vires suppetunt, or, 
 
 2. Dum vires suppetunt, debemus suscipere magna, or, 
 
 3. Debemus, dum vires suppStunt, suscipere magna. 
 
 121. The negative conjunction ne, is variously rendered lest, 
 lest that, that-not, not ; and after verbs signifying to fear, for- 
 bid, and the like, it is translated that, while ut in the same 
 situation, means that not. 
 
 1. Ne quis eat, Lest (or that not) any one may go. 
 
 2. Or at ne se perdat, She entreats that he would not des- 
 
 troy her. 
 
 3. Egi ne interessem, I managed that I should not be pres- 
 
 ent. 
 
 4. Dum ne veniat, Provided he do not come, 
 
 5. Respondit ne cogitata quidem He replied that not even the thoughts 
 
 latent, are concealed. 
 
 6. Vereor ne cadas, I am afraid that you may fall. 
 
 7. Timui ut venlret, I feared that he would not come. 
 
 Note 1. But when the fear expressed, refers to such things 
 as we wish, ne means that— not; as, Paves ne ducas Mam, 
 You are afraid that you do not get her to wife. 
 
 Ne, after a command implying a negative, or prohibition, 
 is often omitted ; as, cave titubes, take care that you do not 
 stumble. 
 
 Note 2. Ne quidem, (always separate,) is an emphatic neg- 
 ative, and has the emphatic word between ; as, ne hoc quidem, 
 not even this; ne turn quidem, not even then. 
 
 122. When a verb is translated into English by the aid of an 
 auxiliary, an adverb, or clause modifying it, will often have to , 
 be placed between the auxiliary and the verb, (Eng. Gr. 413, 
 An. & Pr. Gr. 936,) ; as, 
 
 1. Dixit ne ob hoc alios contemn^- He said that we should not on this 
 mus, account despise others. 
 
 123. Some prepositions are variously translated according 
 to the meaning of the words, or tha case with which they are 
 connected; thus, 
 
LATIN IDIOMS. 
 
 51 
 
 1. In, followed by an accusative, means to, into, towards, for, against, &c. 
 
 (G<>7, H. L., 987, R. LXV1II.) 
 
 2. In, followed l>v the ablative, means in, upon, among, in, in the case of, 
 
 (608, K. LI.,' 988, R. LXXIX.) 
 
 3. Inter, referring to two, means bttwem : to more than two, among. 
 
 4. Sub means under, at the foot of, close up to. 
 
 5. Pro3 means before, in comparison of, — sometimes, more than. 
 
 124. When the following conjunctions, adjectives, and ad- 
 verbial particles, are placed, one before each of two successive 
 words or clauses, the first is commonly translated differently 
 from the second, and usually in the following manner, (*726, 
 1374.) 
 
 1. Et 
 
 2. Que. 
 
 3. Aut, vel, 
 
 sire, 
 
 4. Nee 
 
 5. Xeque 
 
 6. Sive, seu 
 
 7. Turn 
 
 8. Ciiro or quum 
 
 9. Jam 
 
 10. Nunc 
 
 11. Simui 
 
 12. Modo, alias, 
 
 que, 
 aut, vel, 
 
 sire, 
 ■nee, 
 ■nei/ue, 
 ■sive, set 
 
 -turn, 
 
 - turn, 
 
 -jam, 
 -nunc, 
 
 -simu/, 
 
 modo, alias, 
 
 Both 
 Both 
 
 Either 
 
 Neither 
 
 Whether - 
 Not only 
 Both 
 
 j Not only 
 
 I Both 
 Now 
 
 At one time 
 Not only 
 No sooner 
 As soon as 
 At one time 
 Sometimes 
 
 and. 
 and. 
 
 nor. 
 
 •or. 
 
   but also. 
 
   and. 
 
 • but also, 
 ■and. 
 -then. 
 
 • at another, 
 but also. 
 
 • than. 
 ■instantly. 
 
   at another. 
 
   sometimes. 
 
 Corresponding Conjunctive Terms. 
 
 13. Ne an 
 
 14. Utrum — — an 
 
 15. Ita, sic, tarn, adeo, 
 
 16. Talis, tantus jit 
 
 17. /s,fjusm6di ut 
 
 18. Simul 
 
 19. Tamdiu 
 
 20. Ut 
 
 Whether or. 
 
 Whether or. 
 
 So that ; 
 
 Such, so great 
 Such, of such a kind 
 
 that, 
 that. 
 
 ac, or atque, As soon 
 
 quamdiu, As long 
 
 sic, As 
 
 Ne is frequently omitted with the first word or clause, and must be 
 supplied when an stands with the second ; as, 
 21 . Recti an perperam, ( Whether) right or wrong. 
 
52 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Preliminary Suggestions and Explanations. 
 
 1. There can be no pleasure either to the teacher or pupil in reciting, 
 unless the lesson is thoroughly prepared. Pupils who are anxious to go 
 over a great space in a short time should remember that a short lesson 
 well prepared is vastly more profitable than a long one ill prepared. 
 Nothing is- more injurious than superficial learning. Festina lente. Hence, 
 
 2. No lesson should be assigned longer than can be thoroughly got by 
 all the class. And no lesson should be allowed to pass, unless it is 
 thoroughly prepared. 
 
 3. Every word, at first, should be looked out in the vocabulary or dic- 
 tionary, and its primary meaning, at least, fixed in the memory. And if 
 more meanings than one are given, the pupil should try which will answer 
 best in the sentence he is reading. Nor should he pass to another till he 
 know all about this one — its class, gender, declension, &c, as directed, 
 Gt. 774, 14:19. And if he forgot, he should look it out again, and if 
 necessary, again, till he know it thoroughly. 
 
 4. Frequent and accurate reviews of the portion previously studied, are 
 of great importance. This is the best way to fix permanently in the mem- 
 ory, the acquisitions made. 
 
 5. Every instance of false quantity, either in reading or parsing, should 
 be instantly corrected. Bad habits in this particular are easily formed, 
 and, if ever, are corrected with great difficulty. If proper attention has 
 been paid to this in going through the grammar, there will be less diffi- 
 culty now. In order to assist in this, the pupil should commit to mem- 
 ory and apply the few following — 
 
 General Rules for the Quantity of Syllables. 
 
 1. A vowel before another vowel is short ; as, via, deus. 
 
 2. A vowel before two consonants, or a double consonant, 
 is long by position ; as, arma, fallo, axis. 
 
 3. A vowel before a mute and a liquid, (7 and r,) is com- 
 mon ; i. e., either long or short ; as, volucris, or volucris. 
 
 4. A diphthong is always long; as, Ccesar, aurum. 
 
 Note. In this work, when the quantity of the penult is determined by 
 any of these rules, it is not marked ; otherwise it is marked. 
 
 6. The pupil should never satisfy himself with being able to read and 
 translate his lesson, or even to parse it tolerably, but should try to under- 
 stand the construction of every word, and the connection and dependence 
 of every part ; and moreover,' should hold himself ready, if called upon, 
 to answer such questions as the following, viz. : 
 
 1. Questions that may be ashed concerning every sentence. 
 
 Has this sentence any connection with the preceding ? If so — What 
 Is the connecting word 1 In arranging or construing this sentence, which 
 
INTRODUCTION. 53 
 
 won! do you take first? — which next ? — which next? &c, "Why? (See 
 introduction — directions, &c) In this sentence, what is the grammatical 
 •object ( What a the grammatical predicate .' What is the Logical sub- 
 ject? What is the logical predicate? Which should he taken tir>t? 
 (§ 152, 1399.) In what voice, mood, and tense, is the verb? Why? 
 
 2. Questions that may be asked when the ivords or the sentence 
 render them proper. 
 
 Is this sentence simple or compouud? If compound — What are the 
 simple sentences composing it ? By what words are they connected ? 
 Analyze the whole, and each part, (§ 152, 1399.) Is this word simple 
 or compound? If compound — Of what is it compounded? What is tho 
 meaning of each part? What is the meaning of the compound ? Form 
 other compounds and tell their meaning. Is this word primitive or de- 
 rivative ? If derivative — From what is it derived ? What is its primary 
 meaning? What is its meaning here? (If different) — How came it to 
 have this meaning ? What English words are derived from it ? Change 
 the verb, if active, into passive, and express the same idea — If passive, 
 change it into the active, and express the same idea. Change the verb 
 into different tenses, &c. 
 
 Nouns. How do you know this word to he a noun ? Proper ? or com- 
 mon 7 Why? In what case? Why? For what purpose, is the nom- 
 inative used l Is it the subject or predicate here? For what purpose is 
 the genitive commonly used ! — the dative ! — the accusative I — the v<>< a- 
 tive ! — the ablative? For what purpose is it used, and by what is it gov- 
 erned here ? 
 
 Adjcrfirrs. How do you know this word to he an adjective? What 
 noun or pronoun does it qualify or limit here ? Is it compared ? Why ? 
 Why not i (If a numeral) — To what class docs it belong? 
 
 Pronouns. How do you know this to be a pronoun ? To what class 
 of pronouns does it belong? (If used substantively) — Instead of what 
 noun does it here stand ? (If adjectively) With what noun does it agree ? 
 (If a relative) — What is its antecedent? 
 
 Verbs. How do you know this word to be a verb ? Of what class ? 
 In what mood, tense, number, person 1 For what purpose is the indica- 
 tive mood used ? — the subjunctive? — the imperative? — the infinitive? 
 For what purpose is it used here ? For what purpose is the present tense 
 used? — the imperfect? — the perfect definite? — indefinite? — the pluper- 
 fect ? — the future ? — the future perfect ? 
 
 From what point is the time of the infinitive mood reckoned? (176, 
 1126.) How is the present infinitive translated after a verb denoting 
 present time? — past time? — future time? How is the perfect trans- 
 lated — (the future — the future-perfect) after a verb denoting present 
 time? — past time? — future time ? (£ 47.) In what mood is tho lead- 
 ing verb in oblique narration ? (651, 1290.) In what mood are 
 verbs in dependent clauses in oblique narration? (634, 1293.) For 
 what purpose is the participle used ? How does it become an adjective? 
 How are gerunds used ? — supines ? 
 
54 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Adverbs, Prepositions, Interjections, Conjunctions. — What is the use of 
 the adverb ? What word does it modify here 1 What is the use of the 
 preposition ? Between what words does it show the relation here ! What 
 is the use of the interjection'? What emotion does it express here? 
 What is the use of the conjunction ? What words or sentences does it 
 join here ? 
 
 7. If the lesson contain names of persons or places, or allusions to 
 events or fables, in history or mythology, or to the manners or customs 
 of any people, let the pupil inquire into them and be ready to tell some- 
 thing respecting them. This however should be only a secondary matter 
 with the beginner, as it properly belongs to a more advanced stage ; but 
 still a little attention to it may serve to interest and stimulate bini to fur- 
 ther research. 
 
 ^~ EXPLANATION OF REFERENCES.** 3 ^ 
 
 The references at the foot of each page are intended chiefly to explain 
 the construction. Those which have Gr. prefixed, are to the running 
 paragraph numbers and their subdivisions, in Bullions' Latin, and Bul- 
 lions & Morris's Latin Grammars. 
 
 The Roman figures, 45, indicate the number of the paragraph in Bul- 
 lions' Latin Grammar referred to; and the beavy-faced figures, 45, 
 indicate the paragraph in Bullions <fc Morris's Latin Grammar referred to. 
 
 When § is placed before a number in Roman figures used elsewhere 
 than at the foot of the page, for reference, the number indicates the sec- 
 tion of Bullions' Latin Grammar referred to. The heavy-faced figures 
 used in connection with such a section reference, refer to a paragraph in 
 Bullions & Morris's Latin Grammar. 
 
 In the references which have Id. or Idioms prefixed, the first number 
 directs to the corresponding number in the preceding Introduction of this 
 book, and the second to the example under that number. Thus, for exam- 
 ple, 42, 1, directs to the example, Dignusqui ametur, (p. 23,) and shows how 
 the words qui ametur, in that, and all similar constructions, are to be trans- 
 lated. The words particularly referred to and intended to be noticed in 
 the reference, are distinguished by being printed in a different character. 
 The references are intended to explain particular phrases and idioms, and 
 to give an example of the mode of translating them. This will be found 
 a more valuable aid in translating than notes, as it reduces the idioms of 
 the language to a sort of system, with every part of which the attentive 
 pupil will soon become familiar. 
 
 In many cases there is a reference both to the Grammar and to the 
 Introduction. All of these should be carefully looked out and applied. 
 
 In the references to the Rules of Syntax in the Grammar, if there is 
 only one Rule in the section, it is indicated simply by the letter R.; if 
 there arc more than one, the number of the Rule is annexed. 
 
 Exp. refers to the Explanation under the rule. Words to be supplied 
 are indicated by the syllable " Sup," for "supply/' prefixed. 
 
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 
 
 Substantives, Adjectives, and Adjective Pronouns. 
 Decline the following adjectives and substantives separately — then 
 together — translate them in each case and number. (See paragraphs 
 Nos. 3 and 14 of Latin Idioms on pages 11 and 14. Tell the case and 
 number here; and translate them. Give the Rule for their agreement. 
 (263, or § 98, 650 to 665.) Show how they agree. 
 
 Bonus vir. Ingcnui pueri. Prima hora. Summum 
 bonum. In omnibus tcrris. In toto orbe. DecTmo 
 anno aetatis (No. 11). Melioris naturae. Praesens peri- 
 culnm. Muliebri habTtu. Ad quintum diem. Fuga- 
 ces anni. Brcvc tcmpus. Altus mons. Arbor altis- 
 sTma. 
 
 Omnibus viris. Primo anno. Praesentc tempore. 
 Meliore habltu. Ad omncm ajtatem. Summi periculi. 
 Totiun annum. Brovis aetTitis. Fugiices bora3. Om- 
 nibus temporibus. Media nocte (No. 17.) Ultima 
 via. Ad imam vallem. 
 
 Ille dies. Hoe tempore. Ipsi fontes. Tuum nomen. 
 Hie caper. Ista carmma. Lupus ipse. His montTlms. 
 Re ipsa. Ex tuis libris. Ad hunc ignem. Tua facta. 
 Carminibus nostris. Hoc apri setosi caput. Pater nos- 
 ter. Eodem tempore. 
 
 The Verb and its Nominative. (304, 633,) 
 
 Translate each noun or pronoun according to its number and case ; 
 and each verb according to its voice, mood, tense, number, and person. 
 Parse. each word as directed, 774, 1410, and show how the v rb 
 agrees with its nominative, according to 303, Rule IV., 631, Rule 11. 
 
56 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 
 
 Indicative Mood. 
 
 Present. Amo.* Amamus. Legimus. Ventus spirat. 
 
 Dominus jubet. Servus paret. Tempus fugit. Aves 
 
 volant. Bonus homo amatur. Stella videtur. Nos 
 
 monemus. Ignis urit. Luna lucet. Homines dormiunt. 
 
 2. Imperfect. Monebamus. Rex regebat. Yigil vc- 
 cabat. Canis custodiebat. Sol occidebat. Stellae 
 videbantur. Cameli currebant. Equus hinniebat. 
 Boni homines amabantur. 
 
 3. Perfect. Nos amavimus. Illi monuerunt. Dom- 
 musjussit. Servus paruit. Homines docuerunt. Scrip- 
 sistis. Arbores crcverunt. Yenisti. Amavi. 
 
 4. Pluperfect. Sol occiderat. Hostes fugerant. Pu- 
 eri legSrant. Vos videratis. Tu scripseras. Ille bib- 
 Srat. Amati eramus. Monitus eram. Aves volavc- 
 rant. Illi jusserant. Yos legeratis. Illi docuerant. 
 
 5. Future. Scribemus. Amabitis. Umbra fugiet. 
 Yiator cantabit. Erimus. Uret ignis. Deus dabit. 
 Tempera venient. Illi monebunt. Nos monebimur. 
 
 6. Future-Perfect. Amavero. Hannibal vicerit. Nos 
 venerimus. MonTti erimus. Hora fugerit. Docuero. 
 Riseris. Pomum ceciderit. AmbulaverTmus. Legero. 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 
 1. Present. Canis latret. Sim. Amemus. Ager are- 
 tur. Yos videatis. Tempus fugiat. Luna luceat. Yen- 
 tus spiret. Dormiamus. Ille capiatur. Illi equi currant. 
 
 2. Imperfect. Caperem. Moneremus. Pueri lege- 
 rent. Sol luceret. Luna occideret. Illi amarent. Phi- 
 lomela cantaret. Amor vinceret. Amaremur. 
 
 * The nominatives of the first and the second person, ego, tu, nos, vos, 
 are usually omittted, (305, 636.) 
 
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 57 
 
 8. Perfect. Miserim. Duxerimus. Si dens dederit. 
 Quum hiems venerit. Nos fuerimus. Miles pugnavg- 
 rit. Domus aadificata fuerit. Sol occiderit. Vos ami- 
 serltis. Monuerimus. Illi cepSrint. 
 
 4. Pluperfect. Fuissemus. Bella finita essent. Am- 
 avissem. Mercatores venissent. Poma pependissent. 
 Yos vendidissetis. Risissem. Illi mansissent. Pueri 
 scripsissent. Fuissem. Literae scriptae essent. 
 
 Imperative Mood. 
 Ama. Maneto. Regunto. Avis volato. Canes 
 latranto. Scribe. Illi scribnnto. Time. Currito. 
 Auditote. Tone. Faciunto. Amate. Amanto. Lit- 
 erae leguntor. Dies ablto. 
 
 Miscellaneous Exercises. 
 Egoeram. Sylvastabat. Mnsacanebat. Noxerat. 
 Dormiebas. Arma sonabant. Ego videbo. Tempus 
 erit. Rura manebnnt. Troja fuit. Prata biberunt. 
 Nonjuravi. Umbra fugerat. Cicero scripserat. Caesar 
 vicit. Surge. Legito. Studete. Disce aut discede. 
 Vox audltur. Praemia dentur. Bellum parabttur. 
 Hostes capti essent. Portae panduntur. Verba lege- 
 bantur. Leges datae sunt. Pueri ducuntur. Tem- 
 pera mutantur, et nos mutamur. 
 
 Transitive Verbs, Active Voice, and their Object. 
 
 Translate and parse as in the preceding. Point out the subject of the 
 verb, i. e., the person or thing that acts. Point out the object of the verb, 
 i. e., the person or thing acted upon. State what case it is in, and give 
 the rule. 
 
 Audlvi sonum. Hi pueri legunt Homerum. Caesar 
 vicit Galliam. Vidi patrem (11). Romani bella para- 
 
58 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 
 
 bant. Vicerunt hostes. Vulpes viderat leonem. Pavo 
 explicat pennas (No. 11). Canis arcebat boves. Ac- 
 cipiter rapuit lusciniam. Boni mortem non timent. 
 Bacchus duxit exercitum in Indiam. Scipio delevit 
 Carthagmem. Mummius cepit Corinthum. Divitise 
 non semper felicitatem praestant. 
 
 Verbs Modified by Adverbs, 
 Pugnat bene. Yeniebant celeriter. Pugnatum est 
 acriter. Res prosper^ gestae sunt. Corvus forte reperit 
 caseum. Libenter bonas artes sequere. Forte erravit, 
 fortasse erraverit. Gallina quotidie ovum parit. Sem- 
 per esto paratus. Nunquam dice mendacium. I cito, 
 statim reverte. Egredior mane. Elephanti maximd 
 oderunt murem ; gregatim ingrediuntur. 
 
 Prepositions and their Cases. 
 Sub solem. Infra lunam. In urbem venit. In urbe 
 habitat. Sedebat in loco aprico. E sylva rediit. Trans 
 Tiberim natat. Ex illo die Ca3sar tendit in Galliam. 
 In rus abiit. Ni5be locuta est in ApollTnem et Dia- 
 nam. FlumTna in mare currant. In forum descendit. 
 In aureo sseculo fiores nascebantur sine semme. Han- 
 nibal bellum in Italia gessit. 
 
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 59 
 
 SIMPLE SENTENCES. 
 
 General Remarks, 
 
 1. A simple sentence consists of two parts; the subject, or thing 
 spoken of, and the predicate, or that which is affirmed of the subject, 
 753, 1399. In the natural order, the subject is translated first, and 
 the predicate last. 
 
 2. Nouns and pronouns, either in the subject or predicate, may be 
 limited by nouns in apposition — by nouns in the genitive case, and by 
 adjectives and their regimen.* 
 
 3. Verbs belong to the predicate, and are limited by the noun or pro- 
 noun governed by them as their object, by adverbs, and adverbial pi 
 
 4. Both subject and predicate may be further modified and limited by 
 circumstances of time, place, manner, &c, by a preposition and its regi- 
 men, or by a dependent clause or phrase connected by a relative or con- 
 nective term ; — and all these should occupy that place in the sentence in 
 which their effect will be best perceived, and the meaning of tho whole 
 sentence !>e most clearly exhibited. 
 
 N. B. Before proceeding with the following sentences, the pupil should 
 now be made perfectly familiar with § 152 of Bullions', or from 1399 
 to 14:12 of Bullions & Morris's Grammar, and commit to memory, so 
 thoroughly as to have always ready at hand the " Directions for Begin- 
 ners," p. 299, and the Rules for Construing, p. 300, in Bullions' Latin 
 Grammar, or 1415 , 141(1, and 1417, pages 331, 332, of Bullions & 
 Morris's Latin Grammar. This being done, these rules should be ap- 
 plied in the analysis of every sentence for some time, till the exorcise 
 becomes perfectly familiar and easy. This requires some attention on the 
 part both of teacher and pupil for a short time at first, and the quantity 
 read will necessarily be small ; but both will be rewarded tenfold for this 
 labor by the ease, rapidity, and certainty with which the pupil, even with- 
 out the aid of his teacher, will soon analyze and translate the most intri- 
 cate sentences. Let the trial be properly made, and success is certain. 
 
 * By u regimen," is meant the noun or pronoun governed by any word. 
 Thus in the phrase, Amor patriot, avtdus glorias, ama deum, ad patrem, 
 the words patriot, gloria, deum, patrem, are the regimen of Amor, avldics, 
 ama, ad, respectively. 
 
60   INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 
 
 1. Subject and Predicate. 
 
 The subject or thing spoken of, before a finite verb, is always in the nomi- 
 native case, and has a verb agreeing with it by R. IV. (303, 634, R. II.) 
 
 The predicate, or the thing affirmed Or denied of the subject, is usually 
 placed after it, and is expressed two ways, as follows : 
 
 1. The predicate consists of a noun, an adjective, or a participle, in the 
 same case with the subject, and connected with it by an intransitive verb, 
 or a transitive verb of naming, appointing, &c, called the copula. In all 
 such sentences the predicate word, if a noun, comes under R. Y. (319, 
 666, R. VI.) ; — if an adjective or participle, it agrees with the subject, 
 and comes under R. II. (263, 650, R. V.) (See Gr. 322, 671*) ; or, 
 
 2. The predicate consists of a verb, either alone or with its limiting or 
 modifying words. 
 
 1. The Predicate a Noun. 
 
 Europa est Peninsula. 3 - Tu eris rex. a PlurTma3 b stellae 
 sunt soles, 3 - Boni pueri egregii viri 3 - fient. Castor et 
 Pollux erant c fratres. 3 - Ego sum discipulus. 3 - Cicero 
 factus est consul. 3 - Ego salutor poeta. 3 - 
 
 2. Predicate an Adjective or Participle. 
 
 Terra est rotunda. A Vita brevis d est. Vera amicitia 
 est sempiternal Fames et sitis sunt c niolestce. d Nemo 
 semper felix d est. Non omnes milites sunt fortes. d 
 Mundi innumerablles d sunt. Nemo nimium beutus d est. 
 Avarus e nunquam est contentusA Pater reversurus d est. 
 Virtus laudanda/ ebrietas vitanda f est. 
 
 3. Tlie Predicate a Verb, Sfc. — Active Voice. 
 
 Eleplianti semper gregatim ambulant. % Cornices am* 
 bulant,s passeres etm.Qrulddsaliunt;g perdlces currunt;s 
 plurimae h etiam nidif leant. 
 
 Democritus explicate cur ante lucem galli canunt.g 
 Etiam infantes somniant.s Parvae res crescunt.s 
 
 Grammars.—* 319, r. v.: 666, r. vi.— b 113, 228.—° 312, r. i. 
 i)43, r. iii.— * 322, 671.—* 303, r. iv.: 634, r. ii. 
 
 Idioms.— b 24.—® 19, l.—f 108, 1.— * 19, Sup. aves. 
 
 * For explanation of reference figures, see page 54 
 
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 61 
 
 4. Passive Voice. 
 Oves non ubique tondentur.* 
 In India b gignuntur maxima animalia. 
 In AirTca b nee ccrvi, nee apri, nee ursi inveniuntur.* 
 In Syria b nigri leones reperiuntur. 
 Apud Romanos mortui c plerumquc cremabantur. 
 Fortes laudabuntur, ignavi vituperabuntur. 
 LittSrae a Phcenicibus inventce d sunt. 
 Carthago, Corinthus, Numantia, et multae aliaB urbes 
 a Romanis eversce sunt. 
 
 5. Deponent Verbs. 
 Formlcae etiam noetu operantur. G 
 Ursi interdum bipedes f ingrediuntur. 
 AquTlae semper solae f predantur. 
 Apnd ^Ethiopes g maximi elephanti in silvis b vagantur. 
 Stnrni et psittaci humanas voces h imitantur. 
 
 6. The Accusative after Transitive Verbs, Active Voice, 
 and Transitive Deponents. 
 
 Diem' 1 perdidi. Terra parit flores.'* 
 
 Crocodllus ova' 1 parit. Elephantus odit murern 1 et J 
 suem.' 1 
 
 Cameli diu sitim k tolerant. 
 
 Lanae nigral nullum colorem ' l bibunt. 
 
 Senes miinme sentinnt morbos ' contagiosoz. 
 
 Cervi cornua 1 sua quotannis aniittunt. 
 
 Ceres fru?nentum i invenit; Bacchus 1 vinum; 1 Mercu- 
 rius 1 litter as. 1 
 
 Grammars.— » 303, r. iv. : <*34.— b 608, r. li.: OSS.— * 104, Note. 
 1097.— * 207, 1: 304.— ( 274, 663.—* 602, r. xlviii. : 9S1, r. 
 xlvi.— * 437, Sp., r. i. ; 712, r. viiL— * 436, r. xx : 7 12, r. viiL — i 720, 
 r. lxv. : 1369, r. cviii.— * 90, 1 : 116.-- 1 308 : 639. 
 
 Idioms. — e J 9, 1. 
 
62 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 
 
 Canes soli a dominos h suos bene novere, soli nomina 
 sua agnoscunt. 
 
 Hystrix aeuleos h longe jaculatur. 
 Sturni et c psittaci humdnas voces h imitantur. 
 Militiades Athenas b totamque Grceciam liber avit. 
 The G-enitive. 
 
 The genitive is used to limit the signification of the word which gov- 
 erns it, by connecting with that word the idea of origin, property, or pos- 
 session (331, 744,) It is commonly governed, 
 
 1st. Bv substantives, § 106, Kules VI., VII., and VIII., 751, R. 
 XV., 757, R. XVI., 760, R. XVII. 
 
 2d. By adjectives, § 107, viz. : verbals, partitives, and adjectives of 
 plenty or want; Rules IX., X., XI., 705, R. XVIII, 771, R. XIX., 
 770, R. XX 
 
 3d. By verbs, § 108, Rules XII., XIII., XIV., 780, R. XXL, 783, 
 R. XXII., 788, R. XXIII. ; also, Rules XXVII., XXVIII., 793, R. 
 XXIV, 799, R. XXV.; 520, 521, 1075, 415, 419, 805, R. 
 XXVI., 809, R. XXVII. See also 245, 7, 4th, and 5th, 1 005, R. 
 LXXII. 
 
 7. The G-enitive governed by Substantives, 
 Crescit amor nummiA 
 Infinita f est multitudo morbdrumA 
 Litter drum d usus est antiquissimus. f 
 Asia et c Africa greges b ferorum asindrum alit.ff 
 Magna f est lingudrum inter homines » varigtas. 
 lnnumerabilia f sunt mortis d signa, sahltisi paucissima. f 
 Cyrus omnium in exercitu k suo militum d nomina b 
 tenebat memoriae 
 
 Canis vestigia' 1 ferdrum d diligentissime scrutatur. 
 Nemo non benignus est sui d judex. e 
 Lednum d animi d index e cauda est. 
 
 8. Genitive governed by Adjectives, 
 Semper fragilitdtis l human® sis memor. f 
 
 Grammars.— b 436, r. xx.: 712, r. viii.— e 720, r. lxv.: 1309, r. 
 cviii.— i 332, r. vi.: 751, r. xv.— • 319, r. v.: OOO, r. vi.— f 322: 
 671,—' 312, Sp., r. i. & 313: 643, r. iii. — ^ 437, Sp. r. i: 712, r. 
 viii.— 1 602, r. xlviii: 981, r. lxvi.— J 836, 755.— k 608, r. li.: 988, 
 r. Ixix.— i 349, r. ix; 765, r. xviii. 
 
 Idioms.—* 16, 4. 
 
INTRODUCTORY EXKRCISE6. 63 
 
 Elephanti frigoris a impatientcs b sunt. 
 
 Stultissima c animaliumd sunt lanata. b 
 
 Velocissinium c omnium animalium d est delphlnus. 
 
 Stultorum d neque quisquam beatus b est. 
 
 QallOrum d omnium fortissimi b sunt Belgae. 
 9. Genitive governed by Verbs. 
 
 Omnia e erant hostiumS Hoc e . non nostri moris* est. 
 
 Miserere nostri.s Amid* est recordari amicorumJ 
 
 Platonem magni h aestimo, sed Socr atem pluris. h Mon- 
 uisti me diet' 1 natdlis. Bonorum* est inj uridrum'i obli- 
 visci, et benefieiii recordari. Stulti? est dicSre k u non 
 putaram." Est 1 magni laboris? multum scribere. k 
 Tlie Dative. 
 
 The dative denotes the remote object to wliich any thing is done or 
 given, or that to which any quality, action, or state tends or refers, with- 
 out directly acting upon it, and is governed chiefly, 
 
 1. By substantives, § 110, 870, R. XLL, 871. 
 
 2. By adjectives, § 111, 860, R. XL., to 809. 
 
 3. By verbs, § 112, 409, 818 to 856, 123, and 126, R.III, 1075, 
 III., and R. XXXIII., 844, R. XXXVI. 
 
 10. The Dative governed by Substantives and Adjectives. 
 
 Clodius semper virtutibus m hostis n erat. 
 
 Vir bonus amicis m et patriot ° decus n est. 
 
 Nox somno P opportiina b est. 
 
 Nero primd bonis m amicus," et studio p musarum <i de- 
 dTt us b fuit ; sed postea monitoribus P aspcr et iratus fuit, 
 generic humane infestus, omnlbus T inimicus, diis invl- 
 sus, et multa illip adversa fuerunt. 
 
 Gh.uimars. • 349, r. be. : 765, r. xviii.— b 322, 671.—* 355, r. x. 
 771, r. xix.— «» 355, r. x. : 771. — * 364, r. xii. : 780, r. xxi. 
 — * 369, r. xiii. : 783, r. xxii.— * 495, r. xxviii. : 799, r. xxv.— 
 1 489, r. xxvii. : 793, r. xxiv.— J 373, r. xiv. : 788, r. xxiii.— k 660, 
 r. hi.: 1147, r. lxxxii.— m 378, r. xv. : 870, r. xli— • 319, r. v.: 
 666, r. vi.— • 720, r. lxv. : 1369, r. cviii.— p 382, r. xvi.: 860, r. 
 xl.— q 332, r. vi. : 751, r. xv. 
 
 Idioms. e 21.— • 19, 4.— » 51, L— * 19, 1. 
 
64 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 
 
 ^Equus eunctis a et benignus esto, panels a familiaris, 
 hostlbus b mitis, et nemini molestus ; sic omnibus a carus 
 eris, et invlsus nulli. b 
 
 Asino b segni nullum onus gratum, et puero b ignavo 
 omnis labor molestus est. 
 
 11. The Dative governed by Verbs. 
 Natiira animalibus c varia tegumenta d tribuit, testas, (1 
 coria, spinas, villos, setas, pennas, squamas. 
 Homini e soli f avaritia e et ambitio data h est. 
 Jjeoni i vis summa esti in pectbre. 
 Antiquissimis hominibus » specus erant k pro domYbus. 
 Nulli animali ' memoria major est, quam cani.s 
 Gallinacei leonibus™ terrori m sunt. 
 Homini e plurima ex homme l fiunt n mala. 
 Homo furiosus ne liberis ° quidem mis P parcit. 
 Via mali q omnibus r semper vitanda 8 est. 
 
 The Accusative. 
 
 The accusative is used for the most part to express the object of a 
 transitive active verb, or of some relation, and is governed, 
 
 1. By transitive verbs in the active voice, or by transitive deponent 
 verbs, No. 6. 2. By prepositions. 
 
 12. The Accusative governed by Prepositions. 
 Camelus naturale odium adversiis equos l gerit. 
 Pictse vestes jam apud Home rum l commemorantur. 
 Multa animalia congregantur et contra.afo'a u dimicant. 
 
 Grammars. b 382, r. xvi.: 860, r. xl.— • 501, r. xxix.: 855, r. 
 xxxix.— a 436, r. xx.: 712, r. viii. — • 522, 1075.—* 720, r. Ixv.: 
 1369, r. cviii.— h 164, Note.—' 394, r. ii. : 821, r. xxx.— » 603, r. 
 xlix.: 982, r. Ixvii.— m 427, r. xix.: 848, r. xxxviii.— n 221, 8, Obs. 
 3: 429.— 9 403, r. v.: 831, r. xxxiii.— i 332, r. vi.: 751, r. xv.— 
 
 • 322, 671.— * 602, r. xlviii.: 981, r. lxri.— u 97, 4: 189, 4. 
 
 Idioms. * 19, 1.— f 16, 4.— i 118, L— * 118, 2.—° 7, 2.— r 30, 1.— 
 
 * 5, 2; and 19, 1.— * 108, 1. 
 
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 65 
 
 Hippopotamus segStes circa Nilum a dcpascitur. 
 Apud Romano* a mortui plerumque crcmabantur- 
 Inter omnes bestias a simia homini b siinillima est. 
 
 The Ablative. 
 The ablative generally denotes that from which something is separated or 
 taken, or by or with which something is done or exists. It is governed, 
 
 1. By nouns, § 118, 872 to 889, or adjectives, §§ 107, 776, R. 
 XX., 119, 120, 895, 918, 919. 
 
 2. By verbs, § 121, R. XXV., and XXTI., 907 to 914, § 125, R 
 XXXVL, and § 126, R. V., 1075, V. 
 
 3. By prepositions. 
 
 4. It is used to express various circumstances. See No. 17, p. 67. 
 
 13. The Ablative governed by Nouns and Adjective*. 
 Gratid c opus est nobis d tud, tuaquc auctoritdte. e 
 Nunc virlbus c opus est vobis, d nunc prudenti consilio. 
 Reperiuntur interdum cervi candldo coldre. { 
 CatilTna nobili genere s natus erat, magnd vi f et anT- 
 
 mi h ct corporis, sed mgenio f malo pravoquc. 
 
 A minus per somnuin est sensibns' 1 et curis c vacuus. 
 
 Est philosophic paueis contonUi judiclbus.fi 
 
 Nihil video in Sulla odios di^uum, misericordia s 
 
 digna multa. Natura parvo s contenta est. 
 
 14. The Ablative governed by Verbs. 
 Leaenae jubdi carent. Lcones facile per triduum 
 cibo'i carent. 
 
 Eliphanti maxtme a?7nubus k gaudent. 
 
 Apes tinnltu k seris gaudent. 
 
 NumTdae plerumque lacte l etferlnd came ,n vescuntur. 
 
 Grammars. • 602, r. xlviii. : 981, r. lxvi.— b 382, r. xvi. : 860, 
 r. xl.— * 456, r. xxii.: 923, r. liv.— d 394, r. ii. : 821, r. xxw— • 720, 
 r. lxv., and 721 : 1369, r. cviii. : 1370.—* 339, r. vii. : 757, r. xvi. 
 — « 462, r. xxiii. : 918 and 919, r. liil. — »» 332, r. vi.: 751, r. xv.— 
 » 361, r. xi.: 776, r. xx.— J 480, r. xxv. : 907, r. xlix.— * 485 — 
 • 484, r. xxvi. : 880, r. xliv.— - 78, Note: 96, 97, r. Hi. 
 
 Idioms. ° 6, 5.—* 6, 1. 
 
66 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES, 
 
 Plurimis bonis a fruimur atque utmrar. b 
 Hispania viris, c equis, ferro, plumbo, cere, argento, 
 auroqxie abundat. 
 
 15. The ablative governed by Prepositions. 
 
 Quidam homines nati sunt cum dentibusA ^ ^fyJY 
 
 Xerxes cum paucissvmis militibus d ex Groscid d aufa- ' 
 git. 
 
 Lucius Metellus primus e elephantos ex primo Punl- 
 cobdlo* duxit m triumpho. 
 
 Cantabit vacuus coram latrone d viator. 
 
 Sidera ab ortu ad occasuni commeant. 
 
 Britannia a Phcenicibus inventa f est. 
 
 Apes sine rege esse non possunt. 
 
 Infans nihil sine aliend ope potest. 
 
 Dulceg est h pro patrid mori. 1 
 
 Venenum aliquando pro remedio fuit. 
 
 Litterae a Phoeniclbus inventae f sunt. 
 
 16. The Accusative and Ablative with In and Sub> 
 § 136, R. L. and LI., 987, 988, B. LXVIIL, LXIX. 
 
 AquTlae nidificanti in ruplbus et arboribus. 
 
 Coccyx semper parit in alienis nidis. 
 
 In senectute hebescunt k sensus; visus, audltus debil- 
 itatur. 1 
 
 Li Indid gignuntur maxima animalia. 
 
 Hyasnae plurimae in Africa gignuntur. 
 
 In Africd, nec in cervi, nee apri, nee ursi reperiuntur. 
 
 In Syrid nigri leones reperiuntur. 
 
 Grammars. * 484, r. xxvi. : 880, r. xliv.— b 720, r. : 1369, r. 
 cviii.; and 721, 1.370.—° 480, r. xxv.: 907, r. xlix.— * 603, r. 
 xlix.: 982, r. Ixvii.— « 274, 663.— c 164, Note.—* 270, 659.— 
 
 660, r. lvi. : 1147, r. lxxxii.— J 157, I. 1 : 1080.— k 227, 2 : 585. 
 
 313, 644.—" 726, 1374. 
 
 Idioms. k 51, 1. m 124, 4. 
 
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES, 67 
 
 Serus in caelum redeas. a 
 Yicti Persae in naves confugerunt. 
 Numa Pompilius annum in duodecim menses distribuit. 
 Pontius Thelesmus Romanes sub jugum misit. 
 Gallia sub septentrionlbus posita est. 
 17. The Ablative used to express various circumstances 
 without a Preposition. 
 
 The circumstances commonly denoted by the ablative without a prep- 
 osition, are Respect wherein, § 128, 889, R. XLVIT. ; Cause, manner, 
 means, or instrument, % 129, 873, R. XLII.; Place, § 130, 931 to 
 948 ; Time, § 131, 949 to 957 ; Measure, § 132, 958 ; Price, 
 § 133, 884. 
 
 Apriin morbis sibi b medentur hederd. c 
 
 Pyrrlms *rex, d tactu c pollicis in dextro pede, lienosis e 
 medebatur. 
 
 Oleo insecta exanimantur. 
 
 Fera3 domantur fame atque verberlbus. 
 
 Anacrcon poeta d acino c uvae passa3 exstinctus est. 
 
 Crocodilus pelle c durisslmd contra onuies ictus mu- 
 ll Itur. 
 
 In Africa elcphanti capiuntur foveis. c 
 
 Elcphanti spirant, bibunt, odorantur proboscldc s 
 
 Dentes usu atteruntur, sed igne non crcniantur. 
 
 Mures AlpTni binds pedibus gradiuntur. 
 
 Apes tinnitu aeris convocantur. 
 
 Quibusdam in locis f ansSres bis annos velluntur. 
 
 Color lusciniarum autumno h mutatur. 
 
 ffiemes ursi in antris dormiunt. 
 
 Nemo mortalium oiiwllua horis h sapit. 
 
 Pri mores dentes septlmo mense gignuntur; septimo 
 iTdcm decidunt anno. h 
 
 Geajihars. • 111, I. 1: 1193, r. lxxxviii.; and 144, 1193; 
 ftna 145, 1161.— h 403, 831.—* 542, r. xxxv. : 873, r. xlii.— 
 * 251, r. i. : 622, r. i.— • 403 : 831, r. xxxiii.— ' 608, r. li. : 988, 
 ft, ixix.— * 565, r. xll : 949, r. lx.— h 565, r. xl. : 950, r. lxi 
 
 Idioms.— b T, 2.— • 19, 1. 
 
68 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 
 
 i 
 
 Antip&ter Sidonius, poeta, a quotannis, die natdli suo b 
 febre corripiebatur. 
 
 JEstdte dies sunt longiores quam hieme. 
 
 Isocrates orator unam orationem viginti talentis 
 vendidit. 
 
 Luscinia Candida, sex sestertiis c Romae venit. 
 
 18. Nouns in Apposition. 
 
 Plurimi Scythae, bellicosissimi homines , a lacte d ves- 
 cuntur. 
 
 Delphlnus, animal* hommi 6 amlcum, cantu f gaudet. 
 
 Carthago atque Corinthus, opulentissimm urbes,s eo- 
 dem anno a Romanis eversse h sunt. 
 v Quam brevi temp5re J populi Romani, omnium gen- 
 tium victoris, - libertas fracta h est ! 
 
 Mithridatem, Ponti regem, Tigranes, rex Armenius^ 
 excepit. 
 
 Circa Cyllenen, montem in Arcadia, meriilse nascuntur. 
 
 19. The Infinitive Mood without a Subject. 
 
 The infinitive without a subject is usually regarded as the subject of a 
 verb, § 144, R. LVL, 114=7, R. LXXXIL, or as the object of another 
 verb, R. LVIL, 1148, R. LXXXIII. ; and in this case always ex- 
 presses an act or state of the subject of the verb that governs it 
 
 In the following, let the pupil state whether the infinitive is the subject 
 or the object of the verb with which it is connected. 
 
 Err are J est humanum. k 
 
 Turpe k est beneficium repetere.'i 
 
 Beneficiis l gratiam non referre etiam turpius est. 
 
 Parentes suos non amdre est impium. k 
 
 Grammars. * 251, r. i. : 622, r. i.— b 565, r. xl. : 949, r. lx.— 
 • 581, r. xliv. : 884, r. xlv — d 484, r. xxvi. : 880, r. xliv.— • 382, r. 
 xvi.— * 485, 860, r. xl.— * 254, 626.-* 164, 5, Note: 327.— 
 » 565, r. xli. : 949, r. lx.-J 660, r. lvi. : 1147, r. Ixxxii.— k 270. 
 784.— x 501, r. xxix. : 855, r. xxxix. 
 
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 69 
 
 Te cupio 'vide re. K Volui dormlre* 
 Aude contemnere* opes.- Carmma possumus dondre. 
 PotSremi contingere ramos. 
 Nihil amplins scribere possum. 
 Ego cupio ad te venire. Intelligere 11011 possum. 
 Cessator b esse noli. Cur timet flavum Tiberim tan- 
 gere? 
 
 Pliilippus volebat amdri. Alexander metui volebat. 
 
 Tecum d vivere amo. Natiiram mutate pecunia nescit. 
 
 Bene ferre disce magnam fortunam. 
 
 Angustam pauperiem pati puer discat. c 
 
 Did beatus b ante obitum nemo debet. 
 
 yEquam memento f rebus in arduis setvdte mentem. 
 
 Aurum vesttbus s intexere invenit rex Attalus. 
 
 Non omnes homines aequo amore h compleeti possumus. 
 
 Illecebras voluptfitis vitdre debemus. 
 
 Roma) ' elephantcs per funes incedete docebantur. 
 
 20. Gerunds. 
 
 Gerunds are construed like substantives, and, at the same time, govern 
 the case of their own verbs, § 147, 1310, 
 
 Etiam post malam messem setendum i est. 
 
 Omnibus J aliquando moriendum'i est. 
 
 Semper pugnandum J est contra cupiditates et lubid- 
 Inem. 
 
 PI u n ma3 k sunt illecebrae peccandi. 1 
 
 Artem scribendi 1 Phcenices, artem acu pingendl 1 
 Phrvges invenerunt. 
 
 CupidTtas vivendi nunquam immensa b esse debet. 
 
 Grammars.   663, r. lvii.: 114=8, r. Ixxxiii — k 326, 074.—° 160, 
 1: 1088.-* 235, 2: 470.— • 171, 1: 1193; and 145: 1101. 
 —* 222, 2 : 430.—* 501, r. xxix. : 855, r. xxxix.— * 542, r. xxxv. : 
 873, r. xlii.— * 548, r. xxxvi. : 932, r. lvi. — > 699, r. bri. and 701 . 
 1335, r. cii. — k 322, 071.—* 702, 1327. 
 
 Idiom.   4, 1. 
 
70 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 
 
 Honestissima est contentio beneficiis a beneficia vin* 
 cendi. 
 
 Homo natura a est cupidus nova semper videndi et 
 audiendi. 
 
 Libri sunt inu tiles ignaro b legendi. 
 
 Olim calamus adhibebatur scribendo. c 
 
 Aqua marina inutilis est bibendo. 
 
 Culex habet telum et d fodiendo et sorbendo idoneum. 
 
 Non omnes sequaliter ad discendum e proni sumus. 
 
 Simiae catulos saspe complectendo f necant. 
 
 Beneficia gcprobrando f corrumpimus. 
 
 Amicus amicum semper aliqua re a juvabit, aut re, 
 aut consilio, aut consolando f certe\ 
 
 21. Gerundives. 
 
 Gerundives are participles in dus, with the sense of the gerund, and 
 agreeing m gender, number, and ease, with their nouns, § 49, 1, 1319, 
 and § 147, E. LXII., 1322, R. CIV. 
 
 Initum est consilium urbis delendce,s civium truci- 
 dandorum,8 nommis Romani exstinguendi.s 
 
 Puer par est oneri h ferendo. 
 
 Omnes civitates Greciae pecuniam ad classem cedifi- 
 candam et exercltum comparandum dederunt. 
 
 Vir bonus, in malis aliomm amovendis , seipsum sub- 
 levat. 
 
 Compound Sentences. 
 
 A compound sentence consists of two or more simple sentences, con- 
 nected together by conjunctions, relatives, or adverbs, §§ 149, 1360 , 
 99, 683, and i40, 141, 1206 to 1 250. 
 
 Grammars.   542, r. xxxv. : 873, r. xlii.— c 703, 1332.—* 726, 
 1374.—* 104, 1337.— { 105, 1340.—* 707, r. lxii: 1322, r 
 civ.— 11 382, r. xvi. : 860, r. 
 
 Idioms. b Sup. homlni. * 112. 
 
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 71 
 
 , 22. ( '< injunctions. 
 
 Sol ruit, et - montes umbraiitur. \ J M(I3Lp &ma,« 
 
 Vir 1 ' bonus ei prudeii's dici delector ego. 
 _J Immcnsa est, fmemgue pptentia Dei non habet. 
 
 Accipere d ptaestat qmun :i facere injuriam. 
 
 KapeJ&atque abire semper assuevit lupus. 
 
 Semper ho'nos, nomengwe c tuum, lawdesque manebunt. 
 
 Sapientcm neque e paupertas, neque mors, neque vin- 
 cula torrent. 
 
 Juno erat Jovis et f soror et conjux. 
 
 Nox erat, et fulgebat luna. 
 
 In praelio cita mors venit, aut victoria laeta. 
 
 Marius et Sylla civile bellum gesserunt.ff 
 
 Leti vis rapuit, rapietywe gentes. 
 
 Non formosus erat, sed erat facundus Ulysses. 
 
 Si h divitiaa felicitatem praestant, avaritia prima vir- 
 tus est. 
 
 23. Adverbs. 
 
 Quoties literas tuas lego, omnem mibi ' l praeteritorum 
 temporum memoriam in mentem revoco. 
 
 MagnaJ debemus suscipSre, dum vires suppStunt. \ 
 
 Corvi, quamdiu cornibus k carent, noctu ad palmla 
 proeedunt. 
 
 Quidam crocodTlum, 1 quamdiu vivat,™ crescere » exis- x 
 tTmaut, vivit autem multos annos.° 
 
 Gloria virtutem, tanquam umbra,P sequitur. 
 
 Grammars. * 720, r. lxv. : 1369.—* 326, 074. • 242, Obs. 2: 
 4<>/.— * 660, r. lvi., and 662: 1147, T. Ixxxii.— • 720, r. lxv.: 
 1369, r. cviii. ; and 722, 1X71.—* 312, r. i. : 04.3, l iii.— b 630, 
 l>47.—> 380, 871.—* 480, r. xxv. : 907, T. xlix.— ' 671, r. lviii. 
 1130, r. lxxix.— - 656, 1291.—* 565, r. xli. : 949, r. lx.— p 252 
 ad fin. : 023. 
 
 Idioms. f 124, !.—• 5, 3.— J 19, 4.— » 95, 1. 
 
72 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 
 
 24. Comparison with a Conjunction. 
 
 Comparison is made in two ways, 1st By a conjunction, qudm, ac, at- 
 que, after the comparative, connecting the words denoting the things 
 compared in the same case, 466, 894 ; — and 2d, By the ablative after 
 the comparative without an injunction, § 120, 895, K. XLVIII. 
 
 Canes Indici grandiores sunt qudm ceteri. a 
 Nullum malum est vehementius b et importunius d 
 
 qudm invidia. 
 
 Interdum ferarum animos mitiores invenimus qudm 
 
 hominum. d 
 
 Latro ferae e est similior qudm homini. c 
 
 Major est animi voluptas qudm corporis. d 
 
 In montibus aer purior est, et tenuior qudm in valli- 
 
 bus. 
 
 Comparison without a Conjunction. 
 
 Nihil est clementid f divinius. 
 
 Aurum gravius est argentoS 
 
 Adamas durior est ferro/ ferrum durius ceteris me- 
 tallis. 
 
 Luna terras propior est sole. 
 
 Quid magis est durum saxo, quid mollius aqud? 
 25. Relative Pronouns. (§ 99, 683.) - h 
 
 Non omnis ager, quiz seritur, fert fruges. 
 
 Psittdcus, quern India mi ttit, reddit verba quai accepit. 
 
 Achilles, cujus res gestas Homeri carmina celebrant, 
 ad Hellespontum sepultus.est. 
 
 Myrmecides quidam quadrlgam fecit et ebore, quam 
 musca ali's h integebat. 
 
 Qui' 1 bonis non rect£ utitur, ei J bona mala fiunt. k 
 
 Grammars. » 120, r. lxv. : 1369, r. cviii.— b 322, 671,—' 720, 
 1369.— d 336, 755.—* 382, r. xvi. : 860, r. il.— * 467, r. xxiv. : 
 895, r. xlviii.— * 284, r. iii. : 683, r. vii. — h 542, r. xxxv. : 873, r. 
 xlii.— 4 285, 684.— i 522, r. iii. : 1075, r. lxxiv.— . k 221, Obs. 3 : 413. 
 
 Tdioms. * 19.— f 6, 3.— J 43, 1. 
 
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 73 
 
 Beneficium reddit, qui a ejus b bene memor est. 
 
 Grues in itinenbus ducem, quern sequantur, c eligunt. 
 
 Copias suas Cassar in proximum collem subduxit, 
 
 equitatumque, qui sustineret d hostium impe'tum, misit. 
 
 Subjunctive Mood. 
 
 The subjunctive mood is used in dependent clauses, connected with the 
 leading clause by conjunctive particles, adverbs, or by the relative pro- 
 noun. When it expresses a fact, real or supposed, but not directly as- 
 serted or vouched for, it is translated by the English indicative. When it 
 expresses a thing as not actual and certain, but only as conditional or 
 contingent, as what may, can, might, or should take place, it is translated 
 by the English potential, § 42, II., 264, II., and § 140 and 141, 
 1205 to 129 1. 
 
 26. The Subjunctive with cum or quum. 
 
 Platea, cilm devoratis se imple'vit* conchis, f testas 
 evSmit. 
 
 Ceres frumenta invenit, cilm antea homines gland* 
 bus s ve8cerentur. e 
 
 Nave h primus' in Graeciam Danaus advenit, cum 
 antea ratibus h navigareturJ 
 
 Alexander, rex k Macedonia^ cilm Thebas cepisset, 1 
 Pindari vatis k familiae m pepercit. 
 27. The Subjunctive after Conjunctive Particle*. 
 (§ 140, 1205 to 1218.) 
 
 Tanta est in India ubertas soli, ut sub una ficu n tur- 
 mae equitum condantur. 
 
 Ursi per hiemcm tam gravi somno h premuntur, ut 
 ne vulneribus h quidem excitentur. 
 
 Grammars. b 349, r. ix. : 765, r. xviii.— « 641, 1226.— A 641, 
 1226.—* 630, 1247.- -' 514, r. xxxi.: 911, r. L— • 484, r. xxvi.: 
 880, r. xliv.— »« 542. r. xxxv.: 873, r. xlii. — * 274, 663.— i 223, 3: 
 
 453; and 630, 1247.— - k 251, r. i. : 622, r. i.— > 631, 1244 
 
   403, r. v. : 831, r. xxxiii.— * 008, r. li. : 988, r. lxix— * 627, 1, 
 1st : 1205 and 1220. 
 
 Idioms. • 37, 1st, 3.— « 40, 5.— * 40, 4.— J 74, 8. 
 
 7 
 
74 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 
 
 Delphmi tanta interdum yi e mari cxsiliunt, ut vela a 
 navium t?'ansv blent. b 
 
 In India serpentes ad tantam magnitudmem adoles- 
 cunt, ut integros hauriant b cervos taurosque. 
 
 Fac, c ut homines animum tunm pluris faciant, d quam 
 omnia, quae illis e tribuere possis. f 
 
 Alexander edixit, ne quis ipsums praeter Apellem 
 pingeret. h 
 X Pythagoreis \ interdictum fuit,J ne k fabis 1 vescerentur. h 
 
 Oculi palpebris™ sunt muniti, ne n quid incidat. h 
 
 Nihil fere tarn reconditum est, quin ° quaarendo m in- 
 veniri possit. 
 
 Nunquam tarn mane egredior, neque tarn vesperi 
 domum p revertor, quin ° te in fundo conspicer fodere,<i 
 aut arare,q aut aliquid facere. 
 
 Xerxes non dubitabat, quin ° copiis suis Graecos facilS 
 superaturus essetJ 
 
 28. The Subjunctive with words expressing an indirect 
 question. (§ 140, 5, 1182.) 
 
 Quaeritur, unus ne 9 sit 1 mundus, an plures. 
 
 Disputabant veteres philosophi, casu m ne s f actus sit * 
 mundus, an mente m divina. 
 
 Augustus cum amicis suis consultabat, utrum impe* 
 rium servdretf an deponeret. 
 
 Perperam quaeritur, num in amici gratiam, jus vio- 
 lari possit. 1 
 
 Grammars. * 613, r. lii.: 993, r. lxx.— b 627, 1, 1st: 1220.— 
 c 214, 4: 323.— d 627, 1, 3d: 1208.—* 501, r. xxix.: 855, r. 
 xxxix.— f 656, 1291.— h 619, r. liii. : 1164=, r. lxxxiv. ; 620, 
 1172 ; and 627, 1, 3d: 1208.— l 522, r. iii. : 1075, r. lxxiv.— 
 1 484, r. xxvi. : 880, r. xliv.— m 542, r. xxxv. : 873, r. xlii.— 
 
 • 627, 3: 1208.— * 558, r. xxxix.: 94=3, r. lix.— * 170, 1172.— 
 
 * 627,5: 1182. 
 
 Idioms. « 32, 8.— J 51, 3.— k 121, 6.— » 121, 1.— * 89, 1.— • 124, 3 
 
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 75 
 
 Ciconiae quonam c loco verdant, aut in quas sc regies 
 nes confer ant, ineompertuin est. a 
 
 Quis numerare potest, quoties per totam vitam lacry- 
 mas fuderitf 
 
 29. Subjunctive after the Relative. (§ 141, 1226.) 
 Quis est qui nesciat* quid voluptas sit ? c 
 Non invenies qui Demosthenein oratorem maximum 
 
 esse neget. b t ' 
 
 Nemo felix est, qui ea lege vivat, h ut impune necari 
 
 posset. d 
 
 Caesar legatos misit, qui iter cognosce 'rent. e 
 
 Sunt qui amicitiam molestam reddant. h 
 
 Hos libros non contemno, quippe qui nunquam lege- 
 
 rimS 
 
 Verba, quce sententias i?idlcent, e reperta sunt. 
 Peccavisse mild videor,s qui a te discesserim. h 
 Decemviri creati sunt, qui civitati leges scribe rent. e 
 Regulus dixit se desiisse Romanum esse, ex ilia die 
 
 qud in potestatem Pcenorum venisseO 
 
 30. The Infinitive with a Subject. (§ 145, 1135.) 
 
 The infinitive with a subject is translated by the indicative or potential 
 in Engtiah Its subject, wlrioh is always in the accusative, is translated 
 in the nominative, and usually has the conjunction that before it. It forma 
 a distinct hut dependent proposition, which, like the infinitive without a 
 suhject, forms either the subject or object of the verb on which it depends. 
 (See § 145, 1138.) 
 
 Aristoteles tradit, in Latmo, Cariae monte, hospites a 
 scorpionibus non Icedi, indigenas interimi. k 
 
 rjRvMMAits. •' G3G, r. i. : 12'?.— < 627, 5 : 1182.—* 627, 1, 1st 
 1 >>>().— e 643, 4th: 1212.— ■< 647, 1253.— h 645, r, iii. : 1251, 
 r. xcv.— i 650, r. vi. : 1291, r. ci.— J 522, r. iii. : 1075, r. lxxiv.— 
 k 670, 1135. 
 
 Idioms.   51, 3 — « 70, 2.— k 95, 4. 
 
76 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 
 
 M. Varro narrat, a cuniculis suffossum* in Hispania 
 oppidumj* a talpis in Thessalia ; ab ranis incolas b urbis 
 in Gallia pulsos, a ab locustis in Africa ; ex Gyaro insult 
 incolas b a mxirihusfuydtos, in Italic Amy das a serpen- 
 tibus deletas esse. 
 
 Observation est, c pestilentiam h semper a meridianis 
 partibus ad occidentem ire . d 
 
 Homerus Pygmoeos b populum ad ocearium, a grui- 
 bus infestdri e prodidit; Aristoteles eosdem in cavernis 
 vivere d narrat. 
 
 Posteri aliquando qnerentur nostr& culp& mores b ever* 
 sos esseS 
 
 Virgilius per testamentnm jusserat carmina h sua 
 cremdrijS id b Augustus fieri e vetuit. 
 
 Sertorius cervam alebat candidam, quam h Hispa- 
 niae gentes fatidicam h esse [ credebant. 
 
 Illustre est inter philosophos nomen Anaxagorae, 
 quern b veteres nunquam in vita risisse J ferunt. 
 
 31. Participles. (§ 146, 1343.) 
 
 Participles are usually translated after their nouns, with which they 
 agree in gender, number, and case, in the same manner as adjectives ; and 
 at the same time govern the case of their own verb. 
 
 Exempla fortunse variantis k sunt innumera. h 
 Galli diem venientem cantu nuntiant. 
 Cecrops urbem 1 a se conditam h appellabat Cecro- 
 piam. 1 
 
 Grammars. ? 179, 6: 281.— h 671, r. lviii. ; and 672 : 1136, r. 
 lxxix.— h 322, 671.-* 440, 715. 
 
 Idioms. » 97, 4.— c 51, 2, and 94, 1.— d 95, 1.— » 95, 4.— f 97, 6.— 
 * 96, 12, or 90, 4.— * 90, 2, or 91, 4.— J 91, 4.— k 101, 1. 
 
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 77 
 
 Augustus primus a Romae b tigrin c ostendit mansue- 
 f actum A 
 
 Gymnosophistae iu India toto die e ferventibus d are- 
 nis f iiisistunt, Solemn intuentes. 
 
 EpimenTdes pucr, h aestu 1 et itinSreJ fessus, k septeni 
 et quinquagiuta annos e in specu dormivisse dicitur. 
 
 Julius Caesar simul dictare, 1 etlegentem™ audire solebat 
 
 Leo prostrdtis n parcit. 
 
 Aves aduncos ungues habentes carne ° vescuntur, nee 
 unquam congregantur. 
 
 Canis venaticus venatorem comitantem loro » ad fera- 
 rum lustra trahit. 
 
 Beneficium uon in eo h consistit quod datur, sed in 
 ipso dantis m ammo. 
 
 Struthiocameli Africi altitudinem equitis equo q insi- 
 dentis excedtint. 
 
 Interdum delphmi conspecti sunt, defunctum d dol- 
 phin um^orf antes, et quasi funus agentes. 
 
 Multa, quae de infantibus ferarum lacte nutritis k pro- 
 duntur, fabulosa 1- videntur. 
 
 Homo quidam, lapide ictus, k oblltus est literas ; s ali- 
 us, ex praealto tecto lapsus, matris et amnium nomina 
 dicSre non potuit. 
 
 L. Siccius Dentatus, centies vicies prailidtus, quadra- 
 ginta quinquc cicatrices adverso corpore f habebat, nul- 
 lam in tergo. 
 
 Grammars. • 274, 663.— h 548, r. xxxvi. : 932, r. lvi.— • 90, 13, 
 136.—* 665, r. xli. : 949, r. lx.— ' 611, (in): 992.— * 437, r. i.: 
 7 12, r. viii. — * 542, r. xxxv. : 873, r. xlii.— i 720, r. lxv. : 1369, 
 r. cviii.-J 663, r. lvii. : 1148, r. lxxxiii.— * 403, 831.—° 484, r. 
 xxvi. : 880, r. xliv.—s 399, r. iv. : 826, r. xxxii.— ' 322, 671.— 
 
 • 373, r. xiv. : 788, r. xxiii. 
 
 Idioms. d 101, 1 and 8.— • 6 6.— h 13, 2.— k 101, 4.— ro 19, 1. — 
 
 • 19, 1.— p 19, 4. 
 
78 INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 
 
 Leones satidti innoxii sunt. 
 
 Elephantes nemmi a nocent, nisi lacesslti. 
 
 Elephantes amnem b transituri c minimos praemittnnt. 
 
 Pavo lauddtus c gemmdtam pandit caudam. 
 
 Gallus, ab adversario victusf occultatur d silens, et 
 servitium patitur. 
 
 Leo vulnerdtus c percussorem intelligit, et in quanta- 
 libet multitudme appetit. 
 
 Olores iter facientes c colla imponunt prceoedentibus ; e 
 fessos duces ad terga recipiunt. 
 
 Testudmes in mari degentes conchyliis f vivunt ; in 
 terram egressce,s herbis. f 
 
 Sarmatae longinqua itinera facturif inedia pridie 
 praeparant equos, potum exiguum impertientes ; atque 
 ita longissimam viam continuo cursu conficiunt. 
 
 Elephanti, equitatu circumventi, infirmos aut fessos 
 vulneratosque in medium agmen recipiunt. 
 
 Multos morientes cura sepulturas angit. 
 
 Danaus, ex iEgypto in Grasciam advectus, rex h Ar- 
 givorum factus est. 
 
 Alexander, Bucephalo equo 1 defuncto, duxit exequi- 
 as, urbemque Bucephalon appelldtam ejus tumulo i cir- 
 cumdedit. 
 
 P. Catienus Plotinus patronum adeo dilexit, ut, he- 
 res omnibus ejus bonis k institutusf in rogum ejus se 
 conjiceret 1 et concremaretur. m 
 
 Grammars. » 403, r. v. : 83 1, r. xxxiii.— b 613, r. lii. : 993, r. 
 lxx.— c 688, 1350.—* 501, r. xxix. : 855, r. xxxix.— { 485.— h 319, 
 r. v. : 666 ; and 320, 667.— l 690, r. lx. : 1349.— i 501, r. : 855, 
 r. xxxix. ; and 505, 859.—* 380, r. : 871.— l 62T, 1, 1st. : 1220. 
 
 IrtOMS.— d 116, ?.— « 19.— * 105, 1.—* 9, 1 Ml 9, 2. 
 
INTRODUCTORY EXERCISES. 79 
 
 Erinacei volutdti* super poma, lmmi b jacentia, ilia 
 spinis c affixa in cavas arbores portant. 
 
 lndlcum mare testudmes tantae magiiitudiiiis d alit, 
 ut singiilae tugurio tegendo e sufficiant/ 
 
 Leones, senes facti, appetunt homines, quoniam ad 
 persequendas feras vires non suppetunt. 
 
 Struthiocamehs h ungulae sunt cervmis • similes, eom- 
 prehendendis J lapidibus utiles, quos k in fuga contra se- 
 quetites 1 jaculantur. 
 
 32. Ablative Absoluts. (§ 146, E. LX., 1340.) 
 
 Senescente Lund m ostrea tabescere dicuntur, ores- 
 cente eddem, gliscunt. Cepe contra, Land dejieiente, 
 reviresce're, adolescente, inarescerc dicTtur. 
 
 G-eryone u interemto Hercules in Italiam venit. 
 
 Sablnis n debelldtis, Tarquinius triumplians Romam 
 rediit. 
 
 Ja8one m Lycio interfecto, canis, quern habcbat, cibum 
 capire noluit, inediaque confectus est. 
 
 Regis LysimSclri canis, domino m accensae pyrae c im- 
 poslto, in flammas se conjecit. 
 
 Nicomede m rege interfecto, equus ejus vitam finivit 
 inedia. 
 
 Chilo, unus e septem sapientibus, filio victore? Olym- 
 pian prae gaudio exspiravit. 
 
 Grammars. b 559, 944.—° 522, r. iii. : 1075, r. Ixxiv.— J 339. 
 r. vii. : 757, r. xvi.— • 703, 183* ; and 707, r. lxii : 1322, r. civ. j 
 399, r. iv. : 82<>, r. xxxii.— f 627, 1, 1st: 7220.— h 394, r. ii.: 
 821, r. xxx.— > 337, 756.— k 437, r. i. : 712, r. viii. — - 690, r. lx.: 
 1.349.— • 694, 1351.— ° 360, 775. — p 695, 972.—*te8, r. 
 xxxvi. : 932, r. lvi. 
 
 Idioms.—" 116, 4.— • 112, 6.— * 112, 7.—* 19.— j 112, 6.—* 19, 1.— 
 • 104, 1.— p 110, 4.—* 4 1. 
 
FABLES FROM JESOV. 
 
 1. Accipiter et Columbce. 
 
 eu».k 
 
 Columb^} milvii metu accipitrem a rogaverunt,* ut 
 eas b defenderet. c Ille b annuit. At in d columbaro 
 receptus, uno die e majorem stragem edidit, quam mil- 
 viuslongo tempore e potuisset edere.* 4 aM^^A, 
 
 Fabula docel, malorumg" patrocinium vitandtim h 
 esse. 1 
 
 2. Mm et Milvius. 
 
 Milvius laqueis irretitus musculum a exoravit, ut 
 eum, corrosis plagis i liber aret. c Quo k facto, milvius 
 liberatus murem arripuit et devoravit. 
 
 Hsec fabula ostendit, quam gratiam mali s pro bene- 
 ficiis reddere soleant. 1 
 
 8. JEToedus et Lupus. 
 Hoedus, stans in m tecto domus, lupo n prsetereunti ° 
 
 * The remote object of rogaverunt here is accipitrem ; the immediate, 
 ut eas defenderet. (E. XXX. § 124.) So, generally, in these fables, after 
 inquit, dixit, respondit, and the like, the immediate object of the verb is a 
 clause expressing the thing said or replied, and, if in direct discourse. 
 (651), is printed in italics. 
 
 Grammars.— 6 627, 1, 3d: 1208.—* 397, r. : 824, r. xxxi. 
 
 Idioms.—* 63, 3.— b 27, 6.— • 78, 5.— d 123, 2.— • 6, 6.— » 88, 5.— 
 t 20, 1.— * 108, 4.— » 95, 1.— i 109, 2, and 104, 1.— k 38, 5.— * 74, 9.— 
   123, 2 —   7, 3.— » 101, 1. 
 
FABLE9 FROM JESOP. 81 
 
 maledixit. Cui a lupus, Non tu, h inquit, sed tectum 
 mihi c maledlcit. 
 
 Saepe locus ct tcmpus homines timidos audiices reddit. d 
 
 4. Grus et Pavo, 
 
 t 
 
 Pavo, coram jgrue pennassuas e ox-plicans, Quanta r est, 
 inquit "formositas mta et tua deformitas! At grus ev5- 
 lans, Et quanta est, inquit, lev it as mea est tua tardltas! 
 
 Monet u baec faMla-j nes ob ajTquod bonum, quod no- 
 bis natura trp>uuv ^ os coiitcinnmnus, 11 quibus a nattU ^k^ 
 ra alia 1 et furtasse majora 1 dedit. k ' **». 
 
 n 5. Pavo.t '**• k s i 
 
 Pavo graviter coiujuerebutur 1 apud Junonem, domi- 
 nam suam, e quddvocjssuavitas sibi m negata cssct, n dum 
 luscinia, avis tain parum decora,' cantu cxcellat. n Cui a 
 Juno, Et merltd, inquit; nonenim omnia bona v inunum 
 conferri oportuit. 
 
 6. Anseres et Grues. 
 
 In eodem quondam prato pascebantur 1 ' anseres et 
 grues. Adveniente domino p prati, grues facile avola- 
 bant; sed aiiseres, impediti corporis gravitate,i depre- 
 hensi r et mactati sunt. 
 
 Sic saepe pauperes, 8 cum potentioribus in eodem crim- 
 tne deprehensi, soli l dant poenam, dum illi salvi evadunt. 
 
 Grammars.—* 504, 858.— h 315, 646.— * 397, r.: 824, r. xxxi. 
 -J313, 644.— h 627, 1, 3d, 1205.— l 160, 1 : 1088.—* 655, 12X5. 
 —i 542, r. xxxv. : 873, r. xlii.— » 445, 721.—" 423, Exc. iii. : 740. 
 
 Idioms.—* 63, 1.— e 7, 3.— • 30, 1.—' 48.— * 121, 3.— » 77, 3.—' 19, 
 4.— k 72, 1.—   64, 2.— • 16, 5.— » 9, and 109, 1.— ' 115, 1.— • 20.— 
 1 16, 4. 
 
82 FABLES FROM MSOT. 
 
 7. Capra et Lupus. 
 Lupus capram in a alta rupe stantem conspicatus, 
 Cur non, inquit, relinquis b nuda ilia et sterilia loca, et 
 hue descendis in c herbidos campos, qui tibi Icetum pabu- 
 lum offerunt ? Cui d respondit capra : Mihi e non est in 
 animo, dulcia* tutis r propone re. 
 
 8. Venter et Membra. 
 Membra quondam dicebant ventri: d Nosnes te sem- 
 per 11 ministerio nostro alemus, dum ipse' 1 summo otioi 
 fruerisf Non facie mus.* Dum igitur ventri k cibum 
 subdiicunt, corpus debilitatur, et membra l sero invidiae 
 suae poenituit. m 
 
 9. Canis et Boves. 
 
 Canis jacebat n in a praesepi bovesque Iatrando a 
 pabulo arcebat. Cui d unus p bourn, Quanta ista,<\ in- 
 quit, invidia est, quod non pate ris, uteo ciboi vescdmur,* 
 quern tu ipse' 1 caper e nee velis* nee possis/ a 
 
 Haec fabula invidiae indolem declarat. 
 
 10. Vulpes et Leo. 
 
 Yulpes, quae nunquam leonem viderat, quum ei * forte 
 occurrisset, u ita est v perterrita, ut paene moreretur w for- 
 
 Grammars. — f 501, r.: 855, r. xxxix. — J 484, r. xxvi. : 880, r. 
 xliv.—i 419, 805; Exc. il— n 160, 1: 10S8.— <* 123, 2: 1030. 
 — « 656, 1291.-1 399, r.: 826, r. xxxii.— * 627, 1, 1st: 1220. 
 
 Idioms.—* 123, 2.— b 56, 2d, 3d.— c 123, 1.— d 63, 1.— • 118, 1 and 
 51.— t 19, 4.— e 58, *7.— h 120. — * 32, 2.— k 5, 1.— m 66, 9.—° Ill, 5.— 
 P 21, 2.— * 84, 4.—* 1, 2.— u 14, 8.— * 124, 15.— * 74, 4. 
 * Supply hoc. Id. 19, 4. 
 
FABLES FROM JESOP. 83 
 
 midtne. a Eundem conspicata b iterum, timuit quidem, 
 sed nequaquam, c ut autea. c Tcrtid illi d obviam facta, 
 ausa est etiaui propius aecedere, eumquc e alloqui. 
 
 dta., 
 
 11. Cancri. 
 
 Cancer dicebat f filio s : Mi * flfif ne i sic obllquis sem- 
 per gressibus a ince'de, sed rectd vid a perge. Cui ille, 
 Mi pater, respondit, libenter tuis prceceptis k obsequar, 
 si te priils idem facientem videro. 1 
 
 Docet haec fabula, adolescentiam m nulla re a magis 
 quam exemplis n instrui. 
 
 12. Boves. 
 
 In eodem prato pascebantur f tres boves in maxima* 
 Concordia, et sic ab omni p ferarum incursione tuti 
 erant. Sed dissidio <i inter illos orto, singuli a feris 
 petlti r et laniati sunt. 
 
 Fabula docet, quantum boni 8 sit l in concordia\ 
 
 13. Asinus. 
 
 Asinus, pelle u leonis indiitus, territabat homines et 
 bestias, tanquam leo esset. v Sed forte, dum se celerius w 
 
 Grammars.—* 542, r. xxxv. : 873, r. xlii .— d 600, r. xlvii : 870, 
 e. xli.— • 613, r. lii.: 993, r. lxx.-f 159, 858 ; and 504, 1087.— 
 h 98, 1, Notel : 190.—* 69 ; Ex. 5: 67>.— 1 657, 2 : lll'.i.—^ 168, 
 vi. : 1098.— m 671, r. lviii. : 1J36, r. Ixxix.— » 469, 897.—* 740, 
 2d: 1387.— % 343, r. via. : 860, r. xl— l 627, 5 : 1182.—* 627, 
 2 : 1207.—™ 473, 902. 
 
 Idioms.— b 105, 1.— c — . Sup. timuit. — * 11.—* 7, 2.— • 95, 4.- 
 <t 9, 1, and 109, 5.— r 115, 1.— n 64, 7.— w 22, 3. 
 
84 FABLES FROM iESOP. 
 
 movet, aures eminebant; unde agnftus in a pistrinum 
 abductus est, ubi pcenas petulantiae dedit. 
 
 Hsec fabtila stolTdos b notat, qui immeritis honoribus c 
 superbiunt. 
 
 14. Mulier et Crallina. 
 
 Mulier quaedam habebat gallinam, quae ei quotidie 
 ovum pariebat aureum. Hinc suspicari d coepit, illam e 
 auri massam intus celare/ et gallinam occidit. Sed 
 nihil in e& repent, nisi quod s in aliis gallmis reperiri 
 solet. Itaque dum majoribus divitiis h inhiabat, etiam 
 minores 1 perdidit. 
 
 15. Vtatores et Asinus. 
 
 Duo b qui una iter faciebant, asinum oberrantem In 
 solitudme conspicati,J accurrunt laeti, et uterque eum 
 sibi vindicare ccepit, qudd eum prior k conspexisset. 1 
 Dum verd contendunt et rixantur, nee m a n verberibua 
 abstinent, asinus auf ugit, et neuter eo ° potitur. 
 
 16. Corvus et Znipi. 
 Corvus partem praedae petebat a lupis, quod eos 
 totum diem p comitatus esset. 1 Cui illi, Non tu nos, 
 inquiunt, sed prcedam sectdtus es, idque q eo animof ut 
 ne nostris quidem corporibus* parceres,* si exanimar 
 rentur. 1 
 
 Grammars.—* 5 542, r. xxxv. : 873, r. xlii.-^ 6QS, r. lvii. : 1148, 
 r lxxxiii.— • 671, r. lviii.: 1136, r. lxxix.— * 399, r. iv. : 826, r. 
 xxxii.-k 274, 663.-* 655, 1255.—™ 242, 1 : 490.-* 615, 994. 
 • 484, r. xxvi. : 880, P. xliv.— p 565, r. xli. : 949, r. lx.— * 123, 2, 
 a (fecisti): 1030.— r 403, r. v.: 831.— » 627, 1, 1st: 1220.— 
 « 627, 2 : 1207. __ 
 
 Idioms.—' 123, 1.— b 19, 1.— * 96, 4— « 37, 2.— » 19. Sup. divitias. 
 — j 105, 1.—° 7, 3.— ' 7, 1. 
 
FABLES FROM iESOP. 85 
 
 MerTtd in actionibus non spectatur, quid fiat, a sed 
 quo ammo fiat.'* 1 
 
 17. Pastures et Lupus. 
 
 Pastores caesa ove b convivium celebrabant. Quod ° 
 quum lupus ccrneret, d Ego, inquit, si agnum rapuissem, e 
 quantus tumultus fie ret!* Atistis impune ovem come- 
 dunt! Turn unum illorum, h Nob enim, z inquit, nostrd, 
 non aliend ove' x epuldmur. 
 
 18. Carbonarius et Fullo. 
 
 Carbonarius, qui spatiosam liabebat domum, invita- 
 vit fullonein, ut ad se conimigraret.J Ille respondit ; 
 Qucenam inter nos esse possit* societas? quum tu vestes, 
 quas ego nitidas reddidissem, 1 fuliglne et maculis inquina- 
 turus esses. m 
 
 Haec fabula docet dissimilia n nondebere° conjungi.P 
 
 19. Tubicen. 
 
 Tubicen ab hosttbus captus, Ne q me, inquit, inter fi- 
 cite; nam inermis sum, neque T quidquam habeo prceter 
 hane tubam. At hostes, Propter hoc ipsum, inquiunt, 
 te interimemus, quod, quum ipse 8 pugnandi t sis u imper- 
 itus, alios ad pugnam incitdre soles. 
 
 Fabula docet, non solum maleficos v esse puniendos, w 
 sed x etiam cos, qui alios ad male faciendum y irritent. 1 
 
 Grammars.— » .627, 5: 1182.—' 295, 701.—' 627, 2: 1265, 
 r. xcvii.— » 627, 5: 1182.—* 118, 3, 3d : 1028.—* 485.— j 627, 1, 
 3d : 1208.-J65B, 1291.— '"214, 8 : 328.— n 671, r. lviii. : 1136, 
 r. Ixxix.— P 665, 1138.—* 657, 2 : 1113.—' 242, 1 : 490.—* 702, 
 1327 /-and 349, r. ix. : 765, r. xviii.— « 630, 1247.— w 687, 
 1314.-^ 720, r. lxv. : 1369, r. cviii. — J 704, 1337.— x Sup. 
 verum est. 
 
 Idioms.—* 74, 9.— b 9, 1, and 109, 2.— • 38, 4.—^ 74, 3.— • 74, 7.— 
 
 * 21, 2.— J 78, 6.—* 77, 4.—" 19, 4.—* 95, 1.— • 32, 2.—* 19, 1.— 
 
 • 108, 4. 
 
86 FABLES FROM ^ESOP. 
 
 20. Accipitres et Columbce. 
 
 Accipitres quondam acerrimS inter se belligerabant. 
 Hos columbae in a gratiam reducere conatae b effecerunt, 
 ut illi pacem inter se c facerent. d Qua e firmata, accip- 
 itres vim suam f in ipsas columbas converterunt. 
 
 Haec fabula docet, potentiorum discordias imbecil- 
 lioribuss saepe prodesse. 
 
 21. Mulier et G-allina. 
 
 Mulier vidua gallTnam habebat, quae ei quotidie unum 
 ovum pariebat. Ilia existimabat, si gallinam diligen- 
 tiiis saginaret, h fore, 1 ut illabina aut tenia ova quotidie 
 pareret. Quum autem cibo superfluo gallina pinguis 
 esset facta,i plane ova parere desiit. 
 
 Haec fabula docet, avaritiam saepe damnosam esse. 
 
 22. Vulpes et Uva. 
 
 Yulpes uvam in vite conspicata b ad illam subsiliit 
 omnium virium suarum f contentione, k si earn forte at- 
 tingere posset. h Tandem defatigata inani labore k dis- 
 cedens dixit: At nunc etiam acerbce sunt, nee 1 eas in 
 vid repertas m toller em. n 
 
 Haec fabula docet, multos ea° contemnere, quae se 
 assequi posse desperent.P 
 
 Grammars.—* 627, 1, 3d : 1208,— * 393, r. i. : 820, r. xxix.- 
 * 627, 2 : 1207.—* 678, 1133.—* 542, r. xxxv. : 873, r. xlii — 
 1 242, 1 : 4=90.— 9 656, 129 1. 
 
 Idioms.—' 123, 1.— b 105, 2.— • 31, Note.—* 38, 3.— ' 31, 3.— j 74, 
 8._«n 101 4.— n 78, 8.—° 19, 1, and 4. 
 
FABLES FROM jESOP. 87 
 
 23. Vulpes et Lecma. 
 
 Vulpes leaenae a exprobrabat, quod nonnisi unum 
 catuluin pareret. b Huic dicitur respondisse, Unwru 
 sed leonem. 
 
 Haec fabula, non copiam sed bonitatem rcrum aesti- 
 mandani c esse, docet. 
 
 24. Mures. 
 
 Mures aliquando habuerunt consilium, quomo'do sibi 
 a fele caverent. d Multis aliis e propositis, omnibus f 
 placuit,? ut ei h tintinnabulum annecteretur;* sic enim 
 ipsos J sonitu admonltos earn fugere posse. k Sed quum 
 jam inter mures qusereretur, 1 qui feli m tintinnabulum 
 annecteret," nemo repertus est. 
 
 Fabula docet, in suadendo plurimos esse audaces, 
 sed in ipso periculo timidos.p 
 
 25. Cants Mordax. 
 Cani h mordaci paterfamilias jussit tintinnabulum ex 
 aere appendi,<i ut omnes eum cavere possentj Ille verd 
 aeris tinnltu gaudebat, et, quasi virtiitis suae praemium r 
 esset, s alios canes prae se contemnere ccepit. Cui unus 
 senior, 1 te u stolidum, inquit, qui ignordre videris 7 w 
 isto tinnltu pravitdtem morum tuorum indicdri f v 
 
 Grammars. — I 501, r. xxix. : 855, r. xxxix.— b 629, 12X7.— A 627, 
 5: 1182.— f 409, r. xviii. : 840, r.xxxv.- h 522, r. iii. : 1075, r. 
 lxxiv.— ' 627, 1, 4th: 1222.— k 679, Sup. existiamaverunt : 1159. 
 — " 501, r. xxix.: 855, r. xxxix.—" 127, 1 : 249.—° 322, 671.— 
 p 720.—' 319, r. v. : 606, r. vi— • 627, 2. Sup. id. sc. UntinnabUum: 
 1207.—* 451, 97 7. 
 
 Idioms.—* 63, 2.— c 108, 4.— • 9, 1, and 19, 4.— * 65. — j 32, 8.— 
 l 65, and 74, 3.— » 76, 2.— * 90, 1.— « 6, 3. Sup. ceteris.—'' 95, 4.— 
 w 70, 3. 
 
88 FABLES FROM JESOP. 
 
 Haec fabula scripta est in a eos, qui sibi b insignibus 
 flagitiorum suorum placcnt. 
 
 26. Canis et Lupus. 
 
 Lupus canem videns bend saginatum, Quanta est, in- 
 quit, felicitas tual Tu, ut videris, c laute vivis, at ego 
 fame enecor. Turn canis, Licet, inquit meeum d in urbem 
 venias, e et eddem felicitate* fruaris. Lupus conditionem 
 accepit. Dum una eunt, animadvertit lupus in collo 
 canis attritos s pilos. Quid hoc est? inquit* Num h 
 jugum sustines f » cervix enim tua tota est glabra. Nihil 
 est, canis respondit. Sed interdiu me alligant, ut noetu 
 sim vigilantior; atque hose sunt vestigia colldris, quod 
 cervicii circumddri solet. Turn lupus, Vale, inquit, 
 amice f k nihil 1 moror felicitatem servitute emptamf 
 
 Haec fabula docet, liberis t nullum comm5dum tanti m 
 esse, quod n servitiitis calamitatem conipensare possit. 
 
 27. Lupus et G-rus. 
 
 In faucibus lupi os inhaese'rat. Mercede igitur con- 
 ducit gruem, qui n illud extr&hat.P Hoc<i grus longi- 
 tudme colli facil& effecit. Quum autem mercedem 
 postularet, subridens lupus et dentibus infrendens, 
 Num h tibi, inquit, parva merces r videtur, u quod caput 
 incolume ex lupi faucibus extraxistif s 
 
 Grammars.— b 403, r. v. : 831, r. xxxiii.— d 118, 4: 233,—" 632, 
 1204:.—* 484, r. xxvi. : 880, r. xliv.— « 179, 6 : 281.— i 522, r. 
 iii.: 1075, r. lxxiv.— k 448, 973.— l 500, 803.—* 582, 799 ; 
 496, 800.—° 643, 2 : 1221.— * 643, 4th : 1212.— r 319, r. v. : 
 606, r. vi.— • 624, 1, 2: 1079 and 1261.—' 378, r. xv.: 870, 
 T. xli. 
 
 Idioms.—" 123, 1.— « 70, 6.— * 97, 4.— h 56, 3d.— J 58, 1.— » 40, 1>- 
 q 19, 4.—« 51 and 70. 
 
 * Supply lupus. 
 
FABLES FROM JESOP. 89 
 
 28. Agricola et Anguis. 
 
 Agricola angiicm reptrit frigorc psene cxtinctum. 
 Misericordia motus cum fovit sinu, a et subter alas b re- 
 condidit. Mox anguis recreatus vires recepit, et agri- 
 cblae c pro beneficio letale vulims inflixit. 
 
 Haec fabula docet, qualein d mercedem mali pro beno- 
 ficiis reddere soleant. d 
 
 29. Asinus et Equus. 
 
 Asinus equum beatum praedicabat, qui c tarn copioso 
 pasceretur, e quum sibi post molestissimos labores no 
 paleae quidem satis praeberentur. 1 ' FortS autembellos 
 exorto equus in h proelium agitur, et circumventus ab 
 hostibus, post incredibTles labores tandem, multis vul- 
 neribus confossus, collabitur. Haec omnia asinus con- 
 spicatus,* me'} stolidum, inqu.it, qui e beatitudinem ex 
 prcesentis temp oris fortand cestimaverim ! e 
 
 30. Agricola et FiliL 
 
 AgricSla sencx, quum mortem sibi k appropinquare ] 
 sentlret, filios convocavit, quos, ut fieri solet, m inter- 
 dum discordare n noverat, et fascem virgularum afferri n 
 jubct. Quibus allatis, filios hortatur,ut hunc fascem 
 frangerent.P Quodq quum facSre non possent, distri- 
 buit singulas virgas, iisque celeriter fractis, docuit 
 
 Grammars.—* 611, 992.— h 608, r. 1L: 988, r. brix.— • 501, r 
 ttit. r 855, r. xxxix.— * 621, 5: 1182 — • 645, r. ft : 1251, r 
 xcv.— t 630, 1247.— > 449, r. xxi.: 975, r. lxv.— k 399, r. iv.: 
 826, r. xxxii.— p 627, 1, 3d: 1208. 
 
 Idioms.— ' 74, 3. — «r 9, 1, and 109, 6.— * 123, 1.— ' 105, 1.— > 96, 1. 
   68, 8.—" 90, 2- >-• 38, 3.-^1 38, 4. 
 
90 FABLES FROM jESOP. 
 
 illos, a quam firma res b esset c concordia, quamque im« 
 becillis discordia. 
 
 31. Equus et Asinus. 
 
 Asinus onustus sarcinis equum a rogavit, ut aliqua 
 parte d oneris se e levaret, si se e vivum videre vellet. f 
 Sed ille asmi preces repudiavit. Pauld post igitur asi- 
 nus labore consumptus in via corruit, et efflavit animam. 
 Turn agitator omnes sarcinas, quas asinus portaverat, 
 atque insuper etiam pellem asino s detractam in h equum 
 imposuit. Ibi ille serd priorem superbiam deplorans, 
 me miserum, inquit, qui parvulum onus in h me recipere 
 noluerimj quum nunc cogari tantas sarcinas ferre, una, 
 cum pelle comitis mei, cujus preces tarn superbe contemp- 
 seram. 
 
 32. Mulier et Ancillce. 
 
 Mulier vidua, quae texendo k vitam sustentabat, sole- 
 bat ancillas suas l de nocte excitare ad opus, quum pri- 
 mum galli cantum audivisset. At illse diuturno labore 
 fatigatae statuerunt gallum interficere. ra Quo" facto, 
 deteriore conditione ° quam priiis* esse cceperunt. Nam 
 domma, de hor& noctis incertap nunc famulas saepejam 
 primal nocte q excitabat. 
 
 * Supply fuerant. 
 Grammars.— 8 627, 5 : 1182.—* 514, r. xxxi. : 911, r. 1.— • 118, 
 3, 1st: 1028.—* 627, 2 : 1265.-* 524, r. v.: 1075, r. lxxiv.— 
 » 645, r. iii. : 1251, r. xcv.— k 705, 1340.— m 663, r. lvii. : 1 148, 
 r. lxxxiii.— » 611, 992.— i 565, r. xl. : 949. r. lx. 
 
 Idioms.—' 63, 4, 3.— b 57, 6, and Note.—* 123, 1.— J 74, 1.— J 30, 1 
 38, 5, and 109.— P 16. 
 
FABLKS FROM iESOP. 91 
 
 33. Testudo et Aquila. 
 
 Testudo aquTlam magnopere orabat, ut sese u volare 
 doceret. Aquila ei osteudebat quidem, earn b rein pe- 
 tere c naturae d suae contrariam ; sed ilia nihilo e minus 
 instabat, et obsecrabat aquTlam, ut se a volucrem facere f 
 vellet. ltaque ungulis arreptam* aquTla sustulit in 
 sublime, et demlsit illam, ut per aerem ferretur. Turn 
 in saxa incidens comminuta interiit. 
 
 Haec fabtila docet, multos e cupiditatibus suis occce- 
 catos consilia prudentiorum respueres et in exitium 
 mere s stultitia sua. h 
 
 34. Imscinia et Accipiter. 
 AccipTter esuriens rapuit lusciniam. Quae,* quum 
 intelligent sibi i mortem s impendere, ad preces con- 
 versa orat accipitrem, ne k se perdat sine causd. Se s 
 enim avidissimum ventrem illius non posse explere, et 
 suadere adeo, vt grandiores aliquas volucres venetur. 1 
 Cui accipTter, Insanirem,™ inquit, si partam prcedam 
 amittere, n et ineerta pro certis° sectdri vellem.P 
 
 35. Senex et Mors, 
 Senex in silva ligna ceciderat, iisque <i sublatis,domum r 
 
 * Supply illam. 
 Grammars.— » 118, 3, 1st: 1028.— h 673 and 674, 1136.—* 382, 
 r. xvi.: 860, r. xl.— e 579, r. xliii. : 929, r. It— J 399, r. to. : 826, 
 r.xxxii.— > 656, 1201.—? 627, 2: 1265.—* 558, r. xxxix.: 943, 
 r. lix. 
 
 Idioms— b 27, 2, 6, and 91.— « 96, 1.— ' 87, 5.— * 91, 2.— * 31, 3. - 
 » 39. 5.— k 121, 2.— "> 78, 8.—" 87, 5.— • 19, 4.— * 9, 1, and 109 
 
92 FABLES PROM M80Y. 
 
 redlre coepit. Quum aliquantum a viae b progressus es- 
 set, c et d onere et via defatigatus fascem deposuit, et 
 secum aetatis et inopiae mala contemplatus e Mortem 
 clara voce invocavit, quae f ipsum e ab omnibus his ma- 
 lis b liber aret. f Turn Mors senis precibus auditis 1 sub- 
 it6 adstitit,* et, quid vellet,j percunctatur. k At Senex, 
 quern ] jam votorum m suorumpcenitebat, 1 Nihilfi inquit, 
 sed requiro qui n onus paululum allevet* dum ego rursus 
 subeo.% 
 
 36. Inimiei. 
 In e&dem navi vehebantur duo,° qui inter se p capi- 
 talia odia exercebant. Unus eorum <i in prora, alter in 
 puppi residebat. Orta tempestate ingenti, quum omnes 
 de vitli desperarent, interrogat is, r qui in puppi sede- 
 bat, gubernatorem, Utram partem navis prius submer- 
 sum iri s existimdret.i Cui gubernator, Proram, || re- 
 spondit. Turn ille, Jam mors mihi non molesta est, 
 quum inimloi mei mortem adspectilrus sim. 1 
 
 37. Hinnuleus et Cervus. 
 Hinnuleus quondam patrem suum his verbis interro- 
 gasse dicitur : Mi n pater, quum multo v sis w major canibus,* 
 
 * Supply sent, Gr. 399, K. IV. f Supply volo. % Supply id, viz : onus, 
 H Supply prius submersum iri, 
 
 Grammars.-—* 573, r. xlii. : 958, r. brii.— b 343, r. viii. : 860, r. 
 xl.— * 517.— k 621, 1 167. —   419, Exc. ii. : 805. —   286, 4tb.— 
 * 118, 5: 1019.—* 170, 1: 1172; and 214, 8: 328.—" 98, Note 
 1 : 190.—* 579, r. xliii. : 929, r. lv. 
 
 Idioms.— • 74, 8.— * 124, 1.— • 106, 1.— ' 40, 4— r 32, 8.— * 104, 1. 
 — j T4, 16.— i 66, 9.—* 37, 1.—° 19, 1.— P 123, 3.— « 21, 2.— ' 34 and 
 35.—* 100, 7.— * 74, 1.—   6, 3. 
 
FABLES FROM iESOP. 93 
 
 et tarn ardua cornua habeas,* quibus a te vim propulsdre 
 possis, h qui fit, c ut canes tantopere metuas? Ibi cervus 
 ridens, Mi note, inquit, vera d memoras; mihi e tamen, 
 nescio quo pacto, semper acciditf ut audltd canum voce, 
 in fugam statim convertar. 
 
 Haec fabula docet, natural f formidolosos nullis ration- 
 Ibus f fortes reddi posse. 
 
 38. Hoedus et Lupus. 
 
 Quum hoedus evasisset lupum, et confugisset in cau- 
 lam ovium, Quid tu, stulte, inquit ille, hie te salvum 
 futurum s speras, ubi quotidie pecudes rapi h et diis » mactd- 
 ri h videas ? b Non euro, inquit hoedus ; nam si morien- 
 dum J sit, quanto k praiclarius 1 mihi m erit, meo crudre 
 aspergi aras dedrum immortalium, qudm irrigdri siccas 
 lupi fauces. 
 
 Haec fabula docet, bonos n mortem, quae omntbus e 
 imminet, non timere, si cum honestate et laude con- 
 juncta sit.P 
 
 39. Corvus et Vufpes. 
 
 Corvus alicunde caseum rapuerat, et cum illo in al- 
 tam arbSrem subvolarat.q Vulpecula ilium caseum 
 appetens corvum blandis verbis f adoritur ; qumnquo 
 
 Grammars.— • 720, r. lxv. : 1369, r. cviii. — b 656, 1291.— 
 • 399, r. iv. : 826, r. xxxii.— ' 542, r. xxxv. : 873, r. xlii.— * 179, 
 4, Note 1: 1135.-* 522, r. iil : 1075, r. lxxiv.— J 699, -. Ixi. : 
 1307, r. cil— k 579, r. xliii. : 929, r. Iv.— • 270, 659.—* 382, r. 
 xvi. : 860, r. xl.— p 627, 2 : 1265.—* 214, 1 : 315. 
 
 Idioms.—* 51, 4.— d 19, 4.— * 95, 4— » 91, 2.—° 95, 1. 
 
94 FABLES FROM JESOP. 
 
 primum formam ejus a pennarumque nitorem lauda&. 
 set, Pol, inquit, te avium regem esse dicerem, b si cantus 
 pulchritudini c tuceresponderet. Turn ille laudibus vul- 
 pis inflatus etiam cantu se a valere d demonstrate voluit. 
 Ita vero e rostro aperto caseus delapsus est, quern vul- 
 pes arreptum devoravit. 
 
 Haec fabula docet, vitandas e esse adulatorum voces, 
 qui blaiiditiis suis nobis f insidiantur. 
 
 40. Leo. S ^ ^ 
 Societiitem junxerant leo, juvenca, capra, ovis. Prse- 
 daff autem, quam ceperant, in quatuor partes aequales 
 divisa, leo, Prima, h ait, mea h est; debetur enim hcee h 
 prmstantice' 1 mece. Tollam et secundam, quam meretur 
 roburmeum. Tertiam J vindlcat sibi egregius labor meus. 
 Quartam qui sibi arrogdre voluerit, is k sciat, 1 se habitu- 
 rum m me inimlcum sibi. n Quid facerent imbecilles 
 bestiae, aut quae* sibi n leonem infestuni habere vellet ? ° 
 
 kA , a 'tffei 
 
 /V'» '- ■■-. \ ' • ^"-« 
 
 41. Mus et Pusticus. 
 Mus a rustico in caricarum acervo deprehensus tarn P 
 acri morsu ejus a digitos vulneravit, ut p ille eum dimit- 
 teret, l i dicens : Nihil, mehercule, tarn pusillum est, quod r 
 de salute desperdre debeat, modb se defendere et vim de- 
 pulsdre velit.* 
 
 * Supply bestia, Id. 19. 
 Grammars.— c 405, 5th: 83$.—* 403, 831.—* 519, r.: 1075, 
 r. lxxiv.— J 501, r. : 855, r. xxxix.— k 118, 3, 3d : 1028.— - 1 171, 1 : 
 1193.— ■» 179, 4. Note 1 : 278.— n 382, r. xvi. : 860, r. xl.— • 142, 
 2d: 1205.—* 627, 1, 1st: 1220.-* 627, 4: 1238. 
 
 Idioms.—* 31, and Obs.— b 78, 8.— d 96, 2.— • 108, 4.— f 7, 7.— * 9, 1, 
 and 109,— * 19.— * 64, 2.— i 62.— p 124, 15.— T 40, 3. 
 
FABLES FROM JESOP. 95 
 
 42. Vultur et Aviculce, 
 Vultur aliquando aviciilas invitavit* ad convivium, 
 quod illis daturus esset b die c natali suo. Qua3 d quum 
 ad tempus adessent, eas carpere et occidere, epulasquo 
 sibi de invitatis instruere caspit. 
 
 43. Eance.^/^fA' 
 
 Rana3 laetabantur, quum nuntiatum esset e Soleni ux- 
 orem duxisse. f Sed una ceteris s prudentior, vos 
 stolidoSf inquit; nonne mcministisp quantopere nos scepe 
 unius JSoli8 cestus excruciet?* Quid igltur Jiet, quum 
 liber 08 etiam procreaverit? i 
 
 44. Ranee et Jupiter. 
 Rana3 aliquando regem sibi a Jove k petivisse dicunt- 
 ur. Quarum ille precibus exoratus trabem ingentem 
 in lacum dejecit. Ranae sonitu perterritae primiim re- 
 fugcre,' deinde vero trabem in aqua natantem conspi- 
 catae magno cum contemptu ni in ea conscderuiit, alium- 
 que sibi novis clamonbus regem expetiverunt. Turn 
 JupTter earum stultitiam puniturus n liydrum illis mi- 
 sit, a quo° quum plunmae captae pcrlrcnt, sero eas P 
 stolidarum precum poenituit. 
 
 45. Lupi et Pastores. 
 Quum Philippus, rex Macedoniae, cum Atheniensibus 
 fcedus initurus esset ea conditioner ut oratores suos 
 
 Grammars.— b 655, 1255.—* 565, r. xl. : 949, r. lx.— h 84, 2 : 
 122.— i 157, 1: 1081; 627, 5: 1182.— J 168, 1098.— * 511, 
 737.— l 669, 1137. — m 545, 876. — ° 530, 1074:.—° 419.— 
 * 542, r. xxxv. : 873, r. xlii. 
 
 Idioms.—* 73.—* 39, 6.— • 51, 2.— f 98, 3.— * 6, 3.—° 58, 1.— » 102, 
 1.— p 66 8. 
 
96 FABLES FROM ^SOP. 
 
 ipsi a traderent, Demosthenes populo narravit fabulam, 
 qua iis b callidum regis consilium ante oculos poneret. c 
 Dixit enim lupos quondam cum pastoribus pactos esse, d 
 se nunquam in posterum c greges esse impugnaturos, f 
 si canes ipsis s dederentur. Placuisse stultis pastori- 
 bus h conditionem ; sed quum lupi caulas excubiis » nu- 
 datas vidissent, eos J impetu facto omnem gregem dila* 
 niasse. 
 
 46. Puer Mendax. 
 Puer oves pascens crebrd per lusum magnis clamori- 
 bus opem rusticorum imploraverat, lupos gregem suum 
 aggressos esse k fingens. Saepe autem frustratus eos, 
 qui auxilium latiiri 1 advenerant, tandem lupo reverb 
 irruente, multis cum lacrymis vicinos or are coepit, ut 
 sibi m et gregi m subvenirent. At illi eum pariter ut an- 
 tea ludere n existimantes preces ejus et lacrymas neg- 
 lexerunt, ita ut lupus libere* in oves grassaretur, plu- 
 rimasque earum p dilaniaret. 
 
 47. Oorvus. 
 
 Corvus, qui caseum forte* repererat, gaudium alt& 
 
 voce q significant. Quo r sono q allecti plures corvi 
 
 famelici advolaverunt, 8 impetiique in ilium facto, opi- 
 
 mam ei* dapem eripuerunt. 
 
 Grammars. — * 501, r. xxix. : 855, r. xxxix. — h 380, 8fl,—* 641, 
 8p., r. ii.: 1226.—* 232, Obs. 1 : 591.—* 522, r, iii. : 1075, r. 
 Ixxiv.— i 720, 1369.— m 403, 831.—° 627, 1, 1st: 1220.—* 355, 
 -. x. : 771, r. xix.— * 542, r. xxxv. : 873, r. xlii. 
 
 Idioms.— b 5, 3.— * 98, 2, and 94, 3.— • 19, 5.— f 100, 3.— h 7, 2.— 
 64, 8.— k 94, 1, 2d, 2, and 98, 2.— » 102, 1.— » 7, 2.— » 94, 1, 2, and 
 96, 2.— r 38.— • Sup. ad eum.—* 5, 1. 
 
FABLES FROM JESOP. 97 
 
 48. Comix et Columha. 
 Oornix columbae a gratulabatur fcecunditatem, b quod 
 singulis mensibus pullos excluderet. c At ilia, Ne mei, 
 inquit, doloris causam commemoresA Nam quos pullos* 
 educo* eo8 f dominus raptos aut ipse comedit, ant aids 
 comedendos s vendit. Ita mihi mea foecunditas novum 
 semper luetum parit. 
 
 49. Leo, Asinus, et Vulpes. 
 
 Vulpes, asinus, et leo, venatum h iverant.' Ampl& 
 praeda facta, leo asinum illam partiri jubetJ Qui k quum 
 singulis singulas l partes poneret aequales, leo eum cor- 
 reptum dilaniavit, et vulpeculae partiendi m negotiuni 
 tribuit. Ilia astutior leoni partem maximam apposuit, 
 sil)i via minTmam reservans particulam. Tumleosub- 
 ridens ejus prudentiam laudare, et unde hoc didiceret n 
 intcrrogare, coepit. Et vulpes, Rujus° me, inquit, ca- 
 lanutas docuit, quid minor es? potent iorihm debeant." 
 
 50. Muscat. 
 
 EfTusa mellis copia est: Muscse adv61ant:<i 
 
 I'ascuntur. At mox impedltis cruribus 
 
 RevokTre nequeunt. Heu miseram, inquiunt, vicem ! r 
 
 Grammars.—   403, 831.— h 539, and Note: 892.—° 655, 12/>/>, 
 * 171, 1: 1193.—' 312, r. i. : 043, r. iii.— J 157, 3: 1082.— 
 - 702, 1327.-* 627, 5: 1182.-^ 451, 977. 
 
 Idioms.—-* 7, 2.— • 37, 2d, Note, and 6.— f Supply puUos.—e 107, 2. 
 — ° 114, 1.— * 39, 1.-J 26, 4.— • viz., asini.— p 19, l.—i Sup. tut id 
 {mel.) 9 
 
98 FABLES FROM ^SOP. 
 
 Gibus iste a blandus, qui pellexit suaviter, 
 Nunc fraudulentus qudm crudeliter necat! 
 Perf ida voluptas fabula hac depingitur. 
 
 51. Cancer. 
 Mare cancer olim deseruit, in litbre 
 Pascendi b cupidus. Yulpes hunc simul c adspicit 
 Jejuna, simul accurrit, d et praedam capit. 
 Nee, dixit ille, jure plector, qui, salo* 
 Quum fuerim natus, voluerim* SOLO ingredi! 
 
 Suus uniculque f praefinitus est locus, 
 Quern praeterire sine periclo non licet. 
 
 52. Culex et Taurus. 
 In cornu tauri parvulus quondam culex 
 Consedit ; seque e dixit, mole si sua s 
 Eum s gravaret, avolaturum h illico. 
 At ille : ' Nee te considentem senseram. 
 
 * There is a play upon the words salo and solo, which cannot be pre. 
 served in the translation ; — a loss of but little importance. 
 
 Grammars.—* 118, 3, 3d: 1028.— h 102, 1327. -° 645, r. iii. : 
 1251, r. xcv— { 522, r. iii. : 1075, r. lxxiv.— h 302 2 : 633 ; and 
 119, Note 1 : 1135.— l 308, 639. 
 
 Idioms. — c 124, 11. — ' Sup. ad evm. — * 31. 
 
MYTHOLOGY. 
 
 1. Cadmus, AgenSris filius, a quod draconem, Martis 
 filium, fontis cujusdam in Boeotia custodem, a occiderat, 
 omneui suam prolcm interemptam vidit, ct ipso cum 
 ILinuouia, b uxore a sua in Illyriam fugit, ubi ambo c 
 in dracones conversi sunt. 
 
 2. Amycus, Neptiini filius, a rex Bebryciae, omncs, 
 qui in ejus regna venissent, d cogebat caestibus secuni 
 contendere, et victos occidebat. Hie quiun Argonautas 
 ad cerumen provocasset, e Pollux cum eo contendit, et 
 euin interf'ecit. 
 
 3. Otos et Ephialtes, Aloei frlii r mira magnitudTne 8 
 fuisse dicimtur. Nam singulis h mensibus' novein dig- 
 it is ) crescebant. Itaque quum essent anndrum noTem,8 
 in coelum ascendere sunt conati. Hue sibi aditum sic 
 faeiebant, k ut montem Ossam super Pelion poneivnf, 
 aliosque praeterea montes exstruerent. Sed Apollinis 
 sagittis interempti sunt. 
 
 5. Daedalus, Euphenii films, artifex peritissTmus, ob 
 
 Grammars.— h 314, 64 ">.— c 265, 2GG : 052, 683.—* 6:56, 1227. 
 — ' 254, 626,—* 339, r. vii. : 7S7, r. xvi.— ' 565 r. xli. : 040, r. 
 be.— i 573, r. xlii. : 058, r. brii. : k 160, 2 : 1083. 
 
 Idioms.—* 12, 1.— • U, 8.— « 6, I.—* 26, 5. 
 
100 MYTHOLOGY. 
 
 eaedem Athenis a commissam in Cretam b abiit ad regem 
 Minocm. Ibi labyrinthum exstruxit. A Minoe c ali- 
 quaiido in custodiam conjectus, sibi et Icaro filio alas 
 cera' J aptavit, et cnm eoavolavit. Duni learns altius e 
 evolabat, cera solis calore calefacta, in mare deeidit, 
 qnod ex eo Icarium pelagus f est appellatum. Dasdalus 
 antem in Sicilian! b pervenit. 
 
 5. iEsculapius, Apollmis filius, medicns praestantk- 
 simus, Hippolyto, Thesei filio, vitam reddidisse dicitur. 
 Ob id faenms Jupiter eum fnlmme perenssit. Tnni 
 Apollo qnod filii mortem in Jove s ulcisci non potcrat, 
 Cyclopes, qui fulniTna fecerant, interemit. Ob hoc fac- 
 tum, Apollmem Jupiter Admeto, regi Thessaliae, in 
 servitutem dedit. 
 
 6. Alcestim, 1 Peliae filiam, quum multi in matrimo- 
 nium peterent, Pelias promlsit, se filiam ei esse daturum,i 
 qui feras currui junxisset. k Admetus, qui earn perdite 
 amabat, Apollmem rogavit, ut se in hoc negotio adjuva- 
 ret. Is quum ab Admeto, dum ei l serviebat, liberaliter 
 esset tractatus, aprum ei et leonem currui junxit, ni qui- 
 bus n ille Alcestim avexit. Idem gravi morbo implici- 
 tus, munus ab Apollme accepit, ut prsesens periculum 
 enugeret, si quis sponte pro eo moreretur. Jam quum 
 neque pater, neque mater Admeti pro eo mori voluis- 
 sent p uxor se Alcestis morti obtulit, quam Hercules forte 
 adveniens Orci manibus <i eripuit, et Admeto reddidit. 
 
 7. CassiSpe filiae suae Andromedae formam Nereidum 
 
 Grammars.— 1 - 562, 947.—* 530, 1074.— f 319, r.v.: OOO, r. vi. 
 — tf 609 and 610: 989 and 991.— h 501. r. xxix. : 855, r. xxxix. 
 • 90, 2: 110.— x 403, r. v. : 831, r. xxxiii.— m 427, r. xix: 848, 
 r. xxxviii.; 431, 852.-* 291, 697.—° 142, 2d: 1205 ; 621, 2: 
 1265.— v 313, 044. 
 
 Idioms.— » 6, 2.— b 123, 1.— d 6, 4.— • 22, 3.— s 123, 2.— i 100, 2.— 
 k 80, 
 
MYTHOLOGY. 101 
 
 formse a anteposuit. Ob hoc crimen illae a Neptuno b 
 postulaverunt, nt Andromeda ceto c immani, qui oras 
 populabatur, objiceretur. Quae d qunmad saxnm alii- 
 gata esset, Persons ex Libya, nbi Medusam occiderat, 
 advolHvit, et, bellua devicta e et interempta, e Androme- 
 dam liberavit. 
 
 8. Quam qnnm abducere vellet victor, Agenor, cni 
 an tea desponsata lucrat, Perseo insidias struxit, nt enm 
 interficeret, sponsamqne eriperet. 1 ' Ille, re cognita, e 
 caput Medusae insidiantfbus ostendit, quo s viso, omnes 
 in saxa mutati sunt. Perseus autem cum Andromeda 
 in patriam rediit. 
 
 9. Ceyx, Hesperi filius, qimm in naufragio periisset, 
 Alcyone, conjttgis mortc audita, e se in mare praecipitavit. 
 Turn deorum miscricordia ambo in aves sunt mutati, 
 qua? Alycones appellantur. Hae aves pariunt hiberno 
 tempore. h Per illos dies mare tranquillium esse dict- 
 tur; unde nauta; tranquillos et serenos dies Alcyoneos 
 appellare snlcut. 
 
 10. Tantalus, Jovis filius, tam cams fuit diis,' ut 
 Jupiter ei eonsilia sua concrederet, eumque ad epulas 
 deorum adniitteret. f At ille, quae J apud Jovem audiv- 
 Srat, cum mortalTbus communicabat. Ob id crimen 
 dieftur k apud inferos in aqua collocatus esse, semperque 
 sitire. Nam, quoties haustum aquae sumpturus 1 est, 
 aqua recedit. Turn etiam poma ei n » super caput pen- 
 dent; sed, quoties eadecerpere conatur, rami vento moti 
 
 GuAM>f.\RS.— » 501. r. xxix'.: 855, p. xxxix.— b 5ll, 737,— » 522; 
 r. iii. : 1075, r. lxxiv.— h 365, r. xl. : 780, r. xxi.— ' 382. r. xvi. 
 860, r. xl.— * G76, 1155.—* 214, 8 : 328.— « 380, 871, r. 
 
 Idioms.— <» 39, 2.— • 104, 1.— f 85.—* 38, 5.— J 37, 2.— « 5, 3. 
 
1 02 MYTHOLOGY. 
 
 recedunt. Alii saxnm ejus capiti a impendere dicunt, 
 cujus rumam timens perpetuo m'etu cruciatur. 
 
 11. In nuptiis b Pelei et Thetidis omnes dii invitati 
 erant praeter Discordiam. Haec ira commota malum 
 misit in medium, cui c inscripta erant verba : Pulcherrima 
 me habeto. Turn Juno, Venus et Minerva illud simul 
 appetebant ; d magnaque inter eas discordia exorta, Jupi- 
 ter Mercurio imperat, ut deas ad Paridem, Priami fil- 
 ium, duceret, e qui in monte Ida greges pascebat ;* hunc 
 earum litem dirempturum esse. f Huic Juno, si se pul- 
 cherrimam judicasset,s omnium terrarum regnum est 
 pollicita; Minerva ei splendidam inter homines famam 
 promisit ; Venus autem Helenam, Ledae et Jovis filiam, 
 se ei in conjugium dare h spopondit. Paris, hoc dono 
 prioribus c anteposito 1 Venerem pulcherrimam esse; 
 judicavit. Postea Veneris hortatu Lacedamionem k pro- 
 fectus, Helenam conjugi l suo m Menelao eripuit. Hinc 
 bellum Trojanum originem cepit, ad quod tota fere Grae- 
 cia, duce n Agamemnone, Menelai fratre, profecta est. 
 
 12. Thetis, Pelei conjux, quum sciret Achillem filium 
 suum cito periturum esse, f si Graecorum exercitum ad 
 Trojam sequeretur,= eum misit in insulam Scyron, regl- 
 que Lycomedi commendavit. Ille eum, muliebri habitu,P 
 inter filias suas servabat. Graeci autem quum audivis- 
 sent eum ibi occultari,q unus eorum r Ulysses, rex Itha- 
 cae, in regio 8 vestibulo munera feminea 8 in calathiscis 
 
 * Supply dicens, agreeing with Jupiter, Id. 94, 4. 
 Grammars.—' 399, r. iv. : 826, r. xxxii.— b 609, 989.—* 522, r. 
 Hi. : 1075, r. lxxiv,.— d 312, r. i.: 643, r. iii.— * 627, 1, 3d.— * 627, 
 2: 1265.— k 547, 2: 931.— m 118, 3, Exc.: 230.—° 74, 68.— 
 P 542, r. xxxv. : 873, r. xlii.— • 337, 756. 
 
 Idioms— f 94, 1, 2d, and 100, 1.— h 94, 3, and 100, 2.—* 104, 1.— 
 90, 3.—-' 5, 1.— m 30, 4.—° 110, 1.— « 96, 7.— r 21, 2. 
 
MYTHOLOGY. 108 
 
 posuit, simulque clypeuin et hastam ; mulieresque advo* 
 cari a jussit. Quae b dum omnia contemplabaiitur, sub- 
 Itd tubtcen cecuiit; quo sono audlto, Achilles anna 
 arripuit. Undo euni virum c esse d intellectum est. 
 
 13. Quum totus Graecorum exercitus Aultde e con ve- 
 il isset, adversa tempestas eos ob iram Dianae retinebat. 
 Agamemnon enim, dux illius expeditions, cervam deae f 
 sacram " vulnerave'rat, superbiiisque h in Dianam locii- 
 tus erat. Is quum haruspices convocassct, responde- 
 runt, iram deae expiari' non posse, d nisi filiam suam 
 IphigenTam ei immolassetJ Hanc ob causam Ulysses 
 A rgOB k profectus mentitur l Agamemnonem filiam 
 A chilli in matriinonium promisisse.™ Sic earn Auli- 
 dem k abduxit. tJbi quum pater earn immolare n vellet, 
 Diana virginem miserata cervam ei p supposuit. 
 IphigenTam ipsam per nubes in terram Tauricam de- 
 tiilit, ibique ternpli sui sacerddtem fecit. 
 
 14. Trojaeversa,quum Graeci domum q redlre vellent, 
 ex A chillis tin mil o vox dicitur fuisse audita, quae Graecos 
 monSbat, ne fortissTnium virum sine honore relinque'- 
 rent. r Quare Graeci Polyxenam, Priami filiam, quae vir- 
 go fuit formosissTma, ad sepulcrum ejus immolaverunt. 
 
 15. Prometheus, Iapeti filius, primus 8 homines ex 
 luto fmxit, iisque P ignem e ccelo in ferula attulit, mon- 
 stravitque quom5do cine're obrutum servarent.* Ob banc 
 rem Vulcanus eum in monte Caucaso Jovis jussu clavis 
 
 <;kammars.— « 319, r. v. : 666, r. vi.— ' 382, r. xvi. : 860, r. xL 
 656, 1291.—* 553, r. xxxvii. : <).?8, r. lvii. — > 157, 3 : 1082.— 
 * 501, r. xxix.: 85~>, i\ xxxix. ; and 502, 856.— i 558, r. xx-.iv • 
 94.J, r. lis.—' 627> lf 3d . 1208,—* JT1, 663.—* 627, 5:7. 
 
 Idioms.—* 90, 4.— * 38, 6.— «« 9G, 2.— e~6, 2.—* 16.— t 22, 3.— « 87 1 
 — J 80.— « 94, 1, 2d, aud 98, 2.— » 88, 2.—" 10G, 1. 
 
1 04 MYTHOLOGY. 
 
 ferreis alligavit ad saxum, et aquilam ei apposuit, quae a 
 cor exederet. Quantum b verd interdiu exederat, tan- 
 tum b nocte crescebat. Hanc aquilam insequenti tempore 
 Hercules transfixit sagittis, Prometheumque liber avit. 
 
 16. Pluto, inferorum deus, a Jove fratre petebat, ut 
 sibi Proserpinam, Jovis et Cereris filiam, in matrimo- 
 nium daret. c Jupiter negavit quidem Cererem passu- 
 ram esse, d ut filia in tenebris Tartari moraretur ; c sed 
 fratri permisit, ut earn, si posset, raperet. c Quare 
 Proserpinam, in nemore Ennse in Sicilia flores legen- 
 tem, Pluto quadrlgis ex terrae hiatu proveniens rapuit. 
 
 17. Ceres quum nesclret ubi filia esset/ earn per totum 
 orbem terrarum quassivit. In quo itinera ad Celeum ve- 
 nit, regem Eleusiniorum, cujus uxor Metanlra puerum 
 Triptolemum pepererat, rogavitque ut se tanquam nu- 
 trlcem in domum reciperent. c Quo facto, quum Ceres 
 alumnum suum s immortalem reddere vellet, h eum inter- 
 diu lacte divino alebat, noctu clam igne obruebat. Ita- 
 que mirum in modum crescebat. Quod ' quum miraren- 
 tur parentes, earn J observaverunt. Qui k quum viderent 
 Cererem puerum in ignem mittere, 1 pater exclamavit. 
 Turn dea Celeum exanimavit; Triptolemo autem cur- 
 rum draconibus m junctum tribuit, frugesque mandavit, 
 quas per orbem terrarum vectus disseminaret." 
 
 18. Althsea, Thestii filia, ex (Eneo peperit Meleagrum. 
 Ei Parcse ardentem titionem dederunt, praefantes ° Mele- 
 agrum tarn diu victurum d quam diu p is titio foret q in . 
 
 Dammars.—* 643, 4th.— c 627, 1, 3d: 120S.— " 677, 5th, 1204. 
 — f 656, 1291.—" 641, r. ii. 1226.—* 627, 6 : 1205. 
 
 Idioms.— " 40, 1.— b 44, 3, and 47.— d 100, 2.— * 30, 4.— h 74, 3.— 
 i 38, 4.— j 27, 6.— k 39, 1.— \ 96, 1.—   64, 6.—" 40, 5.— • 94, 1, 2d.— 
 f 124, 19. 
 
MYTHOLOGY. 105 
 
 columis. Hunc a itaque Althaea diligenter in area clau- 
 sum servavit. Interim Diana (Eneo b irata quia ei sacra 
 annua non fecSrat, aprum mira magnitudlne c misit, qui 
 agrum Calydonium vastaret. d Quern e Meleager cum 
 juvenlbus ex omiu Graecia delectis interf ecit, pellemque 
 ejus Atalantae donavit. Cui f quum Althaea) fratres cam 
 eripere vellent, ilia Meleagri auxilium imploravit, qui 
 avunculos occidit. Turn Althaea, gravi ira ? in filium 
 commota, titionem ilium fatalem in ignem conjecit. Sic 
 Meleager periit. At sorores ejus, dum fratrem insola- 
 bilTter lugent, in aves mutatae sunt. 
 
 19. Europam, Agenoris filiam, Sidoniam, Jupiter in 
 taurum mutatus Sidone h Cretam » transvexit, et ex ca 
 procreavit Minoem, Sarpedonem, et Rhadamanthum. 
 Hanc ut reducerent Agenor suos filios misit, conditione 
 addlta, ut nee ipsii redirent, nisi sororem invenissent. k 
 Horuin unus, Cadmus nomine, 1 quum erraret, Delphos* 
 ven it, ibique responsum accepit, bovem praecedentem 
 sequeretur ; m ubi ille decubuisset, k ibi urbem condS- 
 ret.* Quod quum facgret," in Bceotiam venit. Ibi 
 aquam quaerens ad fontem Castalium draconem invenit, 
 Martis filium, qui aquam custodiebat. Himc Cadmus 
 interf ecit, dentesque ejus sparsit et aravit. Unde Sparti 
 enati sunt. Pugna inter illos exorta, quinque super- 
 fuerunt, ex quibus quinque nobiles Thebanorum stirpes 
 origlncm duxerunt. 
 
 * CondSret is in the same construction with sc/uerctur. 
 Grammars— k 382, r. xvi. : 860, r. xl.— • 339, r. vii. : 757, r. xvi. 
 — * 542, r. xxxv. : 873, r. xlii.— h 556, r. xxxviii. : 941, r. Iviii.— 
 1 553, r. xxxvii. : 938, r. lvii.— k G56, 1291.— ■' 535, r. xxxiv. : 
 889.— m 632, 1204.—* 160, 2 : 1083. 
 
 Idioms.—* Sup. titionem.— 6, 1.— * 40, 4.— • 39, 1.— f 39, "from 
 her;" and 5, 1.— i 32, 3.—" 38, 4. 
 
*106 MYTHOLOGY. 
 
 20. Quum Bacchus, Jovis ex Semele filius, cxercitum 
 in Iudiam duceret, Silenus ab agmlne aberravit. Quem a 
 Midas, rex Mygdoniae, hospitio b liberaliter accepit, ei- 
 que ducem dedit, qui c eum ad Bacchum reduceret. Ob 
 hoc beneficium Bacchus Midae optionem dedit, ut quic- 
 quid vellet d a se peteret. e Ille petiit, ut quidquid f 
 tetigisset d aurum fieret. e Quods quum impetrasset, h 
 quidquid f tetigerat aurum fiebat. Primd gavisus est 
 hac virtiite 1 sua; mox intellexit nihil ipsiJ hoc mu- 
 nere k perniciosius esse. Nam etiam cibus et potio in 
 aurum mutabatur. 1 Quum jam fame cruciaretur, petit 
 a Baccho, ut donum suum revocaret. e Quern a Bacchus 
 jussit in flumine Pactolo se abluere, quumque aquam 
 tetigisset, facta est colore In aureo. 
 
 21. Schoeneus Atalantam filiam formosissimam dicitur 
 habuisse, quae cursu viros superabat." Haac quum a 
 pluribus in conjugium peteretur, pater ejus conditionem 
 proposuit, ut, qui earn ducere vellet, d prius cursu cum ea 
 contenderet; c si vistusesset, d occideretur. e Multos quum 
 superasset et interfecisset, tandem ab Hippomene victa 
 est. Hie enim a Venere tria mala aurea acceperat. Dum 
 currebant, horum unum post alteram projecit, iisque b 
 Atalantae cursum tardavit. Nam dum mala collTgit, Hip- 
 pomenes ad metam pervenit. Huic itaque Schoeneus 
 filiam uxorem dedit. Quam P quum in patriam ducSret, 
 oblitus Yeneris beneficio b se vicisse,q grates ei r nonegit. 
 
 Grammars.— fc 542, r. xxxv. : 873, r. xlii.— c 641, r. ii. : J 226. 
 —* 656, 1291.—* 627, 1, 3d: 1208. — h 631, 1244.— ■« 611, 
 992.— i 382, r. xvi. : 860, r. xl.— i 313, 644. — m 339, r. viL: 
 757.— n 160, 1 : 1088.— ' 501, r. xxix. : 855, r. xxxix. 
 
 Idioms.—* 39, V.— c 40, 4.— f 37, 8.— * 38, 7.— h 74, 8.— k 6, 3.— 
   6, 1.— o 19, 1.— p 39, 8.— * 94, 1, 2d, and 98, 2.— r 27, 2d, 6. 
 
MYTHOLOGY. 107 
 
 Hanc ob causam Hippomenes mutatus est in leonem, 
 Atalanta in leauiam. 
 
 22. Nisus, rex Megarensimn, in capite crinem purpu- 
 renm habuissc diottur, 51 eiqne prasdictum b fuit, tarn diu 
 eum regnaturuni,' quamdiu d eum crinem custodisset. e 
 Hunc Minos, rex Crctensium, bello f aggressus est. Qni s 
 quum urbcm Megaram oppugnaret, Scylla, Nisi filia, 
 amdre f ejus correpta est, et, ut ei victoriam pararet,' 1 
 patri i dormienti fatalem crinem praecldit. Ita Nisus a 
 Minoe victns J et occlsus est. Qnum autcm Minos in 
 Cretam redlret, k Scylla enm rogavit, ut earn secum 
 avchcret. Scd illo ncgavit Cretam tantum scelus esse 
 recepturam. c Turn ilia se in mare prsecipTtat, navem- 
 qne perseqiutur. Nisus in aquTlam marinam conversus 
 est, Scylla in piscem, quern Cirim vocant. Hodicque, 
 siquando ilia avis hunc piscem conspexerit, 1 mittit se in 
 aquam, raptumque unguibus f dilaniat. 
 
 23. Amphlon, Jovis et Antiopes filius, qui Thcbas 
 muris cinxit, NiSben, Tantali filiam, in matrimonium 
 dnxit. Ex qua procre&vit filios septem totidemque Al- 
 ias. Quern partum Niobe Latonae liberis antcposuit, 
 supcrbi usque m locuta est in ApollTnem et Dianam. Ob 
 id Apollo filios ejus venantes sagittis interfecit, Diana 
 autcm fdias. NiSbc liberis n orbata in saxum mutata 
 esse dicitur, 8 ejusque lacrymas hodieque manare nar- 
 rantur. a AmphTon autcm, quum templum ApollTnis 
 expugnare vellet, ab ApollTne sagittis est interfectus. 
 
 Grammars.—* 676, 1155.— b 309. — * 656, 1291.—* 542, r. 
 xxxv.: 873, r. xlii.— * 627, 1, 2d: 1207*— k 159, ii.: 1087.— 
 1 173, 1, 2: 1179.—* 631, 1244=. 
 
 Idioms.— b 51, 2.—   100, 2.— <» 124, 19.— * 39, 1.—' 5, 1.— J 115, 1. 
 22, 2.—" 64, 8, and 5, 1. 
 
108 MYTHOLOGY. 
 
 24. Phineus, Agenbris Alius, ab Apolline futurarum 
 rerum scientiam acceperat. Quum verd hominibus a 
 deorum consilia enuntiaret, b Jupiter eum excaecavit, et 
 imniisit ei a Harpyias, quae Jovis canes c esse dicuntur, 
 ut cibum ab ore* ei d auferrent. e Ad quern f quum 
 Argonautae venissent, ut eum iter s rogarent, h dixit se 
 illis iter demonstraturum esse, 1 si eum poen£i J liberarent. 
 Turn Zetes et Calais, Aquilonis filii, k qui pennas in cap- 
 lte et in pedibus habuisse dicuntur, Harpyias fugave- 
 runt in insulas Stroph£das, et Phineum pcen& J libera- 
 runt. 
 
 * Ab ore ei, from him, from his mouth, i. e. "from his very mouth." 
 Grammars. — * 501, r. xxix. : 855, r. xxxix. — b 631, 1244,— 
 • 319, r. v.: 666, r. vi.— • 627, 1, 2d; 1207.—* 508, r. xxx.: 
 734, r. xiii.— * 656, 1291.— J 514, r. xxxi. : <*11, r. L— k 254, 
 626. 
 
 Idioms.— d 5, l.— ' 39, 9.— * 100, 2. 
 
ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 
 
 1. Thales, interrogatus an facta hominum deos a la- 
 terent, b respondit, ne c cogitata quidem. 
 
 2. Solon, qui AthcniensTbus leges scripsit, dicebat 
 nemmem, dum viveret, d beatum haberi posse, quod 
 omnes ad ultimum usque diem ancipiti fortunae c ob- 
 noxii essent. f 
 
 3. PythagSrae philosSplii tanta fuit apud discipulos 
 suos auctoritas, ut, quae ab eo audivissent, d ea in dubi- 
 tationem adducere non auderent.e Rogati autem ut 
 causam reddSrcnt h eorum, qua3 dixissent, d responde- 
 bant, Ipmm dixisse. 1 Ipse autem erat Pythagoras. 
 
 4. Bias unus ex septem Sapientibus,i quum patriam 
 Prienen ab hostibus expugnatam et eversam fugeret, k 
 interrogatus, cur nihil ex bonis J suis secum ferret, b 
 Ego verd, respondit, 1 bona mecumporto omnia. 
 
 5. Democrttus, cui pater ingentes divitias reliquerat, 
 omne fere* patrimonium suum civibus donavit, no do- 
 
 Grammars.— » 436, r. xx. : 712, r. viii. — «« 656, 1291.— ■• 382, r. 
 xvl: 860, r. xl.— ' 655, 1255.— * 627, 1, lat: 1220.— J 360. 
 775.—' 445, 721. 
 
 Idioms.— fc 74, 12.— • 121, 5.— »» 78 5.— * 98, 1.— J 19, 1, and 4.— 
 k 74, 3. 
 
110 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 
 
 mesticarum rerum cura a philosophise studio avocare- 
 tur. a 
 
 6. Etiam Crates Thebanus bona sua inter Thebanos 
 divisit, nihil sibi servans praeter peram et baculum. 
 Haec enim Cynicorum instrumenta erant. A quo b con- 
 silio quum amlci et propinqui eum avocare studerent, 
 eos correpto bactilo d fugavit, nihil pulchrius esse arbi- 
 tratus, quam ab omnibus curis e vacuum f uni philoso- 
 phise operam dare.? 
 
 7. Anaxagoras, quum a longinqu& peregrinatione 
 scicntise augendse h causa suscepta in patriam rediisset, 
 agrosque suos neglectos et desertos videret, Non essem,* 
 inquit, salvus, nisi ista J periissent. k 
 
 8. Carneades usque ad extremam senectam nunquam 
 cessavit a philosophise studio. Saope ei accidit, 1 ut, quum 
 cibi >' capiendi causa accubuisset, cogitatiombus ,n inlise- 
 rens manum ad cibos appositos porrigere oblivisceretur. n 
 
 9. Idem adversus Zenonem StoTcum scriptiirus caput 
 helleboro purgabat, ne corrupti humores sollertiam et 
 acumen mentis impedlrent. a 
 
 20. Anaxagoras, philosophus,inorte d filii audita, vultu 
 nihil immutato dixit. P Sciebam me mortdlem genuisse.^ 
 
 11. Archytas Tarcntlnus, quum ab i tin ere re versus 
 agros suos villici socordia neglectos videret, Graviter te 
 castigdrem,) inquit, nisi irdtus essem. k 
 
 12. Plato quoque, quum in servum vehementiiis ' ex- 
 
 Grammars.— a 627, 1, 2d: 1207.— c 631, 1244.—* 361, r. xi. 
 776, r. xx.— * 720 and 122,1369 and 1371.— i 118, 3, 3d : 1028. 
 k 629, 1237.— m 399, r. iv. : 826, r. xxxii.— ° 627, 1, 4tb : 1222. 
 
 — ° 539, 892.— v 445, r. : 721. 
 
 Idioms.— b 38, 8.— « 74, 3.— * 9, 1, and 104, 2.— { Sup. se.— h 112, 1 
 and 5.— » 78, 8.— » 51, 3, "happened."—* 98, 1.— r 22, 1. 
 
ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. Ill 
 
 arsisset, veritus ne a vindicta} modum excederet, Speu- 
 sippo b adstanti mandavit, ut do illius poena statueret. 
 
 13. Idem discendi 1 ' cupiditate ductus, ^Egyptum 
 peragravit, et a sacerdotTbus illius regidnis gcomctriam 
 et astronomiam didicit. Idem in Italiam trajocit, ut 
 ibi Pythagorae philosophiam et institute disceret. e 
 
 14. Athenienses Socratem damnaverunt, quod novos 
 deos introducere videbatur. ProtagSram quoque phil- 
 osophum, qui ausus f fuerat scribere, se ignorare an dii 
 essent,? Athenienses ex urbe pepulerunt. 
 
 15. Xanthippe, Socratis uxor, morosa admodum fu* 
 isse fertur. Quam h ejus indolcm quum perspexisset 
 Alcibiades, Socratem interrogavit, quid esset,s quod 
 muliorcm tarn acerbam et jurgiosam lion exigeret 1 do- 
 mo.J Turn ille, Quoniam, inquit, dum illam domi J per- 
 petior, insuesco, ut ceterorum quoque f oris petulantiam et 
 injurias facilius feram. e 
 
 16. Xenocrates philosSphus, quum maledicorum quo- 
 ruiHlain sormdni k interesset, neque quidquamipseloque- 
 retur, 1 interrogatus, cur solus taceret,g respondit: Quia 
 4*zi&se m me aliquando paenituit, tacuisse™ nunquam. 
 
 17. Hegesias philosophus in disputationibus suis n 
 niala ot eruciatus vitae tarn vividis colorlbus reprajsen- 
 tabat, ut multi, qui cum audiverant, sponte se occido- 
 rent. e Quare a Ptolemaeo rege ulterius his do rob us 
 disscrore est prohibitus. 
 
 Grammars.—' 633, 1215.— - b 501, r. xxix. : #55.—' 627, 1, 3d.: 
 1208.— d 702, 1327.— e 627, 1, 2d: 1207.— f 213, 1: 312. 
 -* 627, 5 : 1182.—' 656, 1291.— i 558, r. xxxix. : 943. r. lix, 
 — k 393, r. i. : 820, r. xxix.— 1 720, r. lxv. : 1309, r. cviii.— » 421, 
 S07.—° 627, 1, 1st: 1220. 
 
 Idioms.—" 121, 6.— » 74, 11. — »» 38, 6.— * 5, 4.— m 66, 10.—   30, 1. 
 
112 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 
 
 18. Gorgiae Leontmo, a qui eloquent!^ b eteruditiono 
 omnes suae aetatis homines superare existimabatur, 
 universa Graacia in templo Apolllnis Delphici statuam 
 auream collocavit. 
 
 19. Idem, quum annum centesimum septimum age- 
 ret, interrogatus, quapropter tarn diu vellet c in vit& 
 remanere, respondit: Quia nihil habeo, qtcod d senectutem 
 meam accicsem. e 
 
 20. IllustrissTmi saepe virihumililoco f natifuerunt.s 
 Socrates, quern oraculum Apollmis sapientissimum 
 omnium hommum h judicavit, 1 obstetrlcis filius fu.it. 
 Euripides, poeta tragicus, matrem habuit, 1 quaa olera 
 venditabat,J et Demosthenis, oratoris eloquentissimi, 
 patrem cultellos vendidisse k narrant. 
 
 21. Homerus, princeps poetarum Graecorum, dolore 
 absumptus esse creditur, quod quaestionem a piscatori- 
 bus ipsi 1 propositam solvere non posset. m 
 
 22. Simonides, poeta praestantissimus, gloriatur in 
 quodam poemate, se n octoginta annos ° natumin certa- 
 men musicum descendisse k et victoriam inde retulisse. 
 Idem aliquandiu vixit apud Hipparchum, Pisistrati fil- 
 ium, Athenarum tyrannum. Inde SyracusasP se con- 
 tulit ad Hieronem regem, cum quo familiariter vixisse 
 dicitur. Primus <i carmma statuto pretio r scripsit; 
 quare eum Musam venalem reddidisse dicunt. 
 
 23. Quum iEschylus Atheniensis, qui parens s tragce- 
 diae dicitur, in Sicilia versaretur,* ibique in loco aprico 
 
 Grammars. — a 501, r. xxix. : 855, r. xxxix. — b 535, r. xxxiv. : 
 889, r. xlvii.— * 492, 796.—* 636, r. i.: 1227.— { 462, r. xxiii. : 
 918, r. lii.— h 355, r. x. : 771, r. xix.— j 160, 1: 1088.— l 522, r. 
 — m 655, 1255. — u 671, r. lviii. : 1136, r. lxxix.— • 565, r. xli. : 
 949, r. lx.— p 553, r. : 938, r. lvii.— * 214, 663.— T 581, r. xliv. 
 884, r. xlv.- 319, r. v. : 666, r. vi. 
 
 Tthoms.— b 74. 16.— { 6, 5.— * 72.—' 73.— k 97, 1.— » 32, 9.—* 74, 3 
 
ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 113 
 
 Bederet, aquila testudinem glabro ejus eaplti a immisit 
 quod pro saxo habuit. Quo b ictu ille extinctus est. 
 
 24. Euripides, qui et ipse magnum inter poetas 
 tragi cos n omen habet, a ccena domum rediens a cani- 
 bus laeerfitus est. 
 
 25. Athenienses quondam ab Euripide postulabant, 
 ut ex tragoedia sententiam quandam tolleret. c Ille au- 
 tem in scenam progressus dixit, se fabiilas cbmpone're 
 solere,' J ut populum doceret, e non ut a populo disceret. 
 
 26. PhilippTdes, comcediarum scriptor, quum in poe- 
 tarum certamTne praeter spem vicisset f et ilia victoria 
 impense gauderet, eo ipso gaudio repents exstinctus est. 
 
 27. Pindarus, poeta Thebanus, ApollTni s gratissimus 
 fuisse dicTtur. Quare saepe a sacerdotibus in templum 
 Delplncum ad ccenam vocabatur, parsque ei h tribueba- 
 tur donorum, quae sacrificantes i deo obtulerant. Fe- 
 runt etiam PanaJ Pindari hymnis k tantopere fuisse 
 laetatum, ut eos in montibus et silvis caneret. 1 Quum 
 Alexander, rex Macedonian, Thebas diriperet, unius 
 Pindari domo   et familiae pepcrcit. 
 
 28. Diogenes CynTcus Myndum profectus, quum vi- 
 deret magnificas portas et urbem exiguam, Myndios 
 monuit, ut portas clauderent, ne urbs egrederetur. e 
 
 29. Demosthenes Atheniensis incredibili studio et la- 
 bore eo n pervenit, ut,quum° multi eum ingenio p parum 
 valGre existimarent, omnes aetatis suae oratorcs superaret 
 eloquentia.p Nunquam tamen ex tempore dicebat, neque 
 in concione volebat assurggre, nisi rem, de qua ageretur,q 
 
 Grammars.—* 501, r. xxix. : 855, r. xxxix.— c 627, 1, 3d : 1208. 
 —•627, 6, or 1, 2d: 1207. — * '384, 2d: 862. — h 522, r. Hi.: 
 1075, r. lxxiv.— j 90, 4: 170.—* 485.— » 627, 1, 1st: 1220.— 
   403, r.: 831.—° 631, 1244.—* 535, r. xxxiv.: 889, r. xlvii.— 
 *656, 1291. 
 
 Idioms.— b 38, 9 —4 96 2.—' 74, 8.—* 19, 1.— » 28, Obs. 
 
114 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 
 
 accurate antea meditatus esset. a UndeplerTqueeumtim- 
 idum esse existimabant. Sed in hac re Periclis consue- 
 tudinem imitabatur, qui non facild de quaque re dicere, 
 nee existimationem suani b fortunae committere solebat. 
 
 30. Pericles in concionem iturus, quum ammo perpen- 
 deret, quantum periculi c inconsiderate dicta d homiinbiis 
 afferrent, <! solebat precari a diis, f ne quod ipsi s verbum 
 imprudenti excideret, quod reipublicae officere posset. h 
 
 31. Minos, Cretensium rex, saepe se in speluncam 
 quandam conferebat, ibique se cum Jove colloqui ' leges- 
 que ab eo aceipere i dicebat. Etiam Lycurgus Lacedae- 
 moniis J persuasit, se leges suas b ab Apolline didicisse. k 
 
 32. Quum Lycurgus, Lacedaemoniorum legislator, 
 Delphis J in templum Apollinis intrasset,ut a deo ' orac- 
 ulum peteret, Pythia eum his verbis allociita est: JVes- 
 cio utrum deus an homo appellandus m sis; sed deus po- 
 tius vide~ris n esse. 
 
 33. Leonidas, rex Lacedaemoniorum, quum Persas di- 
 cerentur sagittarum multitudine solem obscuraturi, re- 
 spondisse fertur : Melius itdque in umbra pugnabimus. 
 
 31. Cyrus omnium suorum militum nomina memorial 
 tenebat. Mithridates autem, rex Ponti, duarum et vi- 
 ginti gentium, quae sub regno ejus erant, linguasita 
 didicerat, ut cum omnibus, quibus imperabat, sine 
 interprete loqui posset. 
 
 35. Themistoeles interroganti P utrum Achilles esse 
 mallet, e an Homerus,q respondit: Tu verb mallesne te 
 in Olymplco certamine victor em renuntiari r an prceco 
 esse, qui victorum nomina pro clamat? 
 
 Grammars.—* 629, 1237.— c 343, r. viii. : 860, r. xl.— f 511, 
 737.— * 401, 829.— h 656, 1291.— \ 501, r. : 858.— > 549, 933. 
 — ° 403, r. : 83 1, r. xxxiii.— p 269, 658.— * 319, r. v. : 666, r. vl 
 ' 673, 1136; 675, 114=5. 
 
 Idioms.— 1 30, 3.— <* 19, 4.—* 74, 11. — s 96, 1. — k 98, 2.— > 6, 2.— 
 m 74, 9, and 108, 1.— » 70, 3.—° 7, 2.— P 19. 
 
ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSON8. 115 
 
 36. Epaminondas, Thcbanorum imperutor, in bello 
 adversiis Lacedaemonios, animos sudrum religion* exci- 
 tandos a ratus, una in templis affixa nocte b detraxit, 
 porsuasitque militibus, quum ilia abesse c viderent, deos 
 iter suum sequi, c ut ipsis d prceliantibus adessent. 
 
 37. Idem in pugna ad Mantineam graviter vulnera- 
 tns est. Qunm antmam recepisset, interrogavil cTr- 
 euinstantes amlcos, an clypeus salvus esset; e deinde, 
 an hostes fusi essent. e Illi utnimqiie affirmaverunt. 
 Turn demum liastani e corpore ediici f jussit. Quo & 
 facto statim exspiravit. 
 
 38. Epaminondas taut a, fuit abstinentia h et integri- 
 tatc, ut ]>ost plurTma bolla, quibus Thebanorum potcn- 
 tiani incredibilTter auxerat, nihil in supellectili habcrct 
 prteter ahenum et vcru. 
 
 3D. Lysandcr, dux Laccdacmonidrum, militem quon- 
 dam via* egressum castigabat. Cui dieenti,ad nullTus 
 rei rapTnam se ab agmtne rcccssissc,J rcspondit: JS T e k 
 speclem VttidmM rapturi^ prcebeas volo. 
 
 40. Ip!iierates,duxAtlieniensium,quumpraesidioten- 
 eret Corint hum, et sub adventum hostium ipse m vigilias 
 cireumTret, vigilcm, quern dormientem invenerat, hasta 
 transfix it. Quod n factum quibusdam ° ei° ut sajvuin 
 exprobrantTbus, Qualem P invent, inquit, talent rellqui. 
 
 41. Quum quidam Thrasybulo, qui civitatem Athe- 
 niensium a tyrannorum dominatione libera vit, dixisset: 
 Quanta** tibi gratias Aihence debent ! ille rcspondit: Dii 
 
 Grammars.—' 214, 9: 329.-* 565, r. xl. : 949, r. lx.— d 393, r. i. : 
 820, r. xxix.— • 627, 5.— h 339, r. vii. : 787, ft xvi.— 4 613, r. Hi.: 
 90S, r. lxx.— k 627, 1, 3d: 1208.—* 269, 65SSr-° 501, r. xxix, • 
 6*55, r. xxxix. 
 
 Idioms.—* 108. 4.— « 96, 2.— • 74 : 12.— f 90, 4.— * 38, 5.— J 94, 1, 2d, 
 and 98 ; 2.—* 121, 2.— « 19— m 32, 3.—° 38.— p 44, 4, and 47.— « 48, 3 
 
116 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 
 
 faciant* ut quantas h ipse c patriot debeo gratias. tanta? 
 et videar d retulisse. 
 
 42. Philippus, rex Macedonian, monentibus e eum 
 quibusdam, ut Pythiam quendam caveret, d fortem mili- 
 tem, sod ipsi f alienatum, quod tres filias aegr£ aleret,g 
 nee a rege adjuvaretur, dixisse fertur : Quid? h si partem 
 corporis haberem 1 aigram, abscinderemi potiits, an curd- 
 rem? Deinde Pythiam ad se vocatum, k accepta k diffi- 
 cultate rei domesticse, pecunia 1 instruxit. Quo facto 
 nullum rex militem Pythia m fideliorem habuit. 
 
 43. Mulier quaedam ab eodem Philippo, quum a con- 
 vivio temulentus recederet, damnata, A Philippo, in- 
 quit, temulento ad PJiilippum sobrium provoco. 
 
 44. Philippus, rex Macedonian, predicare solebat, se 
 orator lbus Atheniensium maximam gratiam habere. 11 
 Nam conviciis suis, inquit, efficiunt, ut quotidie melior 
 evddam, dum eos dictis P factisque mendacii arguere 
 conor. 
 
 45. Ejusdem regis epistbla fertur scripta ad AristotS- 
 lem philosophum, qua filium sibi q natum esse nuntia- 
 vit. Erat ilia epistbla verbis concepta fere his : Filium 
 mihi q genltum esse scito. Quod r equidem diis habeo 
 gratiam: non tarn quod natus est, qudm quod ei s conti- 
 git nasci temporlbus vitoe tuce. Spero enimfore, 1 ut a te 
 eduedtus et eruditus dignus evddat et nobis u et rebus, 
 quas ipsi relicturi sumus. 
 
 Grammars— b 144. 1193; 145, 1161.—* 627, 1, 3d: 1208. 
 — « 494, 798— « 655, 1255.— h 730, 1 : 1377.— { 627, 2 : 1205. 
 — J 626, 1174.— l 514, r. xxxi. ; 911, r. 1.— • 322, 671.— * 542, 
 r. xxxv.: 873, r. xlii.— * 522, r. iii. : 1075, r. lxxiv.— » 409, r. 
 xviii. : 840, r. xxxv.— 4 678, 1133.—° 462, r. xxiii : 918, r. Iii. 
 
 Idioms.—' 77, 9.— b 44, 3, and 47.—° 32, 1.— <> 70.— f 64, 9.— J 78,4 
 124, 13.— * 104, 3, and 2.— m 6, 3 —   94. 1, 2d, and 96, l.— r 38, 10.— 
 M 6, 5. 
 
ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 117 
 
 40. Alexander Mace'do, Philippi films, quum puer a 
 pra3ceptr>re suo audivisset innumerabTles mundos esse. 1 
 Heu me b miserum, inquit, qui ne uno c quidem adhuc 
 potitu* sum/ 
 
 47. Quum Alexander quondam Macedonum quorim- 
 dani benevolentiam largitionTbus sibi conciliare conatus 
 esset, Philippus eum his verbis increpuit: Sperasne d 
 eos tibi* fideles esse futurosf quos pecunid tibi coneiliav- 
 eris?z Scito amorem non auro emi sed virtutibus. 
 
 48. Alexandra 1 Macedonia Asia debellata, Corinthii 
 per lcgatos gratulati sunt, regemque civitate h sua dona- 
 verunt. Quodi officii genus quum Alexander risisset, 
 unus ex legatis, Nullii unquam, inquit, civiidtem dedi- 
 mus alii q udm tibi k et Herculi. Quo 1 audlto, Alexan- 
 der honorem sibi delatum lubcntissime accepit. 
 
 49. Quum Alexander Graeciae populis 1 imperasset, ut 
 divlnos ipsi honores decernerent,™ Lacedaemonii his ver- 
 bis utebantur : Qwmiam Alexander deus esse voluit, esto 
 deus; Laconica brevitate regis notantes vecordiam. 
 
 50. Lysimachus, rex Thraciae, Theodorum Cyrenae- 
 um, viruni libertatis" amantissmmm et regiaa domina- 
 tion! e iniestum, cruci afifigi jussit. Cui ille, Hujus 
 modi, minis, inquit, purpurdtos tuos terreas.? Mea K \ 
 guidon nihil r interest, humlne 8 an sublime putrescam. 
 
 51. Mausulus, rex Cariae, Artemisiam habuit conju- 
 gem. IIa3c, Mausolo defuncto, ossa cineremque marlti 
 contusa et odorlbus mixta cum aqua potabat. Extruxit 
 
 Grammars.— b 451, 977.— c 484, r. xxvi. : 880, r. xliv.— • 382, 
 r.xvi.: SUO.—* 656. /?.'>/.—■ 514, 911 ; and 516, 913.— J 501, r. 
 xxix. : .S'.>.>, r. xxxix. — k 720, r. lxv. : 1369, r. cviii. — l 403, r. — 
 » 627, 1, 3d: 1208. — n 349, r. ix. : T65, r. xviii. — p 171, 1: 
 1 193.— i 415, 809.— > 500, 803.—* 559, 994. 
 
 Idioms.—* 96, 9.— • 7, 5.— d 58, 1, and 56, 3.— ' 99, 1.— i 38, 7, and 
 38, 5.—' 7, 2.—° 90, 4. 
 
118 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 
 
 quoque, ad conservandam a ejus memoriam, sepulcruni 
 illud nobilissimum, ab ejus nomine appellation, quod 
 inter septem orbis terrarum miracula nunieratur. 
 Quod b quum Mausoli manibus c dicaret, certilmen 
 instituit, praemiis amplissimis ei propositis, qui defunc- 
 tum regem optim& laudasset. d 
 
 52. Dionysius, qui a patre Syracusarum et pame 
 to tius Sicilian tyrannidem accep&rat, senex patria* pul- 
 sus Corinthi 1 ' pueros litteras docuit.s 
 
 53. Mithri dates, rex Ponti, saepe venenum hauserat, 
 ut sibi a clandestmis caveret insidiis. Hinc factum est 
 ut, quum a Pompeio superatus mortem sibi consciscere 
 vellet, ne velocissima quidem venena ei nocerent. h 
 
 54. Quum Gyges, rex Lydiae ditissimus, oraculum 
 Apollmis interrogaret, an quisquam mortalium 1 seJ 
 esset k felicior, deus, Aglaiim quendam Psophidium 
 feliciorem, prasdicavit. Is autem erat Arcadum » pau- 
 perrimus, parvuli agelli possessor, cujus termTnosquam- 
 vis senex nunquam excesserat, fructibus 1 et voluptati- 
 bus angusti ruris contentus. 
 
 55. Pyrrhus, rex Eplri, quum in Italic esset, audivit, 
 Tarentinos quosdam juvenes in convivio parum honori- 
 fic^ de se lociitos esse. m Eos igitur ad se arcessitos 
 percunctatus est, an dixissent k ea, quas ad aures suas 
 pervenissent. n Turn unus ex his, Msi, inquit, vinum 
 nobis ° defecisset,? multo <1 etiam plura r et graviora in te 
 lomturi erdmus.* Hasc criminis excusatio iram regis 
 in risum convertit. 
 
 Grammars.— 501, r. xxix. : 855, r. xxxix.— d 643, 2d : 1221. 
 — • 524, r. v.: 1075, r. lxxiv.— f 548, r.— e 508, r. xxx. : 731, r. 
 X iii._h 6 27, i, 4th: 1222.— { 355, r. x. : 77 1, r. xix.— * 627, 5- 
 1182.— - l 462, r.xxiii.: 918, r. lii.— » 656, 1291.—° 396, 823* 
 P 629, 1237.— * 579, r. xliii. : 929, r. lv.—   214, 8 : 328. 
 
 KIOMS.--' 1 12, 7.— b 38, 4.— f 4, 1.— i 6, B.— m 98, 2.—' 19. 4 
 
ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 110 
 
 56. Marsyas, frater Antigoni, regis Macedonia?, quum 
 causam habere* cum privato quodam, l'ratrem rogavit, 
 ut do ea domi cognosceret. a At ille, In foro potiiis* 
 inquit. Nam si culpa b vacas, innoeentia tua ibi melius 
 apparebit; sin damnandus es, nostra justitia* 
 
 57. Clara sunt apud Catanenses nomina fratrum 
 Anapi c et AmphinSmi, c qui patrem et matrem humeris 
 permedios' 1 ignes iEtnae portarunt, eosque cum vita? 
 suae c periculo e flammis eripuerunt. 
 
 58. Spartanus quidam quum rideretur, quod clau- 
 dus in pugnam iret, f At mihi,s inquit, pugudre, h non 
 fuijcre est proposition. 1 
 
 59. Spartanus quidam in magistrates petitione ab 
 aemulis victus, maxTmae sibi laetitiae esse,i dixit, qudd 
 patria sua se k meliores cives haberet. f 
 
 60. Quum homo quidam, qui diu in uno pede stare 
 didicorat, Lacedaemonio ! cuidam dixisset, se non arbi- 
 tral Lacedaemonidrum i quemquam tamdiu idem facore 
 posso, ille respondit: At aitseres* te k diutius. 
 
 61. Diagoras Rhodius, quum tres ejus filii in ludis 
 Olymptcis viotdros ronuntiati essent, tanto affectus est 
 gaudio," 1 ut in ipso stadio, inspectante populo, in lilid- 
 rum manibus animam redderet." 
 
 62. Scipio Africanus nunquam ad negotia publica 
 accedebat, antcquam in templo Jovis precatus essct.° 
 
 63. Scipio dicore solebat, hosti non solum dandam p 
 
 * Supply the proper verb. 
 Grammars.—* 627, 1, 3d : 1208.— h 480, r. xxv.: 907, r. xlix. 
 — c 251, r.: and 257, 622.— * 656, 1291.—* 522, r. iii. : 1075, r. 
 lxxiv.— h 660, r. lvi. : 114=7, r. lxxxii.— J 427, r.   848*-* 467, r. : 
 S<>r>.— ' 501, r. : 855.— m 542, r. xxxv : 873, r. xlii.— » 627, 1, 1st. : 
 1220.—° 627, 4 : 1238.—* 355, r. x. : 771, r. xix. 
 
 Idioms.— * 17, 1.— • 30, 2.—' 51, 1.— j 8,1.— * 6, 3 — » 63.— p 108, 4. 
 
120 ANECDOTES OP EMINENT PERSONS. 
 
 esse viam fugiencli, sed etiam muniendam. Similiter 
 Pyrrhus, rex EpTri, fugienti hosti a pertinaciter instan- 
 dum b esse negabat ; non solum, ne fortius ex necessi- 
 tate resisteret, c sed ut postea quoque facilius acie d 
 cederet, ratus victores fugientibus non usque ad perni- 
 ciem instaturos esse. 
 
 64. Metellus Pius, in Hispania bellum gerens inter- 
 rogans, quid postero die facturus esset? e Tunicam 
 meam, inquit, si id eloqui posset , f comburere?n.s 
 
 65. L. Mummius, qui, Corintho capta, totam Italiam 
 tabulis h statuisque exornavit, ex tantis manubiis nihil 
 in suum usum convertit, ita ut, eo defuncto, non esset ! 
 unde ejus filia dotem acciperet.i Quare senatus ei ex 
 publico dotem decrevit. 
 
 66. Scipio Africanus major Ennii poetae imaginem 
 in sepulcro gentis Corneliae collocari jussit, quod Scip- 
 ionum res gestas carminibus h suis illustraverat. 
 
 67. M. Cato, Catonis Censorii filius, in acie cadente 
 equo prolapsus, quum se recollegisset, k animadvertis- 
 setque gladium excidisse 1 vagina," 1 rediit in hostem: 
 acceptisque aliquot vulneribus, n recuperato" demum 
 gladio ad suos reversus est. 
 
 68. Q. Metellus Macedonicus in Hispanic quinque 
 cohortes, qua3 hostibus ° cesserant, testamentum facSre 
 jussas ad locum p recuperandum misit ; minatus q eos 
 nonnisi post victoriam receptum iri. r 
 
 Grammars. —   399, r. iv. : 826, r. xxxii. — c G27, (j : 1186, — 
 d 611, 992.—* 627, 5: 1182.— f 627, 2: 12<>r>.s 142, 2d.— 
 b 542, rrxxxv.: 873, r. xlii.— ' 627, 1, 1st: 1220.— i 656, 1291. 
 — k 631, 1244.— m 613, r. lii. : 993, r. lxx.— ° 405, 5th: 833, 5th. 
 
 Idioms.— b 113, 8.— * 78, 8.— k 74, 8.— » 98, 3.—° 104, l.—r 112, 1. 
 — q 106, 1.— ' 94, 1, 2d, and 100, 8. 
 
ANECDOTES OP EMINENT PERSONS. 121 
 
 69. Publius Decius consul, quum in bello contra 
 Latinos Romanorum aciem cedentem videret, capite 
 pro reipubllcae salute devoto, a in medium hostium 
 agmen irruit, et magna strage edita a plurimis telis 
 obriitus cecidit. Haec ejus mors Romanorum aciem 
 restituit, iisqne victoriam paravit. 
 
 70. L. Junius Brutus, qui Romam a regibus libera- 
 vit, filios suos, qui Tarquinium regem expulsum rcstit- 
 ucre conati erant, ipse b capitis c damnavit, eosque vir- 
 gis caesos seciiri d percuti e jussit. 
 
 71. Q. Marcius Rex consul, quum filium unTcum, 
 jnvenem summae piettitis f et magnae spei, morte? ami- 
 sisset, dolorem suum ita coercuit, ut a rogo adolescentis 
 protenus curiam petcret, h ibique muneris sui negotia 
 strenud obiret. 
 
 72. In bello Romandrnm cum Perseo, ultimo Mace- 
 donia3 rege, accidit,' ut serena noctei subito luna defi- 
 ceret. Haec res ingentem apud milites terrorem exci- 
 ttivit, qui existiniiibant hoc omine s futuram cladem 
 portendi. k Turn verd Sulpicius Gallus, qui erat in eo 
 excrcitn, in concione milttum causam hujus rci tarn 
 diserte exposuit, ut postero die J omnes intrepido am- 
 mo ? piignam committerent. h 
 
 73. L. Siccius Dentatus ob insignem fortitudinem 
 appellatus est Achilles Romanus. Pugnasse l is dicitur 
 centum et viginti proeliis ; ,n cicatrlcem aversam nullam, 
 adversas quinque et quadraginta tulisse ; coronis n esso 
 
 Grammars.— 489, r. xxvii. : 793, r. xxiv.— d 90, 6, Note 3 : 109. 
 
 * 339, r. vii. : 757, r. xvi.— s 542, r. xxxv. : 873, r. xlii.— h 627, 1, 
 1st : 1220.—} 565, r. xl. : 019, r. lx.— > 676, 1155.— m 611, (in.): 
 992.—" 505, #59 : and 519, r. xxxii. : lOTo, r. lxxiv. 
 
 Idioms.— • 104, 1.— * 32, 4.— • 90, 4, or 94, 3.—* 51, 3.— J 6, 7.— 
 
 * 96, 5. 11 
 
 * yi 
 
122 ANECDOTES OF EMINENT PERSONS. 
 
 donatus aureis duodeviginti, obsidionali una, muralibus 
 tribus, civicis quatuordecim, torquibus tribus et octogin- 
 ta, armillis plus centum sexaginta, hastis duodeviginti. 
 Phaleris idem donatus est quinquies viciesque. Trium- 
 phavit cum imperatoribus suis triumphos a novem. 
 
 74. Hannibalem in Italiam proficiscentem tria mil- 
 lia b Carpetanorum reliquerunt. Quorum c exemplum 
 ne ceteri quoque barb&ri sequerentur, d edixit eos a se 
 esse dimissos, e et insuper in fidem ejus rei alios etiam, 
 quorum fides ipsi f suspecta erat, domum s remisit. 
 
 75. Hannibal quum elepliantos compellere non pos- 
 set, 11 ut prasaltum flumen transirent,' neque rates habe- 
 ret, h quibus eos trajiceret, 1 jussit ferocissTmum elephan- 
 torum sub aure vulnerari, et eum, qui vulnerasset,J se 
 in flumen conjicere illudque tranare. Turn elephantiis 
 exasperatus ad persequendum doloris sui auctorem tra- 
 navit amnem, k et reliqui quoque eum seciiti sunt. 
 
 Grammars.—* 438, r. ii.: 713, r. ix.— b 104, 5: 204.—* 627, 1, 
 2d: 1207* — f 528, r. xxxiii. : 844, r. xxxvi. — « 558, r. xxxix. : 
 943, r. lix.— * 631, 1244, r. xciv.— * 656, 129 1, r. ci. — J 650, 
 r. vi. : 1291, r. ci.— * 613, r. lii. : 993. 
 
 Idioms.— 38.— • 98, 6.— ' 5, 2. 
 
AN EPITOME OF ROMAN HISTORY, 
 
 FROM THE EARLIEST TIMES TO THE EMPERORS. 
 
 LIBER PRIMUS. 
 
 1. AntiquissTmis temporibus Saturnus in Italiam ve- 
 nisse dicitur. Ibi haud procul a Janiculo arcem con- 
 dTdit, eamque Saturniam a appellavit. Hie Italos pri- 
 mus b agriculturam docuit. c 
 
 2. Postea LatTims in illis regionibus imperavit. Sub 
 hoc rege Troja in Asia eversa est. Hinc JEneas, An- 
 clilsa3 filius, cum multis Trojrinis,quibus d ferrum Gras- 
 cdrum pepercerat, auf ugit, et in Italiam pervenit. Ibi 
 Latin us rex ei benigne* recepto e filiam Laviniam in 
 matrimonium dedit. ^Eneas urbem condidit, quam in 
 honorem conjugis Lavinium" appellavit. 
 
 3. Post JEncsd mortem Ascanius, ^Enea3 filius, reg- 
 n in u accepit. Hie sedem regni in alium locum trans- 
 tiilit, url)emque condidit in monte Albfuio, eamque 
 Albam* Longam nuncupavit. Eum secutus est Sil- 
 vias, qui post ^Eneae mortem a Lavinii genitus erat. 
 
 GRAMMAR.— * 440, 715.— h 274, 603.—' 508 r. xxx.: 2<il,l 
 
 Xiii.— d 403, r. v. : 831, r. xxxiii. 
 
 Idioms. — d 7, 2. —   104, 3. 
 
124 ROMAN HISTORY. 
 
 Ejus posteri omncs usque ad Romam conditam a Albae b 
 regnaverunt. 
 
 4. Unus horum regum, Romulus Silvius, se Jove c 
 majorem esse dicebat, d et, quum toriaret, militibus im- 
 peravit, ut clypeos hastis percuterent, e dicebatque hunc 
 sonum multd clariorem esse quam tonitru. Fulmine 
 ictus/ et in Albanum lacum praecipitatus est. 
 
 5. Silvius Procas, rex Albanorum, duos filios reliquit 
 Numitorem? etAmulium. Horum minor h natu, 1 Amu- 
 lius, fratri optionem dedit, utrum regnum habere vel* 
 let,J an bona, quas pater reliquisset. k Numitor paterna 
 bona praettilit ; Amulius regnum obtinuit. 
 
 6. Amulius, ut regnum firmissimS possideret, 1 Nu- 
 mitoris filium per insidias interemit, et filiam fratris 
 Rheam Silviam Vestalem virginem m fecit. Nam his 
 Vestae sacerdotibus non licet viro n nubere. Sed haec 
 a Marte gemtnos filios, Romulum et Remum peperit. 
 Hoc quum Amulius comperisset, e matrem in vincula 
 conjecit, pueros autem in Tiberim abjici jussit. 
 
 7. Fortes Tiberis aqua ultra ripam se effuderat, et, 
 quum pueri in vado essent positi, aqua refluens eos in 
 sicco reliquit. Ad eorum vagitum lupa accurrit, eos- 
 que uberibus suis aluit. Quod P videns Faustulus qui- 
 dam, pastor illius regionis, pueros sustulit, et uxori 
 Accas Laurentias nutriendos q dedit. 
 
 8. Sic Romulus et Remus pueritiam inter pastores 
 transegerunt. Quum adolevissent, et fortS comperissent, 
 
 Grammars.— * 684, 1357.— d 160, 1: 1088. — e 627, 1, 3d- 
 1208.— s 257, 629.— h ,358, 773.— { 535, r. xxxiv. : 889, r. 
 xlvii.— i 627, 5 : 1182, r. lxxxvii.— k 656, 1291, r. ci.— » 627, 1, 
 2d: 1207.— m 440, 715.— n 403, r. v.: 831, r. xxxiii.— ° 631, 
 124:1, r. xciv.— p 285, 684. 
 
 Idioms.— b 4, 1.— « 6, 3.— { 115, 1.— ° 74, 8.— P 38.— q 107, 2 
 
 
LIBER I. 125 
 
 quis ipsorum avus, quae mater fuisset," Amulium inter- 
 fecerunt, ct Numituri avo regnum restitue- „, Ante 
 
 , t i • Christum, 
 
 runt, lum urbem condiderunt in monte 754. 
 Avcntlno, quam Rointilus a suo nomine Romam b voca- 
 vit. Haec quum mcenibus circumdaretur, Remus occl- 
 sus est, dum fratrem irridens moenia c transiliebat. 
 
 9. Romulus, ut civium numSrum augeret, asylum 
 patef ecit, ad quod multi ex civitatibus suis pulsi accur 
 rerunt. Sed novas urbis civibus d conjuges deerant. 
 Festum itaque Neptiini et ludos instituit. Ad hos 
 quum multi ex finitiinis populis cum mulieribus et 
 liheris venissent, a Romani inter ipsos ludos spectantes 
 virgYnes rapuerunt. 
 
 10. Populi illi, quorum virgines raptaa erant, bellum 
 adversus raptores susceperunt. Quum Romae e appro- 
 pinqulrent, f fortS in Tarpeiam virginem inciderunt, 
 quai in arce i£lcra procurabat. Hanc rogabant, ut viam 
 in arcem monstrarct,? elque permiserunt, ut munus sibi 
 posc£ret.f Ilia petiit, ut sibi darent, quod in sinistris 
 inanTl)us gem-cut, h annulos aureos et armillas signift- 
 cans. At hostes in arcem ab ea perdue ti scutis Tarpeiam 
 obnierunt; nam et ea in sinistris manlbus gerebant. 
 
 11. Turn Romtilus cum hoste, qui montem Tarpeium 
 tenebat, pugnam conseruit in eo loco, ubi nunc forum 
 Romanum est. In media 1 caederaptaeJ processerunt, 
 et hinc patres hinc conjuges et socSros complecteban- 
 tur, et rogabant, ut caedis finem facerent.s Utrique 
 his precTbus commoti sunt. Romulus foedus icit, et 
 Sablhos in urbem recepit. 
 
 Grammars.— ► 440, 7io.— c 613, r. lii. : 993, r. lxx.— d 396, 
 823.—* 399, r. iv. : 82ti, r. xxxii.— f 631, 993, r. lxx.—* 627, 1, 
 3d: 1208.—* 656, 1291, r. ci. 
 
 Idioms.—   74, 8, and 627, 5.— d 118, 8.— ' 74, 3.— * 17, 1.— J Sup. 
 mtdieres. 
 
126 ROMAN HISTORY. 
 
 12. Postca civitatem descripsit. Centum senatores 
 legit, eosque ciim a ob aetatem, turn ob reverentiam iis b 
 debitam patres appellavit. Plebem in triginta curias dis- 
 
 A. U. C. tribuit, easque raptarum c nomimbus huiicu- 
 37 '• pavit. Anno regni tricessimo septimo, quum 
 exercitum lustraret, inter tempestatem ortam d repentd 
 oculis e hommum subductus est. Hinc alii eum a sen- 
 atoribus interfectum/ alii ad deos sublatum esse f ex- 
 istimaverunt. 
 
 13. Post Romuli mortem tinius anni interregnum fait. 
 Quo s elapso, Numa Pompilius Curibus, h urbe in agro Sa- 
 binorum natus, rex creatus est. Hie vir bellum quidem 
 nullum gessit ; nee minus tamen civitati profuit. Nam et 
 leges dedit, et sacra plurima instituit, ut populi barbari 
 et bellicosi mores molliret. J Omnia autem, quae faciebat,J 
 se nymphae Egeriae, conjugis suae, jussu facere k dicebatJ 
 Morbo decessit, quadragesimo tertio imperii anno. 
 
 ^ U. 14. Numae } successit Tullus Hostilius, cujus 
 
 81 • avus se in bello ad versus Sablnos fortem et 
 
 strenuum virum m praestiterat. Rex creatus bellum 
 
 Albania indixit, idque trigeminorum Horatiorum et 
 
 Curiatiorum certamme finlvit. Albam propter perfid- 
 
 iam Metii Suffetii diruit. Quum triginta duobus an- 
 
 nis n regnasset, fulmme ictus cum domo su& arsit. 
 
 A U. 15* -P° s ^ hunc, Ancus Marcius, Numae ex 
 
 114 - filia nepos, suscepit imperium. Hie vir aequi- 
 
 tate° et religione avo p similis, Latinos bello domuit, ur- 
 
 GRAMMARS.— b 522, 1075.—° 269, 658.— d 688, 1350, r. cv.— 
 » 622.— h 549, 933.— i 627, 1, 2d: 1207.— i 160, 1: 1088.— 
 1 399, r. iv. : 826, r. xxxii.— m 440, 715.— r - 565, r. xli. : 949, r. lx. ; 
 and 566, 951.—° 535, r. xxxiv.: 889, r. xlvii.— p 382, 860, r. xl. 
 
 Idioms.—' 124, 8.— b 64, 6.— e 5, 1.— f 91, 5.— * 38, 5.— h 6, 2.— 
 k 96, 1.— p 1, 6. 
 
LIBER I. 127 
 
 bem ampliavit, et nova ei a moenia circumde'dit. Carct- 
 rem primus aedificavit. Ad Tibens ostia urbem condT- 
 dit, Ostiamque vocavit. Viceshno quarto anno imperii 
 morbo obiit. 
 
 16. Deinde regnum Lucius Tarquinius Pris- A u 
 cus accepit, Demarati filius, qui tyrannos pa- 137 - 
 triaj Corintbi fugiens in Etruriam venerat. Ipse b Tar- 
 quinius, qui nomen ab urbe Tarquiniis accepit, ali- 
 quando Romam c profectus erat. Advenienti d aquTla 
 pileum abstulit, et, postquam alte evolaverat, reposuit. 
 HincTanaquil conjux, mulier auguriorum- perita, reg- 
 num ei portendi intellexit. 
 
 17. Quum Romae commoraretur, Anci regis famil- 
 iaritatem conseciLtus est, qui cum filiorum suorum tuto- 
 rem f rellquit. Sed is pupillis d regnum intercepit. 
 Senatoribus, quos Romulus creaverat, centum alios 
 addidit, qui minorum gentium? sunt appellati. Plura 
 bella feliciter gessit, nee paucos agros hostibus il ademp- 
 tos urbis territorio adjunxit. Primus triumphans ur- 
 bem intravit. Cloacas fecit; Capitolium incboavit. 
 TrieesTmo octavo imperii anno per Anci filios, quibus d 
 regnum eripuerat, occlsus est. 
 
 18. Post liunc Servius Tullius suscepit impe- A jj 
 rium, genitus ex nobili feminli, captivS, tamen 176 - 
 
 et famula. Quum in domo Tarquinii Prisci educare- 
 tur, 1 flamma in ejus capite visa est. Hoc prodigio Ta- 
 naquilei summam dignitatem portendi J intellexit, et 
 conjtigi k persuasit, ut eum sicuti liberos suos educaret. 1 
 Quum adolevisset, rex ei filiam in matrimonium dedit. 
 
 Grammars.—* 501, r. xxix.: 855, r. xxxix. ; and 505, 859.— 
 • 553, r. : 938, r. lvii.— d 501, r. : 8&5, v. xxxix.—* 349, r. ix. : 765, 
 r. xviii.— f 440, 715.—* 332, 751. Sup. Senatores.— h 522, r. iii. : 
 1075, r. lxxiv.— i 631, 1244, r. xciv.; and 159, 1087.—* 403, r. 
 V. : 831, r. xxxiii.— l 627, 1, 3d : 1208. 
 
 Idioms.— b 32, a _ a ^ \ % (Sup. ei)— i 96, 6. 
 
128 ROMAN HISTORY. 
 
 19. Quum Priscus Tarquinius occisus esset, Tanaquil 
 de superiore parte domus populum a allocuta est, dicens, 
 regem grave quidem sed non letdle vulnus accepisse; b 
 eum peter ef ut populus, dum convaluisset, d Servio Tullio 
 obediret. Sic Servius regnare eoepit, sed bene* imperium 
 administravit. Montes tres urbi adjunxit. Primus om- 
 nium censum ordinavit. Sub eo Roma habuit capitum 
 octoginta tria millia eivium Romanorum, cum his qui 
 in agris erant. 
 
 A. u. 20. Hie rex interfectus est scelere filiae Tul- 
 22 °- lise et Tarquinii Superbi, filii ejus regis, cui e 
 Servius successerat. Nam ab ipso Tarquinio de gradi- 
 bus curiae dejectus, quum domum f fugeret, interfectus 
 est. Tullia in forum properavit, et prima conjugem re- 
 gem s salutavit. Quum domum rediret, aurlgam super 
 patris corpus in via jacens carpentum agere jussit. 
 
 21. Tarquinius Supcrbus cognomen moribus meruit. 
 
 Bello tamen strenuus plures nnitimorum pepulorum h 
 
 vicit. Templum Jovis in Capitolio aedificavit. Postea, 
 
 dum Ardeam a oppugn abat, urbem Latii, imperium per- 
 
 didit. Nam quum filius ejus Lucretiae, 1 nobilissimae fem- 
 
 inae, conjiigi Tarquinii Collatini, vim fecisset, haec se 
 
 ipsam J occldit in conspectu mariti, patris, et amicorum, 
 
 postquam eos obtestata fuerat, ut hanc injuriam ulcis- 
 
 cerentur. k 
 A U. 22. Hanc ob causam L. Brutus, Collatmus, 
 
 243 - alilque nonnulli in exitium 1 regis conjurarunt 
 
 populoque' persuaserunt, ut ei portas urbis claudSret. k 
 
 Exercitus quoque, qui civitatem Ardeam cum rege 
 
 oppugn abat, eum rellquit. Fugit itaque cum uxore 
 
 Grammars.—* 613, r. lii.: 993, r. lxx.— • 399, r. iv.: 826, r. 
 xxxii.— ' 558, r. xxxix: 943, r. Wx.—s 440, 715.— h 355, r. x.-. 
 77 1, r. xix.— * 501, r. xxix. : 855, r. xxxix.— k 627, 1, 3d : 1208. 
 — » 607, r.: 987 9 r. lxviii. 
 
 Idioms.—* 94, 1, 2d, and 98, 2.— c 96, 2.— d 80. 3, and 627, I.— J 32 
 - * 123, 1. 
 
LIBER I. 129 
 
 et HbSris snis. Ita Romae a rognatum ,) est per septem 
 reges annos c ducentos quadraginta tres. 
 
 23. Hinc constiles ccepere pro uno rege duo creari, ut, 
 si unus malus esset,' 1 alter eumcoerceret. L Annuum iis 
 imperium tributum est, ne per diuturnitatem potestatis 
 insolentiores redderentur. e Fuerunt igitur anno priino, 
 expulsis regtbus/ consoles L. Junius Brutus, acerrimus 
 libcrtatis vindex, et Tarquinius Collatinus, maritus Lu- 
 cretia3. Sed CollatTno s paulo post digmtas sublata est. 
 PlacuSrat enim,ne quis ex Tarquiniorum iamiliaRomae a 
 inaneret. e Ergo cum oimii patrimonio suo ex urbe migrii- 
 vit,et in ejus locum Valerius Publicftla consul factus est. 
 
 24. Commovit bellum urbi rex Tarquinius. In prima 
 pugna Brutus consul, et Aruns, Tarquinii filius, sese in- 
 vicem h occiderunt. Romani tamenex ca pugna victo- 
 res recesserunt. Brutum Romanae matrons quasi com- 
 miinem patrem per annum luxerunt. Valerius Pub- 
 licQla Sp. Lucrctium, Lucretiae patrem, colh'gam sii>i 
 fecit; qui quum morbo exstinctus esset, 1 Horatium 
 Pulvillum sibi collegamJ sumpsit. Ita primus annus 
 quinque constiles habuit. 
 
 25. Sec undo quoque anno iterum Tarquinius A ^ 
 bellum Romanis intulit, Porsena/ rege Etrus- 245 - 
 corum, auxilium ei ferente. In illo bello Horatius 
 Codes solus pontem ligneum defendit, et hostes coliib- 
 uit, donee pons a tergo ruptus esset. k Turn se cum 
 armis in Tiberim conjecit, et ad suos transnavit. 
 
 2G. Dum PorsSna urbem obsidebat, Qu. Mucins Scao- 
 vola, juvSnis fortis anhni, 1 in castra hostis se contulit eo 
 
 Grammars.— b 223, 3 : 453.—* 565, r. xli.: 949, r. lx.— «» 627, 2: 
 1269, r. xcvii.— • G27, 1, 2d: 1207.-* 522, r. Hi.': 107*. r. 
 lxxiv.— * 118, 5: 1019.—* 631, 1244, r. xciv.— i 440, 715.— 
 * 627, 4 : 1238, r. xcii.— > 339, r. vii. : 757, r. xvi. 
 
 Idioms.—' 4, 1.— ' 9, 1.— * 5, 1. 
 
130 ROMAN HISTORY. 
 
 consilio, ut regem occideret. At ibi scribam regis pro 
 ipso rege interfecit. Turn a regiis a satellitibus compre- 
 hensus et ad regem deductus, quum Porsena eum igni- 
 bus allatis terreret, b dextram arse c accensae imposuit, 
 donee flammis consumpta esset. d Hoc facmus rex mi- 
 ratus e juvenem dimisit incolumem. Turn hie quasi 
 beneficium ref erens ait, f trecentos alios juvenes in eum 
 conjurasse.g Hac re territus Porsena pacem cum Ro- 
 manis fecit, Tarquinius autem Tusculum se contulit, 
 ibique privatus cum uxore consenuit. 
 ^ U. 27. Sexto decimo anno post reges exactos, h 
 
 259 - populus Romae seditionem fecit, questus quod 
 tributis et militiH a senatu exhauriretur. 1 Magna pars 
 plebis urbem reliquit, et in montem trans Anienem 
 amnem secessit. Turn patres turbati Menenium Agrip- 
 pam miserunt ad plebem, qui J earn senatui conciliaret. 
 Hie iis inter alia fabulam narravit de ventre et membris 
 humani corporis ; qua populus commotus est, ut in urbem 
 redlret. Turn primum tribuni plebis creati sunt, qui J 
 plebem adversum nobilitatis superbiam defenderent. 
 ^ U. 28. Octavo decimo anno post exactos reges, h 
 
 261 • Qu. Marcius, Coriolanus k dictus ab urbe Vol- 
 scorum Coriolis, 1 quam m bello ceperat, plebi n invisus 
 fieri coepit. Quare urbe ° expulsus ad Yolscos, acerri- 
 mos Romanorum hostes, contendit, et ab iis dux k exer- 
 citus factus Romanos saepe vicit. Jam usque ad quintum 
 milliarium urbis accesserat, nee ullis civium suorum le- 
 
 Grammars.— • 337, 756.— b 160, 2: 1083; and 141, 1273 — 
 c 501, r. xxix.— * 627, 4 : 1238, r. xcii.— • 688, 1350, r. cv.— 
 
 157, 3 : 1082.— h 684, 1357.—' 655, 1255.— i 643,4th : 1212. 
 M19, r. v.: 666, r. vi.; and 440, 715. — > 251, r. i.: 622.— 
 * 288, 694.—" 382, r. xvi. : 860, r. xl.— ° 613, r. lii. : 993, r. lxx. 
 
 Idioms.— 6 106, 1.— « 98, 2, and 94, 1, 2d. — J 40, 4. 
 
LIBER I. 131 
 
 gationibus flecti poterat, ut patriae parceret. a Denique 
 Veturia mater et Volumnia uxor ex urbe ad cum vene- 
 runt; quarum lietu ct preclbus commotus est, ut exer- 
 cTtum removeret. a Quo b facto a Volscis ut proditor 
 occlsus esse dicitur. 
 
 29. Romaiii quum adversum Veientes bellum gere- 
 rent faiuilia Fabiorurn sola hoc bellum suscepit. Pro* 
 fecti sunt trecenti sex nobilissimi homines, duce d ^ u 
 Fabio consule. Quum saepe hostes vicissent, apud 274 - 
 Cremeram fluvium castra posuerunt. Ibi Veientes dolo e 
 usi eos in insidias pellexerunt. In proelio ibi exorto f 
 omnes perierunt. Unus superfuit ex tanta familia, qui 
 propter aetatem puerllem duci non potuerat ad pugnam. 
 Hie genus propagavit ad Qu. Fabium Maximum illumes 
 qui Hannibalem prudenti cunctatione debilitavit. 
 
 30. Anno trecentesimo et altero h ab urbe A . u. 
 condita' decemviri creati sunt, quiJ civitati 302 - 
 leges scriberent. Hi primo anno bene egerunt; secundo 
 autem dominationem exercere coaperunt. Sed quum 
 unus eorum k Appius Claudius virglneni ingenuam, Vir- 
 giniam, Virginii centurionis filiam, corrumpere vellet, 
 pater earn occidit. Turn ad milltes profugit, eosque ad 
 seditionem commovit. Sublata est decemviris i potestas, 
 ipslque omnes aut ,n morte aut exilio puniti sunt. 
 
 31. In bello contra Veientanos Furius Ca- A -g 
 
 millus urbem Falerios obsidebat. In qua ob- 358 - 
 
 sidione quum ludi literarii magister principum filios ex 
 
 urbe in castra hostium duxisset, Camillus hoc donum 
 
 Grammars.—* 627, 1, 2d: 1207.— c "r>2, 1371.— 9 484, r.xxvi: 
 880, r. xliv.— ' 688, 1350, r. cv.— h 106, 7 : 208.— l 684, 1357. 
 — 1 643, 4th : 1212.- * 355, r. x. : 771, r. xix.— » 522, r. : 1075, 
 r. lxxiv.— ° 631, 1244, r. xciv. 
 
 Idioms.— b 38, 5.— d 110, 1.— I 7, 4.^-f 27, 1st.— 1 5, 1.—   124, 3.— 
   38, 8. 
 
132 ROMAN HISTORY. 
 
 non accepit, sed scelestum hommem, manibus post ter- 
 gum vinctis, pueris Falerios a reducendum b tradidit; 
 virgasque iis dedit, quibus proditorem in urbem ag£- 
 rent. c 
 
 32. Hac tanta animi nobilitate commoti Falisci ur- 
 bem Romanis tradiderunt. Camillo d autem apud Ro- 
 manos crimmi datum d est, quod albis equis triumphas- 
 
 A XJ. se V e * praedam iniqu& divisisset ; damnatus- 
 364 - que f ob earn causani, et civitate expulsus est. 
 Paulo post Galli Senbnes ad urbem venerunt, Romanos 
 apud flumeii Alliam vicerunt, et urbem etiam occupa- 
 runt.£ Jam nihil praeter Capitolium defendi h potuit. Et 
 jam presidium fame labor abat, et in eo • erant,J ut pacem 
 a Gallis auro emerent, k quum Camillus cum manu mil- 
 ltum superveniens hostes magno proelio superaret. 
 
 LIBER SECUNDUS. 
 
 A -q 1. Anno trecentesimo nonagesimo quarto 
 
 394 - post urbem conditam Galli iterum ad urbem 
 accesserant, et quarto milliario ! trans Anienem fluvium 
 consederant. Contra eos missus est T. Quinctius. Ibi 
 Gallus quidam eximia corporis magnitudme m fortissi- 
 mum Romanorum ad certamen singulare provocavit. 
 T. Manlius, nobilissTmus juvenis, provocationem acce- 
 pit, Galium occidit, eumque torque 11 aureo spoliavit, 
 quo ° ornatus erat. Hinc et ipse et posteri ejus Tor- 
 quati appellati sunt. Galli fugam capessiverunt. 
 
 Grammars. — * 553, r. xxxvii. : 938, r. lvii. — c 643, 1226; and 
 644, 1212.— d 427, r. xix. : 84=8, r. xxxviii.— » 655, 1255.— 
 ' 214,1, 1st: 315.— { 123, 2: 1030.—) 316, r. ii. : 648, r. iv.— 
 k 62*7, 1, 1st: 1220.— l 573, 958, r. lxii. ; and 577, 962.— m 339, 
 r. vii. : 757, r. xvi.— n 514, 911, r. l.—° 542, r. xxxv. : 873, r. xlii. 
 
 Idioms.— b 107, 1.—° 83, 3.—* 115, 1.— b 87, 6.— > 19, 6.— » 6,1- 
 6,8. 
 
LIBER II. 183 
 
 2. Novo bcllo cum Gallis exorto, anno urbis A . U. 
 quadringenteslmo sexto, itSrum Gallus proces- 4C6 « 
 sit robore a atquc armis insignis, et provocavit unum ex 
 Romanis, at secum armis decerneret. 6 Turn se M.Va- 
 lerius, tribunus militum, obtulit; et, quum processisset 
 armatus, corvus ei c supra dextrum brachium sedit. Mox, 
 commissi pugna,hic corvus alis d et unguibus Galli ocu- 
 los verberavit. Ita factum est, ut Gallus nullo negotio 
 aValeriointerficeretur, e quihinc CorvTninomen accepit. 
 
 3. Postea Romani bellum gesserunt cum A jj 
 Samnitibus, ad quod L. Papirius Cursor cum 430 
 honore dictatoris profectus est. Qui f quum negotii cu- 
 jusdam causa Romam ivisset, praecepit Q. Fabiog Rul- 
 liano, magistro equitum, quern apud exercttum rellquit, 
 ne pugnam cum hoste committeret. b Sed ille occasio- 
 nem nactus felicissime dimicavit, et Samnites delevit. 
 Ob banc rem a dictatore capitis h damnatus est. At ille 
 in urbem confugit, et ingenti favore militum et populi 
 liberittus est ; in Papirium autem tanta exorta est sedi- 
 tio, ut pasne ipse ' l internceretur. n 
 
 4. Duobus annis post J T. Yeturius et Spurius Postu- 
 mius consules bellum adversiim Samnites gerebant. Hi 
 a Pontio Tlielesmo, duce hostium,in insidias inducti sunt. 
 Nam ad Fnrculas Caudinas Romanos pellexit A u 
 in angustias, unde sese expedlre non potSrant. 433 - 
 Ibi Pontius patrem suum HerennTum rogavit, quid k fti- 
 ciendum putaret. Ille respondit, aut omnes occidendos" 1 
 
 Grammars.—* 535, r. xxxiv. : 889, r. xlvii.— b 627,* 1, 3d. : 1208. 
 — * 380, r.: 871.—* 542, r. xxxv. : 873, r. xlii.— • 627, 1, 4th: 
 1222 — * 403, r. v.: 831, r. xxxiii.— b 520, L: 1075, r. lxxiv.— 
 J 236, 4: 474; H2, 992.— x 627, 5: 1182, r. lxxxvii.— » 627, 1, 
 
 1st: 1226. 
 
 Idioms.— f 39, 1.— ' 32, 3.— * 91, 5.— •» 108, 4. 
 
134 ROMAN HISTORY. 
 
 esse, nt Romanorum vires fragerentur, a aut omnes di- 
 mittendos, ut beneficio obligarentur. a Pontius utrnm- 
 que consilium improbavit, omnesque sub jugum misit 
 Samnites denique post bellum undequinquaginta anno- 
 rum superati sunt. 
 A . xj t 5. Devictis Samnitibus, Tarentmis b bellum 
 472 - indictum est, quia legatis Roinanorum injuiiam 
 fecissent. c Hi Pyrrhum, d EpTri regem, contra Romanes 
 auxilium d poposcerunt. Is mox in Italiam venit, tum- 
 que primum Romani cum transmarlno hoste pugnave- 
 runt. Missus est contra eum consul P. Valerius Lae- 
 vlnus. Hie, quum exploratores Pyrrhi cepisset, jussit 
 eos per castra duci, e tumque dimitti, ut renuntiarent a 
 Pyrrho, quaecunque a Romanis agerentur. f 
 
 6. Pugna commissa, Pyrrhus auxilio elephantorum 
 vicit. Nox proelio finem dedit. Laevinus tames per 
 noctem fugit. Pyrrhus Romanos miller octingentos 
 cepit, eosque summo honore tractavit. Quum eos, qui 
 in prcelio interfecti fuerant, omnes adversis vulnerTbus 
 ct truci vultu etiam mortuos jacere videret, tulisse ad 
 coalum manus dicitur cum hac voce : Ego cum tallbus 
 viris brevi orbem terrdrum subigerem. h 
 
 7. Postea Pyrrhus Romam perrexit; omnia ferro ig 
 neque vastavit. Campaniam depopulatus est, atque ad 
 Prseneste venit, milliario ab urbe octavo decimo. Mox 
 terrore exercitus, qui cum consule sequebatur, in Cam- 
 paniam se recepit. Legati ad Pyrrhum de captivis rc- 
 dimendis ' missi honorif icd ab eo suscepti sunt ; captivos 
 sine pretio reddidit. Unum ex legatis, Fabricium, sic 
 
 Grammars.—' 627, 1, 2d: 1207.— b 522, r. iii.: 1075, r. Ixxiv 
 — e 629, 1237.—* 508, r.: 734, r. xiii.— f 656, 1291, r. ci.— 
 ff 104, 5: 204.— h 142, 2d: 1205, r. xc. 
 
 Idioiis.— * 62, 5.— • 94, 3.—* 7.—* 112, 8. 
 
LIBER II. 135 
 
 adiniratus est, ut ei quartam partem regni sui promit- 
 teret, si ad se translret, sl sed a Fabricio contemptus est. 
 
 8. Quum jam Pyrrhus -ingenti Romanorum adniira- 
 tione teneretiiTjlegatum lmsit Cineam,pra3stantiss!mum. 
 virum, qui b pacem peteret ea conditioned ut Pyrrhus 
 earn partem Italia), quain armis occupaverat, obtineret. 
 Romani respondernnt, eum cum Romanis pacem habere 
 non posse, nisi ex Italia recessisset. d Cii^eas quum 
 rediisset, Pyrrho eum e interroganti, qualis ipsi Roma 
 visa esset/ respondit, se regum patriam vidisse.g" 
 
 9. In altero h prcelio cum rege Eplri commisso Pyr- 
 rlms vulneratus est, elephanti interfecti, viginti millia 
 hostium caesa sunt. Pyrrhus Tarentum » fugit. Inter- 
 jccto anno, Fabricius contra eum missus est. Ad hunc 
 medTcus Pyrrhi nocte venit promittens, se Pyrrhum 
 veneuo occisurum,J si munus sibi daretur. Hunc Fa- 
 bricius vinctum reduci jussit ad dominum. Tunc rex 
 admiratus ilium dixisse fertnr: llle k est Fabricius, qui 
 difficlliUs ab honestdte, qudm sol a cursu suo averti potest. 
 Paulo post Pyrrhus tertio etiam proelio fusus a ^ u. 
 Tarento recessit, et, quum in Grgeciam rediis- 481 - 
 set, apud Argos, Peloponnesi urbem, interfectus est. 
 
 10. Anno quadringentesimo nonagesimo post ^ u. 
 urbem conditam 1 Romanorum exercitus pri- 49 °- 
 mum in Siciliam trajecerunt, regemque Syracusarum 
 Hieroncm, Pcenosque, qui multas civitates in A rj. 
 ea insula occupav(?rant, superaverunt. Quinto 495 ' 
 auno hujus belli, quod contra Pcenos gerebatur, pri- 
 
 Grammars.— • 627, 2: 1265, r. xcvii. — b 641, r. ii. : 1226. 
 • 542, r. xxxv. : S7S, r. xlii.— d 627, 5 : 1182, r. lxxxvii.— f 627, 
 6 : 1265, r. xcvii— h 106, 7 : 208.— ^ 553, r. xxxvii. : 938, r. Jvii. 
 — * 319, r. v. : 666, r. vi.— > 684, 1337. 
 
 Idioms.— 1 ' 40. 4.— • 63, 3.— * 98, 2.— J 100, 2, and 94, 1, 2d. 
 
136 ROMAN HISTORY. 
 
 mum Romani, C. Duillio et Cn. Cornelio Asina consul- 
 ibus, a in mari dimicaverunt. Duillius Carthaginienses 
 vicit, triginta naves occupavit, quatuordecim mersit, 
 septem millia hostium b cepit, tria millia occldit. Nulla 
 victoria Romanis c gratior fuit. Duillio concessum est, 
 ut quum a coen& redlret, pueri funalia gestantes, et 
 tibicen eum comitarentur. d 
 A. u. !!• Paucis annis interjectis, bellum in AM* 
 499, cam translatum est. Hamilcar, Carthaginien- 
 sium dux, pugna navali super atur; nam perditis sexa- 
 ginta quatuor navibus se recepit ; Romani viginti duas 
 amiserunt. Quum in Africam venissent, Pcenos in pluri- 
 bus proaliis vicerunt, magnam vim hommum ceperunt, 
 septuaginta quatuor civitates in-fidem acceperunt. Turn 
 victi Carthaginienses pacem a Romanis petierunt. 
 Quam f quum M. Atilius Regulus, Romanorum dux, 
 dare nollet nisi durissimis conditiombus, Carthaginienses 
 auxilium petierunt a Lacedaemoniis. e Hi Xanthippum 
 miserunt, qui Romanum exercitum magno proelio vicit. 
 Regulus ipse captus et in vincula conjectus est. 
 
 12. Non tamen ubique fortiina Carthaginiensibus s 
 favit. Quum aliquot proaliis victi essent, Regulum ro- 
 gaverunt, ut Romam proficisceretur, et pacem captivo- 
 rumque permutationem a Romanis obtineret. Ille quum 
 Romam venisset, inductus in Senatum dixit, se desiisse 
 Romanum esse ex ilia die, qua h in potest atem Pcenorum 
 venisset.' Turn Romanis J suasit, ne pacem cum Car- 
 thaginiensibus facerent: k illos 1 enim tot casibus fractos 
 spem nullam nisi in pace habere:" 1 tanti n nonesse,ut 
 
 Grammars.— b 332, r. vi. : 751, r. xv.-— e 382, r. xvL : 860, r. xl. 
 — * 627, 1, 4th: 1222.—* 511, 737.—* 403, r. v. : 831, r. xxxiii. 
 — h 565, r. xl. : 949, r. lx.— i 650, r. vi. : 1291, r. ci. — J 501, r. 
 xxix. : 855, r. xxxix.— k 627, 1, 3d : 1208.—* 496, 800. 
 
 Idioms.—" 110, 2.— f 39, 3.— » 94, 4.— m 96, 2, and 94, 1, 2. 
 
liber in. 157 
 
 tot millia a captivorum propter se iiiium et paucos, qui 
 ex Romanis capti essent, redderentur. Haec sentcntia 
 obtinuit. Regressus igltur in AfrTcam crudelissiniis 
 suppliciis exstinctus est. 
 
 13. Tandem, C. Lutatio Catulo, A. Postumio a. u. 
 consulibus, anno belli PunTci vieesimo tertio 6l3, 
 magnum proelium navale commissum est contra Lily- 
 baeum, promontorium Siciliae. In eo prcelio septuaginta 
 tres Carthaginiensium naves captae, b centum viginti 
 quinque demersae, triginta duo millia hostium capta, 
 tredecim millia occisa sunt. Statim Carthaginienses 
 paciJin petierunt, cisque pax tributa est. CaptTvi Ronm- 
 norum, c qui tenebantur a CarthaginiensTbus redditi sunt. 
 Poeni Sicilia, J Sardinia, et ceteris insiilis, qua3 inter Ita- 
 liam Africamque jacent, decesserunt, omnemque His- 
 pituiam quae citra Iberum est, Romanis permiserunt. 
 
 LIBER TERTIUS. 
 
 1. Anno quingentessimo undetricesimo in- A jj. 
 gentes Gallorum copiae Alpcs transierunt. Sed 529 - 
 pro Romanis tota Italia consensit: traditumque est, e 
 octingenta millia a hominum c ad id bellum parata fa, 
 isse. f Res prospSrS gesta est apud Clusium: quadra- 
 ginta millia bominum interfccta sunt. Aliquot annis s 
 post h pugnatum est' contra Gallos in agro Insiibrum, 
 finitumque est bellum M. Claudio Marcello, Cn. Cor- 
 nelio Scipione consulibus. Turn Marcellus regem GaL 
 
 Grammars.—* 104, 5 : 204.— * 355, r. x. : 771, r. xix.— * 613, r. 
 ii. : 993, r. hoc.— • 158, 1086; and 164, 5: 327.— * 565, r.xL: 
 919 , r. lx.:— h 612, 992.— > 223, 3: 4=53. 
 
 Idioms— b 115, 2.— • 51, 2.— ' <>4, 1, 2d, and 98. 9 
 
l38 ROMAN HISTORY. 
 
 lorum, Yiridomarum, manu sua occldit, et triumphans 
 spolia Galli stipiti a imposita humeris suis vexit. 
 
 2. Paulo post PunTcum bellum renova^uni est per Han- 
 nibalem, Carthaginiensium ducem, quern pater Hamilcar 
 novem annos b uatum aris admoverat, ut odium peremie 
 in Romanos juraret. c Hie annum agens vicesimum aeta- 
 
 A. u. tis Saguntum, Hispaniae civitatem, Rcmanis am- 
 536 - icam, oppugnare d aggressus est. Huic Romani 
 per legatos denuntiaverunt, ut bello abstineret. e . Qui f 
 quum legatos admittere nollet, Romani Carthagmem 
 miserunt,ut mandaretur s Hannibali, a ne bellum contra 
 socios populi Romani gereret. e Dura responsa a Car- 
 thaginiensibus reddita. Saguntmis interea fame vi?tis, 
 Romani Carthaginiensibus bellum indixerunt. 
 
 3. Hannibal, fratre Hasdrubale in Hispania relicto, 
 Pyrenaeum et Alpes transiit. Traditurf in Italiam octo- 
 ginta millia peditum, et viginti millia equitum, septem et 
 triginta elephantos abduxisse. Interea multi Ligiires et 
 Galli Hannibali se conjunxerunt. Primus ei occurrit P. 
 Cornelius Scipio, qui, proelio ad Ticinum commisso, h su- 
 peratus est, et, vulnere accepto, h in castra rediit. Turn 
 Sempronius Gracchus conflixit ad Trebiam amnem. Is 
 quoque vincitur. Multi populi se Hannibali dediderunt. 
 Inde in Tusciam progressus, Flaminium consulem ad 
 Trasimenum lacum superat. Ipse Flaminius interemp- 
 tus,» Romanorum viginti quinque millia cassa sunt. 
 
 A jj 4. Quingentesimo et quadragesTmo anno post 
 
 54 °- urbem conditam L. ^Emilius Paullus et P. Te- 
 
 rentius Yarro contra Hannibalem mittuntur. Quam- 
 
 f Supply is willi traditur, or eum with abduxisse. Gr. 676, 1155, 
 Grammars.— a 522, r. iii. : 1075, r. lxxiv.— b 565, r. xli. : 949, r. 
 
 lx.— » 627, 1, 2d: 1207.— d 665, 1138, r. lxxx.— • 627, 1, 3d 
 
 1208. 
 
 Idioms.— f 39, 1.— s 51.— h 104, 2.— I 115, 2. 
 
LIBER III. 139 
 
 quam intcllcctura erat, a Hannibalem non aliter vinci 
 posse quam mora, Varro tamen mora? h impatiens apud 
 vieum, qui Caimae c appellfitur, in Apulia pugnavit ; ambo 
 consults victi, Paullus interemptus est. In eapugna, con- 
 sulages aut prajtorii viginti, senatores triginta eapti aut 
 occisi ; militum quadraginta millia ; equitum tria millia 
 et quingenti perierunt. In his tantis malis nemo tamen 
 pacis mentionem facere dignatus est. Servi, quod d nun- 
 quam ante factum, manumissi et milites facti sunt. 
 
 5. Post earn pugnam multae Italia? civitates, quae Ro- 
 manise paruerant, se ad Hannibalem transtulerunt. Han- 
 nibal Romanis obtulit/ ut captivos redimerent; respon- 
 sunique est a a senatu, eos cives non esse necessarios, qui 
 armati capti potuissent.? Hos omnes ille postea variis 
 guppliciis interfecit, et tres modios aureorum annulorum 
 Carthaglnem misit,quos manibus h equitum Romanorum, 
 senatorum, et militum detraxerat. Interea in Hispania 
 frater Hannibalis, Hasdrubal, qui ibi remanserat cum 
 magno exercitu, a duobus ScipionTbus vincltur, perdit- 
 que in pugna triginta quinque millia homlnum. 
 
 6. Anno quarto postquam HannTbal in Italiam venSrat, 
 M. Claudius Marcellus consul apud Nolam, civitatem 
 Campaniae, contra Hannibalem bene pugnavit. Illo tem- 
 pore Philippus,Demetrii filius, rex Macedonian, ad Han- 
 nibalem legiitos mittit, elque auxilia contra Romanos 
 pollicetur. Qui legati ' quum a Romanis capti essent,J 
 M. Valerius Laevmus cum navibus missus est, qui regem 
 impedlret, k quo minus copias in Italiam trajiceret. 1 Idem 
 in Macedoniam penetrans regem Philippum vicit. 
 
 Grammars.—" 662.— b 349, r. ix. : 765, r. xviii.— « 321, (WS.— 
 •403, r. v.: S.'tl, r. xxxiii.— * 627, 6: 1186.— h 501, r. xxix. : 
 886, r. xxxix.— i 631, 1244, r. xciv.— * 643, 4th: 1212. 
 
 Idioms.—" 51, 2.-* 37, 9.— f 60, 4— » 38, I.— k 83, 2.— i 78, 7 
 
140 ROMAN HISTORY. 
 
 7. In Sicilia quoque res prospere gesta est. Marcel- 
 lus magnam hujus insulse partem cepit, quam Poeni 
 occupaverant ; Syraciisas, nobilissTmam urbem, expug- 
 navit, et ingentem inde praedam Romam a misit. Lae- 
 vinus in Macedonia cum Philippo et multis Graecias 
 poptilis amicitiam fecit ; et in Siciliam profectus Han- 
 nonem, Preuorum ducem, apud Agrigentum cepit; 
 quadraginta civitates in deditionem accepit, viginti sex 
 expugnavit. Ita omni Sicilia recepta, cum ingenti 
 gloria Romam a regressus est. 
 
 8. Interea in Hispaniam, ubi duo Scipiones ab Has- 
 drubale interfecti erant, missus est P. Cornelius Scipio, 
 vir Romanorum b omnium fere primus. Hic, c puer, d duo- 
 deviginti annorum, e in pugna, ad Ticmum,patrem singu- 
 lari virtiite servavit. Deinde post cladem Cannensem f 
 multos s nobilissimorum juvenum Italiam deserere ,! cu- 
 pientium, auctoritate sua ab hoc consilio deterruit. Vi- 
 ginti quatuor annorum c juvenis in Hispaniam missus, 
 die quavenit, CartliagmemNovam cepit, in quaomne au- 
 rum et argentum et belli apparatum Pceni habebant, no- 
 bilissimos quoque obsides, quos ab Hispanis aeceperant. 
 Hos obsides parentibus suis ! reddidit. Quare omnes ferd 
 Hispaniae civitates ad eum uno ammo transierunt. 
 
 9. Ab eo inde tempore res Romanorum in dies laeti- 
 ores factae sunt. Hasdrubal a fratre ex Hispania in 
 Italiam evocatus, apud Senam, Piceni civitatem, in 
 insidias incidit, et strenu& pugnans occisus est. Plu- 
 rimse autem civitates, quae in Brutiis ab Hannibale 
 tenebantur, Romanis se tradiderunt. 
 
 Grammars.—* 553, r.: 938, r. lvii.— b 355, r. x.: 771, r. xix.— 
 • 339, r. vii.: 757, v. xvi.— f 337, 756.— h 659, 4 : 1122; and 
 665, 1138, r. Ixkx.— ' 118, 3, 1st, Exc.: 1018. 
 
 Idioms.— 6 21, 4.— d 13, 2.— * 21, 3. 
 
LIBER IT. 141 
 
 10. Anno decimo quarto postquam in Italiam ^. U. 
 Hannibal venerat, Scipio consul creatus, a et in 550< 
 AirTcam missus est. Ibi contra Hannonem, ducem Car- 
 thaginiensiuin, prosper^ pugnat, totunique ejus exerci- 
 tum delet. Secundo proelio undecim millia hommum 
 occldit, et castra cepit cum quatuor millibus et quingen- 
 tis militlbus. Syphacem, Numidiae regem, qui se cum 
 Pcenis conjunxe'rat, cepit, eumque cum nobilissimis Nu- 
 mldis et infinltis spoliis Romam misit. Qua b re audita, 
 omnis fere Italia Hannibalem deserit. Ipse c a a. U. 
 Carthaginienslbus in Afrlcam redire jubetur. 553 - 
 Ita anno decimo septimo Italia ab Hannibale liberata est. 
 
 11. Post plures pugnas et pacem plus d semel frustra 
 tentatam, pugna ad Zamam committitur, in qua peritis- 
 stmi duces copias suas ad bellum educebant. Scipio 
 victor recedit ; Hannibal cum paucis equitibus evadit. 
 Post hoc prceiium pax cum Carthaginienslbus facta est. 
 Scipio, quum Romam rediisset, ingenti gloria triumph ii- 
 vit, atque Africanus appellatus est. Sic finem accepit 
 second um PunTcum bellum post e annum undevicesi- 
 m urn quam coeperat. 
 
 LIBER QUARTUS. 
 1. Finito PunTco bello, secutum est Macedo- a. U. 
 nTciim contra Philippum regem. Superatus est 556 - 
 rex a T. Quinctio Flaminio apud Cynocephalas, paxque 
 ei data est his leglbus : ne Grcecice civitatibus, quas Ro- 
 mdni contra eum defenderant, bellum inferret f ut captivos 
 
 Grammars.—* 471, 900.—° 569, 954.—* 627, 1, 2d: 1207. 
 
 Idioms.—* 115, 1.— b 38, 3.— * 32, 3 
 
142 ROMAN HISTORY. 
 
 et transfugas redder et; quinquaginta solum naves habe 
 ret; reliquas Momdnis daret; mille talenta prcestdret, en 
 obsldem a daret filium Demetrium. T. Quinctius etiam 
 Lacedsemoniis intulit bellum, et ducem eorum Nabidem 
 vicit. 
 
 A U. 2. Finito bello Macedonico, secutum est bel- 
 
 563 - lum Syriacum contra Antiochum regem, cum 
 quo Hannibal se junxerat. Missus est contra eum L. 
 Cornelius Scipio consul, cui b frater ejus Scipio Africa- 
 nus legatus est additus. Hannibal navali proelio victus, c 
 Antiochus autem ad Magnesiam, Asiae civitatem, a Cor- 
 nelio Scipione consule ingenti proelio fusus est. Turn 
 rex Antiochus pacem petit. Data est ei b hac lege, ut 
 ex Europd et Asid recederet, atque intra Taurum se eon- 
 tineret, decern millia talentorum et viginti obsides praibe'- 
 ret, Hannibalem, concitdrem belli, dederet. Scipio Ro- 
 mam rediit, et ingenti gloria triumphavit. Nomen et 
 ipse, ad imitationem fratris, Asiatici accepit. 
 
 3. Philippo, rege Macedonian, mortuo, films ejus Per- 
 seus rebellavit,ingentibus copiis paratis. d Dux Romano- 
 rum, P. Licinius consul, contra eum missus, gravi proelio 
 a rege victus est. Rex tamen pacem petebat. Cui Ro- 
 mani earn praestare noluerunt, nisi his conditiombus, e ut 
 se et suos Romanis dederet. Mox ^Emilius Paullus con- 
 
 A u# sul regem ad Pydnam superavit, et viginti mil- 
 586 - lia peditum ejus occidit. Equitatus cum rege 
 fugit. Urbes Macedonian omnes, quas rex tenuerat, Ro- 
 manis se dediderunt. Ipse Perseus ab amicis desertus in 
 Paulli potestatem venit. Hie, multis etiam aliis rebus 
 gestis, d cum ingenti pomp&, f Romam rediit in nave Persei, 
 
 Grammars. — k 522, r. iii. : 1075, r. lxxiv. — e 542, r. xxxv.: 873, 
 r. xlii.— f 545, 876. 
 
 Idioms.—* 13, 1.— • 115, 2.— d 104, 1. 
 
LIBER IV. 143 
 
 inusitatae magnitudinis ; a namsedecim rcmorum ordTnes 
 habuissc dicitur. Triumphavit magnificentissmie in 
 curru aureo, duobus liliis utroque latere b adstantibus. 
 Ante currum inter captlvos duo regis filii et ipse Per- 
 seus ducti sunt. 
 
 4. TiJrtium deinde bellum contra Carthagi- ^ u. 
 nem susceptum est sexcentesimo et altero c anno 602 - 
 ab urbe condita, d anno quinquagesTmo primo postquam 
 secundum bellum Punicum transactum erat. L. Man- 
 lius Censormus et M. Manlius consules in AfrTcam tra- 
 jecerunt, e et oppugnaverimt Carthaginem. Multa ibi 
 praeclare gesta sunt per Scipionem, Scipionis Africani 
 nepotem, qui tribunus f in Africa militabat. Hujus 
 apud omnes ingens metus et reverentia erat, neque 
 quidquam magis Carthaginiensium duces vitabant, 
 quam contra eum proelium committere. 
 
 5. Quum jam magnum esset Scipionis nomen, tertio 
 anno postquam Romani in AfrTcam trajecerant, e consul 
 est creatus, et contra Carthagmem missus. Is ^ jj 
 banc urbem a civibus acerrime defensam s ce- 608 * 
 pit ac diruit. Ingens ibi praeda facta, plurimaque in- 
 venta sunt, qua3 multarum civitatum excidiis Carthago 
 collegerat. Haec omnia Scipio civitatibus h Italian, Si- 
 ciliae, AfrTcae reddidit, quae' suai recognoscebant. Ita 
 Carthago septingentesimo anno, postquam condita erat, 
 deleta est. Scipio nomen Africani junioris accepit. 
 
 6. Interim in Macedonia quidam Pseudophilippus 
 arma movit, et P. Juvencium, Romanorum ducem, ad 
 internecionem vicit. Post eum Q. Caecilius Metellus 
 dux a Romanis contra Pseudophilippum missus est, et, 
 
 Grammars.—* 339, r. vii. : 757, r. xvi. — b 612, 992, (in.)— e 106, 
 7: 208.—* 684, 1357.—* 444, 720.—* 688, 1350, r. cv. 
 
 IDIOMS.—' 13, L— * 63.—* 34.— i 31, 5, Note. 
 
144 ROMAN HISTORY. 
 
 viginti quinque millibus ex militibus a ejus occisis, Ma* 
 cedoniam recepit; ipsum etiam Pseudophilippum in 
 potestatem suam redegit. Corinthiis quoque bellum 
 indictum est, nobilissimae Graeciae civitati, b propter in- 
 juriam Romanis legatis illatam. Hanc Mummius con- 
 A. u. sm * cepit ac diruit. Tres igitur Romae simul 
 608 - celeberrimi triumphi fuerunt; Scipionis d ex 
 Africa, ante cujus currum ductus est Hasdrtibal ; Me- 
 telli d ex Macedonia, cujus currum praecessit Andriscus, 
 qui et Pseudophilippus dicitur ; Mummii d ex Corintho, 
 ante quern signa a3nea et pictas tabula3 et alia urbis cla- 
 rissjfmae ornamenta praslata sunt. 
 A. u. ^' Anno sexcentesimo decimo post urbem con- 
 61 °- ditam Viriathus in Lusitania bellum contra Ro- 
 manos excitavit. Pastor primo fuit, mox latronum dux ; 
 postremo tantos ad bellum populos concitavit, ut vindex e 
 libertatis Hispaniaa existimaretur. 1, Denique a suis s in* 
 terfectus est. Quum interfectores ejus praemium a Cse- 
 pione consule peterent, responsum est, nunquam Roma- 
 nis placuisse h imperatorem a militibus suis interf ici. 
 
 8. Deinde bellum exortum est cum Numantinis, civi- 
 tate b Hispaniae. Victus ab his Qu. Pompeius, et post 
 eum C. Hostilius Manclnus consul, qui pacem cum iis 
 fecit infamem, quam popiilus et senatus jussit infringi, 1 
 atque ipsum Mancmum hostibus tradi. 1 Turn P. Scipio 
 Africanus in Hispaniam missus est. Is primum militem 
 ignavum et corruptum correxit ; turn multas Hispaniae 
 A. rj. civitates partim bello cepit, partim in deditio- 
 621 • nem accepit. Postremo ipsam Numantiam fame 
 ad deditionem coegit, urbemque evertit ; reliquam pro- 
 vinciam in fidem accepit. 
 
 Grammars.—* 360, 775.— h 253, 623.—° 522, r. ili.: 1075, r. 
 lxir.— • 319, r. v. : 666, r. vi. ; and 320, 667.— f 62V, 1, 1st: 1220. 
 
 Idioms.— d Sup. triumphus.—* 19, 2.— h 51, 5.— i 90, 4. 
 
LIBER V. 145 
 
 9. P. Scipione Nascica a et L. Calpurnio Bestid con- 
 siliums, Jugurthae, Numidarum rcgi, bellum illatum 
 est, quod Adherbalem et Hiempsalein, Micipsse filios, pa- 
 trueles suos, iiiteremisset. b Missus adversus cum con- 
 sul Calpurnius Bestia corruptus regis pecunia pacem 
 cum eo flagitiosissimam fecit, quae a seiiatu improbiita 
 est. DenTque Qu. Caecilius Metellus consul Jugurtham 
 variis proeliis vicit, elephantos ejus occidit vel cepit, mul- 
 tas eivitates ipsius in deditionem accepit. Ei successit 
 C. Marius, qui bello terminum posuit, ipsumque Jugur- 
 thain cepit. Ante curruni triumphantis Marii A u# 
 Jugurtha cum duobus filiis ductus est vinctus, 648 - 
 et mox jussu consulis in carcere strangulatus. 
 
 LIBER QULNTUS. 
 
 1 . Dim bellum in Numidia contra Jugurtham gerTtur, 
 Cimbri et Teutones aliaeque Germanorum et Gallorum 
 Rentes Italian* niinabantur, aliaeque Romanorum exerci- 
 tus firderunt. Ingens fuit Romas d timor,ne e itSrum Galli 
 urbem occiiparent. Ergo Marius consul r creatus, elque 
 bellum contra Cimbros et Teutones decretum est; bello- 
 qiie ]>n>tracto,tertius ei etquartus consulatusdelatusest. 
 In duobus proeliis cum Cimbris ducenta millia hostium 
 cecldit, octoginta millia ccpit, eorumque regem Theuto- 
 bfichum; propter quod mentum absens quintd Consul 
 creatus est. Interea Cimbri et Teutones, quo- a. rj 
 rum copia adhuc infinlta erat, in Italiam trans- 653> 
 ir runt. Iterum a C. Mario et Qu. Catulo contra eos 
 
 Grammars.— '< 655, /?.■>.•>.— c 403, r. v. : 831, r. xxxiii.— • 634. 
 ■-f 310, r. v. : G(p<>, r. vi. 
 
 Idioms.—' no, 2.— «> -i, i.— • iui, & 
 13 
 
146 ROMAN HISTORY. 
 
 dimicatum est a ad Veronam. Centum et quadraginta 
 millia aut in pugna aut in fuga caesa sunt ; sexaginta mil- 
 lia capta. Tria et triginta Cimbris b signa sublata sunt. 
 
 A. tj. 2. SexcentesTino quinquagesimo nono anno 
 659 - ab urbe conditli in Italia gravissimum bellum 
 exarsit. Nam Picentes, Marsi, PelignTque, qui multos 
 annos populo Romano obedierant, aequa cum illis jura 
 sibi b dari postulabant. Perniciosum admSdum hoc bel- 
 lum fuit. P. Rutilius consul in eo occTsus est; plures 
 exercitus fusi fugatique. Tandem L. Cornelius Sulla 
 eum c alia egregid gessit, turn Cluentium, hostium du- 
 cem, cum magnis copiis, fudit. Per quadriennium cum 
 gravi utriusque partis calamitate hoc bellum tractum 
 est. Quinto demum anno L. Cornelius Sulla ei impos- 
 uit finem. Romani tamen, id d quod priiis negaverant, 
 jus civitatis, bello finito, sociis tribuerunt. 
 
 A. u. 3. Anno urbis conditae sexcentesimo sexages- 
 666 - imo sexto primum Romas bellum civile exortum 
 est; eodem anno etiam Mithridaticum. Causam bello 
 civili C. Marius dedit. Nam quum Sullae bellum ad- 
 versus Mithridatem regem Ponti decretum esset, Marius 
 ei e hunc honorem eripere conatus est. Sed Sulla, qui 
 adhuc cum legionibus suis in Italia morabatur, cum 
 exercitu Romam venit, et adversarios cum c interfecit, 
 turn fugavit. Turn rebus Romae utcunque compositis, in 
 Asiam profectus est, pluribusque proeliis Mithridatem 
 coegit, ut pacem a Romanis peteret, f et Asia, quam in- 
 vaserat, relicta, regni sui finibus contentus esset. 
 
 4. Sed dum Sulla in Graecia et Asia Mithridatem vin- 
 cit, Marius, qui fugatus fuerat, et Cornelius Cinna, unus 
 
 Grammars.— » 223, 3: 153.— b 522, r. iii. : 1075, r. lxxiv.— 
 601, r. : 855, r. xxxix.— - f 627, 1, 3d : 1208. 
 
 Idioms.— 124, 8.— * 37, 9.—® 5, 1. 
 
LIBER VI. 147 
 
 ex consulfbus, bellum in Italia repararunt, et ingressi 
 Romam nobilissfnios ex senatu et consulages viros in- 
 terfecerunt; multos proscripserunt ; ipsius Sullas domo 
 eversa, filios et uxorem ad fugam compulerunt. Uni- 
 versus rcllquus senatus ex urbe fugiens ad Sullam in 
 Grseciam venit, orans ut patriae subvenTret. a Sulla in 
 Italiam trajecit, b hostium exercitus vicit, mox etiam 
 urbem ingressns est, quam caede c et saiiguTne civium 
 replevit. Quatuor millia incrmium, qui se dediderant, 
 interfici d jussit; duo millia equttum etsenatorum pro- 
 scripsit. Turn de Mitbridate triumpbavit. Duo haec 
 bella funestissima, ItalTcum, quod et sociale dictum % est, 
 et civile, consumpserunt ultra centum et quinquaginta 
 millia hoinintim, viros consulares viginti quatuor, pra3- 
 torios septem, aedilitios sexaginta, senatores fere du- 
 centos. 
 
 LIBER SEXTUS. 
 
 1. Anno urbis conditae sexcentesimo septua- A u# 
 gesTmo sexto, L. Licinio Lucullo s et M. Aurelio 676 - 
 Cotta consulibus, mortuus est Nicomedes, rex Bithyniae, 
 et testamento populum Romanum fecit heredem. e Mi- 
 thridates, pace rupta, f Asiam rursus voluit invadSre. 
 Adversus eum ambo consules missi variam habuere for- 
 tunam. Cotta apud Chalced5nem victus prcelio, a rege 
 etiam intra oppTdum o))sessus est. Sed quum se inde 
 Mithridates Cyzicum h transtulisset, ut, hac urbe capta,» 
 
 Grammars.—* 627, 1, 3d: 1208.—* 444, 720.—° 515, r. xxxi. : 
 912.—* 440, 715.—* G95. 972.—* 553, r. xxxvii. : <>38, r. Ivii. 
 
 Idioms.—* 90, 4.—' 104, 1.— s 110, 2 
 
148 ROMAN HISTORY. 
 
 totam Asiam invaderet, Lucullus ei, a alter consul, oc- 
 currit, ac dum Mithridates in obsidione Cyzici commo- 
 ratur, ipse b eum a tergo obsedit, fameque consumptum 
 multis proeliis vicit. Postreino Byzantium fugavit; 
 navali quoque proelio ejus duces oppressit. Ita una 
 hieme d et aestate a Lucullo centum fere millia e mili- 
 tum regis exstincta sunt. 
 A. u. 2. Anno urbis sexcentesimo f septuagesTmo 
 678# octavo novum in Italia bellum commotum est. 
 Septuaginta enim quatuor gladiatores, ducibuss Spar- 
 taco, Crixo, et GEnomao, e ludo gladiatorio, qui Capuse h 
 erat, effugerunt, et per Italiam vagantes psene non le- 
 vius bellum, quam Hannibal, 1 moverunt. Nam con- 
 traxerunt exercitum fer^ sexaginta millium e armato- 
 rum, multosque duces et duos Bomanos consules vice- 
 runt. Ipsi victi sunt in Apulia a M. Licinio Crasso 
 proconsule, et, post multas calamitates Italiae,J tertio 
 anno huic bello finis est impositus. 
 
 3. Interim L. Lucullus bellum MithridatTcum perse- 
 ciitus regnum Mithridatis invasit, ipsumque regem apud 
 Cablra civitatem, quo ingentes copias ex omni regno ad- 
 duxerat Mithridates, ingenti proslio superatum fugavit, 
 et castra ejus diripuit. Armenia quoque Minor, quam 
 tenebat, eidem k erepta est. Susceptus est Mithridates a 
 Tigrane, Armeniae rege, qui turn ingenti gloria impera- 
 bat; sed hujus quoque regnum 1 Lucullus est ingressus. 
 Tigranocerta, nobilissimam Armenian civitatem, cepit, 
 ipsum regem, cum magno exercitu venientem, ita vicit, 
 
 Grammars. — * 399, r. iv. : 824i, r. xxxii. — c 553, r. xxxvii. : 038, 
 P. lvii. — d 565, r. xli. : 949, r. lx.— • 104, 5 : 204.— r 106, 7 : 208. 
 h 548, r. xxxvi. : 932, r. lvi. — * 470, 1st: 899.— J 334, 753.— 
 k 522, r. iii : 1075, r. lxxiv.— l 613, r. lii. : 993, r. Ixx. 
 
 Idioms.— b 32, 3.—? 110, 2.— k 5, 1. 
 
LIBER VI. 149 
 
 ut robur militum Armeniorum dcleret. a Sed qiuim 
 Lucullus finem bello imponere pararet, successor ei b 
 missus est. 
 
 4. Per ilia tempora piratas omnia maria infestabant 
 ita, ut Romanis, toto orbe c terrarum victorlbus, sola 
 navigatio tuta non esset. a Quare id bellum Cn. Poin- 
 peio (1 decretum est, quod intra paucos menses ^ rj. 
 incrodibili felicitate et celeritate confecit. Mox 687 - 
 ei d delatum bellum contra regem Mithridatem et Tigra- 
 nem. Quo e suscepto, Mithridatem in Armenia Minore 
 noctnrno proelio . vicit, castra diripuit, et quadraginta mil- 
 ltbusejus occlsis/ viginti tantum de exercTtu suo perdi- 
 dit et duos centuriones. Mithridates fugit cum uxore et 
 duobus comitibus, neque multo post, Pharnacis filii sui 
 seditione coactus, venenum hausit. Hunc vita3 finem 
 hahtiit Mithridates, vir ingentis industrial atque con- 
 silii. Regnavit annis h sexaginta, vixit septuaginta duo- 
 luis: contra Romanos bellum habuit annis quadraginta. 
 
 .">. TigrSni deinde Pompeius bellum intulit. Ille > se J 
 ei* dedTdit, et in castra Pompeii venit,ac diadema suumi 
 in (Jus* manibus collocavit, quod eif Pompeius reposuit. 
 Parte k regni cum multavit et grandi pecunia. Turn 
 alios etiam reges et populos superavit. Armeniam Mi- 
 norem Deiotaro, Galatiae regi, donavit, quia auxilium 
 contra Mithridatem tulerat. Seleuciam, vicinam Antio- 
 chia) civitateuijlibertate 1 donavit, quod regem Tigranem 
 non recepisset. m Inde in Judaeam transgressus, Hiero- 
 solymam, caput gentis, tertio mense cepit, duodecim mil- 
 
 * i. e. Pornpey. f i. e. Tigranes. 
 
 Grammars.— » 627, 1, 1st: 1220.— - b 378, r. xv. : 870, r. xli.— 
 
 • 611, (in.) : 992.— d 522. r. iii. : lfi75, r. lxxiv.— * 339, r. vii. : 757, 
 
 r. xvi.— h 565, r. xli.: 949, r. lx.— ' 118, 3, 3d: 1028.— * 118, 3, 
 
 1st: 1018 k 514,r.xxxi.: Wl,r.l-J 505, 859.— re 655, 1255. 
 
 IDIOMS.—* 38, 5.— f 104, 1. 
 
150 ROMAN HISTORY. 
 
 libus Judaeorum occisis, ceteris in fidem receptis. His 
 gestis finem antiquissimo bello imposuit. Ante trium- 
 phantis a currum ducti sunt filii Mithridatis, filius Ti- 
 granis, et Aristobiilus, rex Judaeoruni. Prelata ingens 
 pecunia, auri atque argenti infinitum. b Hoe tempore 
 nullum per orbem terrarum grave bellum erat. 
 
 * xj. 6. M. Tullio Cicerone oratore et C. Antonio 
 
 689 - consulibus, anno ab urbe condita sexcentesimo 
 undenonagesimo L. Sergius CatilTna, nobilissimi gene- 
 ris vir, sed ingenii pravissimi, ad delendam d patriam 
 conjuravit cum quibusdam claris quidem sed audacibus 
 viris. A Cicerone urbe e expulsus est, socii ejus depre- 
 hensi et in carcere strangulati sunt. Ab Antonio, altero 
 consule, CatilTna ipse prcelio victus est et interfectus. 
 A. tj. 7. Anno urbis conditae sexcentesimo nonagesi- 
 
 693. mo tertio C. Julius Caesar cum L. Bibulo consul 
 est factus. Quum ei Gallia decreta esset, semper vincen- 
 do f usque ad Oceanum Britannieum processit. Domuit 
 autem annis s novem fere omnem Galliam, quae inter Al- 
 pes, flumen Rhodanum, Rhenum et Oceanum est. Bri- 
 iannis mox bellum inttilit, quibus h ante eum ne nomen 
 quidem Romanorum cognitum erat ; Germanos quoque 
 trans Rhenum aggressus, ingentibus proeliis vicit. 
 
 8. Circa eSdem tempera M. Licinius Crassus contra 
 
 Parthos missus est. Et quum circa Carras contra omina 
 
 A XJ. e ^ auspicia proelium commississet, a Suren& 
 
 700. Orodis regis duce, victus et interfectus est cum 
 filio, clarissimo et praestantissimo juvene. Reliquiae ex- 
 ercitus per C. Cassium quaestorem servatae sunt. 
 
 Grammars.— 339, r. v. : 757, r. xvi.— e 613, r. lii. : .9.95, r. lxx. 
 — ' 105, 1340.—* 565, r. xli. : 949, r. lx.— h 528, r. xxxiii. : 844, 
 r. xxxvi. ' 
 
 Idioms.- * Sup. Pompeii. — b Sup. pondus. — d 112, 1. 
 
LIBER VT. 151 
 
 9. Hinc jam bellum civile successit, quo Ho- ^ IT. 
 mani noinmis fortuna mutata est Caesar eniin 7():, 
 victor e Gallia rediens, absens coepit poscere alterum a 
 consulatum; quern quum aliqui sine dubitationc defer- 
 rent, b contradictum est c a Pompeio et aliis, jussusque 
 est, dimissis exercitibus, in urbem redlre. Propter banc 
 injuriam ab-Arimmo, ubi milttes congregates habebat, 
 infesto exercitu Romam d contendit. Consules cum 
 Pompeio, senatusque omnis atque universa nobilitas ex 
 urbe fugit, et in Graeciam transiit; et, dum senatus bel- 
 lum contra Caesarem pariibat, hie vacuam urbem in- 
 gressus dictatorem se fecit* 
 
 10. Inde Hispanias petit, ibique Pompeii legiones su- 
 peravit ; turn in Graecia adversum Pompeium ipsum dim- 
 icavit. Primo proelio victus est et iugatus ; evasit tamen, 
 quia nocte interveniente Poinpeius sequi noluit; dixit- 
 que Caesar, nee* Pompeium scire vincere, et illo tan turn 
 die se potuisse superari. Deinde in Thessalia amid Phar- 
 salum ingentlbus utrinque copiis commissis dimicave- 
 runt. Nunqiiamt adlmc Romanae copiae majores neque 
 meliorTbus ducibus f convenerant. Pugnatum est c ingen- 
 ti contentione, victusque ad Postremum Poinpeius, et cas- 
 tra ejus direpta sunt. Ipse fugatus AlexandrTam e petiit, 
 ut a rege JEgypti, cui tutor a senatu datus fuerat, accip- 
 Sret B auxilia. At hie fortiiiiam magis qua-m amicitiam h 
 secutus, occldit Pompeium, caput ejus et annulum Cae- 
 sari misit. Quo * conspectu, Caesar lacrymas fudisse dicT- 
 tur, tanti viri intuens caput, et generi quondam sui. 
 
 * AV-r, i. c. et non, Id. 124, I. t Nunquam, i. e. neque unqtiam, Id. 124, 5 
 Grammars.—' 106, 7: 208.— b 631, 1244, r. xciv. ; and 159, v..; 
 1087.— c 223, 3 : 453.— d 553, r. xxxvii. : 938, r. IviL — • 562, 
 047.— { Oil, 99%, (cum.)—* 627, 1, 2d: 1207.— h 470, 1st: 899. 
 ~J 684, 136 7. 
 
 Idiom » 38 5. 
 
XiJ2 ROMAN HISTORY. 
 
 11. Quum ad Alexandriam venisset Caesar, Ptolemaeus 
 ei insidias parare voluit, qua de causa regi bellum illa- 
 tum est. Rex victus in Nilo periit, inventumque est 
 corpus ejus cum lorlca aurea. Caesar, Alexandria a po- 
 titus, regnum Cleopatrae dedit. Turn inde profectus 
 Pompeianarum b partium reliquias est persecutus, bel- 
 lisque civilibus toto terrarum orbe compositis, Romam 
 rediit. Ubi quum insolentius agere coepisset, conjura- 
 tum d est in eum a sexaginta vel amplius senatoribus, 
 equitibusque Romanis. Praecipui fuerunt inter conju- 
 ratos Bruti duo ex genere illius Bruti, qui, regibus ex- 
 pulsis, e primus Romae consul fuerat, C. Cassius et Ser- 
 
 A. tj. *9Ms Casca. Ergo Caesar, quufii in Curiam ve- 
 709 - nisset, c viginti tribus vulneribus confossus est. 
 
 12. Interfecto Caesare, anno urbis septingentesimo no- 
 no bella civilia reparata sunt. Senatus favebat Caesaris 
 percussoribus, f Antonius consul a Caesaris partibus sta- 
 bat. Ergo iurbata republica, Antonius, multis sceleribus 
 commissis, e a senatu hostis judicatus est. Fusus fuga- 
 tusque Antonius, amisso exercitu, e confugit ad Lepidum, 
 qui Caesaris magister equitum fuerat, et turn grandes 
 copias militum habebat : a quo susceptus est. Mox Oc- 
 tavianus cum Antonio pacem fecit, et quasi vindicatu- 
 rus h patris h sui mortem, a quo per testamentum fuerat 
 adoptatus, Romam cum exercitu profectus extorsit, ut 
 sibiJ juveni viginti annorum k consulatus daretur. 1 Turn 
 junctus cum Antonio et LepTdo rempublicam armis ten- 
 ere coepit, senatumque proscripsit. Per hos etiam Cic- 
 ero orator occisus est, multlque alii nobiles. 
 
 Grammars.—* 484, r. xxvi. — b 337, 756.— c 63\,1244, r. xciv.— 
 d 223, 3 : 453.— f 403, r. v. : 831, r. xxxiii.— « 380, r. i. : 871.— 
 522, 1075.—* 339, r. vii. : 757, r. xvi.— ' 627, 1, 3d: 1208. 
 
 Idioms. — * 7, 5. — • 104, 1. — h 102, 1. — * viz. Julii Ocesaris. 
 
LIBER VI. 153 
 
 13. Interea Brutus et Cassius, interfectores Caesaris, 
 ingens bellum moverunt. Profecti contra eos Caesar Oc- 
 tavianus, qui postea Augustus est appellatus, et M. An- 
 tonius, apud Philippos, Macedoniae urbem, eon- A tj. 
 tra eos pugnaverunt. Priino prceliovicti sunt 712 - 
 Antonius et Caesar ; periit tamen dux nobilitatis Cas- 
 sius; secundo Brutum et innnitam nobilitatem, quae 
 cum illis bellum susceperat, victam a interfecerunt. Turn 
 victores rempublicam ita inter se diviserunt, ut Octavi- 
 rtnus Caesar Hispanias, Gallias, Italiam teneret; Anto- 
 nius Orientem, Lepidus AfrTcam acciperet. 
 
 14. Paulo post Antonius, repudiata b sorore Caes&ris 
 Octaviani, Cleopatram reglnam iEgypti, uxorem duxit. 
 Ab hac incitatus ingens bellum commovit, dum Cleopa- 
 tra cupiditate c muliebri optat Romae regnare. Victus 
 est ab Augusto navali pugna clara et illustri A tj. 
 apud Actium, qui d locus in EpTro est. Hinc 723 - 
 fiigit in ^Egyptum, et, desperatis rebus, quum omnes ad 
 Au<_rustum transirent, se ipse e interemit. Cleopatra 
 quoque asplYlem sibi admTsit, et veneno ejus exstincta 
 est. Ita bellis toto orbe confectis, Octavianus Augus- 
 tus Romara rediit anno duodecYmo f quam consul fuS- 
 rat. Ex eo inde tempore rempublicam per quadraginta 
 et quatuor annos solus obtinuit. Ante enim* duodS- 
 cim annis cum Antonio et LepTdo tenuerat.f Ita ab 
 initio principalis ejus usque ad finem quinquaginta sex 
 anni fuere. 
 
 * "Enim" &c, assigning a reason for "Solus." 
 t Sup. earn, i. e. rempublicam. 
 Grammars. — * 268, 656. — e 542, r. xxxv. : 873, r. xlii. — r 569, 
 
 570: »r>i, ur>r>. 
 
 Idioms.—* 104. 3 — h 104, l.— d 3t, 5.— • 33, i. 
 
THE GEOGEAPHY AND THE NATIONS 
 OF ANTIQUITY. 
 
 1. Uni versus terrarum orbis in tres partes dividitur, 
 Europam, a Asiam, Africam. Europa ab Africa sejungT- 
 tur freto Gaditano, in cujus utraque parte montes sunt 
 altissimi, Abyla a in Africa, in Europa Calpe, qui b mon- 
 tes Herculis columnae c appellantur. Per idem fretum 
 mare internum, quod littoribus Europae, Asiae, et Africae 
 includitur, jungitur cum Oceano. 
 
 2. Europa terminos d habet aboriente Tanaim fluvium, 
 pontum Euxinum, et paludem MaeotTda; e a meridie, f 
 mare internum; ab occidente, mare Atlanticum sive 
 Oceanum ; a septentrione/ mare Britannicum. Mare 
 internum tres maxmios sinus habet. Quorum s is, qui 
 Asi&m a Graecia sejungit, iEgaeum mare vocatur ; secun- 
 dus, qui est inter Graeciam et Italiam, Ionium ; tertius 
 demque, qui occidentals Italiae oras alluit, a Romanis 
 Tuscum, a Graecis Tyrrhenum mare appellatur. 
 
 3. In ea Europae parte, quae ad occasum vergit, prima 
 terrarum s est Hispania, quae a tribus lateribus mari 
 circumd&ta per Pyrenaeos montes cum Gallia cohaeret. 
 
 Grammars.—* 257, 629.—° 319, r. v. : 666, r. vi.— * 440, 715. 
 — * 90, 4: 127.—* 236, 6: 475.— « 355, r. x. : 771, r. xbc. 
 
 Tdioms.— b 37, 6, Note.—s 38. 
 
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 155 
 
 Quurn uni versa Hispania dives sit a et foecunda, ea tamen 
 regio, quae a flumiue Baeti '• BaetTca vocatur, ceteras fer- 
 tilitfite antecellit. li»i Gades sitae, insula cum urbe a 
 Tyriis condtta, quae freto Gaditano nomen dedit. Tota 
 ilia regio viris, d equis, ferro, plumbo, aere, argento, au- 
 r jque abundat, et ubi pen una aquarum minus est fer- 
 tTlis, linum tamen aut spartum alit. Harmons quoque 
 lapieidlnas habet. In BaetTca minium reperitur. 
 
 4. Gallia posita est inter Pyrenaeos montes et Rhe- 
 nura, orientalem oram Tuscum mare alluit, occidenta- 
 lem Oceanus. Ejus pars ilia, quae Italiae e est opposita, 
 et Narbonensis vocatur, omnium f est laetissima. In eaL 
 ora sita est Massilia, urbs a Phocaeis condtta, qui, pa- 
 tria a Persis devicta, quum servitutem ferre non pos- 
 sent,? Asia relicta, h novas in Europa sedes quaesiverant. 
 Ibidem est campus lapideus, ubi Hercules dicitur contra 
 Neptiini liberos dimicasse. Quum tela defecissent,g 
 Jupiter filium imbre lapidum adjuvit. Credas 1 plu- 
 isse ;J aded multi passim jacent. 
 
 5. Rhodanus, fluvius, baud longe a Rbeni fontibus 
 ortus, lacu Lemano excipitur, servatque impe'tum, ita 
 ut per medium lacum integer fluat, k tantusque, quan- 
 tus 1 venit, egrediatur. Inde ad occasum versus, Gal- 
 lias aliquandiu dirimit ; donee, cursu in meridiem flexo, 
 alidrum amnium accessu auctus in mare effunditur. 
 
 6. Ea pars Galliae, quae ad Rhenum porrigttur, frumen- 
 ti pabulique m feracissima est, coelum salubre ; noxia ani- 
 malium gene'ra pauca alit. Incolae superbi et supersti- 
 tidsi, ita ut deos humanis victimis n gaudere existiment. k 
 
 ammars.— • 630, 1247.— h 90, 5? 110. — * 535, r. xxxiv. 
 889, v. xlvii.— » 480, r. xxv.: 907, r. xlix.— • 522, 1075.— { 355. 
 r. x.: 771, r. xix.— * 631, 1244, r. xciv.— • 171, 3, last Ex.: 
 11SO, r. lxxxvi.— k 627, 1, 1st: 1220.— m 361, r. xi. : 776,r.xx. 
 — »485. 
 
 Idioms— f 19.— »» 104. 1.— J 94, 1, 2d, and 98, 2.—» 44, 3. 
 
156 THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 
 
 Magistri religionum et sapientiae sunt Druldae, qui, quae* 
 se scire profitentur, in antris abditisque silvis docent. 
 Animas asternas esse b credunt, vitamque alteram post 
 mortem incipere. b Hanc ob causam cum defunctis c 
 arma cremant aut defodiunt, eamque doctiinam homi- 
 nes ad bellum d alacriores facere existimant. 
 
 7. Universa Gallia divlsa est inter tres magnos pop- 
 ulos, qui fluviis terminantur. A Pyrenaeo monte usque 
 ad Garumnam Aquitani habitant ; inde ad Sequanam 
 Celtae ; Belgae denique usque ad Rhenum pertment. 
 
 8. Garumna amnis, ex Pyrenaeo monte delapsus, diu 
 vadosus est et vix navigabilis. Quanto e magis proce- 
 dit, tanto fit latior ; ad postremum magni freti f similis, 
 non solum majora navigia tolerat, verum etiam more 
 maris exsurgit, navigantesque c atrociter jactat. 
 
 9. Sequana ex Alpibus ortus in septentrionem pergit. 
 Postquam se haud procul Lutetian cum Matrona con- 
 junxit, OceSno h infunditur. Haec flumina opportunism 
 sima sunt mercibus • permutandis J et ex mari interno 
 in Oce&num transvehendisJ 
 
 10. Rhenus itidem ex Alpibus ortus haud procul ab 
 origme lacum efficit Venetum, qui etiam Brigan turns ap- 
 pellator. Deinde longo spatio Y per fines Helvetiorum, 
 Mediomatricorum, et Trevirorum continuo alveo fertur, 
 autmodicasinsulas 1 circumfluens; in agro Batavo autem, 
 ubi Oeeano appropinquavit, in plures awnes dividltur; 
 nee jam amnis, sed ripis longe recedentibus,ingens lacus, 
 
 Grammars.—* 1 353, 2d: 709,—* 579, r. xliii. : 929, r. lv. ; and 
 578, 963.— { 385, 863.—* 611, (a): 992.—* 522, 1075.— { 382, 
 r. xvi. : 860, r. xL— k 573, r. xlii. : 958, r. lxii.— * 613 r 111. : 993, 
 r. Ixx. 
 
 Idioms.—' 37, 2.— b 95, 1.— • 19, 1.— J 112, 6 
 
nations of antiquity. 157 
 
 Flevo appellatur,ejusdeinque nommis insulam ainplexus, 
 fit iterum arctior et fluvius a iterum in mare emittltur. 
 
 1 1. Trans Rhenum Germani habitant usque ad Vistii- 
 lam, quae finis est Germanise ad orientem. Ad meridiem 
 tenninatur Alpibus, ad septentrionem mari BxitannTco 
 et BaltTco. Incolae corporum proceritate b exceUunt. 
 Aanmos bellando, c corpSra laboribus exercent. Hanc 
 ob causam crebro bella gerunt cum finitimis, non tam 
 finium prolatandorum d causa, aut imperii cupiditate, 
 sed ob belli amorem. Mites e tamen sunt erga supplT- 
 ces, 8 et boni hospitibus. Urbes mcenibus cinctas aut 
 fossis aggeribusque munitas non liabent. Ipsas domos 
 ad breve tempus struunt non lapidibus aut lateribus 
 coctis sed lignis, quae frondibus tegunt. Nam diu eo- 
 dem in loco morari f periculosum& arbitrantur liber tati. 
 
 12. Agriculturae h Germani non admSdum student, 
 nee quisquam agri modum certum aut fines proprios 
 habet, Lacte vescuntur et caseo et came. Ubi fons, cam- 
 pus, nemusve iis h placuerit, 1 ibi domos figunt, mox alio 
 transituri cum conjugibus et liberis. Interdum etiam 
 hiemem in subterraneis specubus dicuntur transigere. 
 
 13. Germania altis montibus, silvis, paludibusque in- 
 
 via redditur. Inter silvas J maxima est Hercynia, cujus 
 
 iatitudinem k Caesar novem diei-um iter 1 patere narrat. 
 
 Insequenti tempore magna pars ejus excisa est. Flumma 
 
 yunt in Germania multa et magna. Inter haec clarissT- 
 
 mum nomen Rheni, do quo supra diximus, et Danubii. 
 
 Clari quoque amnes, Moenus, Visurgis, Albis. Danubius, 
 
 Grammars.—* 252, 623.— b 635, r. xxxiv. : 889, r. xlvii.— • 705, 
 1340.—* 270, 659.— h 403, r. v. : 831, r. xxxiii.— * 627, 5 : 
 1182, r.lxxxvii.— J 360, 775.—* 671, r. lviii. : 1136, r. lxxix.— 
 } 673, r. xlil : 958, r. lxii. 
 
 Idioms.—" 13, 1.— 112, 5.— • 19, 1.— > 89, 5. 
 
158 THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 
 
 omnium Europae fluminum a maximus, apud Rhaetos ori- 
 tur, flexoque ad ortum solis cursu, receptisque sexaginta 
 amnibusjin Pontum Euxinum sex vastis ostiis erTunditur. 
 
 14. Britaniam insulam Phoenicibus innotuisse, eosque 
 stannum inde et plumbum pellesque petivisse, probablle 
 est. Romanis earn Julius Caesar primus aperuit ; neque 
 tamen priiis cognltaesse coepit quam Claudio b imperante. 
 Hadrianus eam,muro ab oceafno Germanico ad Hiberni- 
 cum mare ducto, in duas partes divisit, ut inferiorem in- 
 sulae partem, quae Romanis parebat, a barbarorum popu- 
 lorum,qui in Scotia habitabant,incursionibustueretur. c 
 
 15. Maxima insulae pars campestris, collibus passim 
 silvisque distincta. Incolae Gallos proceritate ri corpSrum 
 vincunt, ceteriim ingenio d Gallis similes, simpliciores ta- 
 men illis e magisque barbari. Nemora habitant pro urb- 
 lbus. Ibi tuguria exstruunt et stabula pecori, sed ple- 
 r unique ad breve tempus. Humanitate d ceteris prae- 
 stant ii, qui Cantium incolunt. Tota haec regio est ma- 
 ritima. Qui interiorem insulae partem habitant, fru- 
 menta non serunt ; lactc f et came vivunt. Pro vesti- 
 bus indiiti sunt pellibus.ff 
 
 16. Italia ab Alpibus usque ad fretum Siculum porrigi- 
 tur inter mare Tuscum et AdriatTcum. Multo h longior 
 est quam latior.' In medio se attollit AppennTnus mons, 
 qui, postquam continenti jugo progressus est usque ad 
 Apuliam, in duos quasi ramos dividitur. Nobilissima re- 
 gio ob fertilitatem soli coellque salubritatem. Quum lon- 
 ge in mare procurrat,J plurimos habet portus populorum 
 inter se k patentes commercio. 1 Neque ulla facile ,n est 
 
 Grammars.— • 355, r. x. : 771, r. xix.— b 694, 1351.—° 627, 1, 2d : 
 1207.— d 535, #£9, r. xlvii.— «467, 895.— f 485.— 1 524, r. v.: 1075, 
 r. lxxiv.— h 579, r. xliii. : 929, r. lv.— j 474, 903.— i 630, 1247.— 
 k 118, 5: 1019.— x 391, r. xvii. : 818, r. xxviii.— ra 591, 3d: 1003: 
 
 Idioms.—* 6, 3. — J 74, 1. 
 
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 159 
 
 reglo, qu® tot tamque pulchras urbes haboaV inter 
 quas Roma et magnitudtue b et liomiuis fama enimct. 
 
 17. H«c urbs, oi las terraruiD caput, septem montes 
 complcctitur. Initio quatuor portas habebat; Augusti 
 aevo triginta septem. Urbis magnificentiam augebant 
 fora, tcmpla, portTcus, aqua3ductus, theatra, arcus tri- 
 uniphrdes, horti denique, et id genus* alia, ad quae vel 
 lectad animus stupet. Quare rectS de ea praedicare 
 videntur, qui nullius urbis in toto orbe terrarum mag- 
 nificentiam ei e comparari posse dixerunt. 
 
 18. Felicissima in Italia regio est Campania. Multi 
 ibi vitif Sri colles, ubi nobilissTma vina gignuntur, Seti- 
 num, Coecubum, Falernum, Masstcum. Calidi ibidem 
 fontes f salubemmi. Nusquam generosior olea. Con- 
 chylio s quoque et pisce nobTli maria vicina scatent. 
 
 19. ClarissTmi amnes Italia sunt Padus et Tiberis. 
 Et Padus quidem in supcriore parte, quae Gallia Cisal- 
 plna vocatur, ab imis radicibus Vesiili montis exontur ; 
 primum exTlis, deinde aliis amnibus ita alTtur, ut se per 
 septem ostia in mare effundatJ' Tiberis, qui antiquis- 
 snnis temporibus Albulae nomen habebat, ex Appennmo 
 ontur ; deinde duobus et quadraginta numimbus auc- 
 tus lit navigabilis. PlurTmas in utmque ripa villas ad- 
 spicit, praecipue autem urbis Romanae magnincentiam. 
 PhieidissTmus amnium raro ripas' egreditur. 
 
 20. In inferiore parte Italisc clara quondam urbs Ta- 
 rentum, quae maris sinui, cui adjacet, nomen dedit. & >li 
 fertilTtas coellquejucuudatemperiesin causa fuissevide- 
 tur, ut incolae hi xiiria et deliciis enervarentur. Qmim- 
 
 Grammars.— " G:{0, r. i. : 1##7.— b 635, r. xxxiv. : 889, r. 
 X lvii.__c 611, (ad) : 992,— * 688. 1350, r. cv.— • 522, r. iii. : 1076<— 
 t 308, 6.39.-* 480, r. xxv. : 907, r. xlix,— h 627, 1, 1st : 1220.— 
 
 611, (ultra) : 992. 
 Tdiom — * 101, 4. 
 
160 THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 
 
 que aliquandiu potential florerent, b eopiasque hand 
 contemnendas alerent, peregrlnis tamen plerumque du- 
 cibus in bellis utebantur, ut Pyrrho, c rege Epiri, quo 
 superato, urbs in Romanorum potestatem venit. 
 
 21. Proxima Italia? est Sicilia, insula omnium d maris 
 interni maxima. Antiquissimis temporibus earn cum 
 Italia coha3sisse, e marisque impetu, aut terras motu inde 
 divulsam esse, e verisimile est. Forma triangularis, ita 
 ut litterse, quam Graeci Delta vocant, imaginem ref erat 
 A tribus promontoriis vocatur Trinacria. Nobilissimus 
 ibi mons iEtnae f qui urbi Catanae imminet, turn s ob 
 altitudmem, turn etiam ob ignes, quos effundit; quare 
 Cyclopum in illo monte officmam esse poetae dieunt. 
 Cineres e crateribus egesti agrum circumjacentem fo> 
 cundum et feracem reddere existimantur. Sunt ibi 
 Piorum campi, qui nomen habent a duobus juvembus 
 CatanensTbus, qui, flammis quondam repents ingruen- 
 tibus, parentes senectute confectos, humeris sublatos, 
 flamma3 h eripuisse feruntur. Nomina fratrum Am- 
 phinomus et Anapus fuerunt. 
 
 22. Inter urbes Siciliae nulla est illustrior Syi-acusis, 
 Corinthiorum colonia, ex quinque urbibus conflata. Ab 
 Atheniensibus bello petita, maximas hostium copias dele- 
 vit : Carthaginienses etiam magnis interdum cladibus af- 
 fecit. Secundo bello Punico per triennium oppugnata, 
 Archimedis potissimum ingenio et arte defensa, a M. 
 Marcello capta est. Vicinus huic urbi fons Arethusae 
 Nymphae 1 sacer, ad quam Alpheus amnis ex Peloponneso 
 per mare Ionium lapsus* commissarif dicitur. Nam si 
 quid ad Olympiam in ilium amnem jactum fuerit, id in 
 
 * Sup. esse, G-r. 179, 6 : 281, \ Oommissari, " in order to enjoy a 
 banquet," Gr. 665, 1255, 
 
 Grammars.—* 535, r. xxxiv. : 889, r. xlvii .— b 630, 1247.— 
 c 720, r. (ut, as) : 1369.— d 355, r. x. : 771, r. xix.— I 260, 631,^ 
 h 501, r. xxix. : 855, r. xxxix.— ' 382," r. xvi. : 860, r. xl. 
 
 Idioms.—- 13 19.— - e 97, 1. and 4.— « 124, 7. 
 
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 101 
 
 Arethusae fonte rcddi. a De illd fabuli quid statuen- 
 duin sit, b sponte apparet. 
 
 23. In mari Ligustico insula est CorsTca, quam Graeci 
 Cyrnum vocant. Terra aspgra multisque loci$ c invia, 
 caelum grave, mare circa d iniportunum. IncSlae, latro- 
 ciniis dedTti, feri sunt et horridi. Mella quoque illius 
 insulae amara esse dicuntur corporibusque e nocere. 
 ProxTma ei est Sardinia, quae a Graecis mercatoribus 
 Iclmiisa vocatur, quia formam liumani vestigii habet. 
 Solum f quam caelum melius. Illud k fertile, hoc k grave 
 ac noxium. Noxia quoque animalia herbasque venena- 
 
 gignit, Multum hide frumcnti? Romam mittitur; 
 unde haec insula et Sicilia nutrlces urbis vocantur. 
 
 24. Graecia nominis celebritate omnes ferd alias orbis 
 terrahun regiones superavit. Nulla enim magnoruin 
 ingeniorum h fuit feracior; neque ulla belli pacisque 
 artes majore studio' excoluit. Plurimas eadem colo- 
 nias in omnes terrae partes deduxit. Multum itaque 
 terra marlque valuit, et gravissima bella magna cum 
 gloria gessit. 
 
 2."). Graecia inter Ionium et ^Egaeum mare porrigTtur. 
 In plurTmas regiones divTsaest, quarumJ amplissTma? sunt 
 Macedonia et EpTrus — quamquam hae a nonnullis a Grae- 
   junguiitur — turn Thessalia. Macedoniam Philippi 
 et Alcxandri regnum illustravit; quorum ille k Graeciam 
 Bubegit,hic* AsiamlatissTme domuit, ereptumquePersis 1 
 imperimn in Maccdfoies transtulit. Centum ejusregionis 
 etquinquagintaurbesnumerantur; quarumJ septuaginta 
 
 Grammars.— b 627,5: 1182—* 611, (in): U92.—* 236, 4: 474. 
 — • 40:J. r. v. : S.i 1 , r. xxxiii.— ' 308, 6 $9.—* 343, r. viii. : 860, r. 
 xl.— h 351, 707.— * 542, r. xxxv. : 873, r. xlii.— J 355, r. x. : 771, 
 r. xix.— k 118, 3, 3d: 10 >8.— - 1 522, r. iii. : 1075, r. Ixxiv. 
 
 Idioms.—* Sup. dicitur — b 108, 9.— » 5, 1. 
 
162 THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 
 
 duas, Perseo, ultimo Macedonian rege, superato, Paul* 
 lus iEimlius diripuit. 
 
 26. Epirus, quae ab Acrocerauniis incipit montibus, 
 desinit in Acheloo flumine. Plures earn populi inco- 
 lunt. Illustris ibi Dodona a in Molossorum finibus, 
 vetustissimo Jovis oraculo inclyta. Columbae ibi ex 
 arboribus oracula dedisse narrantur ; quercusque ipsas 
 et lebetes aeneos inde suspensos deorum. voluntatem 
 tinnitu significasse b fama est. 
 
 27. Acheloi fiuvii ostiis c insulae aliquot objacent, qua* 
 rum maxima est Cephallenia. Multae praeterea insulae 
 littori c Epiri adjacent, interque eas Corcyra, quam 
 Homerus Scheriam appellasse existimatur. d In hac 
 Phaeacas posuit ille et hortos Alcinoi. Coloniam hue 
 deduxerunt Corinthii, quo e tempore Numa Pompilius 
 Romae regnavit. Viclna ei Ithaca, Ulyssis patria, as- 
 pera montibus, sed Homeri carminlbus adeo nobilitata, 
 ut ne fertilissimis quidem regionibus cedat. f 
 
 28. Thessalia late patet inter Macedoniam et Eplrum, 
 foecunda regio, generosis praecipue equis excellens, unde 
 Thessalorum equitatus celeberrimus. Montes ibi mem- 
 orabiles Olympus, in quo deorum sedes esse existima- 
 tur, d Pelion et Ossa, per quos gigantes coelum petivisse 
 dicuntur; d (Eta denique, in cujus vertice Hercules, 
 rogo conscenso s se ipsum cremavit. Inter h Ossam et 
 Olympum Peneus, limpidissimus amnis, delabitur, val- 
 lem amoenissimam, Tempe vocatam, irrigans. 
 
 29. Inter h reliquas Graeciae regiones nominis claritate 1 
 emmet Attica, quae etiam Atthis vocatur. Ibi Athenae, 
 
 Grammars.—* 308, 639.— c 399, r. iv. : 826, r. xxxii.— d 676, 
 1155.—* 627, 1, 1st.— * 535, r. xxxiv.: 889, r. xlvii. 
 
 Idioms.— b 97, 1.— • 37, 2d, and Note.—s 104, 1.— h 123, 3 
 
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 1C3 
 
 dc qua urbc deos inter se certasse fama est. Certius est a 
 liullun unquani urbem totpoetas tulisse,totoratorcs,tot 
 philosftplios, totque in omni virtutis genere claros viros. 
 Res autem bello eas b gessit,uthuic soli c gloriae d studere 
 videretur ; pacisque artes ita excoluit, ut hac laude magis 
 etiain quam belli gloria splenderet. Arx ibi sive Acro- 
 polis c urbi immmens, unde latus in mare prospectus pa- 
 tet. Per propylaea ad earn adscendTtur, f splendidum Pe- 
 riclis opus. Cum ipsa urbe per longos muros conjunctus 
 est port us Piraecus, post bellum PersTcum secundum a 
 Themist5cle munitus. Tutissima ibi statio* navium. 
 
 30. Atttcam attingit Boeotia, fertilissima regio. Inco- 
 lae magis corporibus s valent quam ingeniis. Urbs cele- 
 berrtma Thebae, e quas AmphTon musices h ope moenibus 
 cinxisse dicTtur. IllustraviteamPindaripoet»ingenium, 
 Epaminondae virtus. Mons e ibi Helicon, Musarum sedes, 
 et Cithaeron plurimis poetarum fabulis celebratus. 
 
 31. Boeotiae Phocis finitima, e ubi Delphi urbs claris- 
 sTma. In qua urbe oraculum ApollTnis quantam [ apud 
 omnes gentes auctoritatem habuerit, quot' quamque 
 praeclara munera ex omni fere terrarum orbe Delphosi 
 missa meruit, nemo ignorat. ImmTnet urbi Parnassus 
 inons, in cujus verticibus Musae habitare dicuntur, k 
 unde aqua fontis Castalii poetarum ingetiia inflammare 
 existiiuntur. k 
 
 32. Cum ea parte Graeciae, quam hactenus descripsT- 
 mus, cohaeret ingens peninsula, quae Peloponnesus voca- 
 tur, platani folio l simillTma. Augustus ille trames inter 
 
 \mmars.— d 403. r. v. : 831, r. xxxiii.— • 308, 639.—* 535, r. 
 xxxiv. : 889, r. xlvii. — h 62, 52.— ' 627 ; 5 : 1182, r. lxxxvii.— 
 J 553, r. xxxvil : 938, r. Ivii. — k 676, 1155.— l 382, r. xvi. : 860, 
 r. xl. 
 
 Idioms. — * 51, 2. — b 28, 1. — • 16, 4. — f Sup. a hominibus ; and 67, 2 
 
164 THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 
 
 ^Egagum mare et Ionium, per quern cum Megaride coha> 
 ret, Isthmus appellatur. In eo templum Neptiini est, ad 
 quod ludi celebrantur IsthmTci. Ibidem in ipso Pelopon- 
 nesi aditu, Corinthus sita est, urbs antiquissima,ex cujus 
 summa a arce, (Aerocorinthon b appellant,) utrumque 
 mare conspicitur. Quum opibus floreret, c maritimisque 
 valeret copiis, gravia bella gessit. In bello Achaico, quod 
 Bomani cum Graecis gesserunt, pulcherrima urbs, quam 
 Cicero Graeciae lumen appellat, a L. Mummio expug- 
 nata d funditusque deleta est. Restituit earn Julius 
 Caesar, colonosque e ed milites veteranos misit. 
 
 83. Nobilis est in Peloponneso urbs Olympia tempi© 
 Jovis Olympii ac statua illustris. Statua f ex ebore facta, 
 Phidiae summi artificis opus praestantissimum. Prope s 
 illud templum ad- Alphei flumTnis ripas ludi celebrantur 
 Olympici, ad quosvidendos h ex totaGraeciaconcurntur. 1 
 Ab his ludis Graeca gens res gestas suas numerat. 
 
 34. Nee Sparta praetereundai est, urbs nobilissima, 
 quam Lycurgi leges, civiumque virtus et patientia illus- 
 travit. k Nulla ferS gens bellica laude ] magis floruit, 
 pluresque viros fortes constantesque genuit. Urbi im- 
 minet mons TaygStus, qui m usque ad Arcadiam pro- 
 currit. Proximo urbem s Eurotas fluvius delabitur, ad 
 cujus ripas Spartani se exercere solebant. In sinum 
 LaconTcum effunditur. Haud procul inde abest pro- 
 montorium Taenarum, ubi altissimi specus, per quos 
 Orpheum ad inferos descendisse n narrant. 
 
 35. Mare iEgaeum, inter Grseciam Asiamque patens, 
 
 Grammars.— b 74, 68.— c 631, 1244, r. xciv.— • 440, 715.— f 308, 
 639.— * 611, (ad) : 992.—* 313, 644.— l 535, r. xxxiv. : 889, r. 
 xlvii. 
 
 Idioms.— a 11, 2.— d 115, 1.— h 112, 1.— > Sup. ab hominibus; 67, 2.— 
 j 108, l.— m 35, 1.—° 97, 1.—° 123, 3. 
 
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 165 
 
 plurimis insulis distinguitur. Illustrcs inter cas sunt 
 lades, sic appellatae, quia in orbem jacent. Media ea- 
 rum a est Delus, quae repente e mari enata esse dicitur. 
 In ea insula Latona Apolllnem et Dianam peperit,quae 
 numiiia ibi una cum matre summa religione coluntur. 
 Urbi irnminet Cynthus, nions excelsus et arduus. Ino- 
 pus amnis pariter cum Nilo decrescere et augeri diclftur. 
 Mercatus in Delo celebemmus, quod ob portus commod- 
 itatem templlque religionem mercatores ex totoorbe ter- 
 rarum ed confl uebant. Eandem ob causam civitates Grae- 
 ci®, post secundum PersTcum bellum, tributa ad belli 
 usura in earn insulam, tanquam in commune totiusGrae- 
 ciae aerarium, conferebant ; quam pecuniam insequcnti 
 tempore Athenienses in suam urbem transtulerunt. 
 
 $6. Eubcea insula littori b Bceotiae et Atticae praetend- 
 jftur, angusto freto a continenti distans. Terras motu a 
 Boeotia avulsa esse creditur; saepiiis earn concussam 
 constat. Frctum, quo a Graeci& sejungitur, vo- 
 catur EurTpus, sasvum et aestuosum mare, quod con- 
 tin no motu agitatur. Nonnulli dicunt septies quovis 
 die statis temporibus fluctus alterno motu agitari; alii 
 hoc negant, dicentes, mare ternere in venti modum hue 
 ill ue moveri. Sunt, qui narrent, d Aristotelem philos- 
 npl nun, quia hujus miraculi causas investigare non pos- 
 set,"' aegritudme coulee turn esse. 
 
 ol. Jam ad Boreales iv<iir>iiespergamus. r Supra Ma- 
 cedoniam Thracia ])orrigTtur a Ponto EuxTno usque ad 
 Illyriam. Regio frigida et in iis tantum partibus foecun- 
 diur,qiiae propriores sunt mari. Pomif era) arbores rara3 ; 
 (requentioresvites ; sed uvae non maturescunt,nisi f'rigus 
 Btudiose* arcetur. Sola Thasus, insula littori Thraciae 
 
 vMMAHS.— * 355, r. x.: 771, r. xix.— » 522, 1075.—* 636, r.i.~: 
 7?vr.— e 656, 1201, r. ci.— ' 171, 1 : 1193, r. lxxxviii. 
 
 Idioms.— 6 97, 1.— f 77, 7. 
 
166 THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 
 
 adj&cens, vino excellit. Amnes sunt celeberrimi He- 
 brus, ad quem Orpheus a Maenadibus discerptus esse 
 dicitur, Nestus et Strymon. Montes altissTmi, Haemus, 
 ex cujus vertice Pontus et Adria conspicitur ; Rhodope 
 et Orbelus. 
 
 38. Plures Thraciam gentes ineolunt nominibus di- 
 versae et moribus. Inter has Getae omnium sunt fero- 
 cissimi et ad mortem paratissimi. a Animas enim post 
 mortem redituras existimant. Recens nati apud eos 
 deflentur; funera autem cantu lusiique celebrantur. 
 Plures singuli b uxores habent. Has omnes, viro de- 
 functo, mactari simulque cum eo sepeliri cupiunt, mag- 
 noque id certamine a judicibus c contendunt. Virgines 
 non a parentibus traduntur viris, sed aiit publice du- 
 cendae d locantur, aut veneunt. Formosa^ in pretio sunt; 
 ceterae marltos mercede data inveniunt. 
 
 39. Inter urbes Thraciae memorabile est Byzantium, 
 ad Bosporum Thracium, urbs natura munita et arte, 
 quae, ciim e ob soli fertilitatem, turn ob vicinitatem ma' 
 ris, omnium rerum, quas vita requirit, copi^, abundat. 
 Nee Sestos prastereunda est silentio, urbs ad Hellespon- 
 tum posita, quam amor Herus et Leandri memorabllem 
 reddidit; nee Cynossema, tumulus Hecubas, ubi ilia, 
 post Trqjam dirutam/ in canem mutata et sepulta esse 
 dicitur. Nomen etiam habet in iisdem regionibus urbs 
 JEnos, ab iEnea e patria profugo condita; Zone, ubi 
 nemora Orpheum canentem secuta esse narrantur ; Ab- 
 dera demque, ubi Diomedes rex advenas equis suis 
 devorandos d objiciebat, donee ipse ab Hercule iisdem 
 objectus est. Quae s urbs quum ranarum muriumque 
 multitudine infestaretur, incSlae, relicto h patriae solo, 
 
 Grammars.—" 386, 865.—* 511, 737.—* 684, 1357. 
 
 Idioms.— b 26, 6.— d 107, 1.— e 124, 8.— & 38, 1.— h 104, 1. 
 
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 1G7 
 
 novas sedes quaesiverunt. Hos Cassander, rex Mace- 
 donia, in societatem accepisse, agrosque in extrenia a 
 Macedonia assignasse dicitur. 
 
 40. Jam de Scythis pauca dicenda sunt. Terminatur 
 Scythia ab uno latere Ponto Euxino, ab altero montibus 
 Rhipaeis, a tergo Asia et Phaside flumine. Vasta regio 
 nullis fere intus finibus dividitur. Scythae enim nee 
 agrum exercent, nee certas sedes habent, sed armenta et 
 pecQra pascentcs per incultas solitudines errare solent. 
 Uxores liberosque secum in plaustris vehunt. Lacte et 
 melle vescuntur ; aurum et argentum, cujus nullus apud 
 eos usus est, aspernantur. Corpora pellibus b vestiunt. 
 
 41. Diversae sunt Scytharum gentes, diverslque mores. 
 Sunt, qui funera parentum festis sacrificiis celebrent, c 
 eorumque capitibus d affabre* expolitis auroque vinctis 
 pro, poeiilis utantur. Agathyrsi ora et corp5ra pingunt, 
 idque e tanto* magis, quanto quis illustrioribus gaudet 
 majoribus. Ii, qui TaurTcam Chersonesum incolunt, 
 antiquissTmis temporibus advenas Dianae mactabant. 
 Interius habitantes ceteris f rudiores sunt. Bella amant, 
 et quo? quis plures hostcs interemerit, ebs majore ex- 
 istimatione apud suos h habetur. Ne foedera quidem in- 
 cruenta sunt. Sauciant se qui paciscuntur, sanguinem- 
 que permistum degustant. Id fidei pignus certissimum 
 esse putant. 
 
 42. Maxima fluminum Scythicorum sunt Ister, qui et 
 Danubius vocatur, et Borystheues. De Istro supra dic- 
 tum est.' 1 Borysthenes, ex ignotis fontibus ortus, liqui- 
 
 * Tanto magis quanto quis : literally, " more by so much as any one," 
 (Gr. 580. 9.30), i. e., " in proportion as," Sec. 
 
 Grammars.— b 514, r. xxxi. : 91 J, r. 1.— c 631, r. i 1244, r. 
 xciv— d 484, r. xxvi. : 880, r. xliv.— i 223, 3 : 453, 
 
 Idioms.—* 17, 1.— * 7, 4.—* Sup. faciunt.— r 6, 3.— * 22, 4, and 44, 7 
 -US* 3. 
 
168 THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 
 
 dissimas aquas trahit et potatu a jucundas. PlacTdus 
 idem laetissima pabula alit. Magno spatio navigabilis 
 juxta urbem Borysthenida b in Pontum effunditur. 
 
 43. Ultra Rhipseos montes et Aquilonem gens habitare 
 existiniatur felicissima, Hyperboreos c appellant. Regio 
 aprica,felix coeli temperies omnlque afnatu d noxio carens. 
 Semel in anno sol iis oritur solstitio, e bruma semcl occi- 
 dit. Incolae in nemoribus et lucis habitant; sine omni 
 discordia et gegritudine vivunt. Quum vitae f eos taedet, 
 epulis sumptis s ex rupe se in mare precipitant. Hoc 
 enim sepulture genus beatissimum esse existimant. 
 
 44. Asia ceteris terre partibus h est amplior. Ocea- 
 nus earn alluit, ut locis ita nominibus difFerens ; Eous 
 ab orientc, a meridie Indicus, a septentrione Scythicus. 
 Asia3 nomine appellatur etiam peninsula, qua3 a mari 
 iEgaso usque ad Armeniam patet. In hac parte est 
 Bitliynia ad Propontidem sita, ubi Granicus in mare 
 effunditur, ad quern amnem Alexander, rex Macedo- 
 nia3, primam victoriam de Persis reportavit. Trans 
 ilium amnem sita est Cyzicus in cervice peninsiila3, 
 urbs nobilissima, a Cyzico appcllata, qui in illis region- 
 lbus ab Argonautis pugna occisus est. Haud procul 
 ab ilia urbe Rliyndacus in mare effunditur, circa quern 
 angues nascuntur, non solum ob magnitudinem mirabi- 
 les, sed etiam ob id, quod, quum ex aquli emergunt et 
 hiant, supervolantes aves absorbent. 
 
 45. Propontis cum Ponto jungitur per Bosporum, 1 
 
 quodfretumquinque stadia J latum Europumab Asia sep- 
 
 Srat. Ipsis k infaucibus BospSri oppidum est Chalcedon, 1 
 
 Grammars.— a 716, r. hriv.: 1365, r. cvii— b 90, 4: 127.— 
 • 440.— d 480, r. xxv.: 907, r. xlix— • 565, r. xl. : 949, r. lx.— 
 ' 419, 805, r. xxvi.— { 545, 870.— J 5Y3, r. xlii.: 958, r. Ixii. 
 
 Idioms.—* 114, 2.— c Sup. quam.— f 66, 5.— e 104, I.—* 6, 3.—*- 32, 
 6. — l Sup. condiia. 
 
NATIONS GF ANTIQUITY. 169 
 
 ab Argi&, Megarensium principe, et templum Jovis, ab 
 Jasone conditum. Fontus ipse ingens est maris sinus, 
 non molli a neque arenoso circumdatus littore, tempes- 
 taiTbus 1 * obnoxius, raris stationibus. c Olim ob sawita- 
 tem populorum, qui circa habitant, Axenus appellatus 
 fuisse dicitur; postea, niollltis illoruni moribus, dictus 
 est EuxTnus. 
 
 46. In littore Ponti, in Mariandynorum agro, urbs 
 est Heraclea, ab Hercule, ut fertur, condita. Juxta 
 earn spelunca est Acherusia, quam ad Manes perviam 
 esse exist!mant.' J Hinc CerbSrus ab Hercule extractus 
 fuisse dicitur. Ultra fluvium Thermodonta Mossyni 
 habitant. Hi totum corpus distinguunt notis. Reges 
 suffragio elTgunt; eosdem in turre lignea inclusos arc- 
 tisslme* custodiunt, et, si quid perpSram imperitaverint, 
 media totius diei afficiunt. Extremum Ponti angulum 
 Colchi tenent ad PhasTdem ; quae f loca fabula de vel- 
 lere aureo et Argonautarum expeditio illustravit. 
 
 47. Inter provincias Asiaa proprie dictae illustris est 
 Ionia, in duodecim civitatesdivlsa. Inter eas est Miletus, 
 belli pacisque artibus inclyta; elque vicmumPanionium, 
 sacra regio, qud omncs Ionum civitates statis tcmportbus 
 legator solebant mittere. Nulla facile s urbs plures colo- 
 nias niisit, quam Miletus. EphSsi, quam f urbem Amaz5- 
 n<'< eondidis86 traduntur, templum est Dianae,quod sep- 
 tem mundi mirarulis annumerari solet. Totius templi 
 loimitudo est quadringentorum viginti quinque pedum, e 
 latitudo duceiitorum viginti; columnae centumviginti sep- 
 tan nuniero, srxauinta pedum altitudme; h ex iis triginta 
 sex cselatae. OpSri' praefuit Chersiphron architectus. 
 
 vumars.— k 382, r. xvi. : 8iSO, r. ad.— c 339, r. vii. : 757, r 
 xvi.— d 305, G3<>.— * 305, 636.— * 591, 3d : 1003. — h 535, r 
 xxxiv. : $89, r. xlvii.— • 393. r. i. : 820, r. xxix. 
 
 Idioms.— * 1G, 6.— c U. 0.— f 37, 4. 
 
 ±5 
 
170 THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 
 
 48. ^Eolis olim Mysia appellata, a et, ubi Hellespon- 
 tum attingit, Troas. Ibi Ilium fuit si turn ad radices mon- 
 tis Idae, urbs bello, quod per decern annos cum universal 
 Graeeia gessit, clarissima. Ab Idaeo monte Scamander 
 defiuit et SimSis, amnes fama quam natura majores. 
 Ipsum montem certamen dearum Paridisque judicium 
 illustrem reddidit. In littore clarae sunt urbes Rhoeteum 
 et Dardania; sed sepulcrum Ajacis, qui ibi post certa- 
 men cum Ulysse gladio incubuit, utraque b clarius. 
 
 49. Iombus c Cares sunt finitimi, poptilus armorum d 
 belllque aded amans, ut aliena etiam bella mercede ac- 
 cepta gereret. e Princeps Cariae urbs a Halicarnassus, 
 Argivorum colonia, regum sedes olim. Unus eorum 
 Mausolus fuit. Qui f quum vita s defunctus esset, Ar- 
 temisia conjux desiderio mariti flagrans, ossa ejus cin- 
 eresque contusa cum aqua miscuit ebibitque, splendi- 
 dumque praeterea sepulcrum exstruxit, quod inter sep- 
 tem orbis terrarum miracula censetur. 
 
 50. Cilicia sita est in intimo recessu maris, ubi Asia 
 propria sic dicta cum Syria conjungitur. Sinus ille ab 
 urbe Isso Issici nomen habet. Fluvius ibi Cydnus aqua h 
 limpidissim& et frigidissima, in quo Alexander Macedo 
 quum lavaret, 1 parum abfuit, quin frigore enecaretur.J 
 Antrum Corycium in iisdem regiombus ob singularem 
 naturam memorabtle est. Ingenti illud hiatu patet in 
 monte arduo, alteque demissum undique viret lucis pen- 
 dentibus. Ubi ad ima k perventum est, 1 rursus aliud 
 antrum aperitur. Ibi sonitus cymbalorum ingredientes k 
 
 Grammars.—* 308, 639.— c 382,r. xvi. : 860, r. xl.— - d 349, r. ix. 
 765, r. xviii.— e 627, 1, 1st : 1220.--* ±84, r. xxvi. : 880, r. xliv. 
 — h 339, r. vii. : 757 9 r. xvi. — 4 631, 1244, r. xciv.— i 627, 3: 
 1282, r. xcix. 
 
 Idioms.— b Sup. urbe.— { 39, 1.— k 19, 6, and 19, 1.— l 67, 5. 
 
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 171 
 
 terrere dicitur. Totus hie specus augustus est et vera 
 sacer, et a diis habitari existhnatur. 
 
 51. E Cilicia egressos a Syria excTpit, cujus pars est 
 PhcenTce in littftre maris interni posita. Hanc regio- 
 nem sollers hominum genus colit. PhcenTces enim lit- 
 terftrum formas a se inventas aliis populis tradiderunt ; 
 alias etiam artes, quae ad navigationem et mercaturam 
 speetant, studiose coluerunt. Ceterum fertilis regio b 
 crebrisque fluminTbus rigata, quorum ope terras maris- 
 que opes facili negotio inter se c permutantur. Nobi- 
 lissimae Phoenlces urbes Sidon, antequam a Persis cape- 
 retur, maritimarum urbium maxima ; et Tyrus, aggSre 
 cum terra conjuncta. Purpura b hujus urbis omnium 
 pretiosissima. ConficTtur ille color ex succo in conchis, 
 qme etiam purpuras vocantur, latente. 
 
 52. Ex Syria descenditur d in Arabiam, peninsulam 
 inter duo maria, Rubrum et PersTcum, porrcctam. Hu- 
 jus ea pars, quae ab urbe Petra Petraeae nomen accepit, 
 plane est sterTlis ; hanc excTpit ea, quae ob vastas solitu- 
 dTnes Deserta vocatur. His partTbus adhaeret Arabia 
 Felix, regio angusta, sed cinnami, 6 thuris, aliorumque 
 odorttm feracissTma. Mnltae ibi gentes sunt, quae fixas 
 s»mIos non habeant/ Nonutdes a Graecis appellatae. Lac- 
 te? et carne ferlna vescuntur. Multi etiam Ar&bum 
 populi latrociniiss vivunt. Primus e Romanis iElius 
 Gallus in hanc terrain cum exercitu penetravit. 
 
 53. Camelos inter armentapascitOriens. Duoharum 
 sunt genera, Bactrianae et Arabiae. Illae h bina habent in 
 demo tubera, hae 1 ' singula; unum autem sub pectore, cui 
 incuiubant. Dentium ordTne * superiore carent. Sitim 
 
 Cuammabs.— b 308, 639.—' 118, 5: 1019.— ■• 349, r. ix. : 705, 
 r. xviii.— ' 644— s 484, r. xxvi. : 880, r. xliv.— h 118, 3, 3d: 1028. 
   480, r. xxv. : 907, r. xlix. 
 
 "dioms. —   19, 1.— d G~, 
 
172 THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 
 
 quatriduo tolerant ; aquam, antequam bibant, a pedibus 
 turbant. Vivunt quinquageiiis annis; b qtfaedam etiam 
 centenis. 
 
 54. Ex Arabia pervemtur in Babyloniam, cui Babylon 
 nomen dedit, Chaldaicarum gentium caput, urbs et mag- 
 nitudme et divitiis clara. Semiramis earn condiderat, 
 vel, ut multi crediderunt, Belus, cujus regia ostenditur. 
 Murus exstructus laterculo c coctili, triginta et duos 
 pedes d est latus, ita ut quadrigae inter se e occurentes 
 sine periculo eommeare dicantur ; altitiido ducentorum 
 pedum ; turres autem denis d pedibus f quam murus al- 
 tiores sunt. Totius opens ambitus sexaginta millia pas- 
 suum complectitur. Mediam urbems permeat Euphra- 
 tes. Arcem habet viginti stadiorum h ambitu ;' super ea" 
 pensiles horti conspiciuntur, tantaeque sunt moles tam- 
 que firmse, ut onera nemorum sine detrimento ferant. 
 
 55. AmplisstmaAsiaeregioJ India primum patefacta est 
 armis Alexandri Magni, regis Macedoniae, cujus exem- 
 plum successores secuti in interiora k Indiae penetrare- 
 runt. In eo tractu, quern Alexander subegit, quinque 
 millia oppidorum fuisse, 1 gentesque novem, Indiamque 
 tertiam partem esse 1 " terrarum omnium, ejus comites 
 scripserunt. Ingentes ibi sunt amnes*, Indus et Indo n 
 major Ganges. Indus in Paropamiso ortus undeviginti 
 amnes recipit, totidem Ganges interque eos plures nav- 
 igabTles. 
 
 56. Maxima in India gignuntur animalia. Canes ibi 
 grandiores ceteris. 11 ArbSres tantae proceritatis h esse tra- 
 duntur, ut sagittis superjaci nequeant. Hoc efficit uber* 
 
 Grammars.—' 627, 4: 1238, r. xcii.— b 565, r. xli. : 949, r. lx. 
 _c 541.— d 573, r. xiii. : 9£8, r. lxii.— e 118, 5: 1019.— ( 579, r. 
 xliii. : 929, r. iv.— * 613, r. lii. : 993, r. lxx.— h 339, r. vii. : 757, 
 r. xvi.— * 535, r. xxxiv. : 889, r. xlvii.— i 2S1, r. i : 622. 
 
 Idioms.— k 19, 6.->J)3, 2.—   96, 2— n 6, 3. 
 
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 17& 
 
 tas soli, tempcries cceli, aquarum abundantia. Inimanes 
 quoque serpentes alit, qui elephantos morsu et ambitu 
 corpftris conficiimt. Solum tarn pingue et ferax, ut 
 meila frondTbus a defluant, b sylvae lauas ferant, b arun- 
 dfnum iiiteruodia fissa cymbaruni usum prasbeant, bi- 
 nosque, quaedam etiam ternos c homines, vehant. 
 
 57. Incolarum habitus moresque diversi. Lino d alii 
 vestiuntur et lanis arbSrum, alii ferarum aviumque pel- 
 libus, pars nudi e incedunt. f Quidam animalia occidere 
 eorumque carnibus vesci nefas s putant ; alii piscibus 
 tantum aluntur. Quidam parentes et propinquos, prius 
 quam annis et made conficiantur, h velut hostias caedunt 
 eorumque visceribus > epulantur ; ubi senectus eos mor- 
 busve invadit, mortem in solitudine aequo ammo ex- 
 spectant. Ii, qui sapientiam profitentur, ab ortu solis 
 ad occasum stare solent, solem immobilibus oculis intu- 
 entes; ierventTbus arenisJ toto die k alternis pedibus 1 
 insist uut. Mortem non exspectant, sed sponte arces- 
 sunt in rogos incensos se praecipitantes. 
 
 58. MaxTnios India elephantos gignit, adeoque feroces, 
 
 ut Afiri elcphanti illos paveant, nee contueri audeant. b 
 
 Hoc antnial cetera omnia docilitate superat. Discunt ar- 
 
 majacere,gladiatorum more congre / di,saltareet per funes 
 
 incedere. Plinius narrat, Romae unum segnioris ingenii" 1 
 
 saepius castigatum esse verberibus, quia tardius" accipie- 
 
 bat,qua3 tradebantur; eundem repertum esse noctu eadem 
 
 medi tan tern. Elephanti gregatim semper ingrediuntur. 
 
 Ducit agmen maxTmus natu,° cogit is, qui astate ei est 
 
 Grammars.—' 613, r. Hi.: 993, r. lxx.— b 627, 1, 1st.: 1220.-* 
 524, r. : 1075.— ^ «9, 079.— f 316, r. ii : 048, r. iv.— »» 627, 4: 
 395.—' 485.—* 611, 992, (in.)— k 565, r. xli.: 949, r. lx.— I 542, 
 r. xxxv. : 873, r. xlii.— '" 339, r. vii. : 7&7» r. xvi.— • 113, 6, Notn 
 224 ; and 535, 889, r. xlvii. 
 
 Idioms.— 26, 1. — * 51, 5. Sup. esse.—" 22, 3. 
 
174 THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 
 
 proximus. Amnem transituri mimmos praemittunt. Ca- 
 piuntur foveis. In has ubi elephas deciderit, a ceteri ra- 
 mos congerunt, aggeres construunt, omnique vi conan- 
 tur extrahere. Domantur fame et verbenbus. Domiti 
 militant et turres b armatorum in hostes ferunt, magna- 
 que ex parte Orientis bella conficiunt. Totas acies pro- 
 sternunt, armatos proterunt. Ingens dentibus c pretium. 
 In Graecia ebur ad deorum simulacra tanquam pretio 
 sissima materia adhibetur ; in extremis d Africa) postinm 
 vicem in domiciliis praebet, sepesque in pecorum stabu- 
 lis elephantorum dentibus e fiunt. Inter omnia anima- 
 lia f maxim^ oderunt s murem. Infestus elephanto etiam 
 rhinoceros, qui nomen habet acornu, quod in naso gerit. 
 In pugna maxim^ adversarii alvum petit, quam scit 
 esse molliorem. Longitudme elephantum fer^ exae- 
 quat ; crura multo breviora ; color buxeus. 
 
 59. Etiam Psittacos India mittit. Haec avis huma- 
 nas voces optime reddit. Quum loqui discit, ferreo 
 radio verberatur, aliter enim non sentit ictus. Capiti h 
 ejus eMem est duritia, quaa rostro. h Quum devolat, 
 rostro se excipit, elque innititur. 
 
 60. Testudmes tantge magnitudinis Indicum mare emit- 
 tit,ut singularum testis' 1 casas int^gantJ Insulas k rubri 
 praecipud maris his navigant cymbis. Capiuntur obdor- 
 miscentes in summa aqua, id 1 quod proditur stertentium 
 sonitu. Turn terni adnatant, a duobus in dorsum verti- 
 tur, a tertio laqueus injicitur, atque ita a pluribus in lit- 
 t8re stantibus trahitur. In mari testudmes conchyliis vi- 
 vunt; tanta enim oris est duritia, ut lapides comminuant;i 
 
 Grammaes.— » 627, 5: 1182, r. lxxxvii.— b 361, r. xL : 776, r 
 xx.— c 378, r. xv.: 870, r. xli.— • 541.—' 360, 775.—* 222, Obs. 2. 
 436.— b 394, r. ii. : 821, r. xxx.— i 514, r. xxxi. : 911, r. ].— J 627 
 1, 1st : 1220.— k 553, 938, r. lvii. 
 
 Idioms.— b Sup. plenas, full.— d 19, (parlibus.)— 1 37, 9, Note 3. 
 
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 175 
 
 in terram egressae, herbis. a Pariunt ova ovis avium 
 similia, ad centena b numero ; eaque extra aquam de- 
 fossa terra cooperiunt. 
 
 61. Margarita) IndTci oceani omnium maxime lau- 
 dantur. Inveniuntur in conchis scopulis adhaerentTbus. 
 Maxima laus est in candore,magnitudine,laevore,ponde'- 
 re. Hard duae inveniuntur, quae sibi ex omni parte sint 
 similes. Has auribus d suspendere, feminarum est glo- 
 ria. Duos maximos uniones Cleopatra, JEgypti reglna, 
 habuisse dicttur. Horum unum, ut Antonium magnifi- 
 centia superiiret/ in coenfi aceto solvit, soliitum hausit. 
 
 G2. .^Egyptus, inter Catabathmum et Arabas posita,, 
 a plurimis ad Asiam refertur ; alii Asiam Arabico sinu 
 terminari existtmant. Haec regio, quanquam expers s 
 est imbrium, mire tamen est fertuis. Hoe Xilus cfficit, 
 omnium fluviorum, qui in mare internum effunduntur, 
 maximus. Hie in desertis AfrTcae oritur, turn ^Ethio- 
 pia descendit in ^Egyptum, ubi de altis rupTbiis pra3- 
 cipitatus usque ad ElephantTdem urbem fervens adhuc 
 dccurrit. Turn demum fit placidior. Juxta Cercaso- 
 rum oppidum in plures amnes dividitur, et tandem per 
 septem ora effunditur in mare. 
 
 63. Nilus, nivibus in ^Ethiopia) montibus solutis,cres- 
 
 cereincipit Luna nova post solstitium per quinquaginta 
 
 fere dies; tottdemdiebusminuTtur. Justum incrementum 
 
 estcubitorum h sedecim. Si minores sunt aquae,non omnia 
 
 rigant. Maximum incrementum fuitcubitorum h duodcvi- 
 
 ginti ; miiiTnmm quinque. Quum stetere aquag, aggeres 
 
 aperiuntur, et arte aqua in agros immittYtur. Quum om- 
 
 nis recesserit,* agri irrigati et limo obducti seruntur. 
 
 Grammars.— » 485, 996, r. lxxi. (vivunt.) — b 107, 11: 210.— 
 • 600, 870, r. xli.— * 501, r. xxix. : 855, r. xxxix.— • 660, r. lvi. : 
 1147, r. lxxxii — t 627, 1, 2d: 1207.— « 361, r. xi. : 770, r. xx. 
 
 ~± 339, r.vii. : 757, r. xvi. 
 
 Idiom. — • 74, 6. 
 
176 THE GKOGHi-rMY AND THE 
 
 64. Nilus crocodllum alit, belluam quadrupSdem, in 
 terra lion minus quam in numme hominibus infestam. 
 Unum hoc animal terrestre linguae usu a caret; den- 
 tium plures habet ordmes ; maxilla inferior est immo- 
 bilis. Magnitudine excedit pier unique duodeviginti 
 cubita. Parit ova anserinis b non majora. Unguibus 
 etiam armatus est, et cute contra omnes ictus invicta. 
 Dies in terra agit, noctes in aqua. Quum satur est, et 
 in litt5re somnum capit ore hiante, trochilus, parva 
 avis, dentes ei e faucesque purgat. Sed hiantem conspi- 
 catus ichneumon, per easdem fauces ut telum aliquod 
 immissus, erodit alvum. Hebetes oculos dicitur habere 
 in aqu&, extra aquam acerrimos. Tentyritae in insula 
 Nili habitantes, dirae huic belluae d obviana ire audent, 
 eamque incredibili audacia expugnant. 
 
 65. Aliam etiam belluam Nilus alit, hippopotamutn ; 
 ungulis e binis, dorso e equi et juba et hinnitu ; rostro 
 reslmo, cauda et dentibus aprorum. Cutis impenetra- 
 bilis, praeterquam si liumore madeat. f Primus hippo- 
 potamum et quinque crocodllos M. Scaurus aedilitatis 
 suae ludiss Romae ostendit. 
 
 66. Multa in ^Egypto mira sunt et artis et naturae ope- 
 ra. Inter ea, quae mantbus hominum facta sunt, eminent 
 pyramTdes,quarummaximae sunt et celebemmae in mon- 
 te sterili inter Memphin oppTdum et earn partem iEgypti, 
 quae Delta vocatur. AmplissTmam earum trecenta sexa- 
 ginta sex hominum h millia annis viginti extruxisse tra- 
 duntur. Haec octo jugera soli occupat ; unumquodque 
 latus octingentos octoginta tres pedes 5 longum est ; alti- 
 
 Gr vmmars.— a 480, r. xxv.: 907, r. xlix.— b 337, 756.— c 380, 
 871.—* 600, r.-xlvii.: 870, r. xli.— e 339, r. vii. : 757, r. xvi.— 
 f 627, 1, 2d: 1220.—* 565, r. xl. : 949, r. lx.— h 355, r. x.: 771, 
 r. xix. — I 573, r. xlii. : 958, r. lxii. 
 
 Tdiom.— > 19, (ovis, 6, 3.) 
 
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY". 177 
 
 tudo a cacumme pedum a quindecim millium. Intus in 
 ea est puteus octoginta sex cubitorum.' 1 Ante has py- 
 ramides Sphinx est posita miras magnitudmis.* Capitis 
 ambitus centum duos pedes habet ; longitiido est pedum 
 centum quadraginta trium ; altitiido a ventre usque ad 
 summum capitis apicem sexaginta duorum. 
 
 67. Inter miraciila JEgypti commemoratur etiam Mce- 
 ris lacus, quingenta millia b passuum in circuitu patens ; 
 Labyrinthus ter mille domos et regias duodecim uno 
 pariete amplexus, totus marni6re c exstructus tectus- 
 que ; turris denique in insula Pharo, a Ptolemaso, Lagi 
 filio, condita. Usus d ejus navibus e noctu ignes osten- 
 dere ad praenuntianda f vada portusque introitum. 
 
 68. In palustribus JEgypti regionibus papyrum nasci- 
 tur. RadicTbus incolae pro ligno utuntur ; ex ipso autem 
 papyro navigia texunt, e libro vela, tegetes, vestem ac 
 funes. Succi causa etiam mandunt modd crudum modo 
 decoct um. Praeparantur ex eo etiam chartae. Chartae ex 
 papyro usus post Alexandri demum victorias repertus est. 
 Primoenim scriptum? in palinarum foliis, deinde in libris 
 quarundam arb5rum; posteapublicamonimentaplumbe- 
 is tabulis 1 ' confici,aut marmoribus' mandari ccepta sunt. 
 Tandem aemulatio regum Ptolemaei et Eumenis in biblio- 
 thecis condendis occasionem dedit membranas Pergami 
 inveniendi. Ab eo inde tempore libri moddJ in charta, 
 ex papyro facta, modo in membranis scripti sunt. 
 
 o M J. Mores incolarum ^Egypti ab aliorum populorum 
 morlbus vehementer discrepant. Mortuos nee cremant, 
 nee sepeliunt ; verum arte medicatos intra penetralia col- 
 
 Grammars — » 339, r. vii. : 757, r. xvi.— k 573, r. xlii. : 958, r 
 Ixii.— c 541.— d 308, 039.— * 501, r. xxxx. : 855, r. xxxix.— h 611, 
 {in.): 992.— * 522, 1075. 
 
 Idioms.—' 112, 7.— * 67, 6. Bup. «et— J 124. 12. 
 
178 THE GEOGRAPHY AND THE 
 
 lbcant. Negotia extra domos feminae, viri domes et res 
 domesticas curant ; onera illas humeris, hi capitibus ge- 
 runt. Colunt effigies multorum animalium et ipsa ani- 
 malia. Haec interfecisse a capitale est ; morbo exstincta 
 lugent et sepelitint. 
 
 70. Apis omnium iEgypti populorum numen est; bos 
 niger.cum Candida in dextro latere macule ; nodus sub 
 lingua^ quern cantharum appellant. Non fas est eum 
 certos vitae annos excedere. Ad hunc vitae terminum 
 quum pervenerit, mersum in fonte enecant. Necatum 
 lugent, aliumque quaerunt, quern ei substituant; b nee 
 tamen unquam diu quaeritur. Delubra ei sunt gemma, 
 quae thalamos vocant, ubi populus auguria captat. Al- 
 teram c intrasse a * laetum est ; in altero dira portendit. 
 Pro bono etiam habetur signo, si e manibus consulen- 
 tium cibum capit. In publicum procedentem grex 
 puerorum comitatur, carmenque in ejus honorem ea- 
 rning idque videtur intelligere. 
 
 71. Ultra JEgyptum iEthiSpes habitant. Horumpop- 
 uli quidam Macrobii vocantur, quia pauld quam nos diu- 
 tius vivunt. Plus auri e apud eos reperitur, quam aeris ; 
 hanc ob causam aes illis videtur pretiosius. ^Ere se ex- 
 ornant, vincula auro f fabricant. Lacus est apud eos, 
 cujus aqua tarn est liquida atque levis, ut nihil eorum, 
 quae immittuntur, sustinere queat ; quare arborum quo- 
 que folia non innatant aquae, sed pessum aguntur. 
 
 72. Africa ab oriente terminatur Nilo ; a ceteris parti- 
 bus mari. Regiones ad mare positae eximi£ sunt fertiles ; 
 interiores incultae et arenis sterilibus tectae, et ob nimium 
 
 * (Apim,) intrasse alter urn, "for Apis to have entered the one," latum est 
 Grammars.—" 660, r. lvl : 1147, r. lxxxiL — k 680, 1241.— 
 317, 649.—* 343, r. viii. : 860, r. xL— f 541. 
 
 Idiom. — c 19, (thalamum.) 
 
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 179 
 
 calorem desertae. Prima pars ab occidente est Maurita- 
 nia. Ibi mons praealtus Abyla, Calpae monti in Hispanic 
 oppositus. Hi montes columnar Herculis appellantur. 
 Fama est, ante Herciilem mare internum terris inclii- 
 suni fuisse, nee exitum habuisse in Oceanum ; Herculem 
 autem junctos montes diremisse et mare junxisse cum 
 Oceano. Ceterum regio ilia est ignobilis et parvis tan- 
 tum oppidis habitatur. Solum melius quam incolae. 
 
 73. Numidia magis culta et opulentior. Ibi satis 
 longo a litttfre intervallo saxa cernuntur attrita flucti- 
 bus, spinae piscium, ostreorumque fragmenta, ancorae 
 etiam cautibus infixae, et alia ejusmSdi signa maris olim 
 usque ad ea loca effusi. Finitima regio, a promontorio 
 Metagonio ad aras Philaenorum, propria vocatur Africa. 
 Urbes in e& celeberrimae UtTca et Carthago, ambae a 
 Phcenicibus conditae. Carthaginem divitiae, mercatur& 
 imprimis comparatae, turn bella cum Romanis gesta, 
 excidium denTque illustravit. a 
 
 74. De aris Philaenorum haec narrantur. Pertinacis- 
 sima fuerat contentio inter Carthaginem et Cyrenas de 
 finibus. Tandem placuit, b utrinque eodem tempore juve- 
 nes mitti, et locum, quo convenissent, pro finibus haberi. 
 Carthaginiensium legiiti, Philaeni fratres, pauld ante tem- 
 pus constitutum egressi esse dicuntur. Quod quum Cyre- 
 nensium legati intellexissent, magnSque exorta esset con- 
 tentio, tandem Cyrenenses dixerunt, se turn demum hunc 
 locum pro finibus habituros esse, si Philaeni se ibi vivos 
 obrui passi essent. Illi conditionem acceperunt. Car- 
 thaginienses autem animosis juvenibus in illis ipsis lo- 
 cis, ubi vivi sepulti sunt, aras consecraverunt, eorum- 
 que virtiitem aeternis honoribus prosecuti sunt* 
 
 Grammar. — A 313, 644. 
 
 Idiom.— b 51, 5. Sup. ilMs, 80, 2. 
 
180 THB GEOGRAPHY AND THE 
 
 75. Inde ad Catabathmum CyrenaTca porrigltur, ubi 
 Ammonis oraculum et ferns quidam, quern Solis esse a 
 dicunt. Hie fons media nocte fervet, b tuin paulatim te- 
 pescit ; sole oriente fit frigidus ; per meridiem maxime 
 riget. Catabathmus vallis est devexa versus ^Egyptum. 
 Ibi finitur Africa. Proximi his populi urbes non habent, 
 sed in tuguriis vivunt, quae mapalia vocantur. Vulgus 
 pecudum vestitur pellibus. c Potus est lac succusque 
 baccarum; cibus caro. Interiores etiam incultius vi- 
 vunt. Sequuntur greges suos, utque hi pabulo ducun- 
 tur, ita illi tuguria sua prombvent. Leges nullas habent, 
 nee in commune consultant. Inter hos Troglodytae in 
 specubus habitant, serpentibusque aluntur. 
 
 76. Ferarum Africa feracissima. Pardos, pantheras, 
 leones gignit, quod belluarum genus Europa ignorat. 
 Leoni d praecipua generositas. Prostratis parcere dici- 
 tur; in infantes nonnisi summi fame saevit. AnTmi 
 ejus index e cauda, quam, dum placidus est, immotam 
 servat ; dum irascitur, terram et se ipsum f ea flagellat. 
 Vis e summa in pect5re. Si fugere cogitur, contemptim 
 cedit, quam diu spectari potest; in silvis- acerrimo cursu 
 fertur.? Vulneratus percussorem novit, h et in quanta- 
 libet multitudme appetit. Hoe tarn saevum animal gal- 
 linacei cantus terret. Domatur etiam ab hominibus. 
 Hanno Pcenus primus leonem mansuefactum ostendisse 
 dicitur. Marcus autem Antonius triumvir primus, post 
 pugnam in campis Philippicis, Romae leones ad currum 
 junxit. 
 
 77. Struthiocameli Africi altitudmem equitis equo' 
 
 Grammaes.— a 319, r.: 666, r. vi Sup. foniem.— h 157, 1 : 1081. 
 — c 524, r. v. : 1075, r. lxxiv.— d 394, r. ii. : 821, r. ixx.-« 308, 
 639.—* 399, r. iv. : 826, r. xxxii. 
 
 Idioms.—' 33, 1.— * 116, 3.—* 84, 3. 
 
NATIONS OF ANTIQUITY. 181 
 
 insidentis exaequant, celeritatem vincunt. Pennae ad 
 hoc demum videntur datae, ut currentes adjtivent; nam 
 a terra tolli non possunt. Ungiilae cervinis a sunt sim- 
 iles. His in fuga comprehendunt lapides, eosque con- 
 tra sequentes jaculantur. Omnia concoquunt. Cet6- 
 rum magna iis b stoliditas, ita ut, quum caput et colluin 
 frutice occultaverint, se latere existiment. c Pennae 
 eorum quaeruntur ad ornatum. 
 
 78. Africa serpentes generat vicenum d cubitorum; e 
 nee minores India. Certe* MegasthSnes scribit, serpen- 
 tes ibi in tantam magnitudinem adolescere, ut solidos 
 hauriant cervos taurosque. In primo Punico bello ad 
 flumen Bagradum serpens centum viginti pedum e a 
 Regtilo, imperator© Romano, ballistis et tormentis ex- 
 pugnata esse fertur. Pellis ejus et maxillae diu Romae 
 in templo quodam asservatae sunt. In India serpentes 
 perpetuum bellum cum elephantis gerunt. Ex arbori- 
 bus se in praetereuntes f praecipTtant gressusque ligant 
 nodis. Hos nodos elephanti manu resolvunt. At dra- 
 cones in ipsass elephantorum nares caput condunt spi- 
 ritumque praecludunt; plerumque in ilia dimicatione 
 utrlque commoriuntur, dum victus elephas corruens h 
 serpentem pondere suo elidit. 
 
 Grammabs.— » 337, 756.— h 394, r. ii. : 821, r. xxx.-« 627, 1, 
 1st : 1220.-* 339, r. vii. : 757, r. xvi.— h 688, 1350, r. cv. 
 
 Idioms.—* 18, (ungvtia).— * 26, 1.— f 19, (illos). — * 32, 6 
 
 16 
 
DICTIONARY. 
 
 
 lATLAXATION OF ABBREVIATIONS. 
 
 adj. 
 
 adjective 
 
 fr- 
 
 
 from 
 
 obsol. 
 
 obsolete. 
 
 adv 
 
 adverb. 
 
 freq 
 
 
 frequentative. 
 
 ord. 
 
 ordinal. 
 
 app. 
 
 appendix. 
 
 xnr 
 
 
 inceptive. 
 
 part. 
 
 participle. 
 
 e. 
 
 common gender. 
 
 ind. 
 
 
 indeclinable. 
 
 pass. 
 
 passive. 
 
 con] 
 
 conjunction. 
 
 imp. 
 
 
 impersonal. 
 
 pi. 
 
 plural. 
 
 cotnpar 
 
 comparative. 
 
 int. 
 
 
 interjection. 
 
 prep. 
 
 preposition. 
 
 d 
 
 doubtful gender. 
 
 intr. 
 
 
 intransitive. 
 
 pret. 
 
 preteritive. 
 
 def. 
 
 defective 
 
 irr. 
 
 
 irregular. 
 
 pro. 
 
 pronoun. 
 
 dtp 
 
 deponent. 
 
 m. 
 
 
 masculine. 
 
 rel. 
 
 relative. 
 
 dim. 
 
 diminutive 
 
 n. 
 
 
 neuter. 
 
 subs. 
 
 substantive 
 
 dis. 
 
 distributive. 
 
 neut. 
 
 pass 
 
 neuter passive. 
 
 sup. 
 
 superlative. 
 
 A 
 
 feminine 
 
 num. 
 
 
 numeral. 
 
 tr. 
 
 transitive. 
 
 comp. compared regularly as directed, § 25, '-iltG. 
 
 id. derived from the same word as the preceding. 
 
 Numbers in Roman figures alone refer to paragraphs in Bullions' s Latin Grammar. 
 
 §, with a number in Roman figures, refers to the section of that number in Bui- 
 lions' s Latin Grammar. 
 
 Numbers in heavy-faced figures refer to paragraphs in Bullions & Morris's Latin 
 Grammar. 
 
 Id. (Idioms) refers to the Introduction, in this work, concerning Latin idioms. 
 
 /, Words marked m. f. n. c. d., denoting gender, are nouns, and their declension is 
 known by the ending of the genitive, placed next after the word, according to § 8, 44. 
 
 Words conjugated are verbs, and their conjugation is known by the vowel before rf 
 in the infinitive, according to 184, 3, 271. 
 
 A. an abbreviation of Aulus. 
 
 A, ab, al»s prep, from, by,(nh\.) 
 ab oriente, on the east : a 
 meridie, on the south. 
 
 Abdera, re, f. a maritime town 
 of Thrace. 
 
 Abdftus, a, urn, part, & adj. 
 removed; hidden; conceal- 
 ed ; secret; from 
 
 Abdo, abdSre, abdidi, abdl- 
 tum, tr. (ab & do,) to re- 
 move from view ; to hide; 
 to conceal. 
 
 Abduco, abducere, abduxi, 
 abductum, tr. (ab & duco,) 
 to lead away. 
 
 Abductus, a, urn, part, (abdu- 
 co ) 
 
 Abeo, ablre, abii, abitum, intr. 
 
 irr. (ab & eo,) to go away; 
 
 to depart. 
 Aberro, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 
 (ab & erro,) to stray; to 
 
 wander; to lose the way. 
 Abjectus, a, urn, part, from 
 Abjicio, abjicere, abjtlci, abjec- 
 
 tum, tr. (ab & jacio,) to 
 
 cast from; to cast away; 
 
 to throw aside. 
 Abluo, ere, i, turn, tr. (ab & 
 
 luo,) to wash from, or away; 
 
 to wash ; to purify. 
 Abrumpo, abrumpere, abrupi, 
 
 abruptum, tr. (ab & rum- 
 
 po,) to break off'; to break. 
 Abscindo, abscind£re, abeefdi, 
 
 abscissam, tr. (ab & «dn- 
 
 do,) to cut off, 
 
184 
 
 ABSENS ACCIPIO. 
 
 Absens, tis, part, (absum § 54, 
 Obs. 3,) absent. 280. 
 
 Absolvo, absolvere, absolvi, 
 absolutum, tr. (ab & solvo,) 
 to loose from; to loose; to 
 release. 
 
 Absorbeo, absorbere, absorbui 
 & absorpsi, tr. (ab & sor- 
 beo,) to suck in from, (viz: 
 an object;) to absorb, or 
 suck in; to swallow. 
 
 Absterreo, ere, ui, itum, tr. 
 (abs & terreo,) to frighten 
 away; to deter. 
 
 Abstinentia, 83, f. abstinence; 
 disinterestedness; freedom 
 from avarice; from 
 
 Abstineo, abstinere, abstinui, 
 tr. (abs & teneo, § 81,) to 
 keep from; to abstain. 378. 
 
 Absum, abesse, abfui, intr. irr. 
 (ab & sum,) (to be from, 
 viz : a place, i. e.) to be ab- 
 sent, or distant; to begone; 
 parum abesse, to want but 
 little; to be near. 
 
 Absumo, absumere, absumpsi, 
 absumptum, tr. (ab & su- 
 mo,) to take away; to con- 
 sume; to destroy; to waste. 
 
 Absumptus, a, um, part, (ab- 
 sumo.) 
 
 Absurdus, a, um, adj. (ab & 
 surdus, deaf; senseless ;) 
 harsh; grating; hence 
 senseless; absurd. 
 
 Abundantia, ae, f. plenty; abun- 
 dance; from 
 A.bundo, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 (ab & undo, to rise in waves, 
 
 to boil, and hence) to over- 
 flow; to abound. 
 
 Abyla, se, f. Abyla; a moun- 
 tain in Africa, at the en- 
 trance of the Mediterranean 
 sea, opposite to mount Calpe 
 in Spain. These moun- 
 tains were anciently called 
 the Pillars of Hercules. 
 
 Ac, atque, conj. and; as; than. 
 
 Acca, 3d, f. Acca Laurentia, 
 the wife of Faustulus, and 
 nurse of Romulus and Re- 
 mus. 
 
 Accedo, accedere, accessi, ac- 
 cessum, intr. (ad & cedo,) 
 to move near to; to draw 
 near; to approach; to ad- 
 vance; to engage in; to 
 undertake. 
 
 Accendo, accendere, accendi, 
 accensum, tr. (ad & can- 
 deo,) to set on fire. 
 
 Accensus, a, um, part, (accen- 
 do,) set on fire; kindled; 
 lighted ; inflamed; burning. 
 
 Acceptus, a, um, part, (accip- 
 io.) 
 
 Accessus, us, m. (accedo,) ap- 
 proach : access ; accession. 
 
 Accido, accidere, accidi, intr. 
 (ad & cado,) to fall down 
 at, or before: accidit, imp. 
 it happens, or it hap- 
 
 Accipio, accipere, accepi, ac- 
 ceptum, tr. (ad & capio, 
 Gr. 215, 5, 2d.) to take; to 
 receive; to learn; to hear; 
 to understand; to accept: 
 
ACCIPITER ADAMO. 
 
 185 
 
 nccipcre finem, to come to 
 
 an end; to terminate. 005, 
 Accipiter, iris, in. a hawk. 
 Atcmnbo, accumbere, aecu- 
 
 bui, intr. (ad.<fe cubo, 375) 
 
 to sit or recline at table. 
 Accurate-, adv. (iiis, issimc) 
 
 (accural us, ad & euro,) ac- 
 curate!;/ ; cure fully. 
 Afciin-n. aecttrrfre, accurri or 
 
 ac.-ueurri, intr.(ad& curro,) 
 
 to run to. 
 A'-i'fi t». arc avi, Fitum, tr. (ad 
 
 & cuusor, to allege, from 
 
 can -a.) to occ/is" ; to blame; 
 
 to jinil fault iriij,. 
 Acer, Oris, <t<', adj. (acrior, 
 
 accrrluius,) sharp; sour; 
 
 eager; vehement; rapid; 
 
 courageous ; fierce ; violent; 
   ' : he,' a ; piercing. 
 Accrbus, a, urn, adj. comp. 
 
 so u r ; unripe ; vexatious ; 
 
 harsh; morose; disagree- 
 
 ble; from acer. 
 Acerrimc, adv. sup. See Acri- 
 
 ter. 
 Acervus, i, m. a heap. 
 Acetum, i, n. vinegar. 
 Achafeus, a, urn, adj. Achcean, 
 
 Grecian. 
 Achclou-, i, m. ariverof Epi- 
 
 ru$. 
 Acberu ':<. SB, f. a kd 
 
 ( 'a in pa itia ; al.-o, a care in 
 
 liithynia. 
 Achilles, is & eos, m. (§ 15, 
 
 130,) the son of Peleus and 
 
 Thetis, and the bravest of 
 
 the Grecian chiefs, at the 
 
 siege of Troy. 
 
 AcTdus, a, urn, adj. comp, 
 tour; sharp; acid. 
 
 Ac ics, ei, f. an edge; aline of 
 soldiers; an army in battle 
 array; a squadron; a 
 rank; an army ; a battle. 
 
 Acinus, i, m. a berry ; a grape- 
 stone. 
 
 Acriter, acriiis, accerrime, adv. 
 (from acer)sharply ; ardent- 
 ly; fiercely; courageously. 
 
 Acroceraunia, orum, n.pl. (§18, 
 178,) lofty mountains be- 
 tween Albania and Epirus. 
 
 Acrocorinthos, i, f. (Gr. 74,) 
 the citadel of Corinth . f>#. 
 
 AcropOlis, is, f. the citadel of 
 Athens. 
 
 Actio, onis, f. (from ago,) an 
 action ; operation ; aprocess. 
 
 Actium, i, n. a promontory of 
 Epirus, famous for a naval 
 victory of Augustus over 
 Anthony and Cleopatra. 
 
 Actus, a, um, part, (ago,) 
 driven; led. 
 
 Aculeus, i, m. (acuo) a sting ; 
 a thorn ; a prickle ; a por- 
 cupine's quill. 
 
 Acumen, mis, n, (from acuo,) 
 acuteness ; persp i cacity. 
 
 Acus, us, f. (acuo) a needle. 
 
 Ad, prep, to; near; at; to~ 
 wards: with a numeral, 
 about. In composition, see 
 Gr. 237, 239; 470, 4H0, 
 
 Adamas, antis, m. adamant; a 
 diamond. 
 
 Adamo, arc, avi, atum, tr. (ad 
 & amo,) to love greatly, or 
 desperately. 
 
186' 
 
 ADDICO— ADMONITUS. 
 
 Addico, dicere, dixi, dictum, 
 tr. (ad & dico,) to adjudge; 
 assign ; make over. 
 
 Additus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Addo, addere, addidi, additum, 
 tr. (ad & do,) to put a 
 thing close to another; i. e. 
 to add; to annex; to ap- 
 point; to give. 
 
 Adduco, adducere, adduxi, ad- 
 ductum, tr. (ad & duco,) to 
 lead; to bring: in dubita- 
 tionem, to bring into ques- 
 tion. 
 
 Ademptus, a, um, part, (adi- 
 mo.) 
 
 Adeo, adv. so; therefore; so 
 much; to such a degree; so 
 very. 
 
 Adeo, adire, adii, adituin, intr. 
 irr. (ad & eo,) to go to. 
 § 83, 3. 413. 
 
 Adherens, lis, part, from 
 
 Adhsereo, haerere, haesi, ha> 
 sum, (ad & haereo,) to stick 
 to; to adhere; to adjoin; 
 to lie contiguous. 
 
 Adherbal, alis, m. a king oj 
 Numidia, put to death by 
 his cousin Jugurtha. 
 
 Adhibeo, adhibere, adhibui, 
 adhibitum, tr. (ad & ha- 
 beo,) to hold forth; to ad- 
 mit; to apply ; to use; to 
 employ. 
 
 Adhuc, adv. (ad & hue) hither- 
 to; yet; as yet; still. 
 
 Adimo, adimere, ademi, ad- 
 emptum, tr. (ad & emo,) to 
 take away. 
 
 Adipiscor, adipisci, adeptus 
 
 sum, dep. (ad&apiscor) to 
 reach; to attain; to over- 
 take ; to get. 
 
 Adltus, us, m. (adeo,) a going 
 to; entrance; access; ap- 
 proach. 
 
 Adjaceo, ere, ui,itum, intr. (ad 
 & jaceo,) to lie near; to 
 adjoin; to border upon. 
 
 Adjungo, adjungere, adjunxi, 
 adjunctum, tr.(ad & jungo,) 
 to join to ; to unite with. 
 
 Adjutus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Adjuvo, adjuvare, adjuvi, ad- 
 jutum, tr. (ad & juvo,) to 
 assist; to help; to aid. 
 
 Admetus, i, m. a king of 
 
 Administer, tri, m. a servant; 
 an assistant. 
 
 Administro, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (ad & ministro,) to admin- 
 ister; to manage. 
 
 Admiratio, onis, f. (admiror,) 
 admiration. 
 
 Admiratus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Admiror, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 to admire. 
 
 Admissus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Admitto, admittere, admisi, 
 admissum, tr. (ad & mit- 
 to,) to admit; to allow; to 
 receive. 
 
 Admodum, adv. (ad & modus,) 
 very; much; greatly. 
 
 Admoneo, ere, ui, itum, tr. 
 (ad & moneo,) to put in 
 mind; to admonish; to 
 warn. 
 
 Admonitus, a, um, part, (ad- 
 moneo.) 
 
ADMOVEO ADVERSUS. 
 
 187 
 
 Admoveo, admovere, admovi, 
 admotum, tr. (ad & raoveo) 
 to move to; to bring to. 
 
 Adnaio, are, avi, atom, intr. 
 freq. (ad & nato, from no,) 
 to swim to. 
 
 Adok'sccns, tis, adj. (adoles- 
 co,) (compar. ior, § 26, 6,) 
 young: subs, a young man 
 or woman; a youth. 
 
 Adolescent ia, ee, f. (the state 
 or time of youth ;) youth; a 
 youth; from 
 
 Adolesco, adoleseere, adolevi, 
 adultum, intr. inc. (227, 2) 
 to grow, to increase; to 
 grow up. &88» 
 
 Adopto, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad 
 & opto,) to choose to or for 
 one's self; i. e. to adopt; to 
 take for a son ; to assume. 
 
 Adorior, orlri, ortus sum, tr. 
 dep. (ad & orior,) to rise or 
 go to; (heace,) to attack; 
 to accost ; to address, to un- 
 dertake. 
 
 Adria, a-, in. the Adriatic sea. 
 
 Adriatlcus a, urn, adj. Adri- 
 atic: mare Adriaticum, the 
 Adriatic sea; now, the gulf 
 of Venice. 
 
 Adsceado, see Ascendo. 
 
 Ad mm j nor, see Assequor. 
 
 Adservo, see Asservo. 
 
 Ad«;igno, see Assigno. 
 
 Ad-isto, or a<sisto, sistere, 
 stiti, intr. (ad & sisto,) to 
 stand by; to assist; to help. 
 
 Adsptvtfirus, a, urn, part, (as- 
 pack)*) 
 
 Adspergo, or aspergo, gere, 
 
 si, sum, tr. (ad & spargo,) 
 to sprinkle. 
 
 Adspicio, or aspicio, spicere, 
 spexi, spectom, tr. (ad & 
 specio,) to look at ; see ; re- 
 gard; behold. 
 
 Adstans, tis, part.; from 
 
 Adsto, or asto, stare, stiti, intr. 
 (ad & sto,) to stand by; to 
 be near. 
 
 Adsum, adesse, adfui, intr. irr. 
 (ad & sum,) to be present ; 
 to aid; to assist. 
 
 Adulator, oris, m. (adulor,) a 
 flatterer. 
 
 Aduncus, a, um, adj. (ad & 
 uncus,) bent; crooked. 
 
 Advectus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Adveho, advehere, advexi, ad- 
 vectum, tr (ad & veho,) to 
 carry; to convey. 
 
 Advena, se, c. (advenio,) a 
 stranger. 
 
 Adveniens, tis, part, from 
 
 Advenio, advenlre, adveni, ad- 
 ventum, intr. (ad & venio,) 
 to arrive; to come. 
 
 Adventus, us, m. (from adve- 
 nio,) an arrival; a coming, 
 
 Adversarius, i, m. (adverser, 
 to oppose^) an adversary; 
 an enemy. 
 
 Adversus, a, um, adj. (adver- 
 to, to turn to,) turned to- 
 wards; adverse; opposite; 
 unfavorable; bad; front- 
 ing; adversa cicatrix, a 
 scar in front: adverso cor- 
 p<5re, on the breast. 
 
 Adversus & adversum, prep, 
 (id.) against; toward. 
 
188 
 
 ADVOCO iESTUOSUS. 
 
 Advdco, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad 
 & voco,) to call for, or to ; 
 to call; to summon. 
 
 Advolo, are, avi, atum, intv. 
 (ad & volo,) to fly to. 
 
 JEdifico, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (aedes, a house ; & facio,) 
 to build. 
 
 iEdllis, is, m. (aedes) an cedile ; 
 a magistrate who had charge 
 of the public buildings. 
 
 iEdilitas, atis, f. (aedllis,) the 
 office of an cedile ; cedileship. 
 
 jEdilitius, (vir,) i, m. one who 
 has been an cedile. 
 
 JEgasus, a, urn, adj. JEgcean ; 
 ^Egteum mare, the ^EJgcea?i 
 sea, lying between Greece 
 and Asia Minor ; now called 
 the Archipelago. 
 
 iEger, ra, rum, adj. (aegrior,) 
 aegerrimus,) sick, weak, in- 
 firm; diseased. 
 
 JEgrc, adv. (seger,) grievous- 
 ly; with difficulty. 
 
 iEgritudo, inis, f. (aeger,) sor- 
 row; grief. 
 
 /Egyptus, i. f. (45, 2,) 33 ; 
 ^Egypt. 
 
 JElius, i, m. the name of a 
 Roman family. 
 
 JEmilius, i, m. the name of sev- 
 eral noble Romans of the 
 gens .iEmilia, or JEmilian 
 tribe. 
 
 iEmulatio, onis, f. (aemulor,) 
 emulation; rivalry; com- 
 
 JEmCilus, a, um, adj. emulous. 
 iEmulus, i, m. a rival; a com- 
 petitor. 
 
 JEneas, ae, m. a Trojan prince, 
 the son of Venus and An- 
 chises. 
 
 -ZEneus, a, um, adj. (aes,) bra- 
 zen. 
 
 JEnos, i, f. (74,) a town in 
 Thrace, at the mouth of the 
 Hebrus, named after its 
 founder, jEneas. 08* 
 
 JE5lis, idis, f. a country on the 
 western coast of Asia Minor, 
 between Troas and Ionia. 
 
 JEqualis, e, adj. (aequus,) 
 equal. 
 
 JEqualiter, adv. (aequalis,) 
 equally. 
 
 JEquitas, atis, f. equity; jus- 
 tice; moderation; from 
 
 JEquus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 equal: aequus animus, or 
 aequa mens, equanimity. 
 
 Aer, is, m. the air; the atmos- 
 phere. 
 
 JErarium, i, n. the treasury; 
 from 
 
 JEs, aeris, n. brass; money. 
 
 iEschylus, i, m. a celebrated 
 Greek tragic poet. 
 
 JEsculapius, i, m. the son of 
 Apollo, and god of medicine. 
 
 jEstas, atis, f. (aestus,) summer. 
 
 iEstimandus, a, um, part, to 
 be esteemed, prized; or re- 
 garded; from 
 
 JEstimo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 esteem; to value; to regard; 
 to judge of, to estimate. 
 
 ^Estuo, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 (aestus.) to be very hot; to 
 boil. 
 
 JEstuosus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 
^STUS AGGER. 
 
 189 
 
 undulating ; rising in 
 surges; boiling; stormy; 
 turbulent. 
 
 JE^tu*, us, m. heat. 
 
 iEtas, fit is, f. (scil. aevitas, from 
 avum,) aye. 
 
 uEternus, a, um, adj. (scil. sevi- 
 ternus, id.) eternal; immor- 
 tal. 
 
 ^Ethiopia, ae. f. Ethiopia, a 
 country in Africa, lying on 
 both sides of the equator. 
 
 JEthiops, Spw, m. an Ethio- 
 pian. 
 
 iEtna, se, f. a volcanic moun- 
 tain, in Sicily. 
 
 iEvum, i, n. time; an age. 
 
 At r, ra, rum, adj. of Africa. 
 
 Ail" ;bi\j, adv. (ad & faber, an 
 artist,) artfully; ingenious- 
 ly ; curiously ; in a work- 
 manlike manner. 
 
 Affectus, a, um, part, affected; 
 afflicted. 
 
 Aff ro, afferre, attuli, allatum, 
 tr. irr. (ad & fero,) to 
 tiring; to carry. 
 
 Afficio, icere, f-ri. ectum, tr. 
 fad & facio,) to affect: ine- 
 rt h, to affect with hunger; 
 i. e. to deprive of food: 
 clalibiH, to overthrow: 
 pa>s. to be affected: gaudio, 
 to be affected with joy; to 
 rejjnro ; febri, to be attacked 
 with a fever. 
 
 Affigo, ajfigere, affixi, affix- 
 iru. tr. (ad & figo,) to af- 
 fix; to fatten : affigere cru- 
 ci, to crucify. 
 
 Affinis, e, adj. (ad & finis,) 
 
 neighboring; contiguous'. 
 hence, 
 
 Affinis, is, c. a relation. 
 
 Ainrmo, are, fivi, a'.um, tr. 
 (ad & firmo,) to affirm; to 
 confirm. 
 
 Affixus, a, um, part, (affigo.) 
 
 Afflatus, us, m. (afflo, to blow 
 against:) a blast; a breeze ; 
 a gale ; inspiration. 
 
 Africa, as, f. Africa; also a 
 part of the African conti- 
 nent, lying east of Numid- 
 ia, and west of Gyrene. 
 
 Africanus, i, m. the agnomen 
 of two of the Scipios, de- 
 rived from their conquest of 
 Africa. (887, 1538, 4.) 
 
 Africus, a, um, adj. belonging 
 to Africa; African. Africus 
 vent us, the southwest wind. 
 
 Agamemnon, onis, m. a king 
 of Mycence, the commander- 
 er-in-chief of the Grecian 
 forces at the siege of Troy. 
 
 Agathyrsi, orum, m. pi. a bar- 
 barous tribe living near the 
 pal us Mseotis. 
 
 Agcllus, i, m. dim. (ager,) a 
 small farm. 
 
 Agenor, oris, m. a king of 
 Phoenicia. 
 
 Agens, tis, part, (ago.) 
 
 Apr, gri, m. a field; land; a 
 farm; an estate; ground; 
 a territory ; the country. 
 
 Agger, eris, m. (aggf;ro, ad & 
 gero, to carry to :) a heap ; 
 a pile; a mound; a Iml- 
 warh; a hunk; a rampart; 
 a dam. 
 
190 
 
 AGGREDIOR ALCINOUS. 
 
 Aggredior, gdi, essus sum, tr. 
 & intr. dep. (ad & gradi- 
 or,) to go to; to attack. 
 
 Agressus, a, um, part, having 
 attacked. 
 
 Agitator, oris, m. a driver ; from 
 
 Agito, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. 
 (ago,) 227, Obs. 2, to drive; 
 to agitate; to revolve. 388* 
 
 Aglaus, i, m. a poor Arcadian. 
 
 Agmen, mis, n. (ago,) a train; 
 a troop upon the march; a 
 band; an army. 
 
 Agnitus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Agnosco, agnoscere, agnovi, 
 agnitum, tr. (ad & nosco,) 
 to recognize; to know. 
 
 Agnus, i, m. a lamb. 
 
 Ago, agere, egi, actum, tr. 
 to set in motion; to drive; 
 to lead; to act; to do; to 
 reside; to live: funus, to 
 perform funeral rites : an- 
 num vigesimum, to be 
 spending, or to be in his 
 twentieth year : bene, to be- 
 have well: agere gratias, to 
 thank. 
 
 Agbr, agi, actus sum, pass, to 
 be led: agltur, it is debat- 
 ed: res de qua agltur, the 
 point in debate: pessum 
 agi, to sink. 
 
 Agricola, ae, m. (ager & colo,) 
 a husbandman; a farmer. 
 
 Agricultura, ae, (id.) f. agri- 
 cidture. 
 
 Agrigentum, i, n. a town upon 
 the southern coast of Sicily, 
 now Girgenti. 
 
 Agrippa, 83, m. the name 
 of several distinguished 
 Romans. 
 
 Ahenum, i, n. (scil. vas aene- 
 um,) a brazen vessel; a ket- 
 tle; a caldron. 
 
 Aio, ais, ait, def. verb, (§84, 5,) 
 ^ I say. 4:4:2* 
 
 Ajax, acis, m. the name of 
 two distinguished Grecian 
 warriors at the siege of 
 Troy. 
 
 Ala, ae, f. a wing ; an armpit ; 
 an arm. 
 
 Alacer, or acris, acre, adj. 
 (comp.) lively ; courageous ; 
 ready ; fierce ; spirited. 
 
 Alba, ae, f. Alba Longa ; a city 
 of Latium, built by Asca- 
 nius. 
 
 Albanus, i, m. an inhabitant 
 of Alba; an Alban. 
 
 Albanus, a, um, adj. Alban: 
 mons Albanus, mount Al- 
 banus, at the foot of which 
 Alba Longa was built, 16 
 miles from Rome. 
 
 Albis, is, m. a large river of 
 Germany, now the FAbeh 
 
 Albtila, ae, m. an ancient name 
 of the Tiber. 
 
 Albus, a, um, adj. white; (a 
 pale white; see candidus.) 
 
 Alcestis, idis, f. the daughter 
 of Pelias, and wife of Ad- 
 metus. 
 
 Alcibiades, is, m. an eminent 
 Athenian, the pupil of So- 
 crates. 
 
 Alcinoiis, i, m. a king of Phcea- 
 
ALCYONE ALPES. 
 
 191 
 
 da, or Corcyra, whose gar- 
 dens were very celebrated. 
 
 Alcydne, es, f. the daughter of 
 JEolus, and wife of Ceyx : 
 she and her husband were 
 changed into sea-birds, call- 
 ed AlcySnes, kingfishers. 
 
 Alcyon, is, m. kingfisher. 
 
 Alcyoneus, a, una, adj. halcyon. 
 
 Alexander, dri, m. Alexander 
 surnamed the Great, the 
 son of Philip, king of Ma- 
 cedon. 
 
 Alexandria, ae, f. the capital of 
 Egypt; founded by Alex- 
 ander the Great. 
 
 Algeo, algere, alsi, intr. to be 
 cold. 
 
 Alictmde, adv. (aliquis & un- 
 de,) from some place. 
 
 Alionatus, a, nm, part, aliena- 
 ted; estranged; from 
 
 Alirno, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 alienate ; to estrange ; from 
 
 Alienus, a, am, adj. of or be- 
 longing to another; for- 
 eign; another man's; qn- 
 Other*$ ; m. a stranger. 
 
 AKo, adv. to another place; 
 elsewhere. 
 
 Aliquandiu, adv. (aliquis & 
 din,) for some time. 
 
 Aliquando, adv. (alius &quan- 
 do,) once ; formerly; at some 
 time; at length; sometimes. 
 
 AKquantnm, n. adj. something; 
 somewhat; a little. 
 
 Aliquis, aliqua, aliquod & ali- 
 quid, indef. pron. (§ 37, 3,) 
 some ; some one ; a certain 
 one. 251. 
 
 Aliquot, ind. adj. some. 
 
 Aliter, adv. (alius.) otherwise; 
 aliter — aliter, in one way — 
 in another. 
 
 Alius, a, ud, adj. § 20, Note 2 ; 
 another; other: alii — alii, 
 some — others. 102. 
 
 Allatus, a, um, part. (afFero,) 
 brought. 
 
 Allectus, a, um, part, (allicio.) 
 
 Allevo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad 
 & levo,) to raise up ; to al- 
 leviate; to lighten. 
 
 Allia, a3, f. a small river of 
 Italy, flowing into the Ti- 
 ber. 
 
 Allicio, licere, lexi, lectum, (ad 
 & lacio, to draw^ tr. to al- 
 lure; to entice. 
 
 Alligatus, a, um, part, bound; 
 confined; from 
 
 Alligo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad 
 & ligo,) to bind to; to fast- 
 en; to bind or tie. 
 
 Allocutus, a, um, part, speak- 
 ing, or having spoken to; 
 from 
 
 AllSquor, -loqui, -locutus sum, 
 tr. dep. (ad & loquor,) to 
 speak to; to address; to 
 accost. 
 
 Alluo, -luere, -lui, tr. (ad & 
 luo,) to flow near; to wash ; 
 to lave. 
 
 Alo, alere, alui, alitum or al- 
 tum, tr. to nourish ; to feed; 
 to support ; to increase; to 
 maintain; to strengthen. 
 
 Aloeus, i, m. a giant, son oj 
 Titan and Terra. 
 
 Alpes, ium, f. pi. the Alps. 
 
192 
 
 ALPHEUS AMPHION. 
 
 Alpheus, i, m. a river of Pe- 
 loponnesus. 
 
 Alpinus, a, um, adj. of or be- 
 longing to the Alps; Al- 
 pine: Alpini mures, mar- 
 mots. 
 
 Alte, (iiis, issime,) adv. on 
 high; highly; loudly; 
 deeply; low. 
 
 Alter, era, erum, adj. § 20, 4, 
 the one {of two ;) the other ; 
 the kcond. 106, 7. 208. 
 
 Alternus, a, um, adj. (alter,) 
 alternate; by turns. 
 
 Althaea, ae, f. the wife of (E- 
 neus, and mother of Mele- 
 ager. 
 
 Altitudo, mis, f. height; from 
 
 Altus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) high; lofty; deep; 
 loud. 
 
 Alumnus, i, m. (alo,) a pupil; 
 a foster-son. 
 
 Alveus, i, m. a channel; from 
 
 Alvus, i, f. the belly. 
 
 Am, insep. prep. 239, 2, 487. 
 
 Amans, tis, part, and adj. (ior, 
 issimus,) loving ; fond of 
 
 Amarus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 bitter. 
 
 Amatus, a, um, part, (amo.) 
 
 Amazon, onis; pi. Amazones, 
 um, f. Amazons, a nation 
 of female warriors, who 
 lived near the river Don, 
 and afterwards passed over 
 into Asia Minor. 
 
 Ambitio, onis, f. (ambio,) am- 
 bition. 
 
 Ambitus, us, m. (id.) a going 
 round or about; compass; 
 
 extent; circuit; circumfer- 
 ence. 
 
 Ambo, se, o, adj. pi. 104, 3; 
 both; {taken together ; see 
 uterque.) 203. 
 
 Ambiilo, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 (dim. f. ambio,) to walk. 
 
 Amice, adv. -ciiis, -cissime, 
 (amicus,) in a friendly 
 manner; kindly. 
 
 Amicitia, ae, f. friendship ; from 
 
 Amicus, a, um, adj. comp. 
 (amo,) friendly. 
 
 Amicus, i, m. (amo,) a friend. 
 
 Amissus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Amitto, amittere, amlsi, amis- 
 sum, tr. (a & mitto,) to send 
 away ; to lose ; to relinquish. 
 
 Ammon, onis, m. a surname of 
 Jupiter, who was worshiped 
 under this name, in the des- 
 erts of Lybia, under the 
 form of a ram. 
 
 Amnis, is, d. a river. 
 
 Amo, are, avi, atum, tr. to love ; 
 {viz., cordially, from the im- 
 pulse of natural affection ; 
 see diligo.) 
 
 Amoenus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) pleasant; agreeable; 
 delightful; from amo. 
 
 Amor, oris, m. (amo,) love. 
 
 Amoveo, vere, vi, turn, tr. (a 
 & moveo,) to move away 
 or from; to remove. 
 
 AmphinSmus, i, m. a Catanean 
 distinguished for his f Hal 
 affection. 
 
 Amphion, onis, m. a son of 
 Jupiter and Antiope, and 
 the husband of Niobe. He 
 
AMPLE — ANIO. 
 
 193 
 
 is said to have built Tliebes 
 by the sound of his lyre. 
 
 Ample, adv. (iiis, isslme,) am- 
 ply ; from amplus. 
 
 Amplector, ecti, exus sum, tr. 
 dep. (am & plector,) to em- 
 brace. 
 
 Amplexus, a, um, part, having 
 embraced; embracing. 
 
 Amplio, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (ampins,) to enlarge. 
 
 Amplius, adv. (ample,) more. 
 
 Amplus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 great; abundant; large; 
 spacious. 
 
 Amuliu-s i, m. the son of Sil- 
 vias Procas, and brother of 
 Numitor. 
 
 Amyelae, arum, f. pi. a town on 
 the western coast of Maty. 
 
 Amicus, i, m. a son of Xej>- 
 tune, and king of Bebrycia. 
 
 An, adv. whether; or. 
 
 Ann Tron. tis, m. a celebrated 
 lyric poet of Tcos, in Ionia. 
 
 Aoapus, i, m. a Qatanton, the 
 wether of Amphingmak, 
 
 Amxag&ras, ee, m. a philoso- 
 pher of Clazomene, in Ionia. 
 
 Anoepa, eipftfe, adj. (aneipi- 
 tior.) (am and caput,) un- 
 rcrt-iin ; <hml)tful. 
 
 Anehlsee, a?, m. a Trojan, the 
 
 father of jEneas. 
 Anchora, or Anctfra, ge, f. an 
 
 anchor. 
 4ncilla, ;v, f. a female servant ; 
 
 a ma ill. 
 Anrus i, m. (Martins,) the 
 fourth hit i 'j of /.'■■ 
 
 Andriscus, i, n*. a p e rs o n of 
 17 
 
 mean birth, called also Pseu- 
 dophilippus, on account of 
 his pretending to be Philip, 
 the son of Persis, king of 
 Macedon. 
 Andromeda, se, f. the daughter 
 of Cephus and Cassiope, 
 and wife of Perseus. 
 Ango, angere, anxi, tr. (to 
 press close or tight ; to stran- 
 gle; hence,) to trouble; to 
 disquiet ; to torment ; to vex. 
 Anguis, is, c. (ango,) a snake ; 
 
 a serpent. 
 Angulus, i. m. a corner. 
 Angustiai, arum, f. pi. narroio- 
 ness ; a narrow pass; a de- 
 file; from 
 Angustus, a, um, adj. comp. 
 (ango,) narrow; limited; 
 straitened ; pinching. 
 Anima, se, f. (animus,) breath; 
 
 life; the soul. 
 Animadverto, vertere, verti, 
 versum, tr. (animus ad & 
 verto, to turn the mind to ;) 
 to attend to; to observe; to 
 notice; to punish. 
 Animal, fdis, n. (anima,) an 
 
 animal. 
 Animosus, a, um, adj. full of 
 wind or breath; spirited; 
 courageous; bold; from 
 Animus, i, m. wind; breath; 
 spirit; the soul or mind; 
 dispfsif inn ; spirit or cour- 
 age ; a design ; uno animo, 
 unanimously ; mihi ert an- 
 imus, I have a mind; I in- 
 tend. *$<?<? men-. 
 Anio, enis, m, a branch of the 
 
194 
 
 ANNECTO — APOLLO. 
 
 Tiber, which enters it three 
 miles above Home. It is 
 now called the Teverone, 
 
 Annecto,-nectere, -nexui, -nex- 
 um, tr. (ad & necto,) to an- 
 nex; to tie or fasten to. 
 
 Annona, ae, f. (annus,) yearly; 
 produce ; corn ; provisions. 
 
 Annulus, i, m. (dim, from an- 
 nus,) a small circle; a 
 ring. 
 
 Annumero, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (ad & numero,) to reckon 
 among; to number; to 
 reckon. 
 
 Annuo, -nuere, -nui, intr. (ad 
 & nuo, to nod,) to assent; 
 to agree. 
 
 Annus, i, m. a circle; a year; 
 hence 
 
 Annuus, a, um, adj. annuals- 
 yearly ; lasting a year. 
 
 Anser, eris, m. a goose; hence 
 
 Ansermus, a, um, adj. of or 
 belonging to a goose: ova, 
 goose-eggs. 
 
 Ante, adv. before; sooner. 
 
 Ante, prep, before. 
 
 Antea, adv. (ante & ea aoc. 
 pi. n. of is,) before; here- 
 tofore. 
 
 Antecello,-cellere, tr. (ante & 
 cello, obsol, to drive,) to 
 drive or move before ; hence 
 to excel; to surpass; to ex- 
 ceed ; to be superior to. 
 
 Antepono,-ponere, -posui, -pos- 
 Itum, tr. (ante & pono,) to 
 set before ; to prefer. 
 
 Antepositus, a, mm, part, (an-^ 
 tepono.) 
 
 Antequam, adv. before that; 
 
 before. 
 Antigonus, i, m. a king oj 
 
 Macedonia. 
 Antiochia, se, f. the capital of 
 
 Syria. 
 Antiochus, i, m. a king of 
 
 Syria. 
 Antiope, es, f. the wife of Ly- 
 
 cus, king of Thebes, and 
 
 the mother of Amphion. 
 Antlquus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 
 mus,) ancient; old; of long 
 
 continuance; fr. ante. 
 Antipater, tris, m. a Sidonian 
 
 poet. 
 Antium, i, n. a maritime town 
 
 of Italy. 
 Antonius, i, m. Antony, the 
 
 name of a Roman family. 
 Antrum, i, n. a cave. 
 Apelles, is, m. a celebrated 
 
 painter of the island of Cos. 
 Apenninus, i, m. the Appe- 
 
 nines. 
 Aper, apri, m. a boar; a wild 
 
 boar. 
 Aperioj-perire, -perui, -pertum, 
 
 tr. (ad & pario,) to open ; 
 
 to discover; to disclose; to 
 
 make known. 
 Apertus, a, um, part, (aperio.) 
 Apex, icis, m. a point; the 
 
 top; the summit. 
 Apis, is, f. a bee. 
 Apis, is, m. an ox worshipped 
 
 as a deity among the Egyp- 
 tians. 
 Apollo, inis, m. the son of Ju- 
 piter and Latona, and the 
 
 god of music and poetry. 
 
APPARATUS ARCEO. 
 
 I9i 
 
 Apparatus, us, m. {apparo, to 
 prepare;) a preparation; 
 apparatus ; equipment ; ha- 
 biliment. 
 
 Appareo, 6re, ui, intr. {ad & 
 pareo,) to appear; to be 
 manifest or clear. 
 
 Appellandus, a, urn, part, from 
 
 Appello, arc, avi, atum, tr. 
 (ad & pello,) to name or 
 call; to address; to call 
 upon. 
 
 Appendo, - pendere, - pendi, 
 -pensum, tr. (ad & pendo,) 
 to hang upon or to; to 
 weigh out; to pay. 
 
 Appelens, lis, part, seeking af- 
 ter; from 
 
 Appeto, -petere, -petivi, -pe- 
 tit urn, tr. (ad & peto,) to 
 seek to; hence, to desire; 
 strive for; to aim at; to 
 attack. 
 
 Appios* i, m. a Roman praeno- 
 men belonging to the Clau- 
 dian f/<'/<s or tribe. 
 
 Apptino, -ponSre, -poeui, -posi- 
 tum, tr. (ad & pono,) to set 
 or place before ; to put to ; 
 to join. 
 
 Apposltus, a, um, part, (ap- 
 pono.) 
 
 Appropinquo, are, avi, atum, 
 intr. (ad & propinquo,) to 
 approach; to draw near. 
 
 Aprlcus. a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 sunny; serene; warm: (as 
 if apericus from aperio.) 
 
 Apto, are, avi, atum, tr. to jit; 
 to adjust. 
 
 I Apod, prep, at; in; among; 
 before ; to; in the house of; 
 in the writings of. 
 
 Apulia, 33, f. a country in the 
 eastern part of Italy, near 
 the Adriatic. 
 
 Aqua, 33, f. water. 
 
 Aqua3ductus, us, m. (aqua & 
 duco, to lead:) an aque- 
 duct; a conduit. 
 
 Aquila, 33, f. an eagle. 
 
 Aquilo, onis, m. the north 
 wind. 
 
 Aquitania, 33, f. a country of 
 Gaul. 
 
 Aquitani, orum, m. pi. the in- 
 habitants of Aquitania. 
 
 Ara, 33, f. an altar. 
 
 Arabia, 33, f. Arabia; hence, 
 
 Arabicus, a, um, adj. Arabian; 
 of or belonging to Ara- 
 bia. Arabicus sinus, the 
 Red Sea. 
 
 Arabius, a, um, adj. Arabian. 
 
 Arabs, abis, m. an Arabian. 
 
 Arbitral us, a, um, part, having 
 thought; from 
 
 Arbitror, ari, fit us sum, tr. 
 dep. (arbiter,) to believe: 
 to think. 
 
 Arbor, & Arbos, oris, f. a tree. 
 
 Area, 33, f. a chest. 
 
 Arcadia, 33, f. Arcadia, a coun- 
 try in the interior of Pelo- 
 ponnesus. 
 
 Areas, adis, m. an Arcadian ; 
 also, a son of Jupiter and 
 Calisto. 
 
 Arceo, ere, ui, tr. to ward off; 
 to keep from; to restrain. 
 
196 
 
 ARCESSITUS ARMENTUM. 
 
 Arcessitus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Arcesso, ere, ivi, Itum, tr. (ar- 
 cio, i. e. adcio, ad and cio,) 
 to call; to send for ; to in- 
 vite ; to summon. 
 
 Archimedes, is, m. a famous 
 mathematician and mecha- 
 nician of Syracuse. 
 
 Architectus, i, m. an architect; 
 a builder. 
 
 Archytas, se, m. a Pythagore- 
 an philosopher of Taren- 
 tum. 
 
 Arete, adv. (iiis, issime,) strait- 
 ly ; closely; from 
 
 Arctus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) narrow ; close; from 
 arceo. 
 
 Arcus, us, m. a bow; an arch. 
 
 Ardea, 93, f. a city of Latium, 
 the capital of the Rutuli. 
 
 Ardens, tis, part. & adj. burn- 
 ing; hot; from 
 
 Ardeo, ardere, arsi, arsum, 
 intr. to glow ; to be on fire; 
 to burn; to sparkle; to 
 shine; to dazzle. 
 
 Arduus, a, um, adj. high; 
 lofty; steep; arduous; dif- 
 ficult. 
 
 Arena, a3, f. (areo, to be dry;) 
 sand; hence 
 
 Arenosus, a, um, adj. sandy. 
 
 Arethusa, ae, f. the name of a 
 nymph of Mis, who was 
 changed into a fountain in 
 Sicily. 
 
 Argentum, i, n. silver. 
 
 Argias, ae, m. a chief of the 
 Megarensians. 
 
 Argivus, a, um, adj. (Argos,) 
 of Argos; Argive. 
 
 Argivi, orum, m. pi. (id.) Ar- 
 gives ; inhabitants of Argos. 
 
 Argonautae, arum, m. pi. (Argo 
 & nautae,) the Argonauts ; 
 the crew of the ship Argo. 
 
 Argos, i, n. sing., & Argi, 
 orum, m. pi. a city in 
 Greece, the capital of Ar- 
 golis. 
 
 Arguo, uere, ui, iitum, to speak 
 in loud or shrill tones: 
 hence, to argue; to accuse; 
 to prove; to show; to con- 
 vict. 
 
 Ariminum, i, n. a city of Italy, 
 on the coast of the Adriatic. 
 
 Aristobulus, i, m. a name of 
 several of the high priests 
 and kings of Judea. 
 
 Aristoteles, is, m. Aristotle, a 
 Greek philosopher, born at 
 Stagira, a city of Macedo- 
 nia. 
 
 Arma, orum. n. pi. arms. 
 
 Armatus, a, um, part, of armo, 
 armed: pi. armati, orum, 
 armed men; soldiers. 
 
 Armenia, as, f. (Major,) a 
 country of Asia, lying be- 
 tween Taurus and the Cau- 
 casus. 
 
 Armenia, ae, f. (Minor,) a small 
 country lying between Cap- 
 adocia and the Euphrates. 
 
 Armenius, a, um, adj. Arme- 
 nian. 
 
 Armentum, i, n. {for aramen- 
 tum, from aro,) a herd. 
 
ARMILLA ASTUTUS. 
 
 197 
 
 Armilla, ae, f. (dun. fr. armus, 
 the arm,) a bracelet or ring 
 worn on the left arm by 
 soldiers who had been dis- 
 tinguished in battle. 
 
 Anno, arc, avi, atum, tr. (ar- 
 ma, to arm. 
 
 Aro, -are, -avi, atum, tr. to 
 plough; to cover with the 
 plough. 
 
 Arreptus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Arripio, -ripere, -ripui, -rep- 
 tuin, tr. (ad & rapio,) § 80, 
 5,) to seize upon. 003. 
 
 Arroyo, arc, avi, atum, tr. (ad 
 & rogo) to demand for one's 
 self; to arrogate ; to claim. 
 
 Ars, tis, f. art; contrivance; 
 sic ill; employment; occupa- 
 tion; pursuit. 
 
 Arsi. See Ardeo. 
 
 Artrmisia, a 1 , f. the wife of 
 Mausolus, king of Caria. 
 
 Artifcx, icis, c. (ars & facio,) 
 an artist. 
 
 Arundo, Ink, f. a reed; a cane. 
 
 Aruns, tis, m. the eldest son of 
 Tarquin the Proud. 
 
 Arx, cis, £ (arceo,) a citadel; 
 a fortress. 
 
 Ascanius i, in. the son of ^32- 
 ?/ ras anil Creusa. 
 
 Ascendo, (or ad-mido,) dere, 
 di, sum, tr. & intr. (ad & 
 scando, to climb to,) to as- 
 cend; to rise: ascenditur, 
 imp it is ascended,or they as- 
 cend; 223, 6. & Id, 67, note. 
 
 Asia, bb, f. Asia ; Asia Minor ; 
 also, proconsular Asia, or 
 tlie Roman province. 
 
 Asiatlcus, i, m. an agndmen 
 of L. Cornelius Scipio, on 
 account of his victories in 
 Asia. 887, 4, 1538, 4. 
 
 Asina, a?, m. a cognomen or 
 surname of a part of the 
 Cornelian family. 
 
 Asinus, i, m. an ass. 
 
 Aspecturus, a, um, part (as- 
 picio.) 
 
 Asper, era, erum, adj. (erior, 
 errimus,) rough; rugged. 
 
 Aspergo. See Adspergo. 
 
 As- or ad- spernor, ari, atus 
 sum, tr. dep. to spurn; to 
 despise; to reject. 
 
 Aspicio. See Adspicio. 
 
 Aspis, idis, f. an asp. 
 
 Assecutus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Assequor, -sequi, -secutus sum, 
 tr. dep. (ad & sequor,) to 
 come up to; to overtake; 
 to obtain. 
 
 Asservo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ad 
 & servo,) to take care of; 
 to preserve; to keep. 
 
 Assigno, arc, avi, atum, tr. (ad 
 & signo,) to mark with a 
 seal: hence, to appoint; to 
 allot; to distribute. 
 
 Anointo, See Adsisto. 
 
 Assuesco, -suescere, -suevi, 
 -suetum, intr. inc. (ad & 
 suesco,) to be accustomed; 
 to be wont. 
 
 Assurgo, -surgere, -surn-xi, 
 -surrectum, intr. (ad ft sur- 
 go,) to rise up ; to arise. 
 
 Astronomia, ae, f. astronomy. 
 
 Astutus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) (from astu, the city y 
 
198 
 
 ASYLUM AUGUSTUS, 
 
 viz.; of Athens?) knowing; 
 shrewd; cunning; crafty. 
 
 Asylum, i, n. an asylum 
 
 At, conj. but. 
 
 Atalanta, ae, f. the daughter of 
 Schceneus, king of Arca- 
 dia, celebrated for her 
 swiftness in running. 
 
 Athense, arum, f. pi. Athens, the 
 capital of Attica; hence, 
 
 Atheniensis, is, m. an Athe- 
 nian. 
 
 Atilius, i, m. a Roman proper 
 name. 
 
 Atlanticus, a, um, adj. Atlan- 
 tic; relating to Atlas: mare 
 Atlantlcum, the Atlantic 
 ocean. 
 
 Atque, conj. and; as; than. 
 
 Atrociter, adv. (ius, issime,) 
 fatrox,) fiercely; violently ; 
 severely. 
 
 Attalus, i, m. a king of Per- 
 gamus. 
 
 Attero, -terere, -trivi, -trltum, 
 (ad & tero,) tr. to rub close; 
 to rub off; to wear. 
 
 Atthis, idis, f. the same as At- 
 tica. 
 
 Attica, ae, f. Attica, a country 
 in the southern part of 
 Greece proper. 
 
 Attingo, -tingere, -tigi, -tac- 
 tum, tr. (ad & tango,) to 
 touch; to border upon; to 
 attain; to reach. 
 
 Attollo, ere, tr. (ad & tollo,) 
 to raise up. 
 
 Attrltus, a, um, part, (attero,) 
 rubbed away; worn off. 
 
 Auctor, oris, c. (augeo,) one 
 
 who increases or enlarges; 
 hence, an author. 
 
 Auctoritas, atis, f. authority; 
 influence; reputation; tr. 
 auctor. 
 
 Auctus, a, um, part, (augeo,) 
 increased; enlarged; aug- 
 mented. 
 
 Audacia, 83, f. audacity; bold- 
 ness; from 
 
 Audax, acis, adj. (comp.) bold; 
 daring ; audacious; despe- 
 rate; from 
 
 Audeo, audere, ausus sum, 
 neut. pass, to dare; to at- 
 tempt. § 78, 312. 
 
 Audio, Ire, Ivi, Itum, tr. to 
 hear. 
 
 Auditus, a, um, part. 
 
 Audltus, us, m. the hearing. 
 
 Aufero, auferre, abstuli, abla- 
 tum, tr. irr. (ab & fero,) to 
 take away; to remove. 
 
 Aufugio, -fugere, -fugi, -fugi- 
 tum, intr. (ab & fugio,) to 
 fly away; to run off; to 
 escape; to flee. 
 
 Augendus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Augeo, augere, auxi, auctum, 
 tr. to cause to grow; to in- 
 crease; to augment; to en- 
 large ; intr. to grow ; to in- 
 crease; to rise. 
 
 Augurium, i, n. (avis, a bird, 
 & garrio, to chirp,) afore- 
 telling of future events from 
 the singing of birds ; hence, 
 augury ; divination. 
 
 Auguste, adv. (ius, issime,) 
 nobly; from 
 
 Augustus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 
AUGUSTUS AXENUS. 
 
 199 
 
 august; grand; venerable; 
 (from augeo.) 
 
 Augustus, i, m. an honorary 
 appellation bestowed by the 
 senate upon Ccesar Octavi- 
 (t/i/'s ; succeeding emperors 
 took the same name. 
 
 Aulis, idis, f. a seaport town in 
 Boeotia. 
 
 Aulus, i, m. a common praeno- 
 men among the Romans. 
 887, 1 ; 1 538, 1. 
 
 Amelias, i, m. the name of 
 several Romans. 
 
 Aureus, a, am, adj. (aurum,) 
 golden. 
 
 Auriga, a?, m. (aurea, Obsol. 
 a rein, and ago, to hold, or 
 drive,) a charioteer. 
 
 Amis, is, f. the ear. 
 
 Aurum, i, n. gold. 
 
 Auspicicum, i, n. (avis a bird, 
 and specio, to look:) a spe- 
 cies of divination, from the 
 flight, S?c, of birds; an 
 auspice; the guidance, or 
 protection of another. 
 
 Ausus, a. urn, part, (audeo,) 
 (faring; having dared. 
 
 Aut, conj. or; aut — aut, either 
 
 Autcin. conj. hit; yet. 
 
 Autumuus, i, in. (augeo,) au- 
 tumn. 
 
 Auxi. See Augeo. 
 
 Auxilium, i, n. (augeo,) help; 
 aid; assistance. 
 
 Avaritia, a?, f. avarice; from 
 
 -A varus, a, urn, adj. (comp.) 
 avaricious ; covetous: (fr. 
 aveo, to hng for.) 
 
 A vf- ho, -vehere, -vexi, -vectum, 
 tr. (a & veho,) to carry off", 
 or away. 
 
 A vello, -vellere, -velli or - v i 1 1 - i , 
 -vulsum, tr. (a & vello,) to 
 pull off, or away; to pluck; 
 to take away (forcibly). 
 
 Aventlnus, i, m. mount Aven- 
 tine, one of the seven hills 
 on which Rome was built. 
 
 Aversus, a, urn, part, turned 
 away: cicatrix averso, a 
 scar in the back: from 
 
 Aver to, -vertere, -verti, -ver- 
 sum, tr. (a & verto,) to 
 turn away; to avert; to 
 turn. 
 
 Avicula, as, f. dim. (avis,) a 
 small bird. 
 
 Avidus, a, um, adj. (aveo,) 
 (ior, \>xhnn*,) desirous ; rav- 
 enous; greedy; eager. 
 
 Avis, i , f. a bird. 
 
 Avoeo, are, avi, Fitum, tr. (a & 
 VOCO,) to call away; to di- 
 rrrf ; to withdraw. 
 
 Avolaiurus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Avolo, are, avi, atum, intr. (a 
 & volo.) to fly away, or off. 
 
 Avulsus, part, (avello.) 
 
 Avunculus, i, m. (dim. of 
 avus,) a mother's brother; 
 an uncle. 
 
 Avus. i, m. a grandfather. 
 
 Axenus, i, m. (from a Greek 
 word signifying inhospita- 
 ble:) the Euxine sea; an- 
 ciently so called, on account 
 of the cruelty of the neigh- 
 boring tribes. 
 
200 
 
 BABYLON BENEFICIUM. 
 
 B. 
 
 Babylon, onis, f, the metropo- 
 lis of Chaldea, lying upon 
 the Euphrates. 
 
 Babylonia, ae, f. the country 
 about Babylon. 
 
 Bacca, ae, f. a berry. 
 
 Bacchus, i, m. the son of Jupi- 
 ter and Semele, and the god 
 of wine. 
 
 Bactra, orum, n. the capital of 
 Bactriana, situated upon 
 the sources of the Oocus. 
 
 Bactriani, orum, m. pi. the in- 
 habitants of Bactriana. 
 
 Bactrianus, a, um, adj. Bac- 
 trian, pertaining to Bactra 
 or Bactriana. 
 
 Baculus, i, m. and Bactilum, i, 
 n. a staff". 
 
 Bsetica, ae, f. a country in the 
 southern part of Spain, 
 watered by the river Bcetis. 
 
 Baetis, is, m. a river in the 
 southern part of Spain, 
 now the Gaudalquiver. 
 
 Bagrada, ae, m. a river of Af- 
 rica, between Utica and 
 Carthage. 
 
 Ballista, as, f. an engine for 
 throwing stones. 
 
 Balticus, a, um, adj. Baltic: 
 mare Balticum, the Baltic 
 sea. 
 
 Barbaras, a, um, adj. speaking 
 a strange language; (not 
 Greek or Roman ;) foreign ; 
 hence, barbarous; rude; 
 uncivilized; savage: subs, 
 barbari, barbarians. 
 
 Batavus, a, um, adj. Batavian'. 
 belonging to Batavia, now 
 Holland. 
 
 Beatitudo, inis, f. blessedness ; 
 happiness ; from 
 
 Beatus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) happy ; blessed; (fr. 
 beo, to make happy.) 
 
 Bebrycia, ae, f. a country of 
 Asia. 
 
 Belgae, arum, m. pi. the inhab- 
 itants of the north-east part 
 of Gaid; the Belgians. 
 
 Belgicus, a, um, adj. of or 
 pertaining to the Belgce. 
 
 Bellerophon, tis, m. the son of 
 Glaucus, king of Ephyra. 
 
 Bellicosus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- 
 simus, (bellum,) of a war- 
 like spirit; given to war. 
 
 Bellicus, a, um, adj. (bellum,) 
 relating to war; warlike. 
 
 Belligero, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 (bellum & gero,) to wage 
 war ; to carry on war. 
 
 Bello, are, 
 
 atum, tr. to 
 
 war; to wage war; to con- 
 tend; to fight. 
 
 Bellua, as, f. a large beast; a 
 monster. 
 
 Bellum, i, n. (duellum,) war. 
 
 Belus, i, m. the founder of the 
 Babylonish empire. 
 
 Bene, adv. (melius, optime,) 
 well; finely; very: bene- 
 pugnare, to fight success' 
 fully ; (fr. benus obsol, for 
 bonus.) 
 
 Beneficium, i, n. (bene & fa- 
 cio,) a benefit; a kindness. 
 
BENEVOLENTIA BRIGANTINUS. 
 
 201 
 
 Benevolentia, ae, f. (bene & vo- 
 lo,) benevolence; goodwill. 
 
 Beni^ue, adv. (iiis, isslme,) 
 kliulhj; from 
 
 Beaignua, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 kind; benign: (boni^onusfr. 
 benus for bonus, & genus.) 
 
 Bestia, ae, f. a beast; a wild 
 beast. 
 
 Bestia, ae, m. the surname of a 
 Roman consul. 
 
 Bias, antis, m. a philosopher 
 born at Priene, and one 
 of the seven wise men of 
 Greece. 
 
 Bibliotheca, a?, f. a library. 
 
 Bibo, bibere, bibi, bibitum, 
 tr. to drink, (in order to 
 quench thirst:) to imbibe: 
 See poto. 
 
 Bibulus, i, m. a colleague of 
 Julius Ccesar in the con- 
 sulship. 
 
 Bini, 33, a, num. adj. 106, 207 9 
 two by two ; two, two each. 
 
 Bipes, edis, adj. (bis & pes,) 
 two footed ; with two feet. 
 
 Bis, num. adv. twice. 
 
 Bitlivuia, as, £ a country of 
 Asia 3finor y east of the 
 Propontis. 
 
 Blanditia, ae, f. compliment- 
 ing; blanditiae, pi. bland- 
 ishments ; caresses ; flattery : 
 from 
 
 Blandus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 ini h.) courteous; agreeable; 
 flattering ; enticing ; in v it- 
 ing; tempting. 
 
 Boootia, ae, f. a country of 
 Greece, north of Attica. 
 
 Bonitas, atis, f. goodness; ex- 
 cellence, from 
 
 Bonus, a, um, adj. (melior, op- 
 timus,) good; happy ; kind. 
 
 Bonum, i, n. a good thing ; an 
 endowment; an advantage; 
 profit: bona, n. pi. an es- 
 tate; goods: (fr. bonus.) 
 
 Borealis, e, adj. northern; from 
 
 Boreas, ae, m. the north wind. 
 
 Borysthenes, ae, m. a large ri- 
 ver of Scythia, flowing into 
 the Euxine; it is now called 
 the Dneiper. 
 
 Borysthenis, idis, f. the name of 
 a town at the mouth of the 
 Borysthenes. 
 
 Bos, bo vis, c. an ox; a cow 
 § 15. 12, 123. 
 
 BosphSrus, or Bosporus, i, m. 
 the name of two straits be- 
 tween Europe and Asia; 
 one the Thracian Bospho- 
 rus, now the straits of Con- 
 stantinople; the other the 
 ( 'i miner ion Bosphorus,now 
 the straits of Caffa. 
 
 Brachium, i, n. the arm; (viz. 
 from the hand to the el- 
 bow.) 
 
 Brevi, adv. shortly; briefly; in 
 short time; from 
 
 Bnvis, e, adj. (comp.) short; 
 brief; hence, 
 
 Brevitas, atis, f. shortness; 
 brevity. 
 
 Bnirantinus, a, um, adj. be- 
 longing to Brigantium, a 
 town of the Vindelici; 
 Brigantinus lacus, the lake 
 of Constance. 
 
202 
 
 BRITANNIA CALEFIO. 
 
 Britannia, ae, f. Great Britain. 
 
 Britannicus, a, um, adj. belong- 
 ing to Britain; British. 
 
 Britannus, a, um, adj. British: 
 Britanni, the Britons. 
 
 Bruma, ae, f. the winter sol- 
 stice; the shortest day. 
 
 Bruttium, i, n. a promontory 
 of Italy. 
 
 Bruttii, orum, m. pi. a people 
 in the southern part of 
 Italy. 
 
 Brutus, i, m. the name of an 
 illustrious noble family. 
 
 Bucephalus, i, f. the name of 
 Alexander's war-horse. 
 
 Bucephalos, i, f. a city of In- 
 dia, near the Hydaspes, 
 built by Alexander, in me- 
 mory of his horse. 
 
 Buxeus, a, um, adj. (buxus, 
 the box-tree:) of box; of a 
 pale yellow color, like box- 
 wood. 
 
 Byzantium, i, n. now Constan- 
 tinople, a city of Thrace, 
 situated upon the Bospho- 
 
 C. 
 
 C, an abbreviation of Caius. 
 Cabira, ind. a town of Pontus. 
 Cacumen, inis, n. the top; the 
 
 peak; the summit. 
 Cadens, tis, part, (cado.) 
 Cadmus, i, m. the son of Age- 
 
 nor, king of Phoenicia. 
 Cado, cadere, cecidi, casum, 
 
 intr. to fall. 
 Caecilius, i, m. a Roman name. 
 
 Caecubum. i, n. a town of Cam* 
 pania, famous for its wine. 
 
 Caectibus, a, um, adj. Ccecu- 
 ban; of Ccecubum. 
 
 Caedes, is, f. slaughter; car- 
 nage; homicide; murder; 
 from 
 
 Caedo, caedere, cecidi, caesum, 
 tr. to cut; to kill; to slay; 
 to beat. 
 
 Caelatus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Caelo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 carve ; to engrave ; to sculp- 
 ture; to emboss. 
 
 Caepe, or Cepe, n. indec. an 
 onion. 
 
 Caepio, onis, m. a Roman consul 
 who commanded in Spain. 
 
 Caesar, aris, m. a cognomen or 
 surname given to the Julian 
 family. 
 
 Caestus, us, m. (caedo,) a 
 gauntlet; a boxing-glove. 
 
 Caesus, a, um, part, (caedo,) 
 cut; slain; beaten. 
 
 Caius, i, m. a Roman praeno- 
 men. 
 
 Calais, is, m. a son of Boreas. 
 
 Calamitas, atis, f. {a storm 
 which breaks the reeds or 
 stalks of corn, hence,) a 
 calamity ; a misfortune ; fr. 
 
 Calamus, i, m. a reed. 
 
 Calathiscus, i, m. (dim. cala- 
 thus,) a small basket. 
 
 Calefacio, calefacere, calefeci, 
 calefactum, tr. (caleo & fa- 
 cio,) to warm; to heat. 
 
 Calef 10, fieri, factus sum, intr. 
 irr. § 83, Obs. 3; to be 
 warmed. 
 
CALEFACTUS CAPTIVU8. 
 
 203 
 
 Calefactus, a, um, part, (cale- 
 flo,) warmed. 
 
 Calidus, a, um, adj. (comp. fr. 
 caleo,) warm. 
 
 Caliidus, a, um. adj. (calleo, 
 from callus, hardness, viz: 
 of skin occasioned by hard 
 labor ; hence,) practiced; 
 experienced; shrewd; cun- 
 ning. 
 
 Calor, oris, m. warmth; heat. 
 
 Calpe, 68, £ a hill or mountain 
 in Spain, opposite to Abyla 
 in Africa. 
 
 Calpurnius, i, m. the name of a 
 Roman family. 
 
 Calydonius, a, um, adj. of or 
 belonging to Calydon, a city 
 of JEtolia; Calydonian. 
 
 Camelus, i, c. a camel. 
 
 Camillus, i, m. (M. Furius,) 
 a Roman general. 
 
 Campania, oe, f. a pleasant 
 country of Italy, between 
 Lat.inm and Lucania. 
 
 Campester, tris, fare, adj. even; 
 plain ; level; champaign ; 
 flat; from 
 
 Campus, i, m. a plain; afield; 
 the Campus Martins. 
 
 Cancer, cri, m. a crab. 
 
 Candidas, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 white; (a bright or shining 
 wh$te; see albus.) 
 
 Candor, oris, m. (id.) bright- 
 ness; whiteness; clearness. 
 
 Canens, tis, part, of cano, 
 sinking. 
 
 Canis, is, c. a dog. 
 
 Cannas, arum, f. pi. a village 
 in Apulia, famous for the 
 
 defeat of the Romans by 
 Hannibal.. 
 
 (aniifti is, e, adj. belonging to 
 Cknnce. 
 
 Cano, canere, cecmi, cantum, 
 tr. to sing; to sound or 
 play upon an instrument. 
 
 Cantans, tis, part (canto.) 
 
 Cantharus, i, m. a beetle; a 
 knot under the tongue of 
 the god Apis. 
 
 Cantium, i, n. now the county 
 of Kent, England. 
 
 Canto, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. 
 (cano,) to sing; to repeat 
 often. 
 
 Cantus, us, m. (id.) singing ; a 
 song: cantus galli, the crow- 
 ing of the cock. 
 
 Caper, pri, m. a he-goat. 
 
 Capesso, ere, ivi, Itum, tr. (ca- 
 pio,) § 88, 5, to take; to take 
 the management of: fugam 
 capessere, to flee. S87» 
 
 Capiens, tis, part, from 
 
 Capio, capere, cepi, captum, tr. 
 (properly, to hold; to con- 
 tain; commonly,) to take; 
 to capture; to take captive; 
 to enjoy; to derive. 
 
 Capitalis, e, adj. (caput,) re- 
 lating to the head or life; 
 capital; mortal; deadly; 
 pernicious: capitale, (sc, 
 crimen,) a capital crime. 
 
 Capitolium, i, n. (id.) the cap- 
 itol; the Roman citadel on 
 the Capitoline hill. 
 
 Capra, ae, f. a she-goat. 
 
 Captivus, a, um, adj. (capio,) 
 captive. 
 
204 
 
 CAPTO — CASUS. 
 
 Capto, are, avi, fitum, tr. freq. 
 
 %y&4t 9 (capio,) to catch at ; 
 
 to seek for ; to hunt for. 
 Captus, a, um, part, (cppio,) 
 
 taken; taken captive; 
 Capua, se, f. the principal city 
 
 of Campania. 
 Caput, itis, n. a head; life; 
 
 the skull; a capital city; 
 
 capitis damnare, to con- 
 demn to death. 
 Carbonarius, i, m. (carbo, a 
 
 coal;) a collier; a maker 
 
 of charcoal. 
 Career, eris, m. a prison. 
 Careo, ere, ui, itum, intr. to be 
 
 without; to be free from; 
 
 to be destitute; not to have; 
 
 to want. 
 Cares, ium, m. pi. Garians; 
 
 the inhabitants of Caria. 
 Caria, 33, f. a country in the 
 
 southeastern part of Asia 
 
 Minor. 
 Carica, se, f. a fig; (properly, 
 
 carlca ficus.) 
 Carmen, Inis, n. a song; a 
 
 poem. 
 Carneades, is, m. a philosopher 
 
 of Cyrene. 
 Caro, carnis, f. flesh. 
 Carpentum, i, n. a chariot; a 
 
 wagon. 
 Carpetani, orum, m. pi. a peo- 
 ple of Spain, on the borders 
 
 of the Tagus. 
 Carpo, carpere, carpsi, carp- 
 
 tum, tr. to pluck; to gather; 
 
 to tear. 
 Carrae, arum, f. pi. a city of 
 
 Mesopotamia, near the Eu- 
 phrates. 
 
 Carthaginiensis, e, adj. of or 
 belonging to Carthage ; Car- 
 thaginian: subs, a Cartha- 
 ginian. 
 
 Carthago, inis, f. Carthage, a 
 maritime city in Africa: 
 Carthago Nova, Carihage- 
 na, a town of Spain. 
 
 Carus, a, um, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
 dear ; precious ; costly. 
 
 Casa, 83, f. a cottage ; a hut. 
 
 Casca, 33, m. the surname of P. 
 Servilius, one of the con- 
 spirators against Ccesar. 
 
 Caseus, i, m. cheese. 
 
 Cassander, dri, m. the name of 
 a Macedonian. 
 
 Cassiope, es, f. the wife of Ce- 
 pheus, king of Ethiopia, 
 and mother of Andromeda. 
 
 Cassius, i, m. the name of sev- 
 eral JRomans. 
 
 Castalius, a, um, adj. Casta- 
 lian; of Castalia, a foun- 
 tain of Phocis, at the foot 
 of mount Parnassus. 
 
 Castigatus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Castigo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 chastise ; to punish ; to cor- 
 rect. 
 
 Castor, oris, m. the brother of 
 Pollux and Helen. 
 
 Castrum, i, n. (casa,) a' castle: 
 castra, orum, pi. a camp: 
 castra ponere, to pitch a 
 camp; to encamp. 
 
 Casus, us, m. (cado,) a fall; 
 accident; chance; an event* 
 
CATABATUMUS — CELT^E . 
 
 205 
 
 a misfortune; a disaster; 
 a calamity. 
 
 Catabatliimn, i, m. a declirity • 
 a gradual descent ; a valley 
 between Egypt and Africa 
 proper. 
 
 Catfma, le, f. now Catania, a 
 city of Sicily, near mount 
 Jfl/Jia. 
 
 Catanensis, e, adj. belonging to 
 Gatana; Oatanean. 
 
 Catienus, i, ru. Catienus Ploti- 
 nus, a Roman distinguished 
 for his attachment to his 
 patron. 
 
 Cat Ulna, sp, m. a conspirator 
 against the Roman govern- 
 ment, whose plot was detect- 
 ed and defeated by Cicero. 
 
 Cato, onis, ra. the name of a 
 Roman family. 
 
 Catfilus i, m. the name of a 
 Roman family. 
 
 Catftlns, i, m. (dim. canis,) a 
 little dog ; a whelp ; the 
 young of beasts. 
 
 Caucasus i, m. a mountain of 
 Asia, between the Mack and 
 Caspian seas. 
 
 Cauda, ae, f. a tail. 
 
 Caudlnus, a, um, adj. Caudine ; 
 of or belonging to Caudium, 
 a town of Italy. 
 
 Caula, ae, f. a fold; a sheep- 
 cote. 
 
 Causa, ae, f. a cause ; a reason ; 
 a lawsuit: in causa est, or 
 causa est, is the reason: 
 causa, for the sake of. 
 
 Cautes, is, f. a sharp rock; a 
 crag; & cliff: from 
 18 
 
 Caveo, cavere, cavi, cautum, 
 intr. & tr. to beware; to 
 avoid; to shun: eavf-n- 
 sibi ab, to secure themselves 
 from ; to guard against. 
 
 Caverna, ae, f. (cavus,) a cave; 
 a cavern. 
 
 Cavus, a, um, adj. hollow. 
 
 Cecldi. See Caedo. 
 
 Cecidi. See Cado. 
 
 Cecini. See Cano. 
 
 Cecropia, ae, f. an ancient name 
 of Athens ; from 
 
 Cecrops, dpis, m. the first king 
 of Athens. 
 
 Cedo cedere, cessi, cessum, 
 intr. to yield; to give place ; 
 
 to retire; to retreat , 
 
 to 
 
 submit. 
 Celeber, bris, bre, adj. (celebri* 
 
 or, celeberrimus,) crowded; 
 
 much visited; renowned; 
 
 famous ; distinguished. 
 Celebratus, a, um, part, (cele- 
 
 bro.) 
 Celebritas, atis, f. (celeber,) a 
 
 great crowd; fame; glory; 
 
 celebrity; renown. 
 Celebro, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 
 visit; to celebrate; to make 
 
 famous ; to perform. 
 Celeritas, atis, f. (celer, swift,) 
 
 speed ; swiftness ; quick- 
 ness. , 
 Celeriter, adv. (iiis, rime,) 
 
 swiftly. 
 Celeus, i, m. a king of Eleusis. 
 Celo, are, avi, atum, tr. to hide; 
 
 to conceal. 
 Celtae, arum, m. pi. the Celts; 
 
 a people of Gaul. 
 
206 
 
 CENSEO CETUS. 
 
 Censeo, ere, ui, urn, tr. to esti- 
 mate; to judge; to believe; 
 to count; to reckon. 
 
 Censor, is, m. (censeo,) a cen- 
 sor; a censurer ; a critic. 
 
 Censorinus, i, m. (L. Manlius,) 
 a Roman consul in the third 
 Punic war. 
 
 Censorius, i, m. (censor,) one 
 who has been a censor; a 
 surname of Cato the etder. 
 
 Census, us, m. (censeo,) a cen- 
 sus ; an enumeration of the 
 people ; a registering of the 
 people, their ages, fyc. 
 
 Centeni, ae, a, num, adj. pi. dis- 
 trib. (centum,) every hund- 
 red; a hundred. 
 
 Centesimus, a, um, num, adj. 
 ord. (id.) the hundredth. 
 
 Centies, num, adv. a hundred 
 times; from 
 
 Centum, num, adj. pi. ind. a 
 hundred. 
 
 Centurio, onis, m. (centuria,) 
 a centurion; a captain of 
 a hundred men. 
 
 Cephallenia, ae, f. an island in 
 the Ionian sea, now Cepha- 
 lonia. 
 
 Cepe. See Caepe. 
 
 Cepi. See Capio. 
 
 Cera, ae, f. wax. 
 
 Cerberus, i, m. the name of 
 the three-headed dog which 
 guarded the entrance of the 
 infernal regions. 
 
 Cercasorum, i, n. a town of 
 Egypt. 
 
 Ceres, eris, f. Geres, the goddess 
 of corn, 
 
 Cerno, cernere, crevi, cretum, 
 tr. properly, to sift; to dis- 
 tinguish: hence, to see; to 
 perceive. 
 
 Certamen, inis, n. (certo,) a 
 contest; a battle; zeal; ea- 
 gerness; strife; contention; 
 debate; a game or exercise: 
 Olympicum certamen, the 
 Olympic games. 
 
 Certe, adv. ius, issime, (certus,) 
 certainly, at least. 
 
 Certo, are, avi, atum, tr. & 
 intr. (certus,) to determine, 
 or make sure; to contend; 
 to strive ; to fight. 
 
 Certus, a, um, adj. (cerno,) 
 (ior, issimus,) certain ; fix- 
 ed: certiorem facere, to in- 
 form. 
 
 Cerva, ae, f. a female deer; a 
 hind; hence, 
 
 Cervinus, a, um, adj. belonging 
 to a stag or deer. 
 
 Cervix, icis, f. (the hinder part 
 of) the neck; an isthmus- 
 
 Cervus, i, m. a male deer; a 
 stag. 
 
 Cessator, is, m. a loiterer; a 
 lingerer; an idler ; from 
 
 Cesso, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 freq. (cedo,) to cease; to 
 loiter. 
 
 Ceterus, (and ceter, seldom 
 used,) cetera, ceterum, adj. 
 other; the other; the rest; 
 hence, 
 
 Ceterum, adv. but; however, 
 as for the rest. 
 
 Cetus, i, m. (& cete, is, n.) a 
 whale; any large sea fish. 
 
CEYX CITILERON. 
 
 207 
 
 Ceyx, yci5, m. the son of Hes- 
 perus, and husband-of Al- 
 cyone. 
 
 Chalet? don, onis, f. a city of 
 Bithynia, opposite Byzan- 
 tium. 
 
 Chaldaicus, a, urn, adj. (Chal- 
 <laa,) Clialdean. 
 
 Charta, a3, f. paper. 
 
 Chersiphron, onis, m. a distin- 
 guished architect, under 
 whose direction the temple 
 of Ephesus was built. 
 
 Chereonggngj i, f. a peninsula. 
 
 Chilo, onis, m. a Lacedcemo- 
 nian philosopher, and one 
 of the seven wise men of 
 Greece. 
 
 Christus, i, m. Christ. 
 
 (ilms, i, m.food; nourishment. 
 
 Cicatrix, Icis, f. a wound; a 
 scar; a cicatrice. 
 
 Cicero, onis, m. a celebrated 
 Roman orator. 
 
 Ciconia, a;, f. a stork. 
 
 Cilicia, se, f. a country in the 
 southeast part of Asia Mi- 
 nor. 
 
 Chnbri, orum, m. pi. a nation 
 formerly inhabiting the 
 northern part of Germany. 
 
 Cinctus, a, um, part. (cingo.) 
 
 Cineas, ae, m. a Thessal/'u/, 
 the favorite minister of 
 Pyrrhus. 
 
 Cingo, cingere, cinxi, cinc- 
 tmn, tr. to surround; to 
 encompass; to encircle; to 
 gird. 
 
 Cinis, eris, d. ashes; cinders. 
 
 Cinna, ae, m. (L. Cornelius,) 
 
 a consul at Rome, in the 
 time of the civil war. 
 
 Cinnamum, i, n. cinnamon. 
 
 Circa & Circum, prep. & adv. 
 about; around; in tlie 
 neighborhood of. 
 
 Circuitus, us, m. (circumeo,) 
 a circuit; a circumference. 
 
 Circumdatus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Circumdo, dare, dedi, datum, 
 tr. (circum & do,) to put 
 around; to surround; to 
 environ; to invest. 
 
 Circumeo, ire, ii, itum, intr. 
 irr. (circum & eo, § 83, 3,) 
 to go round; to visit. 4:13 • 
 
 Circumfluo, -fluere,-fluxi,-flux- 
 um, intr. (circum & fluo,) 
 to flow round. 
 
 Circumiens, euntis, part, (cir- 
 cumeo.) 
 
 Circumjaceo, ere, ui, intr. (cir- 
 cum & jaceo,) to lie around; 
 to border upon. 
 
 Circumsto, stare, steti, intr. 
 (circum & sto,) to stand 
 round. 
 
 Circumvenio, -venire, -veni 
 -ventum, tr. (circum & ve- 
 nio,) to go round; to sur- 
 round; to circumvent. 
 
 Circumventus, a, um, part. 
 
 Ciris, is, £ the name of the 
 fish into which Scylla was 
 changed, 
 
 Cisalplnus, a, um, adj. (cis & 
 Alpes,) Cisalpine; on this 
 side of the Alps; that is, 
 on the side nearest to 
 Rome. 
 
 Cithaeron. onis, m. a moun- 
 
208 
 
 CITO — C<ELUM. 
 
 tainofBceotia, near Thebes, i 
 
 sacred to Bacchus. 
 Cito, adv. (ius, issime,) quick- j 
 
 ly; from 
 Citus, a, um, adj. (citus, part. 
 
 cieo,) (ior, issimus,) quick. 
 Citra, prep. & adv. on this side, i 
 Civicus, a, um, adj, (civis,) j 
 
 civic: corona civica, a civ- . 
 
 ic crown given to him who \ 
 
 had saved the life of a citi- j 
 
 zen by killing an enemy. 
 Civllis, e, adj. (comp,) of or 
 
 belonging to a citizen ; civil; 
 
 courteous; from 
 Civis, is, c. (cio, or cieo,) a 
 
 citizen. 
 Ci vitas, atis, f. (civis,) a city; 
 
 a state; the inhabitants of 
 
 a city ; the body of citizens ; 
 
 a constitution ; citiz 
 
 freedom of the city. 
 Clades, is, f. loss; damage; 
 
 defeat; disaster ; slaughter. 
 Clam, prep, without the knowl- 
 edge of; — adv. privately; 
 
 Claudius, i, m. the name of 
 
 several Romans, belonging 
 
 to the tribe hence called 
 
 Glaudian. 
 Claudo, claudere, clausi, clau- 
 
 sum, tr. to close; to shut. 
 Claudus, a, um, adj. lame. 
 Clausus, a, um, part, (claudo,) 
 
 shut up. 
 Clavus, i, m. a nail; a spike. 
 Clemens, tis, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
 
 merciful; hence, 
 Clementer, adv. (ius, issime,) 
 
 gently; kindly. 
 Clementia, ae, f. (id.) clemency; 
 
 Clamo, are, avi, atum, intr. & 
 tr. to cry out; to call on; 
 hence, 
 
 Clamor, oris, m. a clamor; a 
 cry. 
 
 Clandestinus, a, um, adj. (clam,) 
 secret; clandestine. 
 
 Clarltas, atis, f. celebrity; 
 fame; from 
 
 Clarus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) clear; famous; re- 
 nowned; celebrated; loud. 
 
 Classis, is, f. a class; ajleet. 
 
 Cleopatra, ae, f. an Egyptian 
 queen celebrated for beauty. 
 
 Cloaca, a3, f. a drain; a com- 
 mon sewer. 
 
 Clodius, i, m. a Roman of il- 
 lustrious family, remarka- 
 ble for his licentiousness. 
 | Cluentius, i, m. the name of 
 several Romans. 
 
 Clusium, i, n. a city of Etruria. 
 I Clypeus, i, m. a shield. 
 
 Cneius, i, m. a Roman praeno- 
 men; abbreviated Cn. 
 
 Coactus, a, um, part, (cogo,) 
 collected; assembled; com- 
 pelled. 
 
 Coccyx, ygis, m. a cuckoo. 
 
 Codes, itis, m. a Roman dis- 
 tinguished for his bravery. 
 
 Coctilis, e, adj. (coquo,) baked; 
 dried; burnt. 
 
 Coctus, a, um, part, (coquo,) 
 baked; burnt; boiled. 
 
 Coelum, i, n. sing. m. pi. 96, 
 
CCENA — COLO. 
 
 209 
 
 4, heaven ; the climate ; the 
 sky; the air; the atmos- 
 phere. 
 
 Ooena, ©, f. a supper. 
 
 Coepi, Isse, def. § 84, Obs. 2, 7 
 begin, or 7 began. 430 • 
 
 Coeptus, a, um, part, begun. 
 
 Coerce©, ere, ui, ltum, tr. (con 
 & arceo,) to surround; to 
 restrain; to check; to con- 
 trot. 
 
 Cogitatio, onis, f. (cogito,) a 
 thought) a reflection. 
 
 Cogitatum, i, n. a thought; 
 from 
 
 Cogito, are, avi, atum, tr. (for 
 coagito, con & agito,) to 
 revolve in the mind; to 
 think; to consider; tomed- 
 
 itfttr. 
 
 Cognitus, a, um, part, (cog- 
 nosco.) 
 
 Cognomen, inis, n. (con & no- 
 men,) a surname. 1538,3. 
 
 Cognosco, -noscere, -ndvi, -ni- 
 tum, tr. (con & nosco,) to 
 investigate ; hence, to know ; 
 to learn: de causa, to try or 
 decide a suit at law. 
 
 Cogo, cogere, coegi, coactum, 
 tr. (colgo, con & ago,) to 
 drive together ; to drive; to 
 compel; to force; to urge; 
 to collect; agmen, to bring 
 up the rear. 
 
 Colnereo. -habere, -haesi, hae- 
 sum, intr (con & haereo,) 
 to stick together ; to adhere ; 
 to be united; to be joined to. 
 
 Cohibeo. -hibr-re, -hibui, -hibi- 
 tum, tr. (con & habeo,) to 
 
 hold together; to holdback; 
 
 to restrain. 
 Cohors, tis, f. a cohort; the 
 
 tenth part of a legion. 
 Colchi, orum, m. the people of 
 
 Colchis. 
 Colchis, idis, f. a country of 
 
 Asia, east of the Euxine. 
 Collabor, -labi, -lapsus sum, 
 
 intr. dep, (con & labor,) to 
 
 fall down; to fall together ; 
 
 to fall. 
 Collare, is, n. (collum,) a col- 
 lar; a necklace. 
 Collatlnus, i, m. a surname of 
 
 Tarquinius, the husband of 
 
 Lucretia. 
 Collectus, a, um, part, (colligo.) 
 Collega, se, m. (con & lego, 
 
 -are,) one who has charge 
 
 along with another, i. e. a 
 
 colleague. 
 Collegium, i, n. (collega,) a 
 
 college ; a company. 
 Colligo, -ligere, -legi, -lectum, 
 
 tr. (con & lego,) to collect* 
 Coll is, is, m. a hill. 
 Collocatus, a, um, part, from 
 Colloco, are, avi, atum, tr. (con 
 
 & loco,) to place: statuam, 
 
 to erect: to set up. 
 Colloquium, i, n. conversation; 
 
 an interview; from 
 Colloquor, -loqui, -locutus sum, 
 
 intr. dep. (con & loquor,) to 
 
 speak; together ; to converse. 
 Collum, i, n. the neck. 
 Colo, colere, colui, cultum, tr. 
 
 to care for; to cultivate; to 
 
 exercise; to pursue; to 
 
 practise; to respect; to re- 
 
210 
 
 COLONIA- — COMMOROR. 
 
 gard; to venerate; to wor- 
 ship ; to inhabit. 
 
 Colonia, ae, f. a colony: from 
 
 Colonus, i, m. (colo,) a colo- 
 nist. 
 
 Color, & Colos, oris, m. a color. 
 
 Columba, ae, f. a dove; a pig- 
 eon. 
 
 Columbare, is, n. a dovecote. 
 
 Columna, ae, f. (columen, a 
 prop,) a pillar ; a column. 
 
 Comburo, -urere, -ussi, -ustum, 
 
 tr. (con. & uro, § 80, 5,) to 
 
 burn up; to consume. S04:, 
 
 Comedendus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Comedo, edere, edi, esum & 
 estum, tr. (con & edo,) to 
 eat up; to devour. 
 
 Comes, ids, c. (con & eo,) one 
 who gives with another; a 
 companion. 
 
 Cometes, ae, m. a comet; &2. 
 
 Comissor, or Commissor, ari, 
 atus sum, intr. dep. to revel 
 as Bacchanalians; to riot; 
 to banquet; to carouse. 
 
 Comitans, tis, part, (comitor.) 
 
 Comitatus, a,'um, part, from 
 
 Comitor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 (comes,) to accompany; to 
 attend; to follow. 
 
 Commemoro, are, avi, atum, 
 tr. (con & memoro,) to 
 commemorate ; to mention. 
 
 Commendo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (con & mando,) to commit 
 to one's care; to commend; 
 to recommend. 
 
 Commeo, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 (con & meo,) to go to and 
 
 fro; to go and come; to 
 pass. 
 
 Commercium, i, n. (con & 
 merx,) commerce ; ex- 
 change ; traffic; intercourse. 
 
 Commigro, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 (con & migro,) to emigrate ; 
 to remove. 
 
 Comminuo, -minuere, -minui, 
 -minutum, tr. (con & mi- 
 nuo,) to dash or break in 
 pieces; to crush; bruise. 
 
 Comminutus, a, um, part, bro- 
 ken in pieces; diminished. 
 
 Committo, -mittere, -misi, -mis- 
 sum, tr. (con & mitto,) to 
 bring or put together; to 
 commit; to entrust; to be- 
 gin: pugnam, to join bat- 
 tle; to commence or to fight 
 a battle. 
 
 Commissus, a, um, part, in- 
 trusted; perpetrated; com- 
 mitted; commenced: prce- 
 lium commissum, a battle 
 begun or fought: copiis 
 commissis, forces being en- 
 gaged. 
 
 Commoditas, atis, f. (commo- 
 dus,) aptness; fitness; a 
 convenience; commodious- 
 ness. 
 
 Commodum, i, n. (id.) an ad- 
 vantage; gain. 
 
 Commorior, -mori & -moriri, 
 -mortuus sum, intr. dep. 
 (con & morior,) to die to- 
 gether. 
 
 CommSror, ari, atus sum, 
 intr. dep. (con & moror,) 
 
COMMOTUS CONCIPIO. 
 
 211 
 
 to reside with; to stay at; 
 to remain; to continue. 
 
 Commotus, a, um, part, from 
 
 CommovL'O, -movere, -movi, 
 -motum, tr. (con & moveo,) 
 to move together or wholly ; 
 to move; to excite; to stir 
 up ; to influence ; to induce. 
 
 Communico, are, avi, atum, 
 tr. to communicate; to im- 
 part; to tell; from 
 
 Communis, e, adj. (comp.) 
 common : in commune con- 
 sulere, to consult for the 
 common good. 
 
 Commuto, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (con & muto,) to change; 
 to alter; to exchange. 
 
 Comoedia, ae, f. a comedy. 
 
 Comparo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (con '& paro,) to prepare; 
 to get together ; to gain; to 
 procure; to compare. 
 
 Compello, -pellcrc. -piili, -pul- 
 suin, tr. (con & pello,) to 
 drive; to compel; to force; 
 in fugam, to put to flight. 
 
 Compenso, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (con & penso,) to weigh to- 
 gether ; to cojnjxntsate; to 
 make amends for. 
 
 Comperio, -perlre, -pfiri, -per- 
 tum, tr. (con & pario,) to 
 find out; to learn; to dis- 
 cover. 
 
 Complector, -plecti, -plexus 
 sum, tr. dep. (con & plec- 
 tor,) to embrace; to com- 
 prise; to comprehend; to 
 reach; to extend: com- 
 plecti ainore, to love. 
 
 Compono, -ponere, -posui, -po- 
 sitiun, tr. (con & pono,) to 
 put together; to compose; 
 to arrange; to construct; to 
 finish; to compare; hence, 
 
 Compositus, a, um, part, fin- 
 ished; composed; quieted, 
 
 Comprehendendus, a, um, fr. 
 
 Comprehendo, -prehendcre, 
 -prehendi, -prehensum, tr. 
 (con & prehendo,) to grasp 
 or hold together ; to compre- 
 hend; to seize ; to apprehend. 
 
 Comprehensus, a, um, part. 
 
 Compulsus, a, um, part, (com- 
 pello.) 
 
 Conatus, a, um, part, (conor,) 
 having endeavored. 
 
 Concedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- 
 sum, intr. & tr. (con & ce- 
 do,) to step aside; to yield; 
 to permit; to grant. 
 
 Conceptus, a, um, part, (con- 
 cipio,) conceived; couched; 
 expressed. 
 
 Concessus, a, um, part, (con- 
 cedo.) 
 
 Concha, ae, f. a shell fish. 
 
 Conchylium, i, n. a shell-fish. 
 
 Concilio, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 join together ; to conciliate ; 
 to reconcile; to acquire for 
 one's self; to gain; to ob- 
 tain; from 
 
 Concilium, i, n. a council. 
 
 Concio, onis, f. (concieo,) an 
 assembly; an assembly of 
 the people. 
 
 Concipio,-cipere,-cepi,-ceptum, 
 tr. (con & capio,) to take 
 together; to conceive; to 
 
212 
 
 CONCITO — CONGERO. 
 
 imagine; to form; to draw 
 up; to comprehend. 
 
 Conclto, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 freq. (con & cito,) to set in 
 motion; to excite; to raise. 
 
 Concitor, oris, m. one who ex- 
 cites; an exciter ; a mover ; 
 a disturber. 
 
 Concoquo,-coquere, -coxi, -coc- 
 tum, tr. (con & coquo,) to 
 boil; to digest. 
 
 Concordia, ae, f. (concors,) con- 
 cord; agreement ; harmony. 
 
 Concredo, -credere, -credidi, 
 -credltum, tr. (con & credo,) 
 to consign; to trust; to in- 
 trust. 
 
 Concremo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (con & cremo,) to fyirn 
 with ; to burn ; to consume. 
 
 Concurro, -currere, -curri, -cur- 
 sum, intr. (con & curro,) to 
 run together: concurritur, 
 pass. imp. a crowd assem- 
 ble. Id. 67, Note. 
 
 Concussus, a, um, part, shaken; 
 moved; from 
 
 Concutio, cutere, cussi, cussum, 
 tr. (con & quatio,) to shake ; 
 to agitate; to tremble. 
 
 Conditio, -onis, f. (condo,) 
 condition; situation; a 
 proposal; terms. 
 
 Conditus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Condo, -dere, -didi, -ditum, tr. 
 (con & do,) to put together ; 
 to lag up; to found; to 
 build; to make; to form; to 
 hide; to bury; to conceal. 
 
 Conduco, -ducere, -duxi, -duc- 
 tum, tr. (con & duco,) to 
 
 lead together; to conduct; 
 to hire. 
 
 Confectus, a, um, part, (con- 
 ficio.) 
 
 Conf ero, conferre, contiili, col- 
 latum, tr. irr. (con & fero,) 
 to bring together; to heap 
 up; to bestow; to give: se 
 conferre, to betake one's 
 self; to go. 
 
 Conficio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, 
 (con & facio, to do tho- 
 roughly;) to make; to fin- 
 ish ; to waste ; to wear out ; 
 to terminate; to consume; 
 to ruin; to destroy; to kill. 
 
 Confligo, -fligere, -flixi,-flictum, 
 (con & fligo,) to strike or 
 dash together; to contend; 
 to engage; to fight; (viz.: 
 in close combat.) See dim- 
 ico. 
 
 Conflo, are, avi, atum, tr. (con 
 & fio,) to blow together; 
 to melt; to unite; to com- 
 pose. 
 
 Confluo, -fluere, -fluxi, -fluxum, 
 intr. (con & fluo,) to flow to- 
 gether ; to flock ; to assemble. 
 
 Confodio,-fodere, -fodi, -fossum, 
 tr. (con & fodio,) to dig 
 through and through; to 
 pierce; to stab. 
 
 Confossus, a, um, part, (confo- 
 dio.) 
 
 Confugio, -fugere, -fugi, -fugi- 
 tum, intr. (con & fugio,) to 
 flee to; to flee for refuge; 
 to flee. 
 
 Congero, -gerere, -gessi, -ges- 
 tum, tr. (con & gero,) to 
 
CONGREDIOR CONSILIUM 
 
 213 
 
 bring together ; to collect; to 
 heap up. 
 
 Congredior, -gredi, -gressus 
 sum, intr. dep. (con & gra- 
 dior,) to meet ; to encounter ; 
 to engage; to fight. 
 
 Congrego, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (con & grex,) to assemble 
 in flocks; to assemble. 
 
 Conjectus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Conjicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jectum, 
 tr. (con & jacio,) to cast; 
 to throw forcibly ; to con- 
 jecture. 
 
 Conjugium, i, n. (con & jugo,) 
 marriage. 
 
 Conjungo, -jungere, -junxi, 
 -junctum, tr. (con & jungo,) 
 to unite; to bind; to join. 
 
 Conjuratus, a, um, part con- 
 spired: conjurati, subs, con- 
 s//ira'ors ; from 
 
 Conjuro, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (con & juro,) to swear to- 
 gether ; to combine ; to con- 
 spire: conjuratum est, a 
 conspiracy was formed. 
 
 Conjux, fi^is, c (con & jugo,) a 
 spouse ; a husband or wife. 
 
 Conor, firi, at us sum, intr. dep. 
 to attempt ; to venture ; to 
 endeavor; to strive. 
 
 Conqueror, queri, questus sum, 
 intr. dep. (con <Sc queror,) 
 to complain ; to lament. 
 
 Consccndo, -seen dc re, -scendi, 
 -scensum, tr. (con & scan- 
 do,) to climb up ; to ascend. 
 
 Conscensus, a, um, part, (con- 
 scendo.) 
 
 Conscisco, -seiscere. -sclvi, 
 
 -scltum, tr. (con & scisco,) 
 to investigate ; to vote to- 
 gether; to agree; to decree; 
 to execute ; sibi mortem con- 
 sciscere, to lag violent hands 
 on one's self; to commit sui- 
 cide. 
 
 Consecro, arc, avi, Fitum, tr. 
 (con & sacro,) to consecrate; 
 to dedicate; to devote. 
 
 Consedi. See Consldo. 
 
 Consenesco, senescere, senui, 
 intr. inc. (con & senesco,) 
 to grow old. 
 
 Consentio, -sentlre, -sensi, -sen- 
 sum, intr. (con & sentio,) 
 to think together; to agree; 
 to consent; to unite. 
 
 Consequor, -sequi, -secutus. 
 sum, tr. dep. (con & se- 
 quor,) to follow closely; to 
 gain; to obtain. 
 
 Consecutus, a, um, part, having 
 obtained. 
 
 Consero, -serere, -serui, -ser- 
 tum, tr. (con & sero,) to 
 join; to put together : pug- 
 nam, to join battle; to fight. 
 
 Conservandus, a, um, part, 
 from 
 
 Conservo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (con & servo,; to preserve; 
 to maintain; to perpetuate. 
 
 Consldens, tis, part, from 
 
 Consldo, -sidere, -sedi, -ses- 
 sum, intr. (con & sido,) to sit 
 down; to encamp; to take 
 one's seat; to perch ; to light. 
 
 Consilium, i, n. (consttk),) 
 counsel; design; intention; 
 a council; deliberation j ad- 
 
214 
 
 CONSISTO — CONTEMPLOR. 
 
 vice; a plan; judgment; 
 discretion ; prudence ; wis- 
 dom. 
 
 Consisto, -sistere, -stiti, intr. 
 (con & sisto,) to stand to- 
 gether; to stand; to consist. 
 
 Consolor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 (con & solor,) to console; 
 to comfort. 
 
 Conspectus, a, um, part, (con- 
 spicio.) 
 
 Conspectus, us, m. (id.) a see- 
 ing; a sight; a view. 
 
 Conspicatus, a, um, part, (con- 
 spicor.) 
 
 Conspicio, - spicere, - spexi, 
 -spectum, tr. (con & spe- 
 cio,) to behold; to see. 
 
 Conspicor, ari, atus sum, tr. 
 dep. (id.) to behold; to see. 
 
 Conspicuus, a, um, adj. (id.) 
 conspicuous; distinguished. 
 
 Constans, tis, part. & adj. 
 (comp.) firm; constant; 
 
 Constituo, -stituere, -stitui, -sti- 
 tutum, tr. (con & statuo,) 
 to cause to stand, i. e., to 
 place; to establish; to ap- 
 point ; to resolve. 
 
 Consto, -stare, -stiti, intr. (con 
 & sto,) to stand together ; 
 to consist of: constat, imp. 
 it is certain; it is evident. 
 
 Construo, -struere, -struxi, 
 structum, tr. (con & struo,) 
 to pile together; to con- 
 struct; to build; to com- 
 pose; to form. 
 
 Consuesco, -suescere, -suevi, 
 -suetum, intr. (con & su- 
 
 esco,) to be accustomed : 
 hence, 
 
 Consuetudo, mis, f. habit; cus- 
 tom. 
 
 Consul, ulis, m. a consul; 
 hence, 
 
 Consularis, e, adj. of or per- 
 taining to the consul; con- 
 sular: vir consularis, one 
 who has been a consid; a 
 man of consular dignity. 
 
 Consulates, us, m. (consul,) the 
 consulship. 
 
 Consulo, -sulere, -sului, -sul- 
 -tum, tr. to advise; to con- 
 sult. 
 
 Consulto, are, avi, atum, tr. & 
 intr. freq. (consulo,) to ad' 
 vise together ; to consult. 
 
 Consumo, -sumere, -sumsi, 
 -sumptum, tr. (con & su- 
 mo,) to take together, or at 
 once; hence, to consume; 
 to wear out; to exhaust; to 
 waste ; to destroy; hence, 
 
 Consumptus, a, um, part. 
 
 Contagiosus, a, um, adj 
 comp. (contingo,) conta' 
 gious. 
 
 Contemnendus, a, um, part, 
 from 
 
 Contemno, -temnere, -tempsi, 
 -temptum, tr. (con & tem- 
 no,) to despise; to reject 
 with scorn. 
 
 Contemplates, a, um, part, ob- 
 serving; regarding; con- 
 sidering; from 
 
 Contemplor, ari, atus sum, tr. 
 dep. (con & templum, a 
 quarter in the heavens,) to 
 
CONTEMPTIM CONTUSUS. 
 
 215 
 
 look attentively at the 
 heavens ; (said originally 
 of the augurs; hence,) to 
 contemplate; to regard; to 
 consider; to look at; to 
 gaze upon. 
 
 Contemptim, adv. with con- 
 tempt; contemptuously; 
 scornfully; from 
 
 Contemptus, a, um, part, (con- 
 temno.) 
 
 Contemptus, us, m. (id.) con- 
 tempt. 
 
 Contendo, dere, di, turn, tr. & 
 intr. (con & tendo, to 
 stretchy or draw, or strive 
 together, hence,) to dispute; 
 to fight; to contend; to go 
 to; to direct one's course; 
 to request ; hence, 
 
 Contentio, dnis, f. contention; 
 a debate ; a controversy ; ex- 
 ertion; an effort; a strife. 
 
 Contcntus, a, urn, adj, (comp.) 
 content; satisfied: fr. con- 
 tineo. 
 
 Contero, -ten" re, -trivi, -trltum, 
 tr. (con & tero,) to break; 
 to pound; to waste. 
 
 Continens, tis, part. & adj. 
 (comp.) holding together; 
 hence, joining ; continued : 
 un interrupted ; temperate ; 
 subs. f. the continent^ or 
 main land: from 
 
 Contineo, -tinere, -tinui, -ten- 
 tum, tr. (con & teneo,) to 
 hold together, or in ; to con- 
 tain. 
 
 Contingo, -tingere, -tigi, -tac- 
 tum, tr. (con & tango,) to l 
 
 touch ; contlgit, imp. it 
 happens: milii, it happens 
 to me; J have the fortune. 
 
 Continuo, ady, immed'muhj ; 
 forthwith ; in succession ; 
 from 
 
 Continuus, a, um, adj. (con- 
 tineo,) continued; adjoin- 
 ing ; incessant; uninter- 
 rupted; continual; without 
 intermission ; in close suc- 
 cession: continuo alveo, in 
 one entire or undivided 
 channel. 
 
 Contra, prep, against; oppo- 
 site to: adv. on the other 
 hand. 
 
 Contractus, a, um, part, (con- 
 traho. 
 
 Contradico, -dicere, -dixi, -dic- 
 tum, tr. (contra & dico,) to 
 speak against; to contra- 
 dict; to oppose. 
 
 Contradictus, a, um, part, con- 
 tradicted; opposed. 
 
 Contraho,-trahere, -traxi, -trac- 
 turn, tr. (con & traho,) to 
 draw together ; to contract ; 
 to assemble; to collect. 
 
 Contrarius, a, um, adj, (con- 
 tra,) contrary; opposite. 
 
 Contueor, -tueri, -tuitus sum, tr. 
 dep. (con & tueor,) to re- 
 gard; to behold; to view; 
 to gaze upon ; to survey. 
 
 Contundo, -tundere, -tudi, -tu- 
 sum, tr. (con & tundo,) to 
 beat together; to beat; to 
 bruise; to crush; to puU 
 verize. 
 
 Contusus, a, um, part. 
 
216 
 
 CONVALESCO — CORROSUS. 
 
 Convalesco, -valescere, -valui, 
 intr. inc. (con & valesco, 
 from valeo,) to grow well; 
 to recover. 
 
 Convenio, -venire, -veni, -ven- 
 tum, intr. (con & venio,) to 
 come together ; to meet; to 
 assemble. 
 
 Converto, -vertere, -verti, -ver- 
 sum, tr. (con & verto,) to 
 turn ; to resort to ; to appro- 
 priate; to convert into; to 
 change; se in preces, to 
 turn one's self to entreating. 
 
 Convicium, i, n. (con & vox,) 
 loud noise; scolding; re- 
 proach; abuse. 
 
 Convivium, i, n. (con & vivo,) 
 a feast; abanguet; an en- 
 tertainment. 
 
 Convoco, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (con & voco,) to call to- 
 gether; to assemble. 
 
 Convolvo, -volvere, -volvi, -vo- 
 lutum, tr. (con & volvo,) 
 to roll together; pass, to be 
 rolled together: se, to roll 
 one's self up. 
 
 Cooperio, -perire, -perui, -per- 
 tum, tr. (con & operio,) to 
 cover. 
 
 Copia, a?, f. an abundance; a 
 multitude; a swarm: co- 
 pice, pi. forces, troops. 
 
 Copiose, adv. (ius, isshne,) co- 
 piously; abundantly: from 
 copiosus, from copia. 
 
 Coquo, coquere, coxi, coctum, 
 tr. to cook; to bake; to boil; 
 to roast ; hence, 
 
 Coquus, i, m. a cook. 
 
 Cor, cordis, n. the heart. 
 
 Coram, prep, in the presence 
 of; before : adv. openly. 
 
 Corcyra, se, f. an island on the 
 coast of JEpirus, now Corfu. 
 
 Corinthius, a, um, adj. Corin- 
 thian; belonging to Cor- 
 inth. 
 
 Corinthius, i, m. a Corinthian. 
 
 Corinthus, i, f. Corinth, a city 
 of Achaia, in Greece. 
 
 Corioli, drum, m. pi. a town 
 of Latium. 
 
 Coriolanus, i, m. a distinguish- 
 ed Roman general. 
 
 Corium, i, n. the skin; the skin 
 or hide of a beast; leather. 
 
 Cornelia, a3, f. a noble Roman 
 lady. 
 
 Cornelius, i, m. the name, of 
 an illustrious tribe, or clan, 
 at Rome, adj. Cornelian. 
 
 Cornix, icis, f. a crow. 
 
 Cornu, n. ind. in Sing. (91); 
 a horn. jL37» 
 
 Corona, se, f. a crown. 
 
 Corpus, oris, n. a body ; a corpse. 
 
 Correptus,a,um,part. (corripio.) 
 
 Corrigo, -rigere, -rexi, -rectum, 
 tr.(con & rego,) to set right; 
 to straighten; to make bet- 
 ter; to correct. 
 
 Corripio, -ripere, -ripui, -rep- 
 tum, tr. (con & rapio,) to 
 seize. 
 
 Corrodo, rodere, rosi, rosum, 
 tr. (con & rodo,) to gnaw; 
 to corrode. 
 
 Corrosus, a, um, part, (corrodo,) 
 
CORROIPO CRUDELI8. 
 
 217 
 
 Coirumpo, -rumpere, -rupi, 
 -ruptum, tr (con & rum- 
 po,) to breaJc up, (or thor- 
 oughly;) to corrupt; to 
 bribe; to hurt; to violate; 
 to seduce; to impair; to 
 destroy. 
 
 Corruo, -more, -rui, intr. (con 
 & ruo,) to fall down ; to de- 
 cay. 
 
 Corruptus, a, urn, part. & adj. 
 (corrumpo,) bribed; vitia- 
 ted; foul; corrupt. 
 
 Corsica, ae, f. an island in the 
 Mediterranean sea, north 
 of Sardinia. 
 
 Corvinus, i, m. a surname giv- 
 en to M. Valerius, from an 
 incident in his life,; from 
 
 Corvus, i, m. a raven. 
 
 Corycius, a, ura, adj. Corycian; 
 of Cor yens. 
 
 Corycus, i, m. the name of a city 
 and mountain of Cilicia. 
 
 Cos., an abbreviation of consul; 
 Coss., q/* consules; Gr.891. 
 
 Cotta, ae, m. a Roman cogno- 
 men, belonging to the Au- 
 relian tribe. 
 
 Crater, Oris, in. a goblet; a cra- 
 ter; the mouth of a volcano. 
 
 Crates, etis, m. a Thcban phi- 
 losopher. 
 
 Crassus, i, m. the name of a 
 Roman family of the Lnu- 
 cinian tribe. 
 
 Creatus, a, um, part, (creo.) 
 
 Creber, crebra, crebrtim, adj. 
 (crebrior,crebe rrimus,) fre- 
 quent. 
 
 19 
 
 Crebr5, adv. (crebrlbB, caret>ep- 
 rime,) (creber.) frequently. 
 
 Credo, -dere, -didi, -ditum, tr. 
 to believe; to trust. 
 
 Credulus, a, um, adj. (credo,) 
 easy of belief; credulous. 
 
 Cremera, ae, f. a river of Etru- 
 ria, near which the Fabian 
 family were defeated and 
 destroyed. 
 
 Cremo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 burn; to conswme. 
 
 Creo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 make; to choose; to elect. 
 
 Cresco, crescere, crevi, cre- 
 tum, intr. (creo,) to spring 
 up; to increase; to grow. 
 
 Creta, ae, f. Crete, now Can- 
 dia, an island in the Med- 
 iterranean sea, south of the 
 Cyclades. 
 
 Cretensis, e, adj. belonging to 
 Crete; Cretan. 
 
 Crevi. See Cresco. 
 
 Crimen, inis, n. a crime; a 
 fault; an accusation: ali- 
 cui crimini dare, to charge 
 as a crime against one. 
 
 Crinis, is, m. the hair. 
 
 Crixus, i, m. the name of a cel- 
 ebrated gladiator. 
 
 Crocodllus, i, m. a crocodile. 
 
 Cruciatus, a, um, part, (crucio.) 
 
 Cruciatus, us, m. (id.) torture; 
 distress ; trouble ; affliction. 
 
 Crucio, fire, avi, atum, tr. 
 (crux,) to crucify; to tor- 
 ment; to torture. 
 
 Crudclis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
 cruel; (fr. crudus,) hence, 
 
216 
 
 CRUDKLITER — CYCLADES. 
 
 Orudelfter, adv. (ius, issime,) 
 cruelly. 
 
 Crudus, a, urn, adj. (eruor,) 
 properly, full of blood; 
 crude; raw; unripe. 
 
 Cruor, oris, m. blood; gore. 
 
 Cms, cruris, n. the leg; (from 
 the hiee to the ankle.) 
 
 Crux, crucis, f. a cross. 
 
 Cubitus, i, m., & Cubitum, i, 
 n. (cubo, to recline,) the 
 arm, from the elbow to the 
 wist; a cubit. 
 
 Cucurri. See Curro. 
 
 Cui, & Cujus. See Qui, & Quis. 
 
 Culex, icis, m. a gnat. 
 
 Culpa, 33. f. a fault; guilt; 
 blame; hence, 
 
 Culpo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 blame. 
 
 Cultellus, i, m. (dim. from cul- 
 ler,) a little knife; a knife. 
 
 Cultus, a, um, part, (colo,) cul- 
 tivated; improved; dressed. 
 
 Cum, prep, with: adv. the 
 same as quum, when: cum 
 — turn, not only — but also; 
 as well — as also. 
 
 Cunctatio, onis, f. (cunctor,) 
 delaying; a delaying; hesi- 
 tation. 
 
 Cunctus, a, um, adj. all; the 
 whole. 
 
 Cunieulus, i,m. a rabbit; a cony. 
 
 Cupiditas, atis, f. (cupio,) a 
 wish; a desire; cupidity; 
 (with moderation.) 
 
 Cupido, inis, f. desire; (with 
 eagerness.) 
 
 Cupidus,a, um, adj. comp. (id.) 
 desirous. 
 
 Cupiens, tis, part, from 
 
 Cupio, ere, Ivi, ltum, tr. to de* 
 sire; to wish; to long for. 
 
 Cur., adv. (abbreviated for 
 quare,) why; wherefore. 
 
 Cura, 33, f. care; anxiety. 
 
 Cures, ium, f. pi. a city of the 
 Sabines. 
 
 Curia, as, f. a curia or ward; 
 one of thirty parts into 
 which the Roman people 
 were divided; the senate 
 house. 
 
 Curiatii, orum, m. pi. the name 
 of an Alban tribe. Three 
 brothers belonging to this 
 tribe fought with the Ho- 
 ratii. 
 
 Curo, are, avi, atum, tr. (cura,) 
 to take care of; to care; to 
 be concerned; to cure or heal. 
 
 Curro, currere, cucurri, cur- 
 sum, intr. to run; hence, 
 
 Currus, us, m. a chariot: and 
 
 Cursor, oris, m. (curro,) a run- 
 ner ; also a surname given 
 to L. Papirius. 
 
 Cursus, us, (id.) a running; a 
 course. 
 
 Curvus, a, um, adj. crooked. 
 
 Custodia, ae, f. (custos,) a 
 watch; a guard; a prison. 
 
 Custodio, Ire, ivi, ltum, tr. (id.) 
 to guard; to watch; to pre- 
 serve; to keep safely. 
 
 Custos, odis, c. a guard; a 
 keener. 
 
 Cutis, is, f. the skin. 
 
 Cyaneus, a. um, adj. dark blue. 
 
 Cyclades, um, f. pi. a cluster 
 of islands in the Archipela- 
 
CYCLOPES — DEBELLO 
 
 219 
 
 go, which derive their name 
 from lying in a circle. 
 
 Cyclopes, tun, :n. pL the Cy- 
 clops, giants of Sicily, liv- 
 ing near JEtiiu. 
 
 Cydnus, i, m. a river of Cilicia. 
 
 C'yllfme, es, f. a mountain in 
 Arcadia. 
 
 Cymba, ie, f. a boat; a skiff"; a 
 canoe. 
 
 Cymbal um, i, n. a cymbal. 
 
 Cymcus, i. m. a Cynic. The 
 Cynics were a sect of phi- 
 losophers founded by Antis- 
 thrnes. 
 
 Cynocephahe, arum, f. pi. 
 small hills near Scotussa in 
 Thessaly. 
 
 Cynocephali, drum, m. pi. a 
 people of India with heads 
 like dogs. 
 
 CynocephftliH, i, m. an Egyp- 
 tian deity. 
 
 CynossPma, fitis, n. a promon- 
 tory of Thrace, near Sestos, 
 wliere queen Hecuba was 
 buried. 
 
 Cynthus, i, m. a hill near the 
 town of Delos. 
 
 Cyrgnae, arum, f. pi. Cyrene, a 
 city of Africa, the capital 
 of Cyrenaica. 
 
 Cyrenatca, se, f. a country in 
 the northern part of Africa, 
 so called from its capital, 
 Cyrence. 
 
 Cyrenaeus, a, um, adj. Cyrene- 
 an; belonging to Cyrence. 
 
 Cyrenv'u-is, e, adj. Cyrenean; 
 of Cyrence. 
 
 ! Cyrnus, i. £ a Greek name of 
 the island of Corsica. 
 
 Cyrus, i, m. Cyrus, the name 
 of a Persian king. 
 
 Cyzicus, i, f. the name of an 
 island near Mysia, contain- 
 ing a town of the same 
 name. 
 
 ]). 
 
 Daedalus, i, m. an ingenious 
 Athenian artist, the son of 
 Euphemus. 
 
 Damrio, are, avi, Stum, tr, 
 (damnum, loss,) to adjudge 
 to loss of any kind; to con- 
 demn. 
 
 Damnosus, a, um, adj. injuri- 
 ous; hurtful. 
 
 Danaus, i, m. an ancient king 
 of Argos, and brother of 
 JEyyptus. 
 
 Dandus, a, um, part, (do.) 
 
 Dans, tis, part, (do.) 
 
 Danubius, i, m. the Danube, 
 a large river of Germany, 
 called also the Ister, after 
 its entrance into Jl/yri- 
 cum. 
 
 Daps, dapis, f. a feast; a meal. 
 
 Dardania, ce, f. a country and 
 city of Asia Minor, near 
 the Hellespont. 
 
 Daturus, a, um, part, (do.) 
 
 Datus, a, um, part, (do.) 
 
 De, prep, from; of; concern- 
 ing; on account of. 
 
 Dea, 83, f. 6 1 , 4, a goddess. 57 • 
 
 Debello, are, avi, atum, tr. (de 
 
220 
 
 DEBEO DEDUCO. 
 
 & bello,) to put down by 
 war ; hence, to conquer; to 
 subdue. 
 
 Debeo, ere, ui, itum, tr. (de & 
 habeo,) to owe; to be obliged; 
 with an infinitive, ought, or 
 should. 
 
 Debeor, eri, Itus sum, pass, to 
 be due. 
 
 Debilito, tire, avi, atum, tr. 
 (debilis,) to weaken; to en- 
 feeble. 
 
 Debitus, a, urn, part, (debeo,) 
 due ; 'deserved; owing. 
 
 Decedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- 
 sum, intr. (de & cedo,) to 
 depart; to retire; to with- 
 draw ; to yield; to die. 
 
 Decern, num. adj. ten. 
 
 Decemviri, oruin, m. pi. de- 
 cemvirs, ten men appointed 
 to prepare a code of laws 
 for the Romans, and by 
 whom the laws of the twelve \ 
 tables were formed. 
 
 Decerno, -cernere, -crevi, ere- ! 
 turn, tr. (de & cerno,) to 
 separate one thing from ] 
 another; to judge; to de- I 
 * cide; to fight; to contend;] 
 to discern; to decree: bel- | 
 lum decretum est, the man- \ 
 agement of the war was de- \ 
 creed. 
 
 Decerpo,-cerpere,-cerpsi,-cerp- j 
 turn, tr. (de & carpo,) to ! 
 pluck off; to pick ; to gather. ! 
 
 Decido, -cidere, -cidi, intr. (de 
 & cado,) to fall, (viz -.from 
 or down:) dentes decidunt, 
 the teeth fail, or come out. 
 
 Decimus, a, um, num. adj. ord. 
 (decern,) the tenth. 
 
 Decius, i, m. the name of sev- 
 eral Romans distinguished 
 for their patriotism. 
 
 Declaro, are, avi, atum, tr. (de 
 & claro, to make clear;) to 
 declare ; to show. 
 
 Decoctus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Decoquo, -coquere, -coxi, -coc- 
 tum, tr. (de & coquo,) to 
 boil down ; to boil. 
 
 Decorus, a, um, adj. (decor,) be- 
 coming ; handsome; adorn- 
 ed; decorous; beautiful. 
 
 Decretus, a, um, part, (de- 
 cerno.) 
 
 Decresco, -crescere, -crevi, intr. 
 (de & cresco,) to sink down, 
 or subside ; to decrease ; to 
 diminish; to fall to decay. 
 
 Decumbo, -cumbere, -cubui, 
 intr. (de & cubo) to lie down. 
 
 Decurro, -currere, -curri, -cur- 
 sum, intr. (de & curro,) to 
 run down ; to flow down. 
 
 Decus, oris, n. (deceo,) an or- 
 nament. 
 
 Dedi. See Do. 
 
 Dedidi. See Dedo. 
 
 Deditio, onis, f. (dedo,) a giv- 
 ing up ; a surrender. 
 
 Deditus, a, um, part, (dedo.) 
 
 Dedo, dedere, dedidi, deditum, 
 tr. (de & do,) to give up ; to 
 surrender ; to deliver up ; to 
 addict or devote one's self. 
 
 Dediico, -ducere, -duxi, -duc- 
 tum, tr. (de & duco,) to lead 
 or draw downwards : to lead 
 forth; to bring; to lead. 
 
DEFATIGO DELINQUO. 
 
 221 
 
 Defatlgo, are, avi, atup, tr. (de 
 & fatlgo,) to weary out; to 
 fatigue. 
 
 Defcndo, -fendere, -fendi, -fen- 
 sum,tr.(de&fendo,obsol, to 
 hit;) to defend; to protect. 
 
 Defensus, a, urn, part. (d( ten- 
 do.) 
 
 Def ero, -ferre, -tfili, -latum, tr. 
 irr. (de & fero,) to bring, 
 (viz: down, or along;) to 
 convey; to proffer; to con- 
 fer ; to give. 
 
 Defieiens, tis, part, from 
 
 Deficio, -licf-re, -feci, -tectum, 
 tr. & intr. (de & facio,) to 
 fail; to abandon; to be 
 wanting; to decrease; to be 
 eclipsed; to revolt. 
 
 Defleo, ere, evi, etum, (de & 
 fleo,) to deplore ; to bewail; 
 to lament ; to weep -for. 
 
 Defluo, -fluere, -fluxi, -iiuxum, 
 intr. (de & fluo,) to flow 
 down. 
 
 Defodio, -fodere, -fodi, -fossum, 
 tr. (de & fodio, to dig 
 down;) to bury; to inter. 
 
 Defonnitas, fitis, f. (deformis,) 
 deformity ; ugliness. 
 
 Defossus, a, um, part, (defodio.) 
 
 Defunct us, a, um, part, fin- 
 ished: defunctus or defunc- 
 tus vita, dead; from 
 
 Defungor, -fungi, -funet us ram, 
 intr. de]). (de & fungor,) to 
 execute ; to perform ; to be 
 free from ; to fnish. 
 
 Degens, tis, part, from 
 
 Dego, degere, degi, tr. & intr. 
 
 (de & ago,) to lead; to live ; 
 to dwell: degere rotatem, 
 to live. 
 
 Degusto, are, avi, atum, tr. (de 
 & gusto,) to taste. 
 
 Deinde, adv. (de & hide,) then; 
 further; after that; next. 
 
 Deiotarus, i, m. a man who 
 was made king of Galatia, 
 by the Roman senate, by 
 the favor of Pompey. 
 
 Dejectus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Dejicio,-jicere,-jeci, -ieetum, tr. 
 (de & jacio,) to throw, or 
 cast down. 
 
 Delabor,-labi, lapsus sum, intr. 
 dep. (de & labor,) to fall; 
 to glide down ; to flow. 
 
 DelFitus, a, um, part, (def em.) 
 carried down ; conferred. 
 
 Delecto, are, avi, atum, tr. (de 
 & lacto,) to allure.; to de- 
 light; to please. 
 
 Delectus, a, um, part, (deligo.) 
 
 Delendus, a, um, part, to be de- 
 stroyed; from 
 
 Deleo, ere, evi, etum, tr. (de 
 & leo, to daub;) to extin- 
 guish; to destroy. 
 
 Delicirc, arum, f. pi. (delicio,) 
 delights; diversions; plea- 
 sures. 
 
 Delictum, i, n. (delinquo,) a 
 neglect of duty; a fault; 
 crime. 
 
 Deligo, -ligere, -legj, -Vet urn, 
 tr. (de & lego,) to select; to 
 choose. 
 
 Delinquo, -bnquere, -llqui, -lic- 
 tum, tr. (de & linquo,) to 
 
222 
 
 DELPHICUS — DEPULSO. 
 
 fail in duty; to offend; to 
 do wrong. 
 
 Delphlcus, a, um, adj. Delphic, 
 belonging to Delphi. 
 
 Delphi, orum, m. pi. a town of 
 Phocis, famous for the tem- 
 ple and oracle of Apollo. 
 
 Delphlnus, i, m. a dolphin. 
 
 Delta, as, f. a part of Egypt, 
 so called from its resem- 
 blance to the Greek letter 
 delta, 4. 
 
 Delubrum, i, n. (deluo, to pu- 
 rify ;) a temple ; a shrine. 
 
 Delus or os, i, f. an island in 
 the ^Jgean sea; the birth 
 place of Apollo and Diana. 
 
 Demaratus, i, m. a Corinthian, 
 father of the elder Tarquin. 
 
 Demergo, -mergere, -mersi, 
 -mersum, tr. (de & mergo,) 
 to plunge; to sink. 
 
 Demersus, a, um, part. 
 
 Demetrius, i, m. a Greek prop- 
 er name. 
 
 Demissus, a, um, part, cast 
 down; descending; from 
 
 Demitto,- mittere, -misi, -mis- 
 sum, tr. (de & mitto,) to 
 send down; to let down; to 
 drop. 
 
 Democritus, i, m. a Grecian 
 philosopher, born at Abdera. 
 
 Demonstro, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (de & monstro,) to point 
 out; to show; to demon- 
 strate ; to prove. 
 
 Demosthenes, is, m. the most 
 celebrated of the Athenian 
 orators. 
 
 Demum, adv. at length; not 
 
 till thm: at last ; only ; in 
 
 fine. ^^ 
 Deni, as, a, dis. num. adj. pi. 
 
 every ten; ten; by tens. 
 Denique, adv. finally; at last. 
 Dens, tis, m. a tooth. 
 Densus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 
 thick. 
 Dentatus, i, m. (Siccius,) a 
 
 brave Roman soldier. 
 Denuntio or -cio, are, avi, 
 
 atum, tr. (de & nuntio,) 
 
 prop, to make known; to 
 foreshow; to proclaim; to 
 
 declare ; to denounce. 
 Depascor, -pasci, -pastus sum, 
 
 tr. dep. (de & pascor,) to 
 
 feed upon; to eat up; to 
 
 feed. 
 Depingo, -pingere, -pinxi, -pic- 
 
 tum, tr. (de & pingo,) to 
 
 paint; to depict; to de- 
 scribe ; to exhibit. 
 Deploro, are, avi, atum, tr. (de 
 
 & ploro,) to deplore; to 
 
 weep for ; to mourn. 
 Depono, -ponere, -posui, -posi- 
 
 tum, tr. (de & pone,) to 
 
 lay down or aside. 
 Depopulatus, a, um, part, from 
 Depopulor, ari, atus sum, tr. 
 
 dep. (de & populus,) to lay 
 
 waste. 
 Deporto, are, avi, atum, tr. (de 
 
 & porto,) to carry down. 
 Deprehendo, -prehendere,-pre- 
 
 hendi, -prehensum, tr. (de 
 
 & prehendo,) to seize; to 
 
 catch; to detect. 
 Deprehensus, a, um, part. 
 Depulso, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 
DESCENDO — DEVOLO. 
 
 223 
 
 freq. (de & pulso,)Jp push 
 
 away ; to keep off; to repel. 
 
 Descendo, -scendere, -scendi, 
 
 -scensum, intr. (de & scan- 
 do,) to descend: in certa- 
 men descendere, to engage 
 in a contest: descenditur 
 imp. one descends; we de- 
 scend; Id. 76, Note. 
 
 Descrlbo, -scribere, -scripsi, 
 scriptum, tr. (de & scribo,) 
 prop, to write down; to de- 
 scribe ; to divide; to order. 
 
 DeSero, -serere,-serui, -sertum, 
 tr. (de & sero,) to desert ; to 
 forsake; to abandon: (op- 
 posite of sero, 238,3, 479.) 
 
 Desertum, i, n. a desert; from 
 
 Desertus, a, um, part. & adj. 
 (comp.) deserted; waste; 
 desolate; desert. 
 
 Desiderium, i, n. (desid^ro, to 
 desire:) a longing for; a 
 desire; love; affection; re- 
 gret; grief. 
 
 Deslno, sinere, sivi, and sii 
 6itum, intr. (de & sino,) to 
 leave off; to terminate; to 
 cease; to end; to renounce. 
 Note — An ace. after this 
 verb is governed by an in- 
 finitive understood. 
 
 Desperatus, a, um, part. & adj. 
 comp. despaired of; past 
 hope; desperate; hopeless: 
 from 
 
 ro, nrc, avi, atum, tr. 
 (de & spero,) to despair: 
 (ir. 238, 3, 479. 
 
 Desponsatus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Desponso, are, avi, atum; tr. 
 
 freq. (desporffteo,) to pro- 
 mise in marriage; to be- 
 troth; to affiance. 
 
 Destlno, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 jtrop.tofix ; to destine ; to ap- 
 point; to resolve; to aim at. 
 
 Desum, -esse, -fui, -intr. irr. 
 (de & sum,) to be wanting; 
 238, 3, 479. 
 
 Deterior, adj. compar. (sup. 
 deterrimus, § 26, 4,) worse. 
 
 Deterreo, ere, ui, ltum, tr. 
 (de & terreo,) to frighten 
 from; to deter. 
 
 Detestor, ari, atus sum, tr. 
 dep. (de & testor,) to call 
 to witness; to wish (as « 
 curse) : to deprecate; to de- 
 test. 
 
 Detractus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Detraho, -trahere, -traxi, -trao- 
 tum, tr. (de & traho,) to 
 draw down or away; to 
 draw off; to take from. 
 
 Detrimentum, i, n. (detero,) 
 detriment; damage; harm; 
 loss. 
 
 Deus, i, m. God; a god. 
 
 Deveho,-vehere,-vexi,-vectum, 
 tr. (de & veho,) to carry 
 down, or away. 
 
 Devexus, a, um, adj. sloping; 
 inclining. 
 
 Devictus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Devinco,-vincere,-vici,-victum, 
 tr. (de & vinco,) to con- 
 quer; to subdue; to over- 
 come. 
 
 Devolo, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 (de & volo,) to fly doum; 
 to fly away. 
 
224 
 
 DEVORO — DILiaO. 
 
 Dev&roy are, fivi, Stum, tr. (de 
 & voro,) to devour; to eat 
 up. 
 
 Devotus, a, urn, part, from 
 
 Devoveo, -vovere, -vovi, -vo- 
 tum, tr. (de & voveo,) to 
 vow; to devote; to conse- 
 crate. 
 
 Dexter, era, erum, or ra, rum, 
 § 20, 3, adj. right; on the 
 right hand. 190,3,222. 
 
 Dextra, as, f. the right hand. 
 
 Diadema, atis, n. a diadem; a 
 white fillet worn upon the 
 heads of kings. 
 
 Diagoras, se, m. a Rhodian 
 who died of excessive joy, 
 because his three sons loere 
 victorious at the Olympic 
 games. 
 
 Diana, as, f. the daughter of 
 Jupiter and Latona, and 
 sister of Apollo. 
 
 Dico, are, avi, atum, tr. to con- 
 secrate; to dedicate; from 
 
 Dico, dicere, dixi, dictum, tr. 
 to say; to name; to call. 
 
 Dictator, oris, m. a dictator; 
 a chief magistrate, elected 
 on special occasions, and 
 vested with absolute author- 
 ity; from 
 
 Dicto, are, avi, atum, freq. to 
 say often; to dictate. 
 
 Dictum, i, n, (dico,) a word; 
 an expression. 
 
 Dictus, a, um, part, (dico.) 
 
 Dies, ei, m. or f. in sing., m. in 
 pi., a day; in dies, daily; 
 every day. 
 
 Differens, tis, adj. different; 
 differing; from 
 
 Differo, ditferre, distuli, dila- 
 tum, tr. & intr. irr. (dis & 
 fero,) to carry apart, or in 
 different directions ; to car- 
 ry up and down ; to scat- 
 ter; to disperse; to spread 
 abroad; to publish; to de- 
 fer; to be different. 
 
 Difficile, adv. (ius, lime,) diffi- 
 cultly; with difficulty ; from 
 
 Difficilis, e, adj. comp. (dis & 
 facilis,) difficult; 239, Obs. 
 1, hence, 487 9 2. 
 
 Difficultas, atis, f. difficulty; 
 trouble; poverty. 
 
 Digitus, i, m. a finger ;' a fin- 
 gers breadth. 
 
 Dignatus, a, um, part, (dig- 
 nor,) vouchsafing; thought 
 worthy. 
 
 Dignitas, atis, f. (dignus,) dig- 
 nity; office; honor. 
 
 Dignor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 to think worthy; to vouch- 
 safe; to deign; from 
 
 Dignus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) worthy. 
 
 Dilanio, are, avi, atum, tr. (dis 
 & lanio,) to tear or rend in 
 pieces. 
 
 Diligenter, adv. (ius issime,) 
 diligently; carefully; fr. 
 diligens. 
 
 Diligo,-ligere, -lexi, -lectum, tr. 
 (dis & lego,) to select care- 
 fully; to esteem a thing for 
 its value; hence, to love., 
 See amo. 
 
DIMICATIO DISSERO. 
 
 225 
 
 Dimicatio, onis, f. a fight; a 
 contest; a battle; from 
 
 Dimico, are, avi, (or ui,) atum, 
 intr, (dis & mico, to glit- 
 ter,) to fight: viz., with 
 swords gleaming: dimicii- 
 tum est, a battle was 
 fought. 
 
 Dimissus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Dimitto, -mittere, -mlsi, -mis- 
 sum, tr. (dis & mitto,) to 
 send away; to dismiss; to 
 let go. 
 
 Diogenes, is, m. an eminent 
 Cynic philosopher, born at 
 Sinope, a city of Asia Mi- 
 nor. 
 
 Diomedes, is, m. a Grecian 
 warrior; also, a cruel king 
 of Thrace. 
 
 Dionysius, i, m. the name of 
 two tyrants of Syracuse. 
 
 Diremptttras, a, um, part (di- 
 rimo,) about to decide. 
 
 Direptos, a, um, part, (diripio.) 
 
 Dirlmo, -imere, -emi, -emptum, 
 tr. (dis & emo,) properly, 
 to take one thing from an- 
 other; to divide; to part; 
 to separate; to decide. 
 
 Diripio, -ripere, -ripui, -reptum, 
 tr. (dis „& rapio,) to tear 
 asunder ; to rob ; to plunder; 
 to pillage ; to destroy. 
 
 Diruo, -ruere, -rui, -rutum, tr. 
 (dis & ruo,) to pull down; 
 to overthrow; to raze; to 
 destroy. 
 
 Dim?, a, um, adj. frightful; 
 terrible; direful; ominous. 
 
 Dirutus, a, um, part, (diruo.) 
 
 Discedo,-cedere,-cessi, -cessum, 
 intr. (dis & eedo,) to go 
 away; to depart. 
 
 Discerpo, -cerpere, -cerpsi, 
 cerptum, tr. (dis & carpo,) 
 to tear asunder, or in 
 pieces. 
 
 Discerptus, a, um, part, (dis- 
 cerpo.) 
 
 Discipulus, i, m. (disco,) a pu- 
 pil; a scholar. 
 
 Disco, discere, didici, tr. to 
 learn. 
 
 Discordia, se, f. (discors, dis & 
 cor,) discord; disagreement; 
 the Goddess Discord. 
 
 Discordo, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 (id,) to differ in feeling ; to 
 be at variance; to differ. 
 
 Discrepo, are, avi, or ui, Itum, 
 intr. (dis & crepo,) to dif- 
 fer in sound; to differ; to 
 disagree. 
 
 Diserte, adv. (ius, issime,) 
 clearly; eloquently. 
 
 Disputatio, onis, f. a dispute; 
 a discourse; a discussion; 
 from 
 
 Disputo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (dis & puto,) to be of oppo- 
 site sentiments; hence, to 
 dispute; to discuss; to dis- 
 course. 
 
 Dissemino, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (dis & semlno,) to spread 
 abroad; to scatter; to pro- 
 mulgate. 
 
 Dissi'ro, -serere, -serui, -ser- 
 tum, tr. (dis «.v seactk to 
 plait;) to unplait; 2ol), 
 to disentangle; hence, to 
 
226 
 
 DISSIDIUM — DOMICILIUM. 
 
 explain; to discourse; to 
 reason; to debate; to say. 
 
 Dissidium, i, n. (dissideo,) a 
 disagreement ; a dissension. 
 
 Dissimilis, e, adj. (comp. § 26, 
 1,) unlike; dissimilar; fr. 
 dis & similis. 220» 
 
 Distans,tis, part, (disto,) stand- 
 ing asunder; differing; 
 distant; being divided. 
 
 Distinguo, -stinguere, -stinxi, 
 stinotum, tr. (di & stinguo,) 
 to distinguish, (viz: by 
 marks ;) to mark ; to adorn ; 
 to variegate; to spot; to 
 
 Disto, stare, intr. (di & sto,) 
 intr. to stand apart; to be 
 distant; to be divided; to 
 differ. 
 
 Distribuo,-tribuere, -tribui, -tri- 
 butum, (dis & tribuo,) to 
 distribute; to divide. 
 
 Ditis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) rich. 
 
 Diu, adv. (utiiis, utissime,) 
 (dies,) long ; for a long time. 
 
 Diurnus, a, urn, adj. (id.) daily. 
 
 Diutmus, a, urn, adj. (diu,) 
 continual; long continued. 
 
 Diuturmtas, atis, f. long con- 
 tinuance; duration; from 
 
 Diuturnus; a, urn, adj. (diu,) 
 long; lasting ; ior, 224:, 
 
 Divello, -vellere, -velli, or vul- 
 si,-vulsum, tr. (di & vello,) 
 to pull asunder; to sepa- 
 rate ; to disjoin ; to tear off. 
 
 Diversus, a, um, adj. part. (fr. 
 diverto,) turned different 
 ways; different. 
 
 Dives, Itis, adj. rich; wealthly; 
 fertile ; fruitful. 
 
 Divldo, dividere, divisi, divi- 
 sum, tr. (di & Iduo, obsol. to 
 divide;) to divide; to sepa- 
 rate ; to distribute. 
 
 Divinus, a, um. adj. (comp.) 
 divine; heavenly; fr. divus. 
 
 Divlsus, a, um, part, (divido.) 
 
 Divitise, arum, f. pi. (dives,) 
 riches; wealth. 
 
 Divulsus, a, um, part, (divello.) 
 
 Do, dare, dedi, datum, tr. to 
 give ; to grant ; to surren- 
 der: pcenas, to suffer pun- 
 ishment: crimmi, to impute 
 as a crime; to accuse : finem, 
 to terminate: nomen, to 
 give name. 
 
 Doceo, ere, ui, turn, tr. to teach. 
 
 Docilitas, atis, f. (doceo,) do- 
 cility; teachableness. 
 
 Doctrma, ae, f. (doceo,) instruc- 
 tion; education; doctrine. 
 
 Doctus, a, um, part. & adj. 
 comp. (doceo,) taught; 
 learned. 
 
 Dodona, a3, f. a town and for- 
 est of JEpirus, where were a 
 temple and oracle of Jupiter. 
 
 Doleo, ere, ui, intr. to grieve; 
 to sorrow ; to be in pain. 
 
 Dolor, oris, m. (doleo,) pain; 
 sorrow; grief. 
 
 Dolus, i, m. a device; a trick; 
 a stratagem ; guile ; artifice. 
 
 Domesticus, a, um, adj. (do- 
 mus,) domestic. 
 
 Domicilium, i, n. (id.) a habi- 
 tation; a house; an abode. 
 
DOMINA ECCE. 
 
 2*7 
 
 Domlna, rc, f. (dominus,) a 
 mistress. 
 
 Dominatio, onis, f. govern- 
 ment, absolute power; do- 
 minion; usurpation; des- 
 potism: from 
 
 Dominus, i, m. (domus,) mas- 
 ter; owner; lord. 
 
 Domltus. a, um, part from 
 
 Domo, are, ui, itum, tr. to sub- 
 due ; to tame ; to overpower; 
 to conquer ; to vanquish. 
 
 Domus, lis, & i, f. 1K3, 5, a 
 house: domi, at home: do- 
 mo, from home: domum, 
 home. 144. 
 
 Donee, adv. until: as long as. 
 
 Dono, are, avi, Titum, tr. (do- 
 num,) to give freely; to 
 present. 
 
 Donum, i, n. (do,) a free gift; 
 an offering; a present. 
 
 Dormio, Ire, ivi, Itum, intr. to 
 
 Dorsum, i. n. the bach. 
 
 Dos, dotis, f. a portion ; a dowry. 
 
 Draco, onis, m. a dragon; a 
 species of serpent. 
 
 Druida?, arum, m, pi, Druids, 
 priests of the ancient Bri- 
 tons and Gauls, 
 
 Dubitatio, onis, f. a doubt; hes- 
 itation; question: from 
 
 Dublto, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 (dubius,) to hesitate; to 
 doubt. 
 
 Ducenti, se, a, num. adj. pi two 
 hundred. 
 
 Duco, cere, xi, ctum, tr. to 
 lead; to conduct: uxorem, 
 to take a wife ; to marry : 
 
 exequias, to perform fim+- 
 ral rites : murum, to build 
 a wall. 
 
 Ductus, a, um, part. led. 
 
 Duillius, i, m. (Caius,) a Ro- 
 man commander, who first 
 conquered the Carthagini- 
 ans in a naval engagement. 
 
 Dulcis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
 sweet; pleasant. 
 
 Dum, adv. & conj. while; whilst; 
 as long as ; until. 
 
 Duo, a3, o. num. adj. pi. 104, 3, 
 two. 203. 
 
 Duodecim, num. adj. ind. pi. 
 (duo & decern,) twelve; 
 hence, 
 
 Duodecimus, a, um, num. adj. 
 ord. the twelfth. 
 
 Duodeviginti, num. adj. ind. 
 pi (duo, de & viginti, 104, 
 1,) eighteen. 203. 
 
 Duritia, a3, & Durities, el, £ 
 hardness; from 
 
 Durus, a, um, adj. (ior, iasi- 
 mus,) hard; severe; Jiarsh; 
 unfavorable. 
 
 Dux, cis, c (duco,) a leader; a 
 guide; a commander. 
 
 E. 
 
 E, ex, prep, out of; from; of; 
 
 among. 
 Ea. See Is. 
 Ebibo, -bibere, -blbi, -bibitum, 
 
 tr. (e & bibo,) to drink up. 
 Ebrietas, atis, f. (ebrius,) 
 
 drunkenness. 
 Ebur, oris, n. ivory. 
 Ecce, int. See! lol behold/ 
 
268 
 
 EDICO — ELEUSINII. 
 
 Edlco, -dicere, -dixi, -dictum, 
 tr. (e & dico,) to proclaim; 
 to announce; to publish; to 
 order. 
 
 Edidi. See Edo. 
 
 Editus, a, um, part, published; 
 uttered; produced; from 
 
 Edo, -dSre, -didi, -ditum, tr. (e 
 & do,) to give out; to pub- 
 lish; to cause; to occasion; 
 to produce; to make: spec- 
 taculum edere, to give an 
 exhibition. 
 
 Edo, edere or esse, edi, esum, 
 tr. irr. § 83, 9, to eat; to 
 consume. 43 1» 
 
 Educatus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Educo, are, avi, atum, tr. (e & 
 duco,) to bring tip ; to edu- 
 cate; to instruct. 
 
 Educo, -ducere, -duxi,-ductum, 
 tr. (e & duco,) to lead forth ; 
 to bring forth ; to produce; 
 to draw out. 
 
 Efficio, -fieere, -feci, -fectum, 
 tr. (e & facio,) to effect; to 
 make; to form; to cause; 
 to accomplish. 
 
 Effigies, iei, f. (effingo,) an 
 image; an effigy. 
 
 Efflo, are, avi, atum, tr. (e & 
 no,) to breathe out.' ani- 
 mam, to die; to expire. 
 
 Effugio, -fugere, -fugi, -fugi- 
 tum, tr. & intr. (e & fugio,) 
 to fly from; to escape; to flee. 
 
 Effundo, -fundere, -fudi, -fu- 
 sum, tr. (e & fundo,) to 
 pour out ; to spill; to dis~ 
 charge; to waste; to over- 
 flow; to extend or spread. 
 
 Effusus, a, um, j*aA* poured 
 out; wasted. 
 
 Egeria, as, f. a nymph of the 
 Aricinian grove, and from 
 whom Numa professed to 
 receive instructions respect-' 
 ing religious rites. 
 
 Egero, -gerere, -gessi, -gestum, 
 tr. (e & gero,) to carry out; 
 to cast forth; to throw out. 
 
 Egestus, a, um, part. 
 
 Egi. See Ago. 
 
 Ego, mei, subs. pro. 1; 231, 
 
 Egredior, -gredi, -gressus sum, 
 intr. dep. (e & gradior,)fo go 
 out; to overflow; to go beyond. 
 
 Egregie, adv. in a distinguished 
 manner; excellently; fa- 
 mously; from 
 
 Egregius, a, um, adj. (e & grex,) 
 properly, chosen from the 
 flock; hence, distinguished,' 
 eminent; choice. 
 
 Egressus, a, um, part, (egre- 
 dior.) 
 
 Ejusmodi, pro. (genitive of is 
 & modus,) such; such like; 
 of the same sort. 
 
 Elabor, -labi, -lapsus sum, intr. 
 dep. (e & labor,) to glide 
 away; to escape. 
 
 Elapsus, a, um, part, having 
 
 Elephantis, idis, f. an island 
 
 and city in the southern 
 
 part of Egypt. 
 Elephantus, i, & Elephas, an- 
 
 tis, m. an elephant. 
 Eleusinii, orum, m. pi. the Eleu- 
 
 sinians; the inhabitants of 
 
 ffleusis. 
 
ELEUSIS — EPISTOLA. 
 
 229 
 
 Eleusis & -in, mis, f. a town 
 of Attica, sacred to Ceres. 
 
 Elido, -lidere, -llsi, -lisum, tr. 
 (e & kedo,) to strike out ; to 
 dash in pieces; to crush. 
 
 Eligo, -ligere, -legi, -lectum, tr. 
 (e & lego,) to pick out; to 
 choose; to select. 
 
 Eloquens, tis, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) (eldquor,) eloquent. 
 
 Eloquent ia, ae, f. (id.) elo- 
 quence. 
 
 Eloquor, -loqui, -locutus sum, 
 tr. dep. (e & loquor,) to 
 speak out; to say; to de- 
 clare ; to tell. 
 
 Eluceo, -lucere, -luxi, intr. (e 
 & luceo,) to shine forth. 
 
 Emergo,-mergere,-mersi, -mer- 
 sum, intr. (e & mergo,) to 
 emerge; to come out; to 
 rise up. • 
 
 Emineo, ere, ui, intr. (e & 
 niineo, obsol. to stand, or 
 appear above ; hence,) to be 
 eminent; to rise above; to 
 be conspicuous ; to be dis- 
 tinguished; to appear. 
 
 Emitto, -mittere, -mlsi, -mis- 
 sum, tr. (e & mitto,) to 
 send forth ; to discharge. 
 
 Emo, emere, emi, emptum, tr. 
 primarily, fo take: common- 
 ly, to buy ; to purchase. 
 
 Emorior, -mori, or mor!ri,-mor- 
 tuus sum, intr. dep. to die. 
 
 Emptus, a, urn, part, (emo.) 
 
 Enascor,-nasci,-natus sum, intr. 
 dep. to spring from, or up ; 
 to be born; to arise, 
 20 
 
 Enatus, a, um, part, born of. 
 
 Eneco,-necare,-necavi or -nec- 
 ui,-necatum, tr. (e & neco,) 
 to kill (outright.) 
 
 Enervo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 unnerve, or enervate; to en- 
 feeble; to weaken. 
 
 Enim, conj. for; but; truly; 
 indeed. 
 
 Enna, a3, f. a town of Sicily. 
 
 Ennius, i, m. a very ancient 
 Roman poet. 
 
 Enuntio, or -cio, are, avi, atum, 
 tr. (e & nuntio, or -cio,) to 
 say, or tell out; to pro- 
 claim; to disclose; to di- 
 vulge. 
 
 Eo, Ire, Ivi, Itum, intr. irr. § 83, 
 3, to go. 413. 
 
 E6, adv. (i. e. ao\oco,)thither; 
 to that degree; to that 
 pitch; to that degree of 
 eminence. 
 
 Eous, i, m. the morning star. 
 
 Eous, a, um, adj. eastern; the 
 eastern. 
 
 Epaminondas, a?, m. a distin- 
 guished Tlieban general. 
 
 Ephesus, i, m. a city on the 
 western coast of lonia,near 
 the river Cayster. 
 
 Ephialtes, is, a giant, the son 
 of Neptune, or of Aloeus, 
 and brother of Otos. 
 
 Epimenides, is, m. a poet of 
 Gnossus, in Crete. 
 
 Epirus, i, f. a country in the 
 western part of Greece. 
 
 EpistSla, ae, f. an epistle; a 
 letter. 
 
230 
 
 EPULOR — EUROPA. 
 
 Epulor, ari, atus sum, intr. 
 dep. to feast; to feast upon; 
 to eat; from 
 
 Epulum, i, n. sing., & Epfilae, 
 arum, f. pi. a solemn feast; 
 a banquet; a feast. 186* 
 
 JEques, itis, m. (equus,) a 
 knight; a horseman: equi- 
 tes, pi. knights; horsemen; 
 cavalry. 
 
 Equidem, conj. (ego & qui- 
 dem,) indeed; I for my 
 part; (joined mostly with 
 verbs of the first person.) 
 
 Equitatus, us, m. (equito,) cav- 
 alry. 
 
 Equus, i, m. a horse. 
 
 Eram,Ero,&c. SeeSum,279. 
 
 Ereptus, a, um, part, (eripio.) 
 
 Erga, prep, towards. 
 
 Ergo, conj. therefore. 
 
 Erinaceus, i, m. a hedgehog. 
 
 Eripio, -ripere, -ripui, -reptum, 
 tr. (e & rapio,)fo tear from; 
 to take from; to rescue; to 
 take away; to deliver. 
 
 Erro, are, avi, atum, intr. to 
 wander; to err; to stray; 
 to roam. 
 
 Erodo, -rodere, -rosi, -rosum, 
 tr. (e & rodo,) to gnaw 
 away; to consume; to eat 
 into. 
 
 Erudio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. (e & 
 rudis,) to free from a rude 
 state; hence, to instruct; 
 to form; hence, 
 
 Eruditio, onis, f. instruction; 
 learning. 
 
 Erudltus, a, um, part, (erudio.) 
 
 Esse, Essem, &c. See Sum. 
 
 Esuriens, tis, part, hungry; he* 
 ing hungry; from 
 
 Esurio, ire, ivi, Itum, intr. to 
 be hungry. 
 
 Et, conj. and; also; even: et 
 — et, both — and. 
 
 Etiam, conj. (et & jam,) also; 
 especially; with an adjec- 
 tive or adverb in the com- 
 parative degree, even. 
 
 Etruria, se, f. a country of 
 Italy, north and west of the 
 Tiber; Tuscany. 
 
 Etrusci, orum, m. pi. the peo- 
 ple of Etruria; the Tus- 
 cans or Etrurians. 
 
 Etruscus, a, um. adj. belonging 
 to Etruria; Tuscan or 
 Etrurian. 
 
 Euboea, se, f. a large island in 
 the JEgean sea,?iear Bceotia. 
 
 Eumenes, is, m. a general in 
 Alexander's army ; also, the 
 name of several kings of 
 
 Euns, for iens, part, of eo. 
 
 Euphemus, i, m. the father of 
 Dcedtdus. 
 
 Euphrates, is, m. a large river 
 which forms the western 
 boundary of Mesopotamia. 
 
 Euripides, is, m. a celebrated 
 Athenian tragic poet. 
 
 Euripus, i, m. a narrow strait 
 between Bceotia and Euboza. 
 
 Europa, se,f. Europe,one of the 
 quarters of the earth, sup- 
 posed to have been named 
 from Europa, the daughter 
 of Agenor, king of Phoe- 
 nicia. 
 
ETTROTAS — EXCOLO. 
 
 231 
 
 Eurotas, ae, m. a river of La- 
 conia, near Sparta. 
 
 Euxlnus, i, m. from Eti&wog, 
 (hospitable,) (pontus,) the 
 Euxine, now the Black Sea. 
 
 Evado, -vadere, -vasi, -vasum, 
 tr. & intr. (e & vado,) to go 
 out ; to escape ; to become. 
 
 Everto, -vertere, -verti, -ver- 
 sum, tr. (e & verto,) to 
 overturn ; to destroy. ' 
 
 Eversus, a, um, part, over- 
 turned; destroyed. 
 
 Evdco, are, avi, atum, tr. (e & 
 voco,) to call out; to sum- 
 mon; to implore. 
 
 Evolo, are, avi, atum, intr. (e 
 & volo,) to fly out or away. 
 
 Evomo, -vomere, -vomui, -vom- 
 Ituin, tr. (e & vomo,) to 
 vomit forth; to discharge. 
 
 Ex, prep, (before a vowel.) 
 See E. 
 
 Exact us, a, um, part, (exigo,) 
 banished; driven away. 
 
 Exaequo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ex 
 & aequo,) to make equal; to 
 equal. 
 
 Exantmo,are,avi, atum, tr. (ex 
 & anima,) to deprive of life ; 
 to kill; to render lifeless. 
 
 Exardesco, -ardescere, -arsi, 
 intr. inc. to burn; to be- 
 come inflamed; to kindle; 
 to become excited; to be en- 
 raged: bellum exarsit, a 
 war broke out. 
 
 Exaspero, arc, avi, atum, tr. 
 (ex and aspero, to make 
 rough; fr.asper,) to exas- 
 perate; to incense. 
 
 Excaeco, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (ex & caecus,) to make 
 blind; to blind. 
 
 Excedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- 
 sum, intr. (ex & cedo,) to 
 go forth or out; to depart; 
 tr. to exceed; to surpass ; to 
 go beyond. 
 
 Excello, -cellere, -cellui, -eel- 
 sum, intr. (ex & cello, ob- 
 sol. to move;) to be high; — 
 to excel; to be eminent. 
 
 Excelsus, a, um, adj. (comp. 
 excelsior,) high; lofty. 
 
 Excidium, i, n. destruction; 
 ruin; from 
 
 Excido, -cidere, -cidi, intr. (ex 
 & cado,) to fall out or from; 
 to fall; to drop; to perish. 
 
 Excido, -cidere, -cidi, -clsum, 
 tr. (ex & caedo,) to cut out; 
 to cut down; to hew out. 
 
 Excisus, a, um, part. 
 
 Excipio, -cipere, -cepi, -cep- 
 tum, tr. (ex & capio,) to 
 take out; to except; to re- 
 ceive ; to support ; to follow ; 
 to succeed; to sustain. 
 
 Excitandus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Excito, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 freq. (excieo,) to excite; to 
 awaken; to arouse; to stir 
 up. 
 
 Exclamo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (ex & clamo,) to cry out; 
 to exclaim. 
 
 Excludo, -cludere, -clusi, -clu- 
 sum, tr. (ex & claudo,) to 
 shut out; to exclude; to 
 hatch. 
 
 Excolo, -eolere, -colui, -cultum, 
 
232 
 
 EXCRUCIO — EXPEDIO. 
 
 tr. (ex & colo,) to cultivate : 
 to exercise. 
 
 Excrucio, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (ex & crucio,) to torture; 
 to torment; to trouble; §91, 
 4. 480. 
 
 Excubiae, arum, f. pi. (excubo,) 
 a guard; a watch ; a senti- 
 nel; (generally by night.) 
 See vigilia & statio. 
 
 Excusatio, onis, f. (excuso,) 
 an excusing; an excuse; 
 an apology. 
 
 Exedo, -edere & esse, -edi, 
 -esum, tr. irr. (ex & edo, 
 § 83, 9,) to eat; to eat up ; 
 to devour. 431. 
 
 Exemplum, i, n. an example; 
 an instance. 
 
 Exequiae. See Exsequiae. 
 
 Exerceo, ere, ui, itum, tr. (ex 
 & arceo,) to exercise; to 
 train; to discipline; to 
 practice: agrum, to culti- 
 vate the earth. 
 
 Exercitus, us, m. an army; (a 
 body of disciplined troops.) 
 
 Exhaurio, -haurire, -hausi, 
 -haustum, tr. (ex & hau- 
 rio,) to draw out; to ex- 
 haust; to drain; to wear 
 out; to impoverish. 
 
 Exigo, -igere, -egi, -actum, tr. 
 (ex & ago,) to drive away; 
 to banish. 
 
 Exiguus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 little; small; scanty; see 
 parvus. 
 
 Exilis, e, adj. (exilior, § 26, 1,)* 
 slender; small; thin. 
 
 Exilium, and Exsilium, i, n. 
 
 (ex & solum,) exile; ban* 
 
 ishment. 
 Eximie,adv. remarkably ; very; 
 
 from 
 Eximius, a, um, adj. (eximo,) 
 
 extraordinary; remarkable. 
 Existimatio, onis, f. opinion; 
 
 reputation; respect; from 
 Existimo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 
 (ex & gestimo,) to judge, or 
 ^ think; to imagine; to sup" 
 
 pose. 
 Exitium, i, n. (exeo,) properly 
 
 issue; end: usually destruc- 
 tion; ruin. 
 Exitus, us, m. (id.) an exit; 
 
 the event; the issue; an 
 
 outlet. 
 Exoratus, a, um, part (exoro,) 
 
 entreated; influenced; in- 
 duced. 
 Exorior, -oriri, -ortus sum, intr. 
 
 dep. (ex & orior,) to rise 
 
 up, or out of; to arise; to 
 
 appear. 
 Exomo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ex 
 
 & orno,) to adorn; to 
 
 deck. 
 Exoro, are, avi, atum, tr. (ex 
 
 & oro,) to entreat or beseech 
 
 earnestly. 238, 4, 480. 
 Exortus, a, um, part, (exorior,) 
 
 risen; having arisen. 
 Expecto, or -specto, are, avi, 
 
 atum, tr. (ex & specto,) to 
 
 look for; to wait for. 
 Expedio, ire, Ivi, itum, tr. (ex 
 
 & pes,) properly to take the 
 foot out of confinement; 
 
 hence, to free; to extricate; > 
 
 to expedite: expedit, imp. 
 
EXPEDITIO— EXTORQUEO. 
 
 233 
 
 it is fit; it is expedient; 
 hence, 
 
 T&x\)viyit\o,ori\s,f. an expedition. 
 
 Expcllo, -pellerty -puli, -pul- 
 Biim, tar. (ex & pello,) to 
 drive out; to expel; to ban- 
 ish. 
 
 Expers, tis, adj. (ex & pars,) 
 having no part in; hence, 
 without; devoid; void of ; 
 destitute of. 
 
 Expeto, ere, Ivi, itum, tr. (ex 
 & peto,) to ash ; to demand; 
 to strive after ; to seek ear- 
 nestly. 
 
 Expio, fire avi, atum, tr. (ex 
 & pio,) to free from the pol- 
 lution of some crime or of- 
 fence; to expiate; to ap- 
 pease. 
 
 Expleo, ere, evi, etum, tr. (ex 
 & pleo,) to fill up; to fill 
 full. 
 
 Expllco, arc, avi, & ui, atum, 
 & itum, tr. (ex & plico,) to 
 unfold; to spread; to ex- 
 plain. 
 
 Explorator, oris, m. (explore-,) 
 a spy; a scout, 
 
 Expolio, Ire, Ivi, itum, tr. (ex & 
 polio,) to polish ; to adorn ; 
 to improve; to finish. 238,4. 
 
 Expono, ponere, -posui, -posi- 
 tum, tr. (ex & pono,) to set 
 forth; to expose; to explain. 
 
 Exprobro, arc, avi, atum, tr. 
 (ex & probrum.) to upbraid; 
 to blame; to reproach; to 
 cast in one's teeth. 
 
 Expugno, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (ex & pugno,) to take by 
 
 assaidt; to conquer; to van- 
 quish; to subdue ; to lake by 
 storm. 238, 4, 480. 
 
 ExpuLsus,a,um, part, (expcllo.) 
 
 Exsequiae, arum, f. pi. (exse- 
 quor,) funeral rites. 
 
 Exsilio, or Exilio, Ire, ii & ui, 
 intr. (ex & salio,) to spring 
 up or out; to leap forth. 
 
 Exsplro, or Explro, are, avi, 
 atum, tr. (ex & spiro,) to 
 breathe forth ; to expire; to 
 die. 
 
 Exstinctus, or Extinctus, a, 
 um, part, dead; from 
 
 Exstinguo, -stinguere, -stinxi, 
 -stinctum, tr. (ex & stin- 
 guo,) to extinguish; to kill; 
 to put to death ; to destroy, 
 
 Exstructus, or Extructus, a, 
 um, part, from 
 
 Exstruo, or Extruo, -struere, 
 -struxi, -structum, tr. (ex & 
 struo,) to build, or pile up; 
 to construct. 
 
 Exsurgo, -surgere, -surrexi, 
 -surrectum, intr. (ex & 
 surgo,) to rise up ; to arise ; 
 to swell; to surge. 
 
 Exter, or Exterus, a, um, adj. 
 (exterior, extimus or ex- 
 trGmus, § 26, 2,) foreign; 
 strange; outward. 222 • 
 
 Exto, extare, extiti, intr. (ex & 
 sto,) to stand out or forth ; 
 usually, to be; to remain; 
 to be extant. 
 
 Extorqueo, -torquere, -torsi, 
 -tortum, tr. (ex & torqueo,) 
 to extort; to wrest from; to 
 obtain by force. 
 
234 
 
 EXTRA — FAMILIARITAS. 
 
 Extra, prep, (for extera, scil. 
 parte,) beyond; without; 
 except. 
 
 Extractus, a, urn, part, from 
 
 Extraho, -trahere, -traxi, -trac- 
 tum, tr. (ex & traho,) to 
 draw out; to extract; to 
 extricate; to free; to res- 
 cue; to liberate. 
 
 Extremus, a, um, adj. (sup. of 
 exterus,) extreme; the last; 
 the farthest. 
 
 F. 
 
 Faba, as, f. a bean. 
 
 Fabius, i, m. the name of an 
 illustrious Roman family. 
 
 Fabricius, i, m. a Roman, dis- 
 tinguished for his integrity. 
 
 Fabrico. are, avi, atum, tr. (fa- 
 ber,) to make; to forge; to 
 manufacture. 
 
 Fabula, 33, f. (fari,) a story; 
 a fable; a tradition; a 
 play. 
 
 Fabulosus, a, um, adj. comp. 
 (fabula,) fabulous. 
 
 Faciendus, a, um, part, (fa- 
 cio. 
 
 Faciens, tis, part, (facio.) 
 
 Facies, iei, f. (facio,) a face; 
 appearance. 
 
 Facile, adv. (ius, lime,) easi- 
 ly; willingly; clearly; un- 
 doubtedly ; from 
 
 Facilis, e, adj. (facio,) (comp. 
 § 26, 1,) easy. 220. 
 
 Faclnus, oris, n. any action; a 
 bold deed; a crime; an ex- 
 ploit; from 
 
 Facio, facere, feci, factum, 
 tr. to do; to make; to val- 
 ue: (spoken of individual 
 things:) facere iter, to 
 travel: male facere, to in- 
 jure; to hurt: sacra face- 
 re, to offer sacrifice: face- 
 re pluris, to value -higher: 
 certiorem, to inform: fac, 
 take care; cause; hence, 
 
 Factum, i, n. an action; a 
 deed. 
 
 Facturus, a, um, part, (facio.) 
 
 Factus, a, um, part, (facio,) 
 made; done: facta obvi- 
 am, meeting: praada facta, 
 booty having been taken. 
 
 Facundus, a, um, adj. (ior, 
 issimus,) eloquent; from 
 fari. 
 
 Falerii, orum, m. pi. a town 
 of Etruria. 
 
 Falernus, i, m. a mountain of 
 Campania, famous for its 
 wine. 
 
 Falernus, a, um, adj. belonging 
 to Falernus; Falernian. 
 
 Falisci, orum, m. pi. the inhab^ 
 itants of Falerii. 
 
 Fama, ae, f. fame; reputation ; 
 report. 
 
 Famelicus, a, um, adj. hungry; 
 famished; from 
 
 Fames, is, f. hunger; famine. 
 
 Familia, ae, f. (famulus,) a 
 family; servants; hence, 
 
 Familiaris, e, adj. (comp.) of 
 the same family ; familiar ; 
 hence, 
 
 Familiaritas, atis, f. friendship; 
 intimacy; confidence. 
 
FAMILIARITER FEROX. 
 
 235 
 
 Familiariter, adv. (ius, issi- 
 mc,) (id.) familiarly; on 
 terms of intimacy. 
 
 Famfda, 83, f. (famulus, a serv- 
 ant;) a maid; a female 
 servant or slave. 
 
 Fas, n. ind. (for,) right; (by 
 the la\ys of religion or of 
 God:) a lawful thing. 
 
 Fascis, is, m. a bundle ; a fag- 
 ot: fasces, pi. bundles of 
 birchen rods, carried before 
 tfw Roman magistrates, 
 with an axe bound up in 
 the middle of them. 
 
 Fatalis, e, adj. (fatum,) fatal; 
 ordained by fate. 
 
 Fateor, fa ten, fassus sum, tr. 
 dep. to confess. 
 
 Fatidicus, a, um, adj. (fatum 
 & dieo,) prophetic. 
 
 Fatigatus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Fatlgo, arc, iivi, atum, tr. to 
 weary. 
 
 Fatum, i, n. (for; i. e. a thing 
 declared or determined;) 
 fate; destiny: fata, pi. the 
 fates. 
 
 Fauce, f. (in the abl. only, in 
 the sing. 9Q, 10, 182,) the 
 throat: pi. fauces, the 
 throat; the jaws; the straits. 
 
 Faustulus, i, m. the shepherd 
 by whom Romulus and Re- 
 mus were brought up. 
 
 Favco, favere, favi, fautum, 
 intr. to favor ; hence, 
 
 Favor, oris, m. favor; good 
 will; partiality; applause. 
 
 Febris, is, f. (for ferbis, from 
 fcrveo,) a fever. 
 
 Feci. See Facio. 
 
 Felicitas, atis, f. (felix,) feli- 
 city; good fortune. ; happi- 
 ness. 
 
 Feliciter, adv. (ius, issimc,) 
 fortunately; successfully; 
 happily. 
 
 Felis, is, f. a cat. 
 
 Felix, icis, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
 happy; fortunate; fruit- 
 ful; fertile; opulent; aus- 
 picious; favorable. 
 
 Femina, ae, f. a female; a wo- 
 man. 
 
 Femineus, a, um, adj. (femi- 
 na,) female; feminine; 
 pertaining to females. 
 
 Fera, se, f. a wild beast. 
 
 Ferax, acis, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
 (fero,) fruitfid; produc- 
 tive ; fertile ; abounding in. 
 
 Fere, adv. almost; nearly; 
 about: fere nullus, scarcely 
 any one. 
 
 Ferens, tis, part, (fero.) 
 
 Ferlnus, a, um, adj. (fera,) of 
 wild beasts. 
 
 Ferio, ire, tr. to strike, or 
 beat. 
 
 Fero, ferre, tuli, latum, tr. irr. 
 to bear; to carry; to relate; 
 to bring; to produce: ferre 
 manum, to stretch forth ; to 
 extend: ferunt, they say. 
 
 Feror, ferri, latus sum, pas-, to 
 be carried; to flow; to move 
 rapidly; to fly: fertur, imp. 
 it is said; hence, 
 
 Ferox, ocis, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
 wild; fierce; savage; fero- 
 cious. 
 
236 
 
 FERREUS — FLAGRO. 
 
 Ferreus, a, urn, adj. iron; ob- 
 durate; from 
 Ferrum, i, n. iron; a sword; 
 
 a knife. 
 Fertilis, e, adj. (ior, issimus, 
 
 (fero,) fertile; fruitful; 
 
 hence, 
 Fertilitas, atis, f. fertility; 
 
 richness ; fruitfulness. 
 Ferula, se, f. (ferio,) a staff; a 
 
 reed. 
 Ferus, a, um, adj. wild; rude; 
 
 uncultivated; uncivilized; 
 
 savage. 
 Ferveo, fervere, ferbui, intr. 
 
 to boil; to seethe; to foam; 
 
 to be hot; to glow. 
 Fessus, a, um, adj. (fatiscor,) 
 
 weary; tired; fatigued. 
 Festum, i, n. a feast; from 
 Festus, a, um, adj. festive; 
 
 joyful; merry. 
 Ficus, i & us, f. a fig-tree; a 
 
 . fa- 
 
 Fidelis, e, adj. (comp.) faith- 
 ful; from 
 
 Fides, ei, f. fidelity; faith: 
 in fidem, in confirmation: 
 in fidem accipere, to re- 
 ceive under one's protec- 
 tion. 
 
 Figo, figere, fixi, fixum, tr. to 
 fix; to fasten. [57 • 
 
 Filia, ae, f. 61, 4; a daughter. 
 
 Filius, i, m. § 10, Exc. 5; a 
 son. OS* 
 
 Filum, i, n. a thread. 
 
 Findo, findere, fidi, fissum, tr. 
 to split; to cleave. 
 
 Fingens, tis, part, feigning; 
 pretending; from 
 
 Fingo, fingere, finxi, fictum, 
 tr. to form; to make; to de- 
 vise; to pretend; to feign. 
 
 Finio, Ire, ivi, Itum, tr. to end; 
 to finish; to terminate; 
 from 
 
 Finis, is, d. the end; a bound- 
 ary; a limit: fines, m. pi. 
 the limits of a country, &c. 
 
 Finltus, a, um, part, (finio.) 
 
 Finitimus, a, um, adj. (finis,) 
 neighboring. 
 
 Fio, fieri, factus sum, irr. pass. 
 § 83, 8; (facio,) to be 
 made; to become; to hap- 
 pen: fit, it happens: fac- 
 tum est, it happened; it 
 came to pass. 420* 
 
 Firmatus, a, um, part, (firmo.) 
 
 Firmiter, adv. (ius, issime,) 
 (firmus,) firmly ; securely. 
 
 Firmo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 make firm; to confirm; to 
 establish; from 
 
 Firmus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 firm; strong ; secure. 
 
 Fissus, a, um, part, (findo.) 
 
 Fixus, a, um, part, (figo,) 
 fixed; permanent. 
 
 Flagello, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 whip; to scourge; to lash. 
 
 Flagitiosus, a, um, adj. (ior, 
 issimus,) shameful; infa- 
 mous; outrageous ; from 
 
 Flagitium, i, n. a shameful ac- 
 tion; an outrage; a crime; 
 a dishonor; villainy. 
 
 Flagro, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 to burn; to be on fire; to 
 suffer; to be oppressed: to 
 be violent. 
 
FLAMINIUS FOSSA. 
 
 237 
 
 Flaminius, i. m. a Roman. 
 Flavu3, a, um, adj. yellow. 
 Flamma, aj, f. a flame. 
 Flecto, flectere, flexi, flexum, 
 
 tr. to bend; to bow; to turn; 
 
 to move; to prevail upon. 
 Fleo, Ore, evi, etum, tr. & intr. 
 
 to weep; to lament. 
 Fletus, us, m. weeping; tears. 
 Flevo, onis, m. a lake near the 
 
 mouth of the Rhine, now 
 
 the Zuyder Zee. 
 Flexus, a, um, part, (flecto,) 
 
 bent; changed; turned. 
 Floreo, ere, ui, intr. (flos,) to 
 
 bloom; to blossom; to flour- 
 ish; to be distinguished. 
 Flos, floris, m. a flower; a 
 
 blossom. 
 Fluctus, us, ra. (fluo,) a wave. 
 Fluo, fluere, fluxi, fluxum, intr. 
 
 to flow; hence, 
 Fluvius, i, m. properly, a 
 
 river. 
 Flumen, inis, n. (fluo,) an 
 
 abundant flowing ; viz., of 
 
 waters, or of any thing 
 
 else; as, 0tunen v< rborum 
 
 orutionis. Cic. Usually, a 
 
 river. 
 Fodio, fodere, fodi, fossum, 
 
 tr. to dig; to pierce; to 
 
 bore. 
 Fcecundltas, atis, f. fruitful- 
 
 ness; from 
 Fcecumlus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- 
 
 simus,) fruitful; fertile. 
 Fcedus, grig, n. a league; a 
 
 treaty. 
 Folium, i, n. a leaf. 
 
 Fons, tis, m. a fountain ; a 
 source ; a spring. 
 
 Forem, def. verb, § 84, 5 ; 
 would or should be; fore, 
 to be about to be; it would 
 or will come to pass. 
 
 Foris, adv. abroad. 
 
 Forma, se, f. a form; shape; 
 figure; beauty. 
 
 Formica, ae, f. an ant. 
 
 Formldo, mis, f. fear; dread; 
 terror; hence, 
 
 Formidolosus, a, um, adj. 
 (comp.) fearful; timorous. 
 
 Formositas, atis, f. beauty; ele- 
 gance; from 
 
 Formosus, a, um, adj. (ior, 
 issimus,) beautiful; hand- 
 some; from forma. 
 
 Fors, tis, f. (fero,) chance; for- 
 tune: 
 
 Fortasse, adv. (fors,) perhaps ; 
 (applied to what may hap- 
 pen.) 
 
 Forte, adv. (abl fr. fors,) acci- 
 dentally; by chance; (ap- 
 plied to what did happen.) 
 
 Fortis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
 bold; brave; courageous. 
 
 Fortiter, adv. (ius, issime,) 
 bravely; from fortis. 
 
 Fortitudo, inis, f. (fortis,) bold- 
 ness; bravery. 
 
 Fortuna, a?, f. (fors,) fortune; 
 chance. 
 
 Forum, i, n. the market-place; 
 the forum; the court of jus- 
 tice. 
 
 Fossa, a2, f. (fodio,) a ditch; a 
 trench; a moat. 
 
238 
 
 FOVEA — FUNESTUS. 
 
 Fovea, se, f. a pit. 
 
 Foveo, fovere, f'ovi, fotum, tr. 
 
 to keep warm; to cherish. 
 Fractus, a, urn, part, (frango.) 
 Fragilis, e, adj. (frango,) frail; 
 
 perishable. 
 Fragilitas, atis, f. (fragilis,) 
 
 frailty; weakness. 
 Fragmentum, i, n. (frango,) a 
 
 fragment; apiece. 
 Frango, frangere, fregi, frac- 
 
 tum, tr. to break; to break 
 
 in pieces; to weaken; to 
 
 destroy. 
 Frater, tris, m. a brother. 
 Fraudulently, a, um, adj. 
 
 comp. (fraus,) fraudulent; 
 
 deceitful; treacherous. 
 Frequens, tis, adj. (ior, issi- 
 
 mus,) frequent ; numerous. 
 Fretum, i, n. a strait ; a sea. 
 Frico, fricare, fricui, frictum & 
 
 fricatum, tr. to rub. 
 Frigidus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 
 mus,) cold; from 
 Frigus, ons, n. cold. 
 Frons, frondis, f. a leaf of a 
 
 tree; a branch with leaves. 
 Fructus, us, m. (fruor,) use; 
 
 enjoyment: hence, fruit; 
 
 produce; advantage. 
 Frugis, gen. f. (frux, nom. 
 
 scarcely used,) properly 
 
 all that the earth produces 
 
 for our subsistence; corn; 
 
 fruges, um, pi. fruits; the 
 
 various kinds of corn. 
 Frumentum, i, n. (fruor,) corn; 
 
 wheat. 
 Fruor, frui, fruitus & fructus, 
 
 intr. dep. to enjoy. 
 
 Frustrk, adv. (frudo, id. ac 
 
 fraudo,) in vain; to no 
 
 purpose. 
 Frustratus, a, um, part, from 
 Frustror, ari, atus sum, dep. 
 
 (frustra,) to frustrate; to 
 
 deceive. 
 Frutex, icis, m. a shrub; a bush. 
 Fuga, 3d, f. a flight. 
 Fugax, acis, adj. (acior, acissi- 
 
 mus,) swift ; fleeting ; from 
 
 fugio. 
 Fugiens, tis, part, from 
 Fugio, fugere, fugi, fugitum, 
 
 intr. & tr. to fly ; to escape ; 
 
 to avoid; to flee; to flee 
 
 from. 
 Fugo, are, avi, atum, tr. to put 
 
 to flight; to drive off; to 
 
 chase. 
 Fui, Fueram, &c. See Sum. 
 Fulgeo, fulgere, falsi, intr. to 
 
 shine. 
 Fullgo, mis, f. (fumus,) soot. 
 Fullo, onis, m. a fuller. 
 Fulmen, inis, n. (i. e. fulgi- 
 
 men, fr. fulgeo,) thunder; 
 
 a thunderbolt; lightning. 
 Funale, is, n. (funis,) a torch. 
 Funditus, adv. (fundus,) from 
 
 the foundation ; utterly. 
 Fundo, fundere, fudi, fusum, tr. 
 
 to pour out: lacrymas, to 
 
 ter; to rout; to discomfit. 
 
 Fundus, i, m. the bottom of any 
 thing: also a farm ; afield; 
 imus fundus, the very bot- 
 tom. 
 
 Funestus, a, um, adj. (ior, isr 
 simus,) (funus,) polluted by 
 
FUN G OR — GENITUSo 
 
 239 
 
 a dead body; fatal; de- 
 structive. 
 
 Fungor, fungi, functus, sum, 
 intr. dep. to perform or dis- 
 charge an office; to do; to 
 execute : fafo, to die. 
 
 Funis, is, d. a rope; a cable. 
 
 Funus, eiis, n. a funeral; fu- 
 neral obsequies. 
 
 Fur, furis, c. a thief. 
 
 Furciila, ae, f. dim. (furca,) a 
 little fork: Furcuke Cau- 
 dinoe, the name of a narrow 
 defile in the country of the 
 Hi r pi hi, in Italy, where the 
 Romans were defeated by 
 the Samnites. 
 
 Furiosus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 furious; mad; from furo. 
 
 Furius, i, m. the name of sev- 
 eral Romans. 
 
 Fusus, a, um, part, (fundo.) 
 
 Futurus, a, um, part, (sum,) 
 about to be; future. 
 
 G. 
 
 Gades, ium, f. pi. the name of 
 an island and town in 
 Spain, near the straits of 
 Gibraltar, now Cadiz. 
 
 Gaditanus, a, um, adj. of 
 Gades or Cadiz: fretum 
 Gaditanum, the straits of 
 Gibraltar. 
 
 Galatia, a?, f. a country in the 
 interior of Asia Minor. 
 
 Gallia, ae, f. Gaul, now France. 
 
 Galline, pi. the divisions of 
 Gaul 
 
 Galileos, a, um, adj. belonging 
 to Gaul; Gallic. 
 
 Galllna, se, f. a hen. 
 
 Gallinaceus, i, m. a cock. 
 
 Gall us, i, m. a cock. 
 
 Gallus, i, m. an inhabitant of 
 Gallia; a Gaul; also a cog- 
 nomen of several Romans. 
 
 Ganges, is, m. the name of a 
 large river in India. 
 
 Garumna, a?, f. the Garonne, a 
 river of Aquitania. 
 
 Gaudeo, gaudGre, gavlsus sum, 
 n. pass. § 78; to rejoice; to 
 delight ; to be pleased with. 
 
 Gaudium, i, n.joy; gladness. 
 
 Gavlsus, a, um, part, (gau- 
 deo,) rejoicing; having re- 
 joiced. 
 
 Gemmus, a, um, adj. double; 
 gemini filii, twin sons. 
 
 Gemitus, us, m. (gemo,) a 
 groan; a sigh. 
 
 Gemmatus, a, um, part, adorn- 
 ed with gems ; gemmed; glit- 
 tering; from 
 
 Gemmo, tire, avi, Fitum, tr. 
 (gemma,) to adorn with 
 gems. 
 
 Gener, generi, m. a son-in-law. 
 
 Genero, are, avi, atum, tr. (ge- 
 nus,) to beget; to produce. 
 
 Generositas, atis, nobleness of 
 mind; magnanimity; from 
 
 Generosus, a, um, adj. (ior, 
 issimus,) (genus,) noble; 
 spirited; brave; generous; 
 fruitful; fertile. 
 
 Genitus, a, um, part, (gigno,) 
 born; produced. 
 
240 
 
 GENS — GRASSOR. 
 
 Gens, tis, f. a nation ; a tribe ; 
 a family ; a clan. 
 
 Genui. See Gigno. 
 
 Genus, eris, n. a race; a fam- 
 ily ; a sort or kind. 
 
 Geometria, ae, f. geometry. 
 
 Gerens, tis, part, (gero,) bear- 
 ing; conducting. 
 
 Germanus, i, m. a German; an 
 inhabitant of Germany. 
 
 Germania, ae, f. Germany. 
 
 Germanicus, a, urn, adj. Ger- 
 man; of Germany. 
 
 Gero, gerere, gessi, gestum, 
 tr. to bear; to carry; (viz: 
 a load or burden ;) to do ; to 
 conduct or manage; (spo- 
 ken of one who has the 
 charge ; see ago and facio ;) 
 res eas gessit, performed 
 such exploits: odium, to 
 hate: onus, to bear a bur- 
 den: bellum, to wage or 
 carry on war. 
 
 Geryon, is, m. a giant who was 
 slain by Hercules, and whose 
 oxen were driven into Greece 
 
 Gestans, tis, part, from 
 
 Gesto, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. 
 (gero,) to bear; to carry 
 about. 
 
 Gestus, a, um, part, borne ; per- 
 formed: res gestae, see lies. 
 
 Getae, arum, m. pi. a savage 
 people of Dacia, north of 
 the Danube. 
 
 Gigas, antis, m. a giant 
 
 Gigno, gignere, genui, geni- 
 tum, tr. to beget ; to bring- 
 forth; to bear; to produce. 
 
 Glaber, bra, brum, adj. (bri- 
 
 or, berrimus,) bald; bare; 
 smooth. 
 
 Glacialis, e, adj. icy ; freezing ; 
 from 
 
 Glacies, ei, f. ice. 
 
 Gladiator, oris, m. (gladius,) a 
 gladiator. 
 
 Gladiatorius, a, um, adj. be- 
 longing to a gladiator; gla- 
 diatorial; from 
 
 Gladius, i, m. a sword. 
 
 Glans, dis, f. mast; an acorn. 
 
 Glisco, ere, intr. to increase. 
 
 Gloria, ae, f. glory; fame. 
 
 Glorior, ari, atus sum, intr. 
 dep. to boast. 
 
 Gnavus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 active ; industrious. 
 
 Gorgias, ae, m. a celebrated 
 sophist and orator. 
 
 Gracilis, e, adj. (ior, limus, 
 § 26, 1,) slender; lean; 
   delicate. 220» 
 
 Gracchus, i, m. the name of an 
 illustrious Roman family. 
 
 Gradior, gradi, gressus sum, 
 intr. dep. to go; to walk; fr. 
 
 Gradus, us, m. a step; a stair. 
 
 Graecia, ae, f. Greece. 
 
 Graecus, a, um, adj. Grecian; 
 Greek: — subs, a Greek. 
 
 Grandis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
 large ; great ; (in a higher 
 sense than magnus.) 
 
 Granicus, i, m. a river of My- 
 sia, emptying into the Pro- 
 pontis. 
 
 Grassor, ari, atus sum, intr. 
 dep. freq. (gradior,) to ad- 
 vance; to march; to pro- 
 ceed; to make an attack. 
 
GRATES IIAXNIBAL. 
 
 241 
 
 Grates, def. f. pi. (gratus,) 
 thanks: agere grates, to 
 thank. § 18, 12. 180. 
 
 Gratia, ae, f. (gratus,) grace; 
 favor ; thanks; return; re- 
 quital; gratitude: habere, 
 to feel indebted or obliged; 
 to be gratefid: in gratiam, 
 in favor of : gratia., for the 
 sake. 
 
 Gratulatus, a, um, part, having 
 congratulated; from 
 
 Gratulor, ari, atus sum, intr. 
 dep. to congratulate; from 
 
 Gratus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) acceptable ; pleasing; 
 gratefid. 
 
 Gravis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
 heavy; severe; great: grave; 
 important; violent; noxious; 
 unwholesome: gravis som- 
 nus, sound sleep ; hence, 
 
 Gravitas, Titis, f. heaviness; 
 gravity; weight. 
 
 Gravitrr, adv. (ius, issime,) 
 hardly; heavily; grievous- 
 ly; severely ; from gravis. 
 
 Gravo, an\ aVi, atum, tr. (gra- 
 vis,) to load; to oppress; 
 to burden. 
 
 Gregatim, adv. (grex,) in 
 herds. 
 
 Gressus, us, m. (gradior,) a 
 step ; a pace ; a gait. 
 
 Grex, gis, c. a flock; a herd; 
 a company. 
 
 Gnu, gruis, c. a crane. 
 
 Gubernator, oris, m. (guberno, 
 to govern;) a pilot; a ruler. 
 
 Gyarus, i, f. one of the Cy- 
 clddes. 
 
 21 
 
 Gyges, is, m. a rich king of 
 Lydia. 
 
 Gymnosophistae, arum, m. 
 Gymnosophists ; a sect of 
 Indian philosophers. 
 
 H. 
 
 Habens, tis, part, from 
 
 Habeo, ere, ui, itum, tr. to 
 have; to possess; to hold; 
 to esteem; to suppose; to 
 take: habere consilium, to 
 deliberate. 
 
 Hahito, are, avi, atum, tr. & 
 intr. to inhabit; to dwell. 
 
 Habiturus, a, um, part, (ha- 
 beo.) 
 
 Habitus, a, um, part, (habeo.) 
 
 Habitus, us, m. (habeo,) habit; 
 form; dress; attire; man- 
 ner. 
 
 Hactenus, adv. (hie & tenus,) 
 hitherto; thus far. 
 
 Hadrian us, i, m. Adrian, the 
 fifteenth emperor of Rome. 
 
 Haemus, i, m. a mountain of 
 Tlirace, from whose top, 
 both the Euxine and Adri- 
 atic seas can be seen. 
 
 Halcyon, or Alcyon, onis, f. 
 the halcyon or kingfisher. 
 See Alcyone. 
 
 Halicarnassus, i, f. a maritime 
 city of Caria, the birth- 
 place of Herodotus. 
 
 Hamilear, oris, m. a Cartha- 
 ginian general. 
 
 Hannibal, ftlis, m. a brave Car- 
 thaginian general, the son 
 of Hamilear. 
 
242 
 
 HANNO — HESPERUS. 
 
 Hanno, onis, m. a Carthagin- 
 ian general. 
 
 Harmonia, ae, f. the wife of 
 Cadmus, and daughter of 
 Mars and Venus. 
 
 Harpyiae, arum, f. pi. the Har- 
 pies; winged monsters, hav- 
 ing the faces of women, and 
 the bodies of vultures. 
 
 Haruspex, icis, m. (haruga & 
 specio,) a soothsayer; a di- 
 viner; one who pretended 
 to a knowledge of future 
 events from inspecting the 
 entrails of victims. 
 
 Hasdrubal, alis, m. a Cartha- 
 ginian general, the brother 
 of Hannibal. 
 
 Hasta, ae, f. a spear; a lance. 
 
 Haud, adv. not. 
 
 Haurio, haurire, hausi, haus- 
 tum, tr. to draw out; to 
 drink; to swallow. 
 
 Haustus, us, m. (id.) a draught. 
 
 Hebes, etis, adj. (comp.) blunt; 
 obtuse; dim. 
 
 Hebesco, ere, intr.inc, (hebeo,) 
 to grow blunt, dim, or 
 dull. 
 
 Hebrus, i, m. a large river of 
 Thrace. 
 
 Hecuba, ae, f. the wife of Pri- 
 am, king of Troy. 
 
 Hedera, ae, f. ivy. 
 
 Hegesias, ae, m. an eloquent 
 philosopher of Cyrene. 
 
 Helena, ae, f. Helen, the daugh^ 
 ter of Jupiter and Leda, 
 and wife of Menelaus. 
 
 Helicon, onis, m. a mountain 
 of Bozotia, near Parnassus, 
 
 and sacred to Apollo and 
 the Muses. 
 
 Helvetia, ae, f. a country in 
 the eastern part of Gaul, 
 now Switzerland. 
 
 Helvetii, orum, m. pi. Helve* 
 tians ; the inhabitants of 
 Helvetia. 
 
 Helleborum, i, n. or HellebS- 
 rus, i, m. the herb helle- 
 bore. 
 
 Hellespontus, i. m. a strait be- 
 tween Thrace and Asia 
 Minor, now called the Dar- 
 danelles. 
 
 Heraclea, ae, f. the name of 
 several cities in Magna 
 Grcecia, in Pontus, in Sy- 
 ria, &c. 
 
 Herba, ae, f. an herb; grass; 
 hence, 
 
 Herbidus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 grassy; full of herbs or 
 grass. 
 
 Hercules, is, m. a celebrated 
 hero, son of Jupiter and 
 Alcmena. 
 
 Hercynius, a, um, adj. Hercy- 
 nian: Hercynia sylva, a 
 large forest in Germany, 
 now the Black Forest. 
 
 Heres or Hseres, edis, c. an 
 heir. 
 
 Herennius, i, m. a general of 
 the Samnites. 
 
 Hero, us, (§ 15, 13,) f. a priest- 
 ess of Venus, who resided 
 at Sestos, and who ivas be* 
 loved by Leander, a youth 
 of Abydos. 136. 
 
 Hesperus, i, m. a son of lape* 
 
HEU IIORRIDUS. 
 
 243 
 
 tus, who settled in Italy, 
 and from whom t/ttit von it- 
 try was called lh sprria ; 
 
 also the evening star. 
 Ilea ! int. alas ! ah ! 
 Hians, tis, part- (hio.) 
 Hiatus. US, in. (hio,) an open- 
 ing; a chasm ; an aperture. 
 llihcruicus, a, uni, adj. Irish; 
 
 (probably from IL'bema, 
 
 the winter quarters of the 
 
 Roman f oldiers.) 
 HibcrniH, a, um, adj. (hiems,) 
 
 of winter; wintry. 
 Hie, adv. here; in this place. 
 Hie, luee. hoe, pro. § 31, 1, 
 
 this; he; she, &c. 230. 
 Iliempsal, alis, m. a king of 
 
 Numidia. 
 Hiems, einis, f. winter. 
 Hfero, onis, m. tyrant of Syra- 
 cuse. 
 Hierosolyma,ae, f. & Hierosoly- 
 
 ma, orum, n. pi. Jerusalem, 
 
 the capital of Judea. 
 Hinc, adv. hence; from hence; 
 
 from this; from this time. 
 Ilinnio, Ire, Ivi, Itum, intr. to 
 
 neigh; hence, 
 Hinnitus, iV, m. a neighing. 
 Hinnuleus, i, m. (hiunus,) a 
 
 fawn. 
 Hio, are, avi, atum, intr. gape; 
 
 to yawn ; to open the mouth; 
 
 to long for. 
 Hipparehus, i, m. the son of 
 
 Pisistratus, a tyrant of 
 
 Athens. 
 Hippolvtus, i, m. the son of 
 
 Theseus. 
 Hippomenes, is, m. the son of 
 
 Megareus, and husband of 
 Atalanta. 
 
 Hippopotamus, i, m. the hippo- 
 potamus or rwer-horse. 
 
 Hispania, a3, f. Spain. 
 
 Hispanus, a, um, adj. Spanish. 
 subs. m. a Spaniard. 
 
 Ilodie, adv. (i. e. hoc die,) to- 
 day; at this time; now-a- 
 days. 
 
 Ilodieque, (for hodie quoque,) 
 adv. to this day; to this 
 time. 
 
 Hcedus, i, m. a kid; a young 
 goat. 
 
 Homerus, i, m. Homer, the most 
 ancient and illustrious of 
 the Greek poets. 
 
 Homo, inis, c. (humus,) a man; 
 a person ; one. 
 
 Honestas, atis, f. honor; vir- 
 tue; dignity; from 
 
 Honest us, a, um, adj. honora- 
 ble; noble; from 
 
 Honor &> -os, oris, m. honor; re- 
 spect; an honor ; an office. 
 
 Honorif ice, adv. (centius, cen- 
 tissime, from honorif icus, 
 §26,3,) honorably: parum 
 honorif ice, slightingly; with 
 little respect. 221. 
 
 Hora, 33, f. an hour. 
 
 Horatius, i, m. Horace; the 
 name of several Romans: 
 Horatii, pi. three Roman 
 brothers, who fought with 
 the three Curiatii. 
 
 Hortensius, i, m. the name of 
 several Romans. 
 
 Horridus, a, um, adj. eomp. 
 (horreo, to bristle up;) 
 
244 
 
 HORTATUS TDJEVS. 
 
 rough; rugged; rude; un- 
 polished; barbarous. 
 
 Hortatus, us, m. an exhortation; 
 instigation; advice; from 
 
 Hortor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 to exhort. 
 
 Hortus, i, m. a garden. 
 
 Hospes, itis, c. a stranger; a 
 visitor; a guest; a host. 
 
 Hospitium, i, n. (hospes,) hos- 
 pitality: hospitio accipere, 
 to entertain. 
 
 Hostia, ae, f. (hostis,) a victim. 
 
 Hostilius, i, m. (Tullus,) the 
 third king of Rome: a 
 cognomen among the Ro- 
 mans. 
 
 Hostis, is, c. an enemy. 
 
 Hue, adv. (hoe,) hither: hue 
 — illuc, hither — thither ; 
 now here — now there. 
 
 Hujusmodi, adj. ind. (gen. of 
 hie & modus,) of this sort 
 or kind. 
 
 Humanitas, atis, f. humanity; 
 kindness; gentleness; from 
 
 Humanus, a, um, adj. comp. 
 (homo,) human. 
 
 Humerus, i, m. the shoulder. 
 
 Humilis, e, adj. (humi,) (ior, 
 limus, § 26, 1,) humble: hu- 
 mili loco natum esse, to be 
 born in a humble station, or 
 of obscure parents. 220, 
 
 Humor, oris, m. (humeo,) mois- 
 ture: pi. liquids; humors. 
 
 Humus, i, f. the ground: humi, 
 on the ground. 559, 044, 
 
 Hyaena, ae, f. the hyena. 
 
 Hydrus, i, m. a water snake. 
 
 Hymnus, i, m. a hymn ; a song 
 of praise. 
 
 Hyperboreus, a, um, adj. (inly 
 Gdqeag,) properly, living be- 
 yond the source of the north 
 wind; northern: Hyperbo- 
 rei, drum, m. pi. people in- 
 habiting the northern re' 
 gions; beyond Scythia. 
 
 Hystrix, icis, f. a porcupine. 
 
 Iapetus, i, m. the son of Ccelus 
 and Terra. 
 
 Iberus, i, m. a river of Spain, 
 now the Ebro. 
 
 Ibi, adv. there; here; then. 
 
 Ibidem, adv. in the same place. 
 
 Ibis, idis, f. the Ibis, the Egyp- 
 tian stork. 
 
 Icarus, i, m. the son of Dcedcdus. 
 
 Icarius, a, um, adj. of Icarus; 
 Icarian. 
 
 Ichneumon, onis, m. the ichneu- 
 mon or Egyptian rat. 
 
 Ichnusa, ae, f. an ancient Greek 
 name of Sardinia. 
 
 Ico, icere, ici, ictum, tr. to 
 strike; fcedus, to make, rat- 
 ify, or conclude a league or 
 treaty. 
 
 Ictus, a, um, part. 
 
 Ictus, us, m. (ico,) a blow; a 
 stroke. 
 
 Ida, se, f. a mountain of Troas, 
 near Troy. 
 
 Idaeus, a, um, adj. belonging to 
 Ida: mons Idaeus, mount 
 Ida. 
 
IDEM IMMOLO. 
 
 245 
 
 Idem, eadem, Idem, pro. 122, 
 the same, 230. 
 
 Idoneus, a, um, adj. fit; suitable. 
 
 Igitur, conj. therefore; then. 
 
 Ignarus, a, um, adj. (in & gna- 
 rus,) ignorant. 
 
 Ignavus, a, um, adj. comp. (in 
 & gnavus,) inactive; idle; 
 cowardly. 
 
 Ignis, is, m. fire; flame. 
 
 Ignobilis, e, adj. (in & nobilis,) 
 unknown; ignoble; mean. 
 
 Ignoro, are, avi, atum, tr. (ig- 
 narus,) to be ignorant; not 
 to know. 
 
 Ignotus, a, um, part. & adj. (in 
 & notus,) unknown. 
 
 Ilium, i, n. Ilium or Troy, the 
 principal city of Troas. 
 
 Hiatus, a, um, part, (from in- 
 f'fro,) brought in: inferred. 
 
 Die, a, ud, pro. § 31, 2; that; 
 he; she; it; the former; 
 pi. they; those. 239. 
 
 Illecebra, ae, f. (illicio,) an al- 
 lurement ; an enticement. 
 
 Illico, adv. (in & loco,) in that 
 place; immediately; in- 
 stantly. 
 
 Blue, adv. (illoc,) thither: hue 
 — illuc, now here — now 
 there, 
 
 Illustris, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
 illustrious; famous; cele- 
 brated; from 
 
 Illustro, are, avi, atum, tr. (in 
 cV lustro,) to enlighten; to 
 illustrate; to render fa- 
 mous ; to celebrate ; to make 
 renowned. 
 
 Illyria, ae, f. a country opposite 
 
 to Italy, and bordering on 
 the Adriatic. 
 
 Imago, Inis, f. an image; a 
 picture; a figure; a re- 
 semblance. 
 
 Imbecillis, e, adj. (in & bacil- 
 lus, as if leaning on a staff:) 
 (lior, limus, § 26, 1,) weak; 
 feeble. 220. 
 
 Imber, bris, m. a shower; a rain, 
 
 Imitatio, onis, f. imitation: ad 
 imitationem, in imitation; 
 from 
 
 Imitor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 to imitate; to copy. 
 
 Immanis, e, adj. comp. (in & 
 magnus,) very great; huge; 
 monstrous; cruel; dreadful. 
 
 Immensus, a, um, adj. (in & 
 mensus,) immeasurable; 
 boundless ; immoderate. 
 
 Immeritus, a, um, part, (in & 
 meritus,) not deserving; 
 undeserved. 
 
 Imminens, tis, part, hanging 
 over; threatening; from 
 
 Immineo, ere, ui, intr. (in & 
 mineo,) to hang over; to 
 impend; to threaten; to be 
 near. 
 
 Immissus, a, um, part, admit- 
 ted; sent in; darted in; from 
 
 Immitto, -mittere, -misi, -mis- 
 sum, tr. (in & mitto,) to let 
 in ; to send to, into, against, 
 or upon; to throw at. 
 
 Immobilis, e, adj. comp. (in & 
 mobilis,) immovable; stead- 
 fast. 
 
 Immolo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (in & mola,) properly, to 
 
246 
 
 IMMORTALIS — fMPONO. 
 
 sprinkle with the mola or 
 salted cake; hence, to sa- 
 crifice; to immolate. 
 Immortalis, e, adj. (in & mor- 
 
 talis,) immortal. 
 Immotus, a. um, part, (in & 
 motus,) unmoved; still; mo- 
 tionless. 
 
 Immutatus, a, um, part, altered; 
 changed; (sometimes, ex- 
 changed;) from 
 
 Immuto, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (in & muto,) to change; to 
 alter. 
 
 Impatiens, tis, adj. (in & pa- 
 tiens,) impatient ; not able 
 to endure. 
 
 Impeditus, a, um, part, imped- 
 ed; hindered; encumbered; 
 entangled; from 
 
 Impedio, Ire, Ivi, Itum, tr. (in 
 & pes,) properly, to fetter ; 
 hence, to impede; to ob- 
 struct; to check; to delay ; 
 to prevent; to disturb. 
 
 Impendo, -pendere, wants pret. 
 & sup. intr. (in & pendeo,) 
 to hang over; to impend; 
 to threaten. 
 
 Impenetrabilis, e, adj. (in & 
 penetrabilis,) impenetrable. 
 
 Impense, adv. (ius, issime,) 
 exceedingly ; greatly; from 
 impensus. 
 
 Imperator, oris, m. (impero,) a 
 commander ; a general. 
 
 Imperito, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 freq. (impero,) to command; 
 to rule; to govern. 
 
 linperitus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- 
 simus,) (in & peiitus,) in- 
 
 experienced; unacquainted 
 with. 
 
 Imperium, i, n. a command ; 
 government; reign; su* 
 preme authority; power, 
 (imperium, military com- 
 mand; potestas, civil au- 
 thority;) from 
 
 Impero, are, avi, atum, tr* to 
 command; to order; to di- 
 rect ; to govern ; to rule over, 
 
 Impertiens, tis, part, from 
 
 Impertio, Ire, Ivi, Itum, tr. (in 
 & partio,) to impart; to 
 share ; to give. 
 
 Impetro, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (in & patro,) to obtain; to 
 finish. 
 
 Impetus, us, m. (in & peto,) an 
 attack; onset; force; vio- 
 lence ; impetuosity. 
 
 Impius, a, um, adj. (in & pius,) 
 impious; undutiful. 
 
 Impleo, ere, evi, etum, tr. (in 
 & pleo,) to fill; to accom- 
 plish; to perform. 
 
 Implicitus, a, um, part, en- 
 tangled; attacked; from 
 
 Implico, are, avi or ui, atum 
 or itum, tr. (in & plico,) to 
 infold; to entangle; to im- 
 
 Implicor, ari, atus or Itus sum, 
 pass, to be entangled: mor- 
 bo, to be attacked with sick- 
 ness. 
 
 Imploro, are, avi, atum, tr. (in 
 & ploro,) to implore; to be- 
 seech; to beg. 
 
 Impono, -ponere, -posui, -posi- 
 tum, tr. (in & pono,) to lay 
 
IMPORTUNUS — INCOLO. 
 
 247 
 
 or place upon; to impose; 
 to J) ut. 
 
 Import P mis, a, urn, adj. comp. 
 dangerous; perilous; trou- 
 blesome; cruel; outrageous ; 
 restless ; ungovernable. 
 
 Tin posit us, a, urn, part, (im- 
 policy. 
 
 Imprimis, ml v. (in & primis, 
 from primus,) among the 
 first; especially; eminently. 
 
 lnprobatus, a, urn, part, (im- { 
 probo,) disallowed; disaj/- 
 pr<< 
 
 ImprObo, are. avi, atum, tr. (in 
 & probo,) to disapprove; to 
 reject. 
 
 Improbus, a, um, adj. comp. 
 (in & probus,) not good; 
 wicked; had. 
 
 Imprfidens, tis, adj. comp. (in 
 & prudens,) imprudent ; 
 inconsiderate. 
 
 Impugnaturus, a, um, part. fr. 
 
 Impugno, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 figld against; to attach. 
 
 Impune, adv. (in & poena,) 
 with impunity; without 
 hurt; without punishment. 
 
 Imus, a, um, adj. (sup. of in- 
 ferus, § 26, 2,) the lowest; 
 the deepest. 222. 
 
 In, prep, with the accusative, 
 signifies, into; towards; 
 upon; until; for; against: 
 with the ablative, in; up- 
 4tn; among; at: in dies, 
 from day to day: in eo 
 esse, to be on the point of: 
 in sublime, aloft. 
 
 Inanis, e, adj. (comp.) empty; 
 vain; ineffectual; foolish. 
 
 Inaresco, -arescere, -ami, intr. 
 inc. to grow dry. 588. 
 
 Incedo, -cedere, -cessi, -cessum, 
 intr. (in & cedo,) to go on; 
 to go; to walk; to come. 
 
 Incendo, dere, di, sum, tr. (in 
 & candeo,) to light; to 
 kindle; to set fire to; to 
 inflame. 
 
 Incensus, a, um, part, lighted; 
 kindled; burning; inflamed. 
 
 Incertus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) (in & certus,) un- 
 certain. 
 
 Incnoo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 begin. 
 
 Inridrns, tis, part, froni 
 
 Incido, rcidere, -ckii, intr. (in 
 & cado,) to fall into or 
 upon; to chance to meet 
 with. 
 
 Incipio, -cipere, -cepi, -ceptum, 
 tr. (in &, capio,) to com- 
 mence; to begin. 
 
 Incito, are, avi, atum, tr. (in 
 & cito,) to stir up; to in- 
 stigate; to encourage; to 
 animate. 
 
 Includo, dere, si, sum, tr. (in 
 & claudo,) to sJiut in; to 
 include; to inclose; to en- 
 circle; to encompass. 
 
 Inclusus, a, um, part, (includo.) 
 
 Inclytus, a, um, adj. (isslmus, 
 § 26, 5,) famous; celebra- 
 ted; renowned. 223. 
 
 Incola, as, c. an inhabitant; fr. 
 
 Incdlo, colore, colui, cultum, 
 
248 
 
 INCOLUMIS — INERTIA. 
 
 tr. (in & colo,) to dwell in 
 a place; to inhabit. 
 
 Incoliimis, e, adj. comp. (in & 
 columis,) unhurt; safe; un- 
 punished. 
 
 Incompertus, a, um, adj. (in & 
 compertus,) not found out; 
 unknown; uncertain. 
 
 Inconsiderate, adv. (iiis, issi- 
 me,) inconsiderately ; rash- 
 
 Incredibilis, e, adj. comp. (in & 
 credibilis,) incredible; won- 
 derfid; hence, 
 
 Incredibiliter, adv. (ius, issi- 
 me,) incredibly. 
 
 Incrementum, i, n. (incresco,) 
 an increase. 
 
 Increpo, are, ui, itum, tr. (in 
 & crepo,) to make a loud 
 noise; to reprove; to chide; 
 to blame. 
 
 Incruentus, a, um, adj. (in & 
 cruor,) bloodless. 
 
 Inculte, adv. (ius, issime,) 
 rudely; plainly; from 
 
 Incultus, a, um, part. & adj. 
 comp. (in & colo,) unculti- 
 vated; uninhabited; desert. 
 
 Incumbo, -cumbere, -cubui, 
 -cubitum, intr. (in & cubo,) 
 to lean; to lie; to rest or 
 recline upon; to apply to: 
 gladio, to fall upon one's 
 sword. 
 
 Incursio, onis, f. (incurro,) a 
 running against; an attack; 
 an incursion; an inroad. 
 
 Inde, adv. thence ; from thence. 
 
 Index, icis, d. (indico,) an in- 
 dex; a mark; a sign. 
 
 India, ae, f. a country of Asia, 
 named from the river Indus. 
 
 Indico, are, avi, atum, tr. (in 
 & dico, are,) to show; to 
 discover. 
 
 Indico, cere, xi, ctum. tr. (in 
 & dico,) to indicate ; to an- 
 nounce ; to declare ; to pro- 
 claim; to appoint; hence, 
 
 Indictus, a, um, part. 
 
 Indicus, a, um, adj. of India; 
 Indian. 
 
 Indigena, ae, c. (in & geno,) 
 one born in a certain place ; 
 a native. 
 
 Indoles, is, f. (in & oleo, to 
 grow,) the natural disposi- 
 tion; nature; inherent qual- 
 ity. See Ingenium. 
 
 Induco, cere, xi, ctum, tr. (in 
 & duco,) to lead in ; to in- 
 duce; to persuade; hence, 
 
 Inductus, a, um, part. 
 
 Induo, -duere, -dui, -dutum, tr. 
 to put on; to dress; to clothe. 
 
 Indus, i, m. a large river in the 
 western part of India. 
 
 Industria, ae, f. (industrius,) 
 industry; diligence. 
 
 Indutus, a, um, part, (induo.) 
 
 Inedia, ae, f. (in & edo,) want 
 of food; fasting; hunger. 
 
 Ineo, ire, ii, itum, tr. & intr. 
 irr. (in & eo,) to go or enter 
 into; to enter upon; to 
 make; to form. 
 
 Inermis, e, adj, (in & anna,) 
 unarmed; defenceless. 
 
 Inertia, ae, f. (iners,) want of 
 art; laziness; sloth; idle- 
 ness. 
 
INFAMIS — INGRUO. 
 
 249 
 
 InfTimis, c, adj. (in & fama,) 
 ill spoken of; infamous; 
 disgraceful. 
 
 Infans, tis, c. (in & fans,) one 
 who can not speak; an in- 
 fant; a child. 
 
 Inferi, drum, m. pi. the infer- 
 nal regions; Hades; Or- 
 cus; the infernal gods. 
 
 Inferior, us. adj. See Inferus. 
 
 Infero, inferre, intuli, illatum, 
 tr. irr. (in & fero,) to bring 
 in or against; to bring up- 
 on ; to inflict upon : bellum, 
 to make war upon. 
 
 Inferus, a, um, adj. (inferior, 
 infimus, or imus, § 26, 2,) 
 low; humble. 222. 
 
 Infesto, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 infest; to disturb; to mo- 
 lest; to vex; to plague; to 
 trouble; to annoy; from 
 
 Infest u -, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) (in & festus,) not 
 pleasant; hostile; inimical. 
 
 Inflgo, gere, xi, xum, tr. (in & 
 figo,) to fix; to fasten; to 
 drive in. 
 
 Infinltus, a, um, adj. (in & 
 finio,) infinite; unbounded; 
 vast; immense: infinitum 
 argenti, an immense quan- 
 tity of silver: infinita no- 
 bilitas, a vast number, &c. 
 
 Infirmus, a, um, adj. ior, issi- 
 mus, (in & firmus,) weak; 
 infirm. 
 
 Infixus, part, (inflgo.) 
 
 Inflammo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 to set on fire; to inflame; 
 to excite; to animate. 
 
 Inflatus, a, um, part, (inflo,) 
 blown up; puffed up. 
 
 Infllgo, gere, xi, ctum, tr. (in 
 & fligo,) properly, to strike 
 one thing against another ; 
 hence, to inflict. 
 
 Inflo, are, avi, atum, tr. (in & 
 flo,) to blow upon. 
 
 Infra, prep, beneath ; below. 
 
 Infrendeo, ere, ui, intr. (in & 
 frendeo,) to gnash with the 
 teeth. 
 
 Infringo, -fringere, -fregi, -frac- 
 tum, tr. (in & frango,) to 
 break or rend in 'pieces ; to 
 disannul; to make void. 
 
 Infundo, -fundere, -fudi, -fu- 
 sum, tr. (in & fundo,) to 
 pour in: infunditur, it 
 empties; (said of rivers). 
 
 Ingenium, i, n. (in & geno,) 
 judgment; sagacity; pene- 
 tration ; natural disposi' 
 tion; genius; talents; cha- 
 racter. 
 
 Ingens, tis, adj. (ior, § 26, 6,) 
 great; very great; huge; 
 {in a much higher sense 
 than magnus.) 224:. 
 
 Ingenuus, a, um, adj. (ingeno,) 
 natural; free-born; free; 
 noble; ingenuous. 
 
 Ingredior, -gredi, -gressus sum, 
 tr. & intr. dep. (in & gra- 
 dior,) to go in; to enter; to 
 come in; to walk; to walk 
 upon ; to go. 
 
 Ingressus, a, um, part. 
 
 Ingruo, -gruere, -grui, tr. to 
 invade; to assail; to pour 
 down; to faUupon suddenly. 
 
f «50 
 
 INHiE REO — INSIDEO. 
 
 Inhsereo, -haerere, -haesi, -hae- 
 sum, intr. (in & haereo,) to 
 cleave or stick to or in : co- 
 gitationibus, to be fixed or 
 lost in thought. 
 
 Inhio, are, avi, atum, tr. & 
 intr. (in & hio,^ to gape 
 for; to desire. 
 
 tnimicus, a, um, adj. comp. 
 (in & amicus,) inimical; 
 hostile. 
 
 Inimlcus, i, m. subs, an enemy. 
 
 Inlque, adv. ids, issime, (ini- 
 quus, in & aequus, not 
 equal;) unequally; unjustly. 
 
 Initium, i, n. (ineo,) a com- 
 mencement; a beginning. 
 
 Initurus, a, um, part, (ineo,) 
 about to enter upon or begin. 
 
 Jnjicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jectum, 
 tr. (in & jacio,) to throw in 
 or upon. 
 
 Injuria, ae, f. (injurius, in & 
 jus,) an injury; an insult. 
 
 Innato, are, avi, atum, intr. (in 
 & nato,) to swim or Jloat 
 upon. 
 
 Innltor, -nlti, -nisus or nixus 
 sum, intr. dep. (in & nitor,) 
 to lean or depend upon; to 
 rest upon. 
 
 Innocentia, as, f. (in & no- 
 cens,) harmlessness ; inno- 
 cence. 
 
 Innotesco, -notescere, -notui, 
 intr. inc. (in & notesco,) 
 to become known; to be 
 known. 
 
 Innoxius, a, um, adj. comp. (in 
 & noxius,) harmless. 
 
 Innumerabilis, e, adj. (in & 
 numerabilis.) innumerable, 
 
 Innumerus, a, um, adj. (in & 
 numerus,) without number, 
 
 Inopia, ae, f. (in ops,) want; 
 scarcity. 
 
 Inopus, i, m. a fountain or 
 river of Delos, near which 
 Apollo and Diana were 
 said to have been born. 
 
 Inprimis, and in primis, adv. 
 same as imprimis. 
 
 Inquam, or inquio, def. J say; 
 § 84, 2. 437. 
 
 Inquino, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 pollute ; to stain ; to soil. 
 
 Inquiro, -quirere, -quislvi, -qui 
 situm, tr. (in & quaero,) to 
 seek for; to inquire; to in- 
 vestigate. 
 
 Insania, se, f. (insanus,) mad- 
 ness. 
 
 Insanio, Ire, ivi, Itum, intr. (In- 
 sanus,) to be mad. 
 
 Inscribo, -scribere, -scripsi, 
 -scriptum, tr. (in & scribo,) 
 to write upon; to inscribe. 
 
 Inscriptus, a, um, part. 
 
 Insectum, i, n. (inseco,) an 
 insect. 
 
 Insequens, tis, part, succeed- 
 ing; subsequent; following; 
 from 
 
 Insequor, -sequi, -secutus, sum, 
 tr. dep. (in & sequor,) to 
 follow after; to follow. 
 
 Insidens, tis, part, frcm 
 
 Insideo, -sidere, -sedi, -sessum, 
 intr. (in & sedeo,) to sit 
 upon. 
 
INSIDI^E INTERCIPIO. 
 
 251 
 
 Insidiae, arum, f. pi. (insider*,) 
 an ambush ; ambuscade ; 
 treachery; deceit: per insi- 
 dias, treacherously. 
 
 Tnsidians, tis, part, from 
 
 Insidior, Firi, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 (insidia;,) to lie in wait; to 
 lie in ambush; to deceive. 
 
 Insigne, is, n. a mark; a token; 
 an ensign; from 
 
 Insignis, e, adj. comp. (in & 
 signum,) distinguished (by 
 sotne mark;) eminent. 
 
 Insisto, -sistere, -stlti, -stitum, 
 intr. (in & sisto,) to stand 
 upon; to insist. 
 
 Insolabiliter, adv. (in & solor,) 
 inconsolably. 
 
 Instflens, tis, adj. (in & Rolens,) 
 (ior, issimus,) not usual; 
 insolent; haughty. 
 
 Insolenter, adv. (insolens,) 
 (ius, issime,) hauglitily ; 
 insolently. 
 
 Inspectans, tis, part, from 
 
 Inspecto, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 freq. (in & specto,) to look 
 upon; to inspect. 
 
 Instaturus, a, um, part, (insto.) 
 
 Instituo, -stituere, -stitui, -stitu- 
 tum, tr. (in & statuo,) to 
 set or put into ; to appoint; 
 to resolve; to make; to or- 
 der. 
 
 Institutum, i, n. an institution; 
 a doctrine; from 
 
 Institutes, a, um, part, (in- 
 stituo.) 
 
 Insto, -stare, -stiti, intr. (in & 
 sto,) to stand near to; to 
 urge; to persist; to har- 
 
 ass; to pursue closely; to 
 beg earnestly. 
 
 Instrumentum, i, n. (instruo,) 
 an instrument ; utensil; im- 
 plement. 
 
 Instruo, -struere, -si ruxi, -struc- 
 tum, tr. (in & struo,) to put 
 together, or in order; to ar- 
 range; to prepare; to sup- 
 ply with; to instruct. 
 
 Insubres, um, m. pi. a people 
 living north of the Po, in 
 Cisalpine GauL 
 
 Insuesco, -suescere, -suevi, -su- 
 etum, intr. inc. (in & sues- 
 co,) to grow accustomed. 
 
 Insula, se, t\ an island. 
 
 InsQpcr, adv. (in & super,) 
 moreover. 
 
 Integer, gra, grum, adj. (in & 
 tago, win lice, tango,) (ri- 
 or, errunus,) not touched; 
 whole; entire; unhurt; just; 
 uncorrupted. 
 
 Intego, -tegere, -texi, -tectum, 
 tr. (in & tego,) to cover. 
 
 Integritas, atis, f. (integer,) in- 
 tegrity; probity; honesty. 
 
 Intellectus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Intelligo, -ligere, -lexi, -lectum, 
 tr. (inter & lego,) to choose 
 between; hence, to under- 
 stand; to perceive; to dis- 
 cern; to know; to learn. 
 
 Inter, prep, between; among: 
 inter se, mutually: occur- 
 rontes inter se, meeting 
 each other. 
 
 Intercipio, -cipere, -cepi, -cep- 
 tum, tr. (inter & capio,) to 
 seize by surprise; to inter- 
 
252 
 
 INTERDICO INTEEPIDUS. 
 
 cept; to usurp; to take 
 away fraudulently. 
 
 Interdico, -dicere, -cQxi, -dic- 
 tum, tr. (inter & dice-,) to 
 interpose a command; to 
 forbid; to prohibit. 
 
 Interdictus, a, urn, part. 
 
 Interdiu, adv. (inter & diu,) 
 by day; in the day time. 
 
 Interdum, adv. (inter & dum,) 
 sometimes. 
 
 Interea, adv. (inter & ea,) in 
 the mean time. 
 
 Interemptus, a, urn, part, (in- 
 terimo.) 
 
 Tntereo, ire, ii, ltum, intr. irr. 
 (inter & eo,413>) to perish. 
 
 Interest, imp. (intersum,) it 
 concerns: mea, it concerns 
 me. 
 
 Interfector, oris, m. a murder- 
 er; a slayer ; a destroyer. 
 
 Interfectus, a, um, part, hilled. 
 
 Interficio, -ficere, -feci, -fec- 
 tum, tr. (inter & facio,) to 
 destroy; to kill; to slay. 
 
 Interim, adv. (inter & im, the 
 old ace. of is,) in the mean 
 time. 
 
 Interimo, -imere, -emi, -emp- 
 tum, tr. (inter & emo,) to 
 take from the midst; to kill; 
 to put to death; to slay. 
 
 Interior, us, adj. (sup. intlmus, 
 222,) inner; the interior. 
 
 Interius, adv. (intro,) farther 
 in the interior. 
 
 Interjectus, a, um, part, cast 
 between: anno interjecto, a 
 year having intervened; a 
 year after; from 
 
 Interjicio, -jicere, -jeci, -j;c- 
 tum, tr. (inter & jacio,) ** 
 throw between. 
 
 Internecio, onis, f. (interneco,) 
 ruin; destruction: ad in 
 ternecionem, with a gene 
 ral massacre. 
 
 Internodium, i, n. (inter & no 
 dus,) the space between two 
 knots; a joint. 
 
 Internus, a, um, adj. internal: 
 mare internum, the Medi- 
 terranean sea. 
 
 Interpres, etis, c. an interpreter. 
 
 Interregnum, i, n. (inter & reg- 
 num,) an interregnum; a 
 vacancy of the throne. 
 
 Interrogo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (inter & rogo,) to ask. 
 
 Intersum, esse, fui, intr. irr. 
 (inter & sum,) to be pre- 
 sent at, between, with, or 
 among. 
 
 Intervallum, i, n. (inter & val- 
 lus,) an interval; a space: 
 a distance. 
 
 Interveniens, tis, part, from 
 
 Intervenio, venire, veni, ven- 
 tum, intr. (inter & venio,) 
 to come between; to inter- 
 vene. 
 
 lntexo, ere, ul, turn, tr. (in & 
 texo,) to interweave. 
 
 Intimus, a, um, adj. sup. (in- 
 terns, interior, 222,) in- 
 nermost ; inmost ; intimate ; 
 familiar ; much beloved. 
 
 Intra, prep, within: — adv. in- 
 ward. 
 
 Intrepidus, a, um, adj. (in & 
 trepidus,)/ear&ss; intrepid. 
 
INTRO IRE. 
 
 253 
 
 Intro, fire, avi, fitum, tr. (intro, 
 & eo,) to enter. 
 
 Introduco, -ducere, -duxi, -due- 
 tum, tr (intro & dueo,) to 
 lead in ; to introduce. 
 
 Introitus, us, m. (introeo,) an 
 entrance. 
 
 Intuens, tis, part, from 
 
 Intueor, eri, Itus sum, tr. dep. 
 (in & tueor,) to look upon ; 
 to consider; to behold; to 
 gaze at. 
 
 Intus, adv. within. 
 
 Inusitatus, a, um, adj. comp. 
 (in & usitatus,) unaccus- 
 tomed; unusual; extraor- 
 dinary. 
 
 Inutilis, e, adj. comp. (in & 
 utilis,) useless. 
 
 Invado, -vadere, -vilsi, -vasum, 
 tr. (in & vado,) to invade; 
 to attack; to assail. 
 
 Invenio, -venire, -veni,-ventum, 
 tr. (in & venio,) to come to, 
 or upon; to find; to get; 
 to procure; to obtain; to 
 invent; to discover. 
 
 Inventus, a, um, part. 
 
 Investlgo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (in & vestlgo,) to trace or 
 find out; to investigate ; to 
 discover. 
 
 Invicem, adv. (in & vicis,) mu- 
 tually; in turn: se invi- 
 cem occiderunt, tliey slew 
 one another. 
 
 Invictus, a, um, part, (in & 
 victus,) unconquerable ; im- 
 penetrable; invulnerable. 
 
 Tnvidia, ae, f. (invidus,) envy; 
 hatred. 
 
 22 
 
 Invlsus, a, um, adj. (invideo,) 
 envied; hated; hateful; ob- 
 noxious: plebi, unpopular. 
 
 Invitatus, a, um, part, invited ; 
 entertained: — subs, a guest. 
 
 Invito, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 invite. 
 
 lnvius, a,"um, adj. (in & via,) 
 impassible; inaccessible; im- 
 penetrable. 
 
 Invoco, are, avi, atum, tr. (in 
 & voco,) to call upon; to 
 invoke. 
 
 Iones, um, m. pi. lonians; the 
 inhabitants of Ionia. 
 
 Ionia, ae, f. Ionia; a country 
 on the western coast of Asia 
 Minor. 
 ! Ionius, a, um, adj. of Ionia; 
 Ionian: mare, that part 
 of the Mediterranean which 
 lies between Greece and the 
 south of Italy. 
 
 Iphicriites, is, in. an Athenian 
 general. 
 
 Iphigenla, ae, f. the daughter 
 of Agamemnon and Cly- 
 temnestra, and priestess of 
 Diana. 
 
 Ipse, a, um, pro. 243, he him- 
 self; she herself; itself; or 
 simply he; she; it: et ipse, 
 he also; before a verb of 
 the first or second person, 
 /; thou: ego ipse, / myself ': 
 tu ipse, thou thyself, &c. 
 
 Ira, ae, f. anger ; rage ; hence, 
 
 Irascor, irasci, intr. dep. to be 
 angry; hence, 
 
 Iratus, a, um, adj. angry. 
 
 Ire. See Eo. 
 
254 
 
 IRREPARABILIS — JACULOR. 
 
 Irreparabilis, e, adj. comp. (in 
 & reparabilis,) irreparable; 
 irrecoverable. 
 
 Irretio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. (in & 
 rete,) to enclose in a net; 
 to entangle; to ensnare. 
 
 Irridens > tis^ part, from 
 
 Irrideo, dere, si, sum 2 tr. (in & 
 rideo,) to laugh at; to de- 
 ride. 
 
 Irrigo, are, avi, atum, tr. (in & 
 rigo,) to water ; to bedew ; to 
 moisten. 
 
 Irrito, are, avi, atum, tr. (hirrio, 
 to snarl like a dog ;) to irri- 
 tate ; to provoke ; to incite. 
 
 Irruens, tis, part, from 
 
 Irruo, uere, ui, (in & ruo,) intr. 
 to rush in, into, or upon ; to 
 rush; to attack. 
 
 Is, ea, id, pro. § 31, 3, this; he: 
 she; it: in eo esse, i. e. in 
 eo statu, to be in that state ; 
 to be upon the point. 243, 
 
 Issus, i, f. a maritime city of 
 Cilicia. 
 
 Issicus, a, um, adj. of or be- 
 longing to Issus. 
 
 Isocrates, is, m. a celebrated 
 Athenian orator. 
 
 Iste, a, ud, pro. § 31, 2, that; 
 that person or thing; he; 
 she; it. (The demonstra- 
 tive of the second person, 
 and used to indicate a thing 
 near, relating to, or spoken 
 of, by the person addressed. 
 118,3,3d, 1028.) 
 
 Ister, tri, m. the name of the 
 Danube, after it enters II- 
 lyricum. 
 
 Isthmicus, a, um, adj. Isth- 
 mian; belonging to tht 
 Isthmus of Corinth: ludi, 
 games celebrated at that 
 place. 
 
 Isthmus, i, m. an isthmus. 
 
 Ita, adv. (is,) so; in such a 
 manner ; even so, thus. 
 
 Italia, 2e, f. Italy. 
 
 Italus, a, um, adj. Italian. 
 
 Itali, subs, the Italians. 
 
 Italicus, a, um, adj. belonging 
 to Italy ; Italian. 
 
 Itaque, adv. (ita & que,) and 
 so; therefore. 
 
 Iter, itineris, n. (eo,) a jour- 
 ney; a road; a march. 
 
 Iterum, adv. (iter,) again; once 
 more ; a second time. 
 
 Ithaca, se, f. a rocky island in 
 the Ionian sea, with a city 
 of the same name. 
 
 Itidem, adv. (ita & idem,) in 
 like manner ; likewise ; also, 
 
 Iturus, a, um, part, (eo.) 
 
 Ivi. See Eo. 
 
 Jacens, tis, part, from 
 
 Jaceo, ere, ui, Itum, to lie: intr. 
 
 to be situated. 
 Jacio, jacere, jeci, jactum, tr. 
 
 to throw; to cast; to fling; 
 
 to hurl. 
 Jacto, are, avi, atum, freq. 
 
 (jacio,) to throw often; to 
 
 toss; to agitate, 
 Jactus, a, um, part, (jacio,) 
 
 cast; thrown. 
 Jaculor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 
JAM JUS. 
 
 255 
 
 (jaculum, frcm jacio,) to 
 hurl; to dart; to shoot. 
 
 Jam, adv. (a stronger term 
 than nunc,) now ; already; 
 presently; even: jam nunc, 
 even now: jam turn, even 
 then: jam hide, fver since: 
 jam primum, in the Jirst 
 place. 
 
 Jamdiidum, adv. (jam & du- 
 dum, lately;) long ago. 
 
 Janiculum, i, n. one of the seven 
 hills of Home. 
 
 Jason, onis, m. the son of 
 utfZson, king of Thessaly. 
 and leader of the Argo- 
 nauts ; also, an inhabitant 
 of Lycia. 
 
 Jejunus, a, um, adj. comp. 
 fasting; hungry. 
 
 Jovis. See Jupiter. 
 
 Juba, ae, f the mane. 
 
 Jubeo, jubere, jussi, jussum, 
 tr. to command; to bid; to 
 order; to direct. 
 
 Jucundus, a, um, adj. comp. 
 (jocus,) agreeable ; delight- 
 ful; pleasant; sweet. 
 
 Judaea, ae, f. Judea. 
 
 Judaeus, a, um, adj. belonging 
 to Judea: — subs, a Jew. 
 
 Judex, Icis, c (judico,) a 
 judge. 
 
 Judicium, i, n. (judex,) a 
 judgment; decision. 
 
 Judico, are, avi, iitum, tr. (jus 
 & dico,) to judge ; to deem; 
 to determine; to decide. 
 
 Jugrrum, i, n. 96, 7, (the quan- 
 tity ploughed by a yoke of 
 
 oxen in one day;) an acre 
 of land. 18S. 
 
 Jugum, i, n. (jungo,) a yoke; 
 a ridge or chain of moun- 
 tains: in war, an instru- 
 ment consisting of two 
 spears placed erect, and a 
 third laid transversely up- 
 on them. 
 
 Jugurtha, ae, m. a king of Nu- 
 midia. 
 
 Julius, i, m. a name of Ccesar, 
 who belonged to the gens 
 Julia. 
 
 Junctus, a, um, part, (jungo.) 
 
 Junior, adj. (comp. from juv6- 
 nis,) younger; §26,6, 224. 
 
 Junius, i, m. the name of a 
 Roman tribe which includ- 
 ed the family of Brutus. 
 
 Jungo, jungere, junxi, junctum, 
 tr. to unite; to connect; to 
 join: currui, to put in; to 
 harness to. 
 
 Juno, onis, f. the daughter of 
 Saturn and wife of Jupi- 
 ter. 
 
 Jupiter, Jovis, m. § 15, 12, the 
 son of Saturn and king of 
 the gods. 123. 
 
 Jurgiosus, a, um, adj. (j ur &i' 
 um,) quarrelsome; brawl- 
 ing.^ 
 
 Juro, are, avi, iitum, tr. to 
 
 ' swear; from 
 
 Jus, juris, n. right; justice; 
 natural law: jus civitatis, 
 the freedom of the city; cit- 
 izenship : jure, with reason; 
 rightly; deservedly. 
 
256 
 
 JUSSI LANATUS. 
 
 Jussi. See Jubeo. 
 
 Jussus, a, um, part, (jubeo.) 
 
 Jussu, abl. m. (jubeo,) a com- 
 mand. 
 
 Justitia, ae, f. justice; from 
 
 Justus, a, um, adj. comp. (jus,) 
 just; right; full; regular; 
 ordinary; exact. 
 
 Juvenca, ae, f. (f. of juvencus, 
 i. e. juvenicus, fr. juvenis,) 
 a cow ; a heifer. 
 
 Juvencius, i, m. a Roman gen- 
 eral, conquered by Andris- 
 cus. 
 
 Juvenis, adj. (junior, § 26, 6,) 
 (fr. juvo,) young; youth- 
 ful. 224. 
 
 Juvenis, is, c. a young man or 
 woman ; a youth ; hence, 
 
 Juventus, utis, f. youth. 
 
 Juvo, juvare, juvi, jutum, tr. 
 to help; to assist. 
 
 Juxta, prep, (jungo,) near; 
 hard by: — adv. alike; 
 even; equally. 
 
 L., an abbreviation of Lucius. 
 Labor, & Labos, oris, m. labor; 
 
 toil. 
 Labor, labi, lapsus, intr. dep. 
 
 to fall; to glide; to glide 
 
 away; to flow on. 
 Laboriosus, a, um, adj. comp. 
 
 (labor,) laborious. 
 Laboro, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 
 to work or labor; to suffer 
 
 with ; to be distressed. 
 Labyrinthus, i, m. a labyrinth. 
 Lac, lactis, n. milk. 
 
 Lacedaemon, onis, f. Lacedcp- 
 moriy or Sparta, the capital 
 of Laconia. 
 
 Lacedaemonius, a, um, adj. 
 belonging to Lacedcemon; 
 Lacedcemonian ; Spartan. 
 
 Laceratus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Lacero, are, avi, atum, tr. (la- 
 cer, mangled;) to tear in 
 pieces. 
 
 Lacessltus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Lacesso, ere, ivi, Itum, tr. (la- 
 ck),) to provoke; to stir up; 
 to disturb; to trouble. 
 
 Lacryma, 83, f. a tear. 
 
 Lacus, us, m. a lake. 
 
 Laconicus, a, um, adj. Laconic; 
 Spartan ; Lacedcemonian. 
 
 Laedo, laedere, laesi, laesum, tr. 
 to injure ; to hurt. 
 
 Laetatus, a, um, part, (laetor.) 
 
 Lsetitia, ae, f. (laetus,) joy. 
 
 Laetor, ari, atus sum, intr. dep. 
 to rejoice; to be glad; to be 
 delighted with. 
 
 Laetus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) glad; joyful; full of 
 joy ; fortunate; prosperous; 
 fruitful; abundant. 
 
 Laevmus, i, m. the name of a 
 Roman family ; (P. Vale- 
 rius,) a Roman consul. 
 
 Laevor, oris, m. (laevis or levis,) 
 smoothness. 
 
 Lagus, i, m. a Macedonian, 
 who adopted as his son that 
 Ptolemy who afterwards 
 became king of Egypt. 
 
 Lana, ae, f. wool. 
 
 Lanatus, a, um, adj. bearing 
 wool; woolly. 
 
LANIATUS LEGATIO. 
 
 257 
 
 Laniiitus, a, urn, part, from 
 
 Lanio, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 tear in pieces. 
 
 Lapicidlna, ae, f. (lapis & cae- 
 do,) a quarry. 
 
 Lapideus, a, urn, adj. stony; 
 from 
 
 Lapis, Idis, m. a stone. 
 
 Lapsus, a, urn, part, (labor.) 
 
 Laqueus, i, m. a noose; a 
 snare. 
 
 Largitio, onis, f. (largior, from 
 largus,) a present. 
 
 Late, adv. (ius, isslme,) wide- 
 ly ; extensively ; from latus. 
 
 Latebra, ae, f. (lateo,) a lurk- 
 ing-place; a hiding-place; 
 a retreat. 
 
 Latens, tis, part, from 
 
 Lateo, ere, ui, intr. to be hid- 
 den; to be concealed; to be 
 unknown ; to be unknown to. 
 
 Later, eris, m. a brick. 
 
 Latercfilus, i, m. dim. (later,) 
 a little brick; a brick. 
 
 Latinus, i, m. an ancient king 
 of the Laurentes, a people 
 of Italy. 
 
 Latinus, a, um, adj. Latin; of 
 Latium: Latini, subs, the 
 Latins. 
 
 Latitudo, inis, f. (latus,) breadth. 
 
 Latium, i, n. Latium. 
 
 Latmus, i, m. a mountain in 
 Caria, near the borders of 
 Ionia. 
 
 Latona, ae, f. the daughter of 
 the giant Coeus, and moth- 
 er of Apollo and Diana. 
 
 Latro, are, avi, atum, intr. & 
 tr. to bark; to bark at. 
 
 Latro, onis, m. properly, a 
 mercenary soldier; com- 
 monly, a robber, 
 
 Latrocinium, i, n. (latrocinor,) 
 robbery ; piracy. 
 
 Laturus, a, um, part, (fero.) 
 
 Latus, a, um, adj. (ior, issl«. 
 mus,) broad; wide. 
 
 Latus, eris, n. a side. 
 
 Laudatus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Laudo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 praise; to extol; to commend. 
 
 Laurentia, ae, f. See Acca. 
 
 Laus, dis, f. praise; glory; hon- 
 or; fame; repute; estima- 
 tion; value. 
 
 Laute, adv. ius, issime, (lau- 
 tus, fir* lavo,) sumptuously; 
 magnificently. 
 
 Lavinia, ae, f. the daughter of 
 Latmus, and the second 
 wife of JErieas. 
 
 Lavinium, i, n. a city in Italy, 
 built by jEneas. 
 
 Lavo, lavare & lavere, lavi, 
 lotum, lautum, & lavatum, 
 tr. to wash; to bathe. 
 
 Leaena, ae, f. a lioness. 
 
 Leander, & Leandrus, dri, m. 
 a youth of Abydos, distin- 
 guished for his attachment 
 to Hero. 
 
 Lebes, etis, m. a kettle; a cal- 
 dron. 
 
 Lectus, a, um, part, (lego,) 
 read; chosen. 
 
 Leda, ae, f. the wife of Tynda- 
 rus, king of Sparta, and 
 the mother of Helena. 
 
 Legatio, onis, f. (lego, are,) an 
 embassy. 
 
258 
 
 LEGATTTS LIGO. 
 
 Legatus, i, m. (lego, are,) a 
 deputy; a lieutenant; an 
 ambassador. 
 
 Legio, onis, f. (lego, ere,) a le- 
 gion; ten cohorts of soldiers. 
 
 Legislator, oris, m. (lex&fero,) 
 a legislator; a lawgiver. 
 
 Lego, legere, legi, lectum, tr. 
 to gather; to collect; to 
 choose; to read. 
 
 Lemanus, i, m. the name of a 
 lake in Gaul, bordering up- 
 on the country of the Helve- 
 tii, now the lake of Geneva. 
 
 Leo, onis, m. a lion. 
 
 Leonidas, ae, m. a brave king 
 of Sparta, who fell in the 
 battle of Thermopylce. 
 
 Leontinus, a, um, adj. belong- 
 ing to Leontini, a city and a 
 people of the same name, on 
 the eastern coast of Sicily. 
 
 Lepidus, i, m. the name of an 
 illustrious family of the 
 uiEmilian clan. 
 
 Lepus, 8ris, m. a hare. 
 
 Letalis, e, adj. fatal; deadly ; 
 from. 
 
 Letum, & Lethum, i, n. death. 
 
 Levis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
 light; trivial; inconsidera- 
 ble; smooth; hence, 
 
 Levitas, atis, f. lightness. 
 
 Levo, are, avi, atum, tr. (le- 
 vis,) to make light; to ease; 
 to relieve; to lighten; to al- 
 leviate. 
 
 Lex, gis, f. (lego,) statute or 
 written law; a law; a condi- 
 tion. Legem ferre, or roga- 
 re, to propose a law. See jus. 
 
 Libens, tis, part, (libet,) wil- 
 ling. 
 
 Libenter, adv. (ius, issime, fr. 
 libens,) willingly. 
 
 Libet, or Lubet, libuit, imp. it 
 pleases. 
 
 Liber, libera, liberum, adj. free; 
 (liberior, liberrimus.) 
 
 Liber, libri, m. the inner bark 
 of a tree; a writing on 
 bark; a leaf ; a book. 
 
 Liberaliter, adv. (liberalis,) 
 liberally; kindly. 
 
 Liberatus, a, um, part, (libero,) 
 liberated; set at liberty. 
 
 Libere, adv. ius, rime, (liber,) 
 freely; without restraint. 
 
 LibSri, drum, m. pi. (liber,) 
 persons free born ; children. 
 
 Libero, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 free; to liberate; to deliver. 
 
 Libertas, atis, f. (liber,) lib- 
 erty. 
 
 Libya, ae, f. properly Libya, a 
 kingdom of Africa, lying 
 west of Egypt; sometimes 
 it comprehends the whole 
 of Africa. 
 
 Licinius, i, m. a name common 
 among the Romans. 
 
 Licet, uit, itum est, imp. § 85, 4, 
 it is lawful; it is permitted: 
 tibi, you may; one may. 
 
 Licet, conj. although. [4S4:. 
 
 Lienosus, a, um, adj. (lien, the 
 spleen;) splenetic. 
 
 Ligneus, a, um, adj. wooden; fr. 
 
 Lignum, i, n. wood; a log of 
 wood; timber: ligna, pieces 
 of wood; sticks. 
 
 Ligo, are, avi, atum, tr. to bind. 
 
LIOTTRIA LUCULLUS. 
 
 259 
 
 Liguria, a?, f. Liguria, a coun- 
 try in the west of Italy. 
 
 Ligus, Qris, in. a Ligurian. 
 
 Ligu-tirus, a, ura, adj. Ligu- 
 rian: mare, the gulf of 
 Genoa. 
 
 LilylKcurn, i, n. a promontory 
 on the western coast of Sic- 
 
 Limpidus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- 
 slmus,) (lympha or limpa,) 
 transparent; limpid; clear. 
 
 Li mm, i, m. mud; clay. 
 
 Lingua, ae, f. (lingo,) the tongue; 
 a language. 
 
 Linum, i, n.Jlax; linen. 
 
 Liquldus, a, um, adj. (liqueo, 
 to melt;) ^ior, issimus,) li- 
 quid; clear; pure; limpid. 
 
 Lis, litis, f. a strife; a conten- 
 tion; a controversy. 
 
 Litt&ra, or Litera, se, f. (lino,) 
 a letter of the alphabet: 
 (pi.) letters; literature; 
 learning; a letter; an epis- 
 tle; hence, 
 
 Litterarius, a, um, adj. belong- 
 ing to letters ; literary. 
 
 Lit t us, or Litus, oris, n. the 
 shore. 
 
 Loco, Tire, avi, iitum, tr. to 
 place, set, dispose, or ar- 
 range; to give or dispose 
 of in marriage ; from 
 
 Locus, i, m. in sing.; loci & 
 loca, m. & n. in pi. a 
 place. 
 
 Locusta, a?, f. a locust. 
 
 Long<\ adv. (ins, is>ime,) (lon- 
 gus,) far; far off. 
 
 Longinquus, a um, adj. (comp. 
 
 ior,) far; distant; long; 
 foreign. 
 
 Longitudo, inis, f. length; fr. 
 
 Longus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) long: applied both 
 to time and space; last- 
 ing. 
 
 Locutus, a, um, part, (loquor,) 
 having spoken. 
 
 Locuturus, a, um, part, about 
 to speak', from 
 
 Loquor. loqui, locutus sum, 
 intr. dep. to speak; to con- 
 verse: tr. to say. 
 
 Lorlca, ae. f. a coat of mail; 
 corselet; breast-plate; cui- 
 rass; (anciently made of 
 thongs;) from 
 
 Lorum, i, n. a thong. 
 
 Lubens, tis, part, (lubet.) 
 
 Lubenter, adv. (iiis, issime.) 
 See Libenter. 
 
 Lubet. See Libet. 
 
 Lubldo, or Libido, inis, f. lust; 
 desire. 
 
 Lubricus, a, um, adj. (labor,) 
 to slip; slippery. 
 
 Luceo, lucere, luxi, intr. to 
 shine. 
 
 Lucius, i, m. a Roman prseno- 
 men. 
 
 Lucretia, ae, f. a Roman mat- 
 ron, the wife of CollafJnus. 
 
 Lucretius, i, m. the father of 
 Lucretia. 
 
 Luctus, us, m. (lugeo,) mourn- 
 ing; sorrow. 
 
 Lucullus, i, m. a Roman cele- 
 brated for his luxury, his 
 patronage of learned men, 
 and his military talents. 
 
260 
 
 LUCUS MACROBII. 
 
 Lucus, i, m. a wood, consecra- 
 ted to some deity; a grove. 
 
 Ludo, ludere, lusi, lusum, tr. 
 to play; to be in sport; to 
 deceive; from 
 
 Ludus, i, m. a game ; a play ; a 
 place of exercise; a school: 
 gladiatorius, a school for 
 gladiators. 
 
 Lugeo, lugere, luxi, intr. to 
 mourn; to lament. 
 
 Lumen, inis, n. (luceo,) light; 
 an eye. 
 
 Luna, ae, f. the moon. 
 
 Lupa, ae, f. a she-wolf. 
 
 Lupus, i, m. a- wolf. 
 
 Luscinia, ae, f. a nightingale. 
 
 Lusitania, ae, f. a part of His- 
 pania, now Portugal. 
 
 Lustro, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 purify ; to appease; to ex- 
 piate: exercitum, to re- 
 view; to muster; from 
 
 Lustrum, i, n. (luo or lavo,) 
 purification ; a sacrifice of 
 purification offered at the 
 conclusion of the census ev- 
 ery five years; a period of 
 five years ; a place for bath- 
 ing ; hence, the place where 
 swine wallow ; a den or lair 
 of wild beasts. 
 
 Lusus, us, m. (ludo,) a game: 
 a play: per lusum, in sport; 
 sportively. 
 
 Lutatius, i, m. the name of a 
 Roman tribe: C. Lutatius 
 Catulus, a Roman consul 
 in the Punic war. 
 
 Lutetia, ae, f. a city of Gaul, 
 now Paris. 
 
 Lutum, i, n. (luo,) clay. 
 
 Lux, lucis, f. light. 
 
 Luxuria, ae, f. (luxus, fr. luo,j 
 that which dissolves or loos- 
 ens the energies of body and 
 mind; hence, luxury; ex- 
 cess; voluptuousness. 
 
 Lycius, a, um, adj. Lycian; of 
 Lycia> a country of Asia 
 Minor, 
 
 Lycomedes, is, m. a king of 
 Scyros. 
 
 Lycurgus, i, m. the Spartan 
 law-giver. 
 
 Lydia, ae, f. a country of Asia 
 Minor. 
 
 Lysander, dri, m. a celebrated 
 Lacedcemonimn general. 
 
 Lysimachus, 1, m. one of Alex- 
 ander's generals, who was 
 afterwards king of a part 
 of Thrace. 
 
 M. 
 
 M., an abbreviation of Marcus. 
 
 Macedo, onis, m. a Macedonian. 
 
 Macedonia, ae. f. a country of 
 Europe, lying west of 
 Tlirace, and north of Thes- 
 saly and Epirus. 
 
 Macedonicus, a, um, adj. of 
 Macedonia ; Macedonian) 
 also, an agnomen, or sur~ 
 name of Q. Metellus. 
 
 Macies, ei, f. (maceo.) lean*, 
 ness; decay. 
 
 Macrobii, orum, m. pi. (a Greek 
 word signifying long- 
 lived ;) a name given to re- 
 tain tribes of Ethiopia*, 
 
MACTATUS MALUM. 
 
 261 
 
 who were distinguished for 
 their longevity. 
 
 Mactatus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Macto, are, avi, aturn, tr. (ma- 
 gis aucto, from augeo,) to 
 increase with honors; to 
 enrich; to honor with sa- 
 crifices: hence, to sacrifice; 
 to slay. 
 
 Macula, ae, f. a spot; a stain. 
 
 Madeo, ere, ui, intr. to be 
 moist; to be wet. 
 
 Mn'nades, um, f. pi. priestesses 
 of Bacchus; bacchants; bac- 
 chanals. 
 
 Maeotis, idis, adj. Mceotian: 
 palus Maeotis, a lake or 
 gulf, lying north of the 
 Euorine, now called the sea 
 of Azoph. 
 
 Magis, adv. (sup. maxime, 
 Gr. 234,) more; rather; 
 better. 403, 
 
 Hagbter, tri, m. (magis,) a 
 teacher; a master: magis- 
 ter equltum, the command- 
 er of the cavalry, and the 
 dictator's lieutenant; hence, 
 
 Magistratus, iis, m. a magis- 
 tracy; a civil office; a ma- 
 gistrate. 
 
 Magnesia, ae, f. a town of 
 Ionia. 
 
 Magnif ice, adv. (entiiis, entis- 
 sime,) (magnif icus,) mag- 
 nificently; splendidly. 
 
 Magnifieentia, ae, f. (id.) mag- 
 nificence ; splendor ; grand- 
 eur; from 
 
 Magniflcus, a, um, adj. (en- 
 tior, entisslmus,) (magnus 
 
 and facio,) magnificent; 
 splendid. 
 
 Magnitudo, Inis, f. (magnus,) 
 greatness; magnitude; size; 
 (applied chiefly to material 
 objects.) 
 
 Magnopere, adv. sometimes 
 magno opere, (magnus & 
 opus,) greatly; very; ear' 
 nestly. 
 
 Magnus, a, um, adj. (major, 
 maximus, 113,) the gene- 
 ral term applied to great- 
 ness of every kind;) great; 
 large. 219, 
 
 Major, comp. (magnus,) great- 
 er; the elder; hence, 
 
 Majores^ um, m. pi. forefath- 
 ers; ancestors, 
 
 Male, adv. (pejus, pessime,) 
 (malus,) badly; ill; hurt- 
 fully. 
 
 Maledico, -dicere, -dixi, -dic- 
 tum, intr. (male & dico,) to 
 revile; to rail at; to abuse; 
 to reproach. 
 
 Maledicus, a, um, adj. (entior. 
 entisslmus, 113, 3,) revil- 
 ing ; railing ; scurrilous ; 
 abusive. 221, 
 
 Malef icus, a, um, adj. (entior, 
 entisslmus, 113, 3,) (male 
 & facio,) wicked; hurtful; 
 mischievous ; injurious : — 
 subs, an evil doer. 221, 
 
 Malo, malle, malui, tr. irr. 
 (magis & volo,) § 83, 6, .to 
 prefer; to be more willing; 
 to wish. 410, 
 
 Malum, i, n. an apple. 
 
 Malum, i, n. (malus,) evil; 
 
262 
 
 MALUS MARS. 
 
 misfortune; calamity; suf- 
 ferings; evil deeds. 
 
 Malus, a, um, adj. (pejor, pes- 
 simus, § 26,) bad; wicked: 
 mali, bad men. 21Q. 
 
 Manclnus, i, m. a Roman con- 
 sul who made a disgraceful 
 peace with the Numantians. 
 
 Mando, mandere, mandi, man- 
 sum, tr. to chew ; to eat. 
 
 Mando, are, avi, atum, tr. (man- 
 ui & do,) to give into one's 
 hand; hence, to command; 
 to intrust; to commit; to 
 bid; to enjoin: mandare 
 marmoribus, to engrave up- 
 on marble. 
 
 Mane, ind. n. the morning; 
 adv. early in the morning. 
 
 Maneo, ere, si, sum, intr. to 
 remain; to continue. 
 
 Manes, ium, m. pi. the manes; 
 ghosts or shades of the dead. 
 
 Manlius, i, m. a Roman proper 
 name. 
 
 Mano,are, avi, atum, intr. to 
 flow. 
 
 Mansuefacio, -facere, -feci, -fac- 
 tum, tr. (mansues & facio,) 
 to tame; to make tame. 
 
 Mansuefio, -fieri, -factus sum, 
 irr. § 83, Obs. 3, p. 188, to 
 be made tame. 420* 
 
 Mansuefactus, a, um, part. 
 
 Mantinea, se, f. a city of Arca- 
 dia. 
 
 Manubiae, arum, f. pi. (ma- 
 nus,) booty; spoils; plun- 
 der. 
 
 Manumissus, a, um, part. fr. 
 
 Manumitto, -mittere, -mlsi, 
 
 -missum, tr. (manus & mit- 
 to,) to set free; at liberty; 
 to free; to manumit. 
 
 Manus, us, f. a hand; the trunk 
 of an elephant; a band or 
 body of soldiers. 
 
 Mapale, is, n. a hut or cottage 
 of the Numidians. 
 
 Marcellus, i, m. the name of a 
 Roman family which pro- 
 duced many illustrious 
 men. 
 
 Marcius, i, m. a Roman name 
 and cognomen or surname. 
 
 Marcus, i, m. a Roman pr2e~ 
 nomen. 
 
 Mare, is, n. the sea; {a gene- 
 ral term: aequor, a level 
 surface: pontus, the sea, 
 so called from Pontus, an 
 ancient god of the sea: pe- 
 lagus, the deep sea.) 
 
 Margarita, 3d, f. a pearl. 
 
 Mariandyni, orum, m. pi. a 
 people of Bithynia. 
 
 Marinus, a, um, adj. (mare,) 
 marine; pertaining to the 
 sea: aqua marina, sea- 
 water. 
 
 Maritlmus, a, um, adj. (id.) 
 maritime ; on the sea-coast : 
 copiae, naval forces. 
 
 Maritus, i, m. (mas,) a hus- 
 band. 
 
 Marius, i, m. (C.) a distin- 
 guished Roman general, 
 who was seven times elected 
 consul. 
 
 Marmor, oris, n. marble. 
 
 Mars, tis, m. the son of Jupiter 
 and Juno, and god of war. 
 
MAIISI MEGASTIIENES. 
 
 2G3 
 
 Marsi, orum, m. pi. a people of 
 Latium, upon the borders 
 of Lake lu'tnus. 
 
 Marsyas, ae, m. a celebrated 
 Phrygian musician; also, 
 a brother of Antigonus, the 
 king of Macedonia. 
 
 Massa, ae, f. a mass; a lump. 
 
 Massfcns, a, um, adj. Massic; 
 of Masstcus, a mountain 
 in Campania, famous for 
 its wine: vinum, Massic 
 wine. 
 
 Massilia, ae, f. a maritime town 
 of Gallia Narbonensis, now 
 Marseilles. 
 
 Mater, tris, f. a mother ; a ma- 
 tron ; hence, 
 
 Materia, 33, f. a material; mat- 
 ter; stuff; timber. 
 
 Matriinonium, i, n. (id.) ma- 
 trimony ; m a rriage. 
 
 Matrona, ae, f. a river of Gaul. 
 
 Matrona, ae, f. a matron. 
 
 Maturesco, maturesccre, ma- 
 turui, intr. inc. to ripen; to 
 grow ripe; from 
 
 Matures, a, um, adj. (ior, ri- 
 mus, or issimus,) ripe ; ma- 
 ture; perfect. 
 
 Mauritania, 33, f. a country in 
 the western part of Africa, 
 extending from Numidia to 
 the Atlantic ocean. 
 
 Mausolus, i, m. a king of Ca- 
 ria. 
 
 Maxilla, ae, f. a jaw; a jaw- 
 bone. 
 
 Maximc, adv. (sup. of magis,) 
 most of all; especially ;\ 
 greatly. 
 
 Maximus, i, m. a Roman sur- 
 name: Qu. Fabius Maxi- 
 mus, a distinguished Ro- 
 man general. 
 
 Maximum, a, um, adj. (sup. of 
 magnus,) greatest; eldest: 
 maximus natu, oldest. See 
 Natu. 
 
 Mecum, (me & cum,) with me* 
 
 Medeor, eri, intr. dep. to cure; 
 to heal. 
 
 Medicina, a3, f. (medicus,) med- 
 icine. 
 
 Medico, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (id.) to heal; to administer 
 medicine; to medicate; to 
 prepare medically; to em- 
 balm. 
 
 Medicus, i, m. a physician. 
 
 Meditatus, a, um, part, de- 
 signed; practiced; from 
 
 Meditor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 to meditate; to reflect; to 
 practice. 
 
 Mediomatrici, orum, m. pi. a 
 people of Belgic Gaul. 
 
 Meatus, a, um, adj. middle; 
 the midst: medium, the 
 middle. 
 
 Medusa, ae, f. one of the three 
 Gorgons. 
 
 Megara, ae, f. the capital of 
 Megaris. 
 
 Megarenses, ium, m. pi. Mega- 
 rensians ; the inhabitants 
 of Megara. 
 
 Megaris, Idis, f. a small coun' 
 try of Greece. 
 
 Megatfthenes, is, m. a Greek 
 historian, whose works have 
 been lost. 
 
264 
 
 MEHERCULE MERITUM. 
 
 Mehercule,, adv. by Hercules ; 
 truly; certainly. 
 
 Mel, lis, n. honey. 
 
 Meleagrus, & -ager, gri, m. a 
 king of Calydonia. 
 
 Melior, us, adj. (comp of bo- 
 nus, 113,) better. 
 
 Melius, adv. (comp. of bene, 
 234,) better. 219. 
 
 Membrana, se, f. a thin skin; a 
 membrane; parchment. 
 
 Membrum, i, n. a limb; a mem- 
 ber. 
 
 Memini, def. pret. 222, 2, 1 
 remember; I relate. 437* 
 
 Memor, oris, adj. mindful. 
 
 Memorabilis, e, adj. comp. 
 (memor,) memorable ; re- 
 markable; worthy of being 
 mentioned. 
 
 Memoria, ae, f. (id.) memory. 
 
 Memoro, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 remember; to call to one's 
 memory; to say; to men- 
 tion. 
 
 Memphis, is, f. a large city of 
 Egypt. 
 
 Mendacium, i, n. a falsehood; 
 from 
 
 Mendax, acis, adj. (mentior,) 
 false; lying. 
 
 Menelaus, i, m. a king of 
 Sparta, the son of Atreus, 
 and husband of Helen. 
 
 Menenius, i, m. (Agrippa,) a 
 Roman, distinguished for 
 his success in reconciling 
 the plebeians to the patri- 
 cians. 
 
 Mens, tis, f. the mind; the un- 
 derstanding; (the reason- 
 
 ing faculty as distinguished 
 from animus, the seat of 
 feelings and passions.) An- 
 Imo et mente, with the whole 
 soul. 
 Mensis, is, m. a month. 
 Mentio, onis, f. (memini,) a 
 
 mention or a speaking of 
 Mentior, iri, itus sum, tr. dep. 
 to lie; to assert falsely ; to 
 feign; to deceive. 
 
 Mercator, oris, m. (mercor,) a 
 merchant; a trader. 
 
 Mercatura, se, f. (id.) merchan- 
 dise; trade. 
 
 Mercatus, us, m. (id.) a mar- 
 ket; a mart; a fair; an 
 emporium; a sale. 
 
 Merces, edis, f. (mereo,) wa- 
 ges ; a reward ; a price. 
 
 Mercurius, i, m. Mercury, the 
 son of Jupiter and Maia. 
 He was the messenger of 
 the gods. 
 
 Mereo, ere, ui, itum, intr. & 
 tr. to deserve; to gain; to 
 acquire. 
 
 Mereor, eri, itus sum, intr. & 
 tr. dep. to deserve; to earn. 
 
 Mergo, mergere, mersi, mer- 
 sum, tr. to sink; to dip in, 
 or under. 
 
 Meridianus, a, um, adj. south- 
 ern; south; at noon-day; 
 from 
 
 Meridies, iei, m. (medius, & di- 
 es,) noon; mid-day ; south. 
 
 Merito, adv. with reason ; with 
 good reason ; deservedly. 
 
 Meritum, i, n. (mereo,) merit; 
 desert. 
 
MERS1 MINIMUS. 
 
 265 
 
 Mersi. See Mergo. 
 
 Mersus, a, um, part, (mergo.) 
 
 Merula, ae, f. a blackbird. 
 
 M erx, cis, f. merchandise. 
 
 Mesas, is, f. (meto,) the har- 
 vest; a reaping. 
 
 Met a, ae, f. (meto, are,) a pil- 
 lar in the form of a cone; 
 a goal; a limit. 
 
 Metagonium, i, n. a promon- 
 tory in the northern part of 
 Africa. 
 
 Metallum, i, n. metal; a mine. 
 
 Metanlra, ae, f. the wife of Ce- 
 leus, Jang of Eleusis. 
 
 Metellus, i, m. the name of 
 an illustrious family at 
 Rome. 
 
 Metior, metlri, mensus sum, 
 tr. dep. to measure. 
 
 Metros, i, m. (Suffetius,) an 
 Alban general, put to death 
 by Tullus Hostilius. 
 
 Meto, metere, messui, messum, 
 tr. to reap; to mow. 
 
 Memo, metuere, metui, tr. & 
 intr. to fear ; from 
 
 Metus, us, m. fear. 
 
 Meus, a, um, pro. 121, (ego,) 
 my; mine. 236, 
 
 Micipsa, x, m. a king of Nu- 
 midia. 
 
 Mico, are, ui, intr. to move 
 quickly, or with a quiver- 
 ing, tremulous motion, as 
 the tongue of a serpent; to 
 glance ; to shine ; to glitter. 
 See dimico. 
 
 Midas, ae, m. a king of Phry- 
 gian distinguished for his 
 wealth. 
 
 23 
 
 Migro, are, avi, atum, intr. to 
 remove ; to migrate ; to wan- 
 der. 
 
 Mihi. See Ego. 
 
 Miles, Itis, c. (mille, properly, 
 one of a thousand;) a sol- 
 dier; the soldiery. 
 
 Miletus, i, f. the capital of 
 Ionia, near the borders of 
 Carta. 
 
 Militia, ae, f. (miles,) war; 
 military service. 
 
 Milito, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 (id.) to serve in war. 
 
 Mille, n. ind. (in sing.) a thou- 
 sand : millia, um, pi. — mil- 
 le, adj. ind. 104, 5. 
 
 Milliarium, i, n. (mille, sc, pas- 
 suum, 909,) a milestone; a 
 mile, or 5000 feet: ad quin- 
 tum milliarium urbis, to the 
 fifth milestone of the city, 
 i. e. within five miles of the 
 city. 
 
 Miltiades, is, m. a celebrated 
 Athenian general, who con- 
 quered the Persians. 
 
 Milvius, i, i ii. a kite. 
 
 Minae, arum, f. pi. (minco, 
 to hang over;) projecting 
 points; battlements; com- 
 monly, threats. 
 
 Minatus, a, um, part, (minor.) 
 
 Minerva, ae, f. the daughter of 
 Jupiter, and goddess of war 
 and wisdom. 
 
 Minime, adv. (sup. of parum,) 
 least; at least; not at all. 
 
 Minimus, a, um, adj. (sup. of 
 parvus, 113,) the least; t/te 
 smallest. 219* 
 
MINISTERIUM — MODUS. 
 
 Ministerium, i, n. (minister,) 
 service; labor. 
 
 Minium, i, n. red lead; ver- 
 milion. 
 
 Minor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 & intr. to project; to reach 
 upwards; to threaten; to 
 menace. 
 
 Minor, oris, adj. (comp. of par- 
 vus, 113,) less; smaller; 
 weaker. 21Q» 
 
 Minos, ois, a son of Europa, 
 and king of Crete. 
 
 Minuo, minuere, minui, minu- 
 tum, tr. (minus,) to dimin- 
 ish. 
 
 Minus, adv. (minor,) (comp. 
 of parum,) less: quo minus, 
 or quominus, that — not. 
 
 MiracQlum, i, n. (miror,) a 
 miracle; a wonder. 
 
 Mirabilis, e, adj. (id.) wonder- 
 ful; astonishing. 
 
 Miratus, a, um, part, (miror,) 
 wondering at. 
 
 Mire, adv. (mirus,) wonder- 
 fully; remarkably. 
 
 Miror, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 to wonder at; to admire; 
 from 
 
 Mirus, a, um, adj. wonderful; 
 surprising. 
 
 Misceo, miscere, miscui, mis- 
 tum or mixtum, tr. to min- 
 gle; to mix. 
 
 Miser, era, erum, adj. (erior, 
 errimus,) miserable; un- 
 happy; wretched; sad. 
 
 Miseratus, a, um, part, (mise- 
 ror.) 
 
 Misereor, misereri, miseritus, 
 
 or misertus sum, tr. dep. 
 (miser,) to have compas- 
 sion; to pity. 
 
 Miseret, miseruit, miseritum 
 est, imp. (misereo, fr. mi- 
 ser,) it pitieth: me mise- 
 ret, I pity. 
 
 Misericordia, se, f. (misericors, 
 from misereo & cor,) pity; 
 compassion. 
 
 Miseror, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 (miser,) to pity. 
 
 Misi. See Mitto. 
 
 Mistus & mixtus, a, um, part, 
 (misceo.) 
 
 Mithridates, is, m. a celebrated 
 king of Pontus. 
 
 Mithridaticus, a, um, adj. be- 
 longing to Mithridates ; 
 Mithridatic. 
 
 Mitis, e, adj. § 21, II., (ior, is- 
 simus,) mild; meek; kind; 
 humane. 190» 
 
 Mitto, mittere, misi, missum, 
 tr. to send; to throw; to 
 bring forth; to produce; to 
 afford: mittere se in 
 aquam, to plunge into the 
 water. 
 
 Mixtus. See Mistus. 
 
 Modicus, a, um, adj. (modus,) 
 moderate ; of moderate size; 
 small. 
 
 Modius, i, m. a measure; a 
 half bushel. 908, 4.1559. 
 
 Modo, adv. now; only; but: 
 modo — modo, sometimes — 
 sometimes: conj. (for si 
 modo or dummodo,) pro- 
 vided that; if only. 
 
 Modus, i, m. a measure ; same 
 
MCENIA MUCIUS. 
 
 267 
 
 as modius, (908, 4,) a man- 
 ner ; a way ; degree ; limit ; 
 moderation. 1330* 
 
 M(enia, um, n. pi. (munio,) the 
 walls of a city, furnished 
 with towers and battlements 
 for defence. 
 
 Mcenus, i, m. the Maine, a river 
 of Germany, and a branch 
 of the Rhine. 
 
 Mocrens, tis, part, from 
 
 Moereo, mcerere, intr. to be sad; 
 to mourn, 
 
 Mceris, is, m. a lake in Egypt. 
 
 Mokis, is, f. a mass ; a bulk ; a 
 burden ; a weight ; a pile. 
 
 Molestus, a, um, adj. (moles,) 
 (ior, issimus,) irksome; se- 
 vere; troublesome; oppres- 
 sive; unwelcome. 
 
 Mollio, Ire, ivi, Itum, tr. to 
 soften; to moderate; from 
 
 Mollis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
 soft; tender. 
 
 Molossi, drum, m. pi. the Molos- 
 sians, a people of Eplrus. 
 
 Momordi See Mordeo. 
 
 Moneii0{ tis, part, from 
 
 Moneo, ere, ui, itum, tr. to ad- 
 vise; to remind; to warn; 
 to admonish; hence, 
 
 Monimentuin, or -umentum, i. 
 n. (moneo,) a monument ; a 
 memorial; a record; and 
 
 Monitor, oris, m. a monitor. 
 
 Mons, tis, m. a mountain; a 
 mount. 
 
 Monstro, are, a.vi, fitum,tr. (mo- 
 neo,) to show; point out. 
 
 Mora, x, f. delay. 
 
 Morbus, i, m. a disease. 
 
 Mordax, acis, adj. (comp.) bit- 
 ing; sharp; snappish; fr. 
 
 Mordeo, mordere, momordi, 
 morsum, tr. to bite. 
 
 Mores. See Mos. 
 
 Morions, tis, part, from 
 
 Morior, mori & morlri, mor- 
 tuus sum, intr. dep. 220, to 
 die. 383. 
 
 Moror, ari, atus sum, intr. dep. 
 to delay; to tarry; to stay; 
 to remain; tr. nihil moror, 1 
 care not for ; lvalue not. 
 
 Morosus, a, um, adj. comp. 
 (mos,) morose; peevish; 
 fretful. 
 
 Mors, tis, f. death. 
 
 Morsus, us, m. (mordeo,) bite; 
 biting. 
 
 Mortalis, e, adj. (mors,) mortal. 
 
 Mortuus, a, um, part, (morior,) 
 dead. 
 
 Mos, moris, m. a manner; a 
 way; a custom: more, af- 
 ter the manner of; like: 
 mores, conduct; deportment; 
 manners; customs. 
 
 Mossyni, drum, m. p . a people 
 of Asia Minor, near the 
 Euxine. 
 
 Motus, us, m. (moveo,) motion: 
 terras motus, an earthquake. 
 
 Motus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Moveo, movere, movi, motum, 
 tr. to move; to stir; to ex- 
 cite. 
 
 Mox, adv. soon; soon after; by 
 and by. 
 
 Mucius, i, m. (Scaevola,) a Ro- 
 man, celebrated for his for- 
 titude. 
 
268 
 
 MULIEBRIS NARBONENSIS. 
 
 Muliebris, e, adj. womanly; 
 female; from 
 
 Mulier, eris, f. a woman. 
 
 Multitudo, inis, f. (multus,) a 
 multitude. 
 
 Multo, or -cto, are, avi, atum, 
 tr. (multa, or mulcta, from 
 mulgeo,) to punish by de- 
 privation; to fine; to im- 
 pose a fine; to sentence to 
 pay a fine. 
 
 Multo, & Multum, adv. much: 
 multo, by far. 
 
 Multus, a, um, adj. much; 
 many. 
 
 Mummius, j, m. a Roman gen- 
 eral. 
 
 Mundus, i, m. (mundus, neat, 
 orderly,) the world; the 
 universe. 
 
 Muniendus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Munio, Ire, ivi, Itum, tr. to 
 build a wall or fortress; to 
 fortify: viam, to open or 
 prepare a road. 
 
 Munus, eris, n. an office; ser- 
 vice; duty; a gift; a pre- 
 sent ; a favor ; a reward 
 for service; (distinguished 
 from donum, a free gift.) 
 
 Muralis, e, adj. pertaining to 
 a wall: corona, the mural 
 crown, given to him who 
 first mounted the wall of a 
 besieged town; from 
 
 Murus, i, m. a wall; a wall of 
 a town, garden, or other 
 enclosed place. 
 
 Mus, muris, m. a mouse. 
 
 Musa, ee, f. a muse; a song. 
 
 Musca, le, f. a fly. 
 
 Museums, i, m. dim, (mus,) a 
 little mouse. 
 
 Musice, es, & Musica, as, f. 
 (musa,) music; the art of 
 music; hence, 
 
 Musicus, a, um, adj. musical. 
 
 Muto, are, avi, atum, tr. (mo- 
 veo,) to change; to trans- 
 form. 
 
 Mygdonia, ae, f. a small coun- 
 try of Phrygia. 
 
 Myrmecides, is, m. an ingen- 
 ious artist of Miletus. 
 
 Myndius, i, m. a Myndian ; an 
 inhabitant of Myndus. 
 
 Myndus, i, f. a city in Carta, 
 near Halicarnassus. 
 
 Mysia, ae, f. a country of Asia 
 Minor, having the Propon- 
 tis on the north, and the 
 ^Egean sea on the west. 
 
 N. 
 
 Nabis, idis, m. a tyrant of La- 
 cedcemon. 
 
 Nag, adv. verily; truly. 
 
 Nactus, a, um, part, (nancis- 
 cor,) having found. 
 
 Nam, conj.ybr; but. 
 
 Nanciscor, nancisci, nactus 
 sum, tr. dep. (nancio, not 
 used,) to get; to find; to 
 meet with. 
 
 Narbonensis, e, adj. Narbo- 
 nensis Gallia, one of the 
 four divisions of Gaul, in 
 the south-eastern part, de- 
 riving its name from the 
 city of Narbo, now Nar- 
 bonne. 
 
NARIS NEMO. 
 
 269 
 
 Nans, is, f. the nostril. 
 
 Narro, are, avi, atum, tr. to re- 
 late; to tell; to say. 
 
 Nascor, nasci, natus sum, intr. 
 dep. to be bom; to grow ; to 
 be produced. 
 
 Nasclca, ae, m. a surname of 
 Publius Cornelius Scipio. 
 
 Nasus, i, m. the nose. 
 
 Natalie, e, adj. (nascor,) na- 
 tal: dies natalis, a birth- 
 day. 
 
 Natans, tis, part, from 
 
 Nato, are, avi, atum, intr. freq. 
 (no,) to swim; to float. 
 
 Natu, abl. sing. m. by birth: 
 Data minor, the younger: 
 minimus, the youngest : ma- 
 jor, the elder: maximus, the 
 oldest; § 26, 6. 224. 
 
 Natura, ae, f. (nascor,) na- 
 ture; creation; power; 
 hence, 
 
 Naturalis, e, adj. natural. 
 
 Natus, a um, part, (nascor,) 
 born: octoginta annos na- 
 tus, born eighty years ; i. e. 
 eighty years old; hence, 
 
 Natus, i, m. a son. 
 
 Naufragium, i, n. (navis & 
 frango,) a shipwreck. 
 
 Nauta, a?, and navita, ae, (na- 
 vis,) m. a sailor. 
 
 Navfilis, e, adj. (navis,) naval; 
 belonging to ships. 
 
 Navigabilis, e, adj. (navigo,) 
 navigable. 
 
 Navigatio, onis, f. (id.) naviga- 
 tion; and 
 
 Navigium, i, n. a ship; a ves- 
 sel; from 
 
 Navigo, are, avi, atum, tr. (na- 
 vis & ago,) to steer, navi- 
 gate, or direct a ship; to 
 navigate; to sail: naviga- 
 tur, imp. navigation is car- 
 ried on ; they sail. 
 
 Navis, is, f. a ship. 
 
 Ne, conj. not; lest; lest that; 
 that — not: ne quidem, not 
 even. 
 
 Ne, conj. enclitic: whether; 
 or: (In direct questions the 
 translation is commonly 
 omitted, Id. 56, 3d.) 
 
 Nee, conj. (ne & que,) and not; 
 but not; neither; nor. 
 
 Necessarius, a, um, adj. (ne- 
 cesse,) necessary : — subs, a 
 friend. 
 
 Necessitas, atis, f. (id.) neces- 
 sity; duty. 
 
 Neco, are, avi or ui, atum, tr. 
 to kill; to destroy; to slay. 
 
 Nefas, n. ind. (ne & fas,) im- 
 piety; wrong; wickedness. 
 
 Neglectus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Negligo, -ligere, -lexi, -lectum, 
 tr. (nee & lego,) to neglect; 
 not to care for; to disre- 
 gard. 
 
 Nego, are, avi, atum, tr. (pro- 
 bably, ne & aio,) to deny; 
 to refuse : equal to dico ut 
 non, to declare that not. 
 
 Negotium, i, n. (nee & otium,) 
 business ; labor; pains; dif- 
 ficulty: tacili or nullo nego- 
 tio, with little or no trouble ; 
 easily. 
 
 Nemo, inis, c. (ne & homo,) 
 no one; no man. 
 
270 
 
 NEMUS — NO CEO. 
 
 Nemus, Sris, n. a forest; a 
 grove ; (but not consecrated 
 as lucus.) 
 
 Nepos, otis, m. a grandson. 
 
 Neptunus, i, m. the god of the 
 sea, son of Saturn and Ops. 
 
 Nequaquam, adv. (ne & qua- 
 quam,) by no means. 
 
 Neque, conj. (ne & que,) and 
 — not; neither; nor. 
 
 Nequeo, ire, ivi, itum, intr. irr. 
 (ne & queo, § 83, 3,) / can 
 not; I am not able. 413* 
 
 Nequis, -qua, -quod, or -quid, 
 pro. (ne & quis,) § 35, lest 
 any one; that no one or no 
 thing. 
 
 Nereis, idis, f. a Nereid; a sea- 
 nymph. The Nereids were 
 the daughters of Nereus and 
 Doris. 
 
 Nescio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. (ne & 
 scio,) to be ignorant of; not 
 to know; can not. 
 
 Nestus, i, m. a river in the 
 western part of Thrace. 
 
 Neuter, tra, trum, adj. (ne & 
 uter,) neither of the two; 
 neither. 
 
 Nicomedes, is, m. a' king of 
 Bithynia. 
 
 Nidifico, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 (nidus & facio,) to build a 
 nest. 
 
 Nidus, i, m. a nest. 
 
 Niger, gra, grum, adj. (nigrior, 
 nigerrimus,) black. 
 
 Nihil, n. ind. or Nihilum, i, n. 
 (ne & hilum,) nothing: ni- 
 hil habeo quod, / have no- 
 
 thing on account of which} 
 i. e. I have no reason why. 
 
 Nihilominus, adv. (nihilo mi- 
 nus, less by nothing ;) nev- 
 ertheless. 
 
 Nilus, i, m. the Nile; the larg- 
 est river of Africa. 
 
 Nimius, a, um, adj. (nimis, too 
 much;) too great; excess- 
 ive; immoderate. 
 
 Nimium, & Nimid, adv. (id.) 
 too much. 
 
 Ninus, i, m. a king of Assyria. 
 
 Niobe, es, f. the wife of Am- 
 phion, king of Thebes. 
 
 Nisi, conj. (ne & si,) unless; 
 except; if not. 
 
 Nisus, i, m. a king of Megaris f 
 and the father of Sylla. 
 
 Nitidus, a, um, adj. comp. (ni- 
 teo,) shining ; bright; clear. 
 
 Nitor, oris, m. (niteo,) splen- 
 dor; gloss; brilliancy. 
 
 Nitor, niti, nisus & nixus sum, 
 dep. to strive. 
 
 Nix, nivis, f. snow. 
 
 No, nare, navi, natum, intr. to 
 swim. 
 
 Nobilis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
 (nosco,) known; noted; no- 
 ble ; celebrated ; famous ; of 
 high rank; hence, 
 
 Nobilitas, atis, f. nobility; the 
 nobility; the nobles; a no- 
 ble spirit; nobleness. 
 
 Nobilito, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (id.) to ennoble; to make 
 famous. 
 
 Noceo, ere, ui, itum, intr. to 
 injure; to harm. 
 
NOCTU NUMANTIA. 
 
 271 
 
 Noctu, abL smg. monoptot, by 
 1 light; in the night time. 
 
 Noctu mus, a, am, adj. (noetu,) 
 nightly ; nocturnal.. 
 
 Nodus, i, in. a knot ; a tumor. 
 
 Kola, ae, f. a city of Campa- 
 nia. 
 
 Nolo, nolle, nolui, intr. in*. 
 
 * (non & volo, § 83, 5,) to be 
 
 unwilling: noli face re, do 
 
 not: noli esse, be not; Id. 
 
 5 87. 418. 
 
 Nomades, um, m. pi. a name 
 given to those tribes who 
 wander from place to place, 
 with their flocks and herds, 
 having no fixed residence. 
 
 Nomen, inis, n. a name ; fame. 
 
 Non, adv. not. 
 
 Nonagesimus, a, um, adj. ord. 
 the ninetieth. 
 
 Nonne, adv. (non & ne, a neg- 
 ative interrogative,) not? 
 as, nonne fecit? has he not 
 done it ? 
 
 Nonnihil, n. ind. (non nihil, 
 not nothing; i. e., some- 
 thing. 
 
 Nonnlsi, adv. (non & nisi,) 
 only; not; except. 
 
 Nonnullus, a, um, adj. (non & 
 nullus,) some. 
 
 Nonus, a, um, num. adj. the 
 ninth. 
 
 Nos. See JSgo. 
 
 Nosco, noscere, novi, notum, 
 tr. to know; to understand; 
 *o learn. 
 
 Noster, tra, trum, pro. our 
 121. 230. 
 
 Nota, 2d, f. (nosco,) a mark. 
 
 Notans, tis, part from 
 
 Noto, are, avi, atum, tr. (no- 
 
 ta,) to mark; to stigmatize; 
 
 to observe. 
 Notus, a, um, part. (fr. nosco,) 
 
 known. 
 Novem, ind. num. adj. pi. 
 
 nine. < 
 
 Nov us, a, um, adj. (sup. issi- 
 
 mus, § 26, 5,) new; recent; 
 
 fresh. 223. 
 Nox, noctis, f. night: de nocte, 
 
 by night. 
 Noxius, a, um, adj. (noceo,) 
 
 hurtful; injurious. 
 Nubes, is, f. a cloud. 
 Nubo, nubere, nupsi & nupta 
 
 sum, nuptum, intr. to cover 
 
 with a veil; to marry ; to be 
 
 married; (used only of the 
 
 wife.) 
 Nudatus, a, um, part, laid 
 
 open; stripped; deprived; 
 
 from 
 Nudo, are, Ttvi, Titum, tr. to 
 
 make naked; to lay open; 
 
 from 
 Nudus, a, um, adj. naked; bare. 
 Nullus, a, um, gen. ius, adj. 
 
 (non ullus,) no; no one. 
 Num, interrog. adv. in indi- 
 rect questions, whether ? in 
 
 direct questions, commonly 
 
 omitted. See Ne, and Id. 
 
 56,3d. 
 Numa, ae, m. (Pompilius,) the 
 
 second king of Home, and 
 
 the successor of Romulus. 
 Numantia, ae, f. a city of Spain, 
 
 besieged by the Romans for 
 
 twenty years. 
 
272 
 
 NUMANTINI OBLIGO. 
 
 Numantlni, drum, m. pL Nu- 
 mantines; the people of Nu- 
 mantia. 
 
 Numen, inis, n. (nuo,) a deity; 
 a god. 
 
 Numero, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 count; to number ; to reck- 
 on; from 
 
 Numerus, i, m. a number. 
 
 Numidiae, arum, m. pi. the Nu- 
 midians. 
 
 Numidia, as, f. a country of 
 Africa. 
 
 Numitor, oris, m. the father of 
 Rhea Sylvia, and grandfa- 
 ther of Romulus and Re- 
 mus. 
 
 Nummus, i, m. money. 
 
 Nunc, adv. now: nunc etiam, 
 even now ; still. 
 
 Nuncupo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (nomen & capio,) to name; 
 to call. 
 
 Nunquam, (ne & unquam,) 
 adv. never. 
 
 Nuntiatus, a, urn, part, from 
 
 Nuntio, or -cio, are, avi, atum, 
 tr. (nuntius,) to announce; 
 to tell. 
 
 Nuptiae, arum, f. pi. (nubo,) 
 nuptials; marriage; a wed- 
 ding. 
 
 Nusquam, adv. (ne & usquam,) 
 no where ; in no place. 
 
 Nutriendus, a, urn, part, to be 
 nourished. 
 
 Nutrio, Ire, Ivi, Itum, tr. to 
 nourish. 
 
 Nutritus, a, um, part. 
 
 Nutrix, Icis, f. (nutrio,) a 
 nurse. 
 
 Nympha, ae, f. a nymph; a god- 
 dess presiding over foun- 
 tains, groves, or rivers, &c 
 
 O. 
 
 O! int. 0! ah! 
 
 Ob, prep, for; on account of; 
 before. 
 
 Obdprmisco, -dormiscere, -dor- 
 mivi, intr. inc. (ob & dor- 
 misco,) to fall asleep; to 
 
 Obduco, -ducere, -duxi, -duc- 
 tum, tr. (ob & duco,) to 
 draw over ; to cover over. 
 
 Obductus, a, um, part, spread 
 over; covered over. 
 
 Obedio, ire, ivi, Itum, intr. (ob 
 & audio,) to give ear to; to 
 obey ; to comply with ; to be 
 subject to. 
 
 Obeo, Ire, Ivi & ii, itum, tr. & 
 
 intr. (ob & eo,) to go to; to 
 
 discharge; to execute; to die; 
 
 (i. e. mortem or supremum, 
 
 diem oblre.) 
 
 Oberro, are, ayi, atum, (ob & 
 erro,) to wander; to wan- 
 der about. 
 
 Obitus, us, m. (obeo,) death. 
 
 Objaceo, ere, ui, itum, intr. (ob 
 & jaceo,) to lie against or 
 before; to be opposite. 
 
 Objectus, a, um, part, thrown 
 to or in the way* exposed. 
 
 Objicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jectum, 
 tr. (ob & jacio,) to throw 
 before ; to throw to ; to give; 
 to object; to expose. 
 
 Obligo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ob 
 
OBLIQUE — OCCIDO. 
 
 273 
 
 & ligo,) to bind to; to 
 oblige; to obligate. 
 
 Oblique, adv. indirectly; ob- 
 liquely; from 
 
 Obllquus, a, urn, adj. (ob & 
 liquis,) oblique; indirect; 
 sidewise. 
 
 Oblltus, a, urn, part, forgetting ; 
 having forgotten ; from 
 
 Obliviscor, oblivisci, oblltus 
 sum, tr. dep. (ob & lino,) 
 to forget. 
 
 Obnoxius, a, um, adj. (ob & 
 noxius,) obnoxious; subject; 
 exposed to ; liable. 
 
 Obruo, -ruere, -rui, -rutum, tr. 
 (ob & ruo,) to rush down 
 headlong against; to over- 
 whelm; do cover ; to bury. 
 
 Obrutus, a, um, part, buried; 
 covered; overwhelmed. 
 
 ObscQro, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (obscurus,) to obscure; to 
 darken. 
 
 Obsecro, are, avi, atum, tr. (ob 
 & sacro,) to beseech ; to con- 
 jure. 
 
 Obsequor, sequi, secutus sum, 
 intr. dep. (ob & sequor,) to 
 follow; to serve; to obey; to 
 humor. 
 
 Observo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ob 
 & servo,) to keep before the 
 mind; to observe ; to watch. 
 
 Obses, idis, c. (obsideo,) a 
 hostage. 
 
 Obsessus, a, um, part, besieged; 
 from 
 
 Obsideo, -sidere, -sedi, -sessum, 
 tr. (ob & sedeo,) to sit be- 
 
 fore or opposite; hence, to 
 besiege; to invest; to block* 
 ade; hence, 
 
 Obsidio, onis, f. a siege. 
 
 Obsidionfdis, e, adj. belonging 
 to a siege; obsidional: co- 
 rona, a crown given to him 
 who had raised a siege. 
 
 Obstetrix, Icis, f. a midwife. 
 
 Obtestatus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Obtestor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 (ob & testor,) to call sol- 
 emnly to witness; to conjure; 
 to beseech; to entreat. 
 
 Obtineo, -tinere, -tinui, -ten- 
 turn, tr. (ob & teneo,) to 
 hold; to retain; to obtain: 
 obtinet sententia, the opin- 
 ion prevails. 
 
 Obtulit. See OfFero. 
 
 Obviam, adv. (ob & viam,) in 
 the way; meeting; to meet: 
 fio or eo obviam, I meet; I 
 go to meet. 
 
 Occasio, onis, f. (ob & cado,) 
 an occasion; a good oppor- 
 tunity. 
 
 Occasus, us, m. (id.) the de- 
 scent) the setting of the 
 heavenly bodies; evening; 
 the west. 
 
 Occidens, tis, m. (id.) the setting 
 sun; evening; the west. 
 
 Occidentfilis, e, adj. (id.) west- 
 ern; occidental. 
 
 Occldo, occidere, occldi, occl- 
 sum, tr. (ob & credo,) to 
 beat; to kill; to slay; to put 
 to death. 
 
 Occklo, occidere, occidi, occa- 
 
274 
 
 OCCTSURUS — OLYMPICUS. 
 
 sum, intr. (ob & cado,) to 
 fall; to fall down; to set. 
 
 Occisurus, a, um, part, (occl- 
 do.) 
 
 Occisus, a, um, part, (occido.) 
 
 Occcecatus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Occoeco, are, avi, atum, tr. (ob 
 & cceco,) to blind; to daz- 
 zle. 
 
 Occulto, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 freq. (occulo,) to conceal; 
 to hide. 
 
 Occultor, ari, atus sum, pass. 
 to be concealed; to hide 
 one's self. 
 
 OccQpo, are, avi, atum, tr. (ob 
 & capio,) to occupy; to 
 seize upon; to take posses- 
 sion of before another. 
 
 Occurro, -currere, -curri & -cu- 
 curri, -cursum, intr. (ob & 
 curro,) to meet; to go to 
 meet; to run to meet; to en- 
 counter. 
 
 Oceanus, i, m. the ocean; the 
 sea. 
 
 Octavianus, i, m. (Caesar,) the 
 nephew and adopted son of 
 Julius Ccesar, called, after 
 the battle of Actium, Au- 
 gustus. 
 
 Octavus, a, um, num. adj. 
 (octo,) eighth. 
 
 Octingenti, 93, a, num. adj. 
 pi. (octo & centum,) eight 
 hundred. 
 
 Octo, hid. num. adj. pi. eight. 
 
 Octoginta, ind. num adj. pi. 
 (octo,) eighty. 
 
 Oculus, i, m. an eye. 
 
 Odi, odisse, def. pret. § 84, 1, 
 
 Obs. 2, to hate ; to detest. 
 Odium, i, n. hatred. [436, 
 Odor, oris, m. a smell: pi. odo- 
 
 res, odors; perfumes. 
 Odoror, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 
 (odor,) to smell. 
 GEneus, ei & eos, m. a king 
 
 of Calydon, and father of 
 
 Meleager and Dej antra. 
 OEnomaus, i. m. the name of a 
 
 celebrated gladiator. 
 (Eta, 33, m. a mountain in 
 
 Thessaly, on the borders of 
 
 Doris. 
 Offero, offerre, obtuli, obla- 
 
 tum, tr. irr. (ob & fero,) to 
 
 bring before; to offer; to 
 
 Officina, a3, (opificina, from 
 opifex,) a work-shop; an 
 office. 
 
 Officio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, 
 tr. (ob & facio,) to act in 
 opposition; to stand in the 
 way of; to injure; to hurt. 
 
 Officium, i, n. (i. e. opificium, 
 fr. ops & facio,) a kind- 
 ness; duty; an obligation; 
 politeness; civility; atten- 
 tion. 
 
 Olea, 93, f. an olive-tree. 
 
 Oleum, i, n. oil. 
 
 Olim, adv. formerly ; sometime. 
 
 Olor, oris, m. a swan. 
 
 Olus, eris, n. herbs ; pot-herbs, 
 
 Olympia, 33, f. a town and dis- 
 trict of the Peloponnesus, 
 upon the Alpheus. 
 
 Olympicus, a, um, adj. Olym- 
 
OLYMPIUS — ORANS. 
 
 275 
 
 pic; pertaining to Ohjm- 
 pia. 
 
 Olympius, a, urn, adj. Olym- 
 pian; pertaining to Olym- 
 pus or to Olympia. 
 
 Olympus, i, m. a high moun- 
 tain between Thessaly and 
 Macedon. 
 
 Omen, mis, n. an omen; a 
 sign. 
 
 Omnis, e, adj. all; every; ev- 
 ery one: omnes, all: om- 
 nia, all things: sine omni 
 discordia, without any dis- 
 cord. 
 
 Onus, eris, n. a burden; a 
 load. 
 
 Onustus, a, um, adj. comp. 
 (onus,) laden ; full of. 
 
 Opera, ae, f. (opus,) labor; 
 pains: dare operam, to do 
 one's endeavor; to devote 
 one's self to. 
 
 Operor, ari, atus sum, intr. 
 dep. (opera,) to labor; to 
 work. 
 
 Opimus, a, um, adj. (op?, is,) 
 (ior, sup. wanting; %24: 9 ) 
 fat; rich ; fruitful ; dainty. 
 
 Oportet, ere, uit, imp. it be- 
 hoves; it is meet, ft, or 
 proper; it is a duty; we 
 >dught. 
 
 Oppidum, i, n. a walled town; 
 a town. 
 
 Oppono, -ponere, -posui, -posi- 
 tum, tr. (ob & pono,) to 
 place opposite; to oppose; 
 to set against. 
 
 OpportQnus, a, um, adj. (ior, 
 issimus,) (ob & portus, 
 
 with a harbor near, or op- 
 posite, hence,) seasonable; 
 commodious ; convenient ; 
 favorable. 
 
 Oppositus, a, um, part oppo- 
 site; opposed. 
 
 Opprimo, -primere, -pressi, 
 -pressum, tr. (ob & pre- 
 mo,) to press down, or 
 against; to oppress; to 
 overpower; to subdue. 
 
 Oppugnatus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Oppugno, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (ob & pugno,) to fight 
 against; to assault; to be- 
 siege; to attempt to take by 
 force ; to storm. 
 
 (Ops, nom., not in use, § 18, 
 12,) opis, gen. f. aid; help; 
 means; assistance : opes, pi. 
 wealth; riches; resources; 
 power. 180* 
 
 Optime, adv. (sup. of bene,) 
 very well; excellently ; best. 
 
 Optimus, a, um, adj. (sup. of 
 bonus,) (opto,) most desir- 
 able; best; most worthy. 
 
 Optio, onis, f. a choice ; an op- 
 tion; from 
 
 Opto, are, avi, atum, tr. to de- 
 sire. 
 
 Opulens, & opulentus, a, um, 
 adj. (ior, issimus,) rich; 
 opulent; wealthy; fr. ops. 
 
 Opus, eris, n. a work; a labor. 
 
 Opus, subs. & adj. ind. need. 
 
 Ora, ce, f. a coast; a shore. 
 
 Ora, pi. See Os. 
 
 Oraculum, i, n. (oro,) an ora- 
 cle; a response. 
 
 Orans, tis, part, (oro.) 
 
276 
 
 ORATIO PABULUM. 
 
 Oratio, onis, f. (oro,) a dis- 
 course; an oration. 
 
 Orator, oris, m. (oro,) an ora- 
 tor; an ambassador. 
 
 Orbatus, a, um, part, (orbo,) 
 bereaved or deprived of. 
 
 Orbelus, i, m. a mountain of 
 Thrace or Macedonia. 
 
 Orbis, is, m. an orb; a circle: 
 in orbem jacere, to lie 
 round in a circle: orbis, or 
 orbis terrarum, the world. 
 
 Orbo, are, avi, atum, tr. (or- 
 bus,) to deprive; to be- 
 reave of. 
 
 Orcus, i, m. Pluto, the god of 
 the lower world; the infer- 
 nal regions. 
 
 Ordino, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 set in order; to arrange; 
 to ordain. 
 
 Ordo, inis, m. order; arrange- 
 ment; a row: ordines re- 
 morum, banks of oars. 
 
 Oriens, tis, m. (orior,) sc. sol, 
 the place of sun-rising; the 
 east; the morning. 
 
 Oriens, part, (orior.) 
 
 Orientalis, e, adj. (id.) eastern. 
 
 Origo, inis, f. source; origin: 
 originem ducere, to derive 
 one's origin; from 
 
 Orior, oriri, ortus sum, intr. 
 dep. 220, Note, 8 ; to arise; 
 to begin; to appear. 4:09 • 
 
 Ornamentum, i, n. (orno,) an 
 ornament. 
 
 Ornatus, us, m. an ornament; fr. 
 
 Orno, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 adorn; to deck; to furnish; 
 to equip. 
 
 Oro, are, avi, atum, tr. (os,) to 
 beg ; to entreat. 
 
 Orodes, is, m. a king of Par- 
 thia, who took and destroyed 
 Crassus. 
 
 Orpheus, ei & eos, m. a cele- 
 brated poet and musician 
 of Thrace; §15,13,136. 
 
 Ortus, a, um, part, (orior,) 
 having arisen; risen; born; 
 begun, 
 
 Ortus, us, m. (id.) a rising; 
 east. 
 
 Os, oris, n. the mouth; the face. 
 
 Os, ossis, n. a bone. 
 
 Ossa, ae, m. a high mountain 
 in Thessaly. 
 
 Ostendo, -tendere, -tendi, -ten- 
 sum, & -tentum, tr. (ob & 
 tendo,) to stretch or hold 
 before; to show; to point 
 out; to exhibit. 
 
 Ostia, ae, f. a town, built by An- 
 cus Marcius, at the mouth 
 of the Tiber; from 
 
 Ostium, i, n. a mouth of a 
 river. 
 
 Ostrea, ae, f. ostrea, orum, pi. 
 n. an oyster. 
 
 Otium, i, n. leisure; quiet; 
 ease; idleness. 
 
 Otos, i, m. a son of Neptune, 
 or of Aloeus. 
 
 Ovis, is, f. a sh$ep. 
 
 Ovum, i, n. an egg. 
 
 P. 
 
 P. an abbreviation of Publius. 
 Pabulum, i, n. (pasco,) food 
 for cattle ; fodder. 
 
PACISCOR — PAROPAMISUS. 
 
 277 
 
 Paciscor, pacisci, pactus sum, 
 tr. & intr. (pango, to fix or 
 settle; hence,) to make a 
 compact; to form a treaty ; 
 to bargain; to agree. 
 
 Pactolus, i, m. a river of Ly- 
 dia, famous for its golden 
 sands. 
 
 Pactum, i, n. (paciscor,) an 
 agreement; a contract: quo 
 pacto, in what manner; 
 how. 
 
 Pactus, a, um, part, (paciscor.) 
 
 Padus, i, m. the largest river of 
 Italy, now the Po. 
 
 Psene, (see Pene,) adv. almost. 
 
 Palea, ae, f. chaff. 
 
 Palma, ae, f. the palm of the 
 hand; a palm-tree. 
 
 Palpebra, 83, f. (palpo,) the eye- 
 lid: pi. the eye-lashes. 
 
 Palus, udis, f. a marsh; a 
 swamp; a lake; hence, 
 
 Paluster, palustris, palustre, 
 adj. marshy. 
 
 Pan, Panis, m. (Ace. Pana,) 
 the god of shepherds. 
 
 Pando, pandere, pandi, pan- 
 sum & passum, tr. to open ; 
 to expand; to spread out. 
 
 "Panionium, i, n. a sacred place 
 near mount Mycule in Io- 
 nia. 
 
 Panis, is, m. bread. 
 
 Panthera, ae, f. a panther. 
 
 Papirius, i, m. the name of sev- 
 eral Romans. 
 
 Papyrus, d. and Papyrum, i, n. 
 an Egyptian plant or reed, 
 of which paper was made; 
 the papyrus. 
 24 
 
 Par, paris, adj. equal* even; 
 suitable. 
 
 Paratus, a, um, part, and adj. 
 (ior, issimus,) (paro,) pre- 
 pared; ready. 
 
 Parcae, arum, f. pi. the Fates. 
 
 Parco, parcere, peperci or par- 
 si, parsum or parcitum, 
 intr. to spare. 
 
 Pardus, i, m. a male panther. 
 
 Parens, tis, c. (pario,) aparent; 
 father; mother; creator; 
 author; inventor. 
 
 Pareo, ere, ui, intr. to come 
 near; to be at hand; hence, 
 to obey; to be subject to. 
 
 Paries, etis, m. a wall (of a 
 house.) 
 
 Pario, parere, peperi, partum, 
 tr. to bear; to bring forth; 
 to cause; to produce; to 
 obtain; to gain: ovum, to 
 lay an egg. 
 
 Paris, idis, or Idos, m., 136, 
 a son of Priam, king of 
 Troy, and brother of Hector. 
 
 Pariter, adv. (par,) in like 
 manner; equally; at the 
 same time. 
 
 Parnassus, i, m. a mountain of 
 Phocis, whose two summits 
 were sacred to Apollo and 
 Bacchus, and upon which 
 the Muses were fabled to 
 reside. 
 
 Paro, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 prepare; to provide; topro' 
 cure ; to obtain; to equip: 
 parare insidias, to lay plots 
 against. 
 
 Paropamisus, i, m. a ridge of 
 
278 
 
 PARS — PATRIMONIUM. 
 
 mountains in the north of 
 India. 
 
 Pars, tis, f. a part; a share; a 
 portion; a region; a party: 
 in utraque parte, on each 
 side: magna ex parte, in a 
 great measure; for the most 
 part. 
 
 Parsimonia, ae, f. (parco,) fru 
 gality. 
 
 Parthus, i, m. an inhabitant of 
 Parthia; a Parthian. 
 
 Particula, ae, f. dim. (pars,) a 
 particle; a small part. 
 
 Partiendus, a, urn, part, (par- 
 tior.) 
 
 Partim, adv. (pars,) partly; in 
 part. 
 
 Partior, iri, Itus sum, tr. dep. 
 (pars,) to divide; to share. 
 
 Partus, a, um, part, (pario.) 
 
 Partus, us, m. (id.) a birth; off- 
 spring. 
 
 Parum, adv. (minus, minime, 
 234,) little; too little. 
 
 Parvulus, a, um, dim. adj. 
 small; very small; from 
 
 Parvus, a, um, adj. (minor, 
 minimus, 113,) small or 
 little; less; the least. 210. 
 
 Pasco, pascere, pavi, pastum, 
 tr. & intr. to give food to; 
 to feed; to graze. 
 
 Pascor, pasci, pastus sum, tr. & 
 intr. dep. to feed; to graze; 
 to feed upon. 
 
 Passer, eris, jm. a sparrow. 
 
 Passim, adv. (passus, fr. pan- 
 do,) here and -there; every 
 where; in every direction. 
 
 Passurus, a, um. part, (patior.) 
 
 Passus, a, um, part, (patior,) 
 
 having suffered. 
 Passus, a, um, part, (pando,) 
 stretched out; hung up, 
 dried: uva passa, a raisin, 
 Passus, us, m. (id.) a pace ; a 
 measure of 5 feet: mille 
 passuum, a mile, or 5000 
 feet. 909. 
 
 Pastor, oris, m. (pasco,) a 
 shepherd. 
 
 Patefacio, facere, feci, factum, 
 tr. (pateo & facio,) to open; 
 to disclose; to discover; to 
 detect. 
 
 Patef lo, fieri, factus sum, pass, 
 irr. §221, Obs. 3, 429, to 
 be laid open or discovered. 
 
 Patefactus, a, um, part, opened; 
 discovered. 
 
 Patens, tis, part. & adj. lying 
 open; open; clear; from 
 
 Pateo, ere, ui, intr. to be open; 
 to stand open; to extend. 
 
 Pater, tris, m. a father: pa- 
 tres, fathers ; senators: pa- 
 terfamilias, patrisfamilias, 
 § 18, 9, the master of a 
 family; a housekeeper; 
 hence, (176.) 
 
 Paternus, a, um, adj. paternal. 
 
 Patientia, ae, f. patience; hard- 
 iness; from 
 
 Patior, pati, passus sum, tr. 
 dep. to suffer; to endure; 
 to let; to allow. 
 
 Patria, ae, f. (patrius, fr. pater,) 
 one's native country; one's 
 birth-place. 
 
 Patrimonium, i, n. (pater,) pa- 
 trimony; inheritance. 
 
PATROCINIUM PENINSULA. 
 
 279 
 
 Patrocinium, i, n. patronage; 
 from 
 
 Patronus, i, m. (pater,) a pa- 
 tron; protector. 
 
 PatruGlis, is, c. (pat. mis.) a 
 cousin {by thefathe? i side.) 
 
 Pauci, ae, a, adj. pi. (paucus 
 sing, seldom used,) yew; a 
 few. 
 
 Pauldtim, adv. (paulus,) gra- 
 dually ; little by little. 
 
 Paulo, or Paullo, adv. (id.) a 
 little. 
 
 Paululum, adv. a little. 
 
 Paullus, or Paulus, i. m. a 
 cognomen or surname in 
 the JEmilian tribe. 
 
 Pauper, eris, adj. (ior, rlmus,) 
 poor; hence, 
 
 Pauperies, ei, f. poverty ; and 
 
 Paupertas, atis, f. poverty ; in- 
 digence. 
 
 Paveo, pavere, pavi, intr. to 
 fear ; to be afraid. 
 
 Pavo, onis, c. a peacock. 
 
 Pax, pacis, f. peace. 
 
 Pecco, are, avi, atum, intr. to 
 do wrong; to commit a 
 fault; to sin. 
 
 Pecto, pectere, pexi & pexui, 
 pexum, tr. to comb; to 
 dress. 
 
 Pectus, Qris, n. the breast. 
 
 Pecunia, ae, f. (pecus, the first 
 coin in Rome being stamped 
 with a sheep;) money; a sum 
 of money. 
 
 Pecus, udis, f. a sheep; a beast. 
 
 Pecus, Cris, n. cattle {of a large 
 size;) a herd ; a flock. 
 
 Pedes, itis, c. (pes & eo,) one 
 
 who goes on foot ; a foot' 
 soldier. 
 
 Pelagus, i, n. the sea. 
 
 Peleus, i, m. a king of Thes- 
 saly, the son of ^Eacus, and 
 father of Achilles. 
 
 Pelias, ae, m. a king of Thes- 
 saly and son of Neptune. 
 
 Peligni, orum, m. pi. a people 
 of Italy, whose country lay 
 between the Aternus and the 
 Sagrus. 
 
 Pelion, i, n. a lofty mountain in 
 Thessaly. 
 
 Pellicio, -licere, -lexi, -lectum, 
 tr. (per & lacio,) to allure ; 
 to entice; to invite. 
 
 Pellis, is, f. the skin. 
 
 Pello, pellere, pepuli, pulsum, 
 tr. to drive away; to banish; 
 to expel; to dispossess; to 
 beat. 
 
 Peloponnesus, i, f. a peninsula 
 of Greece, now called the 
 Morea. 
 
 Pelusium,i, n. a town of Egypt. 
 
 Pendens, tis, part, hanging; 
 impending. 
 
 Pendeo, pendere, pependi, pen- 
 sum, intr. to hang. 
 
 Pene, adv. almost; nearly. 
 
 Penetrale, is, n. the inner part 
 of a house; fr. penetralis, fr. 
 
 Penetro, are, avi, atum, (peni- 
 tus,) tr. to go within ; to pen- 
 etrate; to enter. 
 
 Peneus, i, m. the principal riv- 
 er of Tliessaly, flowing be- 
 tween Ossa and Olympus. 
 
 Peninsula, ae, f. (pene & insu- 
 la,) a peninsula. 
 
280 
 
 PENNA — PERICULUM. 
 
 Penna, se, f. a feather ; a quill; 
 a wing. 
 
 Pensilis, e, adj. (pendeo,) hang- 
 ing ; pendent. 
 
 Penuria, se, f. want; scarcity. 
 
 Peperci. See Parco. 
 
 Pepuli. See Pello. 
 
 Peperi. See Pario. 
 
 Per, prep, by; through; for; 
 during; along. 
 
 Pera, se, f. a wallet; a bag. 
 
 Peragro, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 (per & ager,) to travel 
 through; to go through or 
 over, (sc. the field or coun- 
 try.) 
 
 Percontor & -cunctor, ari, atus 
 sum, tr. dep. (per & con-, 
 tor,) to ash; to inquire. 
 
 Percunctatus, a, um, part, (per- 
 cunctor.) 
 
 Percussor, oris, m. one who 
 wounds; a murderer; an 
 assassin; from 
 
 Percutio, -cutere, -cussi, -cus- 
 sum, tr. (per & quatio,) to 
 strike; to wound: securi, 
 to behead. 
 
 Perdite, adv. very; vehement- 
 ly; exceedingly ; desperate- 
 ly; from 
 
 Perditus, a, um, part. & adj. 
 (perdo,) ruined; lost; un- 
 done; desperate. 
 
 Perdix, icis, f. a partridge. 
 
 Perdo, -dere, -didi, -ditum, tr. 
 (per & do,) to ruin; to 
 lose; to destroy. 
 
 Perduco, -ducere, -duxi, -duc- 
 tum, tr. (per & duco,) to 
 lead to, or through to. 
 
 Perductus, a, um, part, brought; 
 led; conducted. 
 
 Peregrinatio, onis, f. foreign 
 travel; a residence in a 
 foreign country ; from 
 
 Peregrinus, a, um, adj. (pere- 
 gre, and that from per & 
 ager,) foreign. 
 
 Perennis, e, adj. (per & an- 
 nus,) lasting through the 
 year; continual; lasting; 
 unceasing; everlasting ; pe- 
 rennial. 
 
 Pereo, -ire, -ii, -ltum, intr. irr. 
 (per & eo,) to perish; to be 
 slain; to be lost. 
 
 Perfidia, ae, f. perfidy; from 
 
 Perfidus, a, um, adj. (per & 
 fides,) breaking faith ; per- 
 fidious. 
 
 Pergamum, i, n., & -us, i, f., 
 -a, drum, pi. n. the citadel 
 of Troy; also, a city of 
 Mysia, situated upon the 
 river Calcus, where parch- 
 ment was first made, hence 
 called Pergamena. 
 
 Pergo, pergere, perrexi, per- 
 rectum, intr. (per & rego,) 
 to go straight on; to ad- 
 vance; to continue. 
 
 Pericles, is,m. an eminent orator 
 and statesman of Athens. 
 
 Periculosus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 full of danger ; dangerous; 
 perilous; hazardous; from 
 
 Pericfllum, & Periclum, i, n. 
 (perior, obsol. whence ex- 
 perior, to try; hence,) an 
 experiment; a trial; dan- 
 ger; peril. 
 
PERITURUS — PERTINEO. 
 
 281 
 
 Periturus, a, urn, part, (pereo.) 
 
 Perltus, a, urn, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) (perior,) experienced; 
 skillful. 
 
 Permeo, are, avi atum, intr. 
 (per & meo,) to go through ; 
 to flow through; to 'pene- 
 trate; to permeate. 
 
 Permisceo, -miscGre, -miscui, 
 -mistum&-mixtum,tr. (per 
 & misceo,) to mix thor- 
 oughly; to mingle. 
 
 Permistus, a, um, part, mixed; 
 mingled; confused. 
 
 Permitto, -mittere, -mlsi, -mis- 
 sum, tr. (per & mitto,) to 
 grant; to allow; to permit; 
 to commit; to intrust; to 
 give leave to ; to grant. 
 
 Permutatio, onis, f. exchange; 
 change; from 
 
 Permuto, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (per & muto,) to change; 
 to exchange. 
 
 Pernicies, ei, f. (perneco,) de- 
 struction ; exterm i/nation ; 
 hence, 
 
 Perniciosus, a, um, adj. (ior, 
 issimus,) pernicious; hurt- 
 ful. 
 
 Perpendo, -pendere, -pendi, 
 -pensum, tr. (per & pen- 
 do,) to weigh; to ponder; 
 to consider. 
 
 Perperam, adv. wrong ; amiss; 
 rashly ; unjustly ; absurdly ; 
 falsely. 
 
 Perpetior, -peti, -pessus sum, 
 tr. dep. (per & patior,) to 
 endure; to bear; to suffer. 
 
 Perpetuus, a, um, adj. (per- 
 pes,) perpetual; constant 
 
 Perrexi. See Pergo. 
 
 Persa, ae, m. a Persian; an 
 inhabitant of Persia. 
 
 Persecutes, a, um, part, from 
 
 Persequor, - sequi, - secutus 
 sum, tr. dep. (per & se- 
 quor,) to follow closely; to 
 pursue; to follow; to con- 
 tinue; to persevere in; to 
 persecute. 
 
 Perseus, ei & eos, m. the son 
 of Jupiter and Danae ; al- 
 so, the last king of Mace- 
 don. 
 
 Persicus, a, um, adj. of Persia; 
 Persian. 
 
 Perspicio, -spicere, -spexi, 
 -spectum, tr. (per & spe- 
 cio,) to see through ; to dis- 
 cern; to become acquainted 
 with; to discover. 
 
 Persuadeo, -suadere, -suasi, 
 -suasum, tr. (per & sua- 
 deo,) to persuade. 
 
 Perterreo, -terrere, -terrui, -ter- 
 ritum, tr. (per & terreo,) to 
 frighten greatly. 
 
 Pertemtus, a, um, part, af- 
 frighted; discouraged. 
 
 Pertinaciter, adv. (iiis, issimc,) 
 obstinately; constantly; per- 
 severingly; from 
 
 Pertinax, acis, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) (per & tenax,) obsti- 
 nate; willful. 
 
 Pertineo, -tinere, -tinui, intr. 
 (per & teneo,) to extendi 
 to reach to. 
 
282 
 
 PERVENIO PHOC2EI. 
 
 Pervenio. -venire, -veni, -ven- 
 
 tum, intr. (per & venio,) to 
 
 come to; to arrive at; to 
 
 reach. 
 Pervenltur, pass. imp. one 
 
 comes; they come; we come, 
 
 &c. Id. 67, Note. 
 Pervius, a, urn, adj. (per & via,) 
 
 pervious; which may be 
 
 passed through ; passable. 
 Pes, pedis, m. afoot. 
 Pessum, adv. down; under 
 
 foot; to the bottom: ire 
 
 pessum, to sink. 
 Pestilentia, as, f. (pestilens, fr. 
 
 pestis,) a pestilence; a 
 
 Petens, tis, part, (peto.) 
 
 Petitio, onis, f. a petition; a 
 canvassing or soliciting for 
 an office; from 
 
 Peto, ere, Ivi, Itum, tr. to ash; 
 to request; to attack; to as- 
 sail; to go to; to seek; to 
 go for; to bring. 
 
 Petra, as, f. the metropolis of 
 Arabia Petrcea. 
 
 Petrasa, as,f. (Arabia,) Arabia 
 Petrcea, the northern part of 
 Arabia, south of Palestine. 
 
 Petulantia, as, f. (petulans, for- 
 ward, fr. peto,) petulance; 
 insolence ; mischievousness; 
 wantonness. 
 
 Phasax, acis, m. a Phceacian, 
 or inhabitant of Phceacia, 
 now Corfu. The Phceacians 
 were famous for luxury. 
 
 Phaleras, arum, f. pi. the trap- 
 pings of a horse; habili- 
 ments. 
 
 Pharos, i, f. a small island at 
 the western mouth of the 
 Nile, on which was a tower 
 or light-house, esteemed one 
 of the seven wonders of the 
 world. 
 
 Pharsalus, i, m. a city cf Thes- 
 saly. 
 
 Pharnaces, is, m. a son of 
 Mithridates, king of Pon- 
 tus. . 
 
 Phasis, idis & is, f. a town and 
 river of Colchis, on the east 
 side of the Phixine. 
 
 Phidias, as, m. a celebrated 
 Athenian statuary. 
 
 Philaeni, orum, m. pi. two Car- 
 thaginian brothers, who suf- 
 fered themselves to be buried 
 alive, for the purpose of 
 establishing the controvert' 
 ed boundary of their coun- 
 try. 
 
 Philippi, orum, m. pi. a city 
 of Macedon, on the confines 
 of Thrace. 
 
 Philippicus, a, um, adj. belong- 
 ing to Philippi. 
 
 Philippides, as, m. a comic poet. 
 
 Philippus, i, m. Philip; the 
 father of Alexander; also, 
 the son of Demetrius. 
 
 Philomela, as, f. a nightingale. 
 
 Philosophia, as, f. philosophy. 
 
 Philosophus, i, m. a philoso- 
 pher; a lover of learning 
 and wisdom. 
 
 Phineus, i, m. a king of Arca- 
 dia, and priest of Apollo. 
 
 Phocasi, orum, m. pi. the Pho* 
 cceans; inhabitants of Pho* 
 
PUOCIS PLECTO. 
 
 283 
 
 ccea, a maritime city of Io- 
 nia. 
 
 Phocis, idis, f. a country of 
 Greece. 
 
 Phoenlce, es, f. Phoenicia, a 
 maritime country of Syria, 
 north of Palestine. 
 
 Phoenix, icis, m. a Phoenician, 
 
 Phryx, ygis, m. a Phrygian; 
 an inhabitant of Phrygia. 
 
 Picentes, ium, m. pi. the inhab- 
 itants of Picenum. 
 
 Picenum, i, n. a country of 
 
 Italy. 
 Rictus, a, um, part, (pingo,) 
 painted; embroidered: picta 
 tabula, a picture; a paint- 
 ing. _ 
 
 Pietas, atis, f. (pius,) piety; 
 filial duty. 
 
 Pignus, oris, n. a pledge; a 
 pawn; security ; assurance. 
 
 Pila, ae, f. a ball. 
 
 Pileus, i, m. a hat; a cap. 
 
 Pilus, i, m. the hair. 
 
 Pindarus, i, m. Pindar, a The- 
 ban, the most eminent of the 
 Greek lyric poets. 
 
 Pingo, pingere, pinxi, pictum, 
 tr. to represent by lines and 
 colors; to paint ; to depict ; 
 to delineate; to draw: acu, 
 to embroider. 
 
 Pinguis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
 fat ; fertile ; rich. 
 
 Pinna, ae, f. a wing ; a fin. 
 
 Piraeeus, ei, m. the principal 
 port and arsenal of Athens. 
 
 Pirata, ae, m. a pirate. 
 
 Piscator, oris, m. (piscor, from 
 piscis,) a fisherman. 
 
 Piscis, is, m. a fish. 
 
 Pisistratus, i, m. an Athenian 
 tyrant, distinguisliedfor his 
 eloquence. 
 
 Pistrinum, i, n. (pinso, to 
 bruise;) a mill. 
 
 Pius, i, m. an agnomen, or sur- 
 name of Metellus. 
 
 Pius, a, um, adj. dutiful, or 
 affectionate to parents ; pi- 
 ous. 
 
 Placeo, ere, ui, Itum, intr. to 
 please: sibi, to be vain or 
 proud of; to plume one's 
 self. 
 
 Placet, placuit, or placitum 
 est, imp. it pleases; it is 
 determined; it seems good 
 to. 
 
 Placidus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- 
 simus,) (placeo,) placid; 
 quiet; still; tranquil; mild; 
 gentle. 
 
 Plaga, ae, f. a blow; a wound: 
 plagae, pi. nets ; toils. 
 
 Plane, adv. (planus,) entirely; 
 totally; plainly; clearly. 
 
 Planta, ae, f. a plant. 
 
 Platanus, i, f. the plane-tree. 
 
 Platea, ae, f. a species of bird, 
 the spoonbill, the heron. 
 
 Plato, onis, m. an Athenian, one 
 of the most celebrated of the 
 Grecian philosophers. 
 
 Plaustrum, i, n. a cart; a wagon, 
 
 Plebs, and Plebes, is, f. the 
 people; the common people ; 
 the plebeians. 
 
 Plecto, plectere, tr. to strike; 
 to punish. 
 
 Plecto, plectere, plexui and 
 
284 
 
 PLERUSQUE — POPULOB. 
 
 plexi, plexum, tr. to plait; 
 to twist; to weave. 
 
 Plerusque, pleraque, plerum- 
 que, adj. (mostly used in 
 the pi.) most; the most; 
 many. 
 
 Plerumque, adv. commonly; 
 generally; for the most 
 part; sometimes. 
 
 Plinius, i, m. Pliny; the name 
 of two distinguished Ro- 
 man authors. 
 
 Plotinius, i, m. See Catienus. 
 
 Plumbeus, a, urn, adj. of lead; 
 leaden; from 
 
 Plumbum, i, n. lead. 
 
 Pluo, pluere, plui or pluvi, intr. 
 to rain: pluit, it rains. 
 
 Plurimus, a, um, adj. (sup. of 
 multus,) very much; most; 
 very many. 
 
 Plus, uris, adj. (n. in sing., com- 
 parative of multus,) § 21, 
 4, 197,) more : pi. many. 
 
 Plus, adv. (comparative of 
 multum,) more; longer. 
 
 Pluto, onis, m. a son of Sa- 
 turn, and king of the in- 
 fernal regions. 
 
 Poculum, i, n. a cup. 
 
 Poema, atfs, n. a poem. 
 
 Poena, se, f. satisfaction given 
 or taken for a crime; pun- 
 ishment; a punishment. 
 
 Poenitet, ere, uit, imp. (poeni- 
 teo, and that from poena,) 
 it repents: poenitet me, / 
 repent. 
 
 Poenus, a, um, adj. belonging to 
 Carthage; Carthaginian: 
 subs, a Carthaginian. 
 
 Poeta, a3, m. a poet. 
 
 Pol, adv. by Pollux; truly. 
 
 Pollex, icis, m. (polleo,) the 
 
 thumb; the great toe. 
 Polliceor, eri, itus sum, tr. 
 
 dep. (liceor,) to promise; 
 
 hence, 
 Pollicitus, a, um, part. 
 Pollux, ucis, m. a son of Leda, 
 
 and twin brother of Castor. 
 Polyxena, ae, f. a daughter of 
 
 Priam and Hecuba. 
 Pomifer, era, erum, adj. (po- 
 
 mum & fero,) bearing 
 
 fruit: pomiferae arbores,- 
 
 fruit-trees. 
 Pompa, 2d, f. a procession; 
 
 pomp; parade. 
 Pompeianus, a, um, adj. be- 
 longing to Pompey. 
 Pompeius, i, m. Pompey; the 
 
 name of a Roman gens, or 
 
 clan. 
 Pompilius, i, m. See Numa. 
 Pomum, i, n. an apple; any 
 
 fruit fit for eating, growing 
 
 upon a tree. 
 Pondus, eris, n. (pendo,) a 
 
 weight. 
 Pono, ponere, posui, positum, 
 
 tr. to place; to put; to set. 
 Pons, tis, m. a bridge. 
 Pontius, i, m. (Theleslnus,) a 
 
 general of the Samnites. 
 Pontus, i, m. a sea ; the deep 
 
 sea: by Synecdoche, the 
 
 Euxine or Black sea; also, 
 
 the kingdom of Pontus, on 
 
 the south side of the Euxine. 
 Poposci. See Posco. 
 Poptilor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 
POPULUS POTIOR. 
 
 285 
 
 (populo for depopulo, from 
 populus,) to lay waste ; to 
 depopulate; from 
 
 Populus, i, m. the people; a 
 nation; a tribe: pi. nations; 
 tribes. 
 
 Porrectus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Porrlgo, igere, exi, ectum, tr. 
 (porro, or pro & rego,) to 
 reach or spread out ; to ex- 
 tend; to offer. 
 
 Porsena, ae, m. a king of Etru- 
 ria. 
 
 Porta, ae, f. (porto,) a gate. 
 
 Portans, tis, part, (porto.) 
 
 Portendo, -tendere, -tendi, -ten- 
 turn, tr. (porro, or pro & 
 tendo,) to show what will 
 be hereafter ; to presage ; to 
 forbode; to portend; to be- 
 token. 
 
 Porticus, us, f. (porta,) a por- 
 tico ; a gallery ; a porch. 
 
 Porto, are, avi, ilium, tr. to 
 carry; to bear; hence, 
 
 Portus, us, m. a port; a har- 
 bor. 
 
 Posco, poscere, poposci, tr. to 
 demand; to request earnest- 
 ly ; to ask as wages. 
 
 Posltus, a, um, part, (pono,) 
 situated. 
 
 Possessio, onis, {.possession ; & 
 
 Possessor, oris, in. a possessor; 
 an occupant; from 
 
 Posskleo, -sidere, -sedi,-sessum, 
 tr. (potis & sedeo,) to pos- 
 sess. 
 
 Possum, posse, potui, intr. irr. 
 (potis & sum, § 221, 2,) to 
 be able; lean. 412, 
 
 Post, prep, after: — adv. after; 
 after that; afterwards. 
 
 Postea, adv. (post & ea, after 
 these things ;) afterwards. 
 
 Posterus, (m. not used,) era, 
 erum, adj. § 26, 2. (erior, 
 remus,) (post,) succeeding ; 
 subsequent; next: in post- 
 erum, {supply tempus,) for 
 the future: posteri, drum, 
 posterity. 222, 
 
 Postis, is, m. (posltus, fr. pono,) 
 a thing set tip; a post. 
 
 Postquam, adv. (post & quam,) 
 after; after that; since. 
 
 Postremo, & -um, adv. at last; 
 finally; from 
 
 Postremus, a, um, adj. (sup. 
 of posterus,) the last: ad 
 postremum, at last. 
 
 Postulo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (posco,) to ask; to ask for; 
 to demand, (as a right.) 
 
 Postumius, i, m. the name of a 
 Roman gens or clan. 
 
 Posui. See Pono. 
 
 Potens, tis, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
 being able ; powerful; (pos- 
 sum.) 
 
 Potentia, ae, f. (potens,) power; 
 authority; government, 
 
 Potestas, at is, f. (potis,) pow- 
 er; (civil power, as distin- 
 guished from imperium, 
 military command.) 
 
 Potio, onis, f. (poto,) a drink; 
 a draught. 
 
 Potior, iri, Itus sum, intr. dep. 
 (potis,) to get; to possess; 
 to obtain; to enjoy ; to gain 
 possession of. 
 
286 
 
 POTISSIMUM — PR^LATUS. 
 
 Potissimiim, adv. (sup. of po- 
 tius,) principally ; chiefly; 
 especially. 
 
 Potitus, a, urn, part, (potior,) 
 having obtained. 
 
 Potius, adv. comp. (sup. potis- 
 simum,) rather. 
 
 Poto, potare, potavi, potatum, 
 or potum, tr. to drink; to 
 drink hard; (see bibo.) 
 
 Potuisse. See Possum. 
 
 Potus, us, m. (poto,) drink. 
 
 Prae, prep, before; for ; in com- 
 parison of or with. 
 
 Praealtus, a, um, adj. comp. 
 (prae & altus,) very high; 
 very deep, (comparatively.) 
 
 Praebeo, ere, ui, itum, tr. (prae 
 & habeo,) to offer; to sup- 
 ply; to give; to afford: spe- 
 ciem, to exhibit the appear- 
 ance of: usum, to serve for. 
 
 Praecedens, tis, part, from 
 
 Praecedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- 
 sum, intr. (prae & cedo,) to 
 go before; to precede. 
 
 Praeceptor, oris, m. (prascipio,) 
 a preceptor, master, or 
 teacher. 
 
 Praeceptum, i, n. (praecipio,) a 
 precept ; a doctrine ; advice. 
 
 Praecido, -cidere, -cidi, -cisum, 
 tr. (prae & caedo,) to cut off. 
 
 Praecipio, -cipere, -cepi, -cep- 
 tum, tr. (prae & capio,) to 
 seize or take before; hence, 
 to prescribe; to command. 
 
 Praecipito, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (prasceps,) to throw down 
 headlong; to precipitate; 
 to throw. 
 
 Praecipue, adv. especially; par* 
 ticularly; from 
 
 Praecipuus, a, um, adj. (praeci- 
 pio,) especial; distinguish- 
 ed; the chief; the princi- 
 pal. 
 
 Praeclare, adv. excellently; fa- 
 mously; gloriously; from 
 
 Praeclarus, a, um, adj. (prae & 
 clarus,) very clear or bright; 
 famous. 
 
 Praecludo, -cludere, -cklsi, -clu- 
 sum, tr. (prae & claudo,) to 
 close beforehand; to stop; 
 to shut up. 
 
 Praeco, onis, m. a herald. 
 
 Praeda, ae, f. booty ; the prey. 
 
 Praedico, are, avi, atum, tr< 
 (prae & dico,) to tell openly ; 
 to publish; to declare; to as" 
 sert; to affirm: to praise. 
 
 Praedico, cere, xi, ctum, tr 
 (prae &dico,) to predict; tr 
 foretell. 
 
 Praedictus, a, um, part, fore- 
 told. 
 
 Prasdor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 (praeda,) to plunder. 
 
 Praefans, tis, part, from 
 
 Praefari, fatus, def. 222, 4, to 
 tell before, or foretell; to an- 
 nounce; to predict. 45Q, 
 
 Praefero, -ferre, -tuli, -latum, 
 tr. irr. (prae & fero,) to bear 
 before; to show; to prefer. 
 
 Praefinio, ire, Ivi, itum, tr. (prae 
 & finio,) to appoint before- 
 hand: to determine. 
 
 Praefinltus, a, um, part. 
 
 Praelatus, a, um, part, (prae- 
 fero). 
 
TRjELIANS PRA VITAS. 
 
 287 
 
 Pnelians, tis, part, (praelior.) 
 
 Praeliatus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Praelior, ari, atus sum, intr. 
 dep. to give battle; to en- 
 gage; to fight. 
 
 Praelium, i, n. a battle. 
 
 Prsemium, i, n. a reward; a 
 price; a recompense. 
 
 Praemitto, -mittere, -misi, -mis- 
 sum, tr. (prae & mitto,) to 
 send before. 
 
 Praeneste, is, n. a city of La- 
 tium. 
 
 Praenuntio, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (prae & mintio,) to tell be- 
 forehand; to announce; to 
 signify; to give notice. 
 
 Praparo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (prae & paro,) to gebbef ore- 
 hand; to make ready; to 
 prepare; to make. 
 
 Pr.vpono, -ponrre, -po>ui,-posi- 
 tum, tr. (prae & pono,) to 
 set before; to value more; 
 to place over; to prefer. 
 
 Praesens, tis, adj. present; im- 
 minent ; part, of pnestun. 
 
 PnesSpe, b, n. prseeCpea & 
 pr.i\-f-pis, is, f. (praesepio,) 
 a manger; a crib. 
 
 Praesidium, i, n. (praesideo,) 
 a garrison; defence. 
 
 BOB, tis, part. 0^ adj. (ior, 
 issimus,) (praesto,) standing 
 before ; hence, excellent ; 
 distinguished; hence, 
 
 Praestantia, ae, f. superiority; 
 an advantage; a preemi- 
 nence. 
 
 Praesto, stare, stiti, stitum and 
 statum, intr. & tr. (prae & 
 
 sto,) to stand before; to ex- 
 cel; to be superior; to sur- 
 pass ; to perform; to pay; 
 to grant; to give; to ren- 
 der; to execute; to cause: se, 
 to show or prove one's self: 
 praestat, imp. it is better. 
 
 Prassum, -esse, -fui, intr. irr. 
 (prae & sum,) to be over; to 
 preside over; to have the 
 charge or command of; to 
 rule over. 
 
 Praetendo, -tendere, -tendi. 
 -tensum or turn, tr. (prae & 
 tendo,) to hold before; to 
 stretch or extend before ; to 
 be opposite to ; to pretend. 
 
 Praeter, prep, besides; except; 
 contrary to. 
 
 Praeterea, adv. (praetor & ea,) 
 besides; moreover. 
 
 Praetereo, Ire, ii, Itum, tr. irr. 
 § 221, 3, (praetor & eo,) to 
 pass over or by ; to go be- 
 yond; to omit; not to men- 
 tion. 413. 
 
 Praetereundus, a, um, part, 
 (praetereo.) 
 
 Praeterien.*, euntis, part, (prae- 
 tereo.) 
 
 Praeteritus, a, um, part, (prae- 
 tereo,) past. 
 
 Praeterquam, adv. except; be- 
 sides: praeterquam si, ex- 
 cept in case. 
 
 Praetorius, i. m. (vir,) a man 
 who has been a prcetor ; one 
 of prcetorian digit ify. 
 
 Pratum, i, n. a meadow; a pas- 
 ture. 
 
 Pra vitas, atis, f. depravity ; fr. 
 
288 
 
 PRAVUS — PROCURO. 
 
 Pravus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) depraved; bad. 
 
 Precatus, a, um, part, (precor.) 
 
 Preci, -em, -e, f. (prex not 
 used, § 18, 12,) a prayer: 
 pi. preces (entire). 180. 
 
 Precor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 (preci,) to pray; to entreat. 
 
 Premo, premere, pressi, pres- 
 sum, tr. to press; to urge; 
 to grieve. 
 
 Pretiosus, a, um, adj. (ior, is- 
 simus,) 'precious; valuable; 
 costly; from 
 
 Pretium, i, n. a price ; a ran- 
 som; a reward: in pretio 
 esse, to be valued; to be in 
 estimation : pretium opera, 
 worth while. 
 
 Priamus, i, m. Priam, the last 
 king of Troy. 
 
 Pridie, adv. (pri, for priori, & 
 die,) the day before. 
 
 Priene, es, f. a maritime town 
 of Ionia. 
 
 Primo & -um, adv. (sup. of 
 prius, 233,) first; at first: 
 quam primum, as soon as 
 possible. 402. 
 
 Primoris, e, adj. (primus,) the 
 first; the foremost: dentes, 
 the front teeth. 
 
 Primus, a, um, num. adj. (sup. 
 of prior,) the first. 
 
 Princeps, lpis, adj. (primus & 
 capio,) the chief; the first: 
 princijjes, the princes; the 
 chiefs; chief men; hence, 
 
 Principatus, us, m. a govern- 
 ment ; principality. 
 
 Prior, us, adj. (sup. primus, 
 
 113, 4,) the former ; prior; 
 
 first. 222. 
 Priscus, i, m. a cognomen or 
 
 surname of the elder Tar- 
 
 quin. 
 Prius, adv. (prior,) before; 
 
 first. 
 Priusquam, adv. (prius and 
 
 quam,) sooner than; before 
 
 that; before. 
 Privatus, a, um, adj. (privo,) 
 
 private; secret: — subs, a 
 
 private man. 
 Pro, prep.ybr; instead. 
 Probabilis, e, adj. comp. (pro- 
 bo,) that may be proved; 
 
 probable ; commendable. 
 Proboscis, idis, f. proboscis ; th§ 
 
 trunk of an elephant. 
 Procas, se, m. See Silvius. 
 Procedens, tis, part, from 
 Procedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- 
 
 sum, intr. (pro & cedo,) to 
 
 go forth; to proceed; to gc 
 
 forward; to advance ; to gc 
 
 out. 
 Proceritas, atis, f. stature; 
 
 height; tallness ; length; 
 
 from 
 Procerus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 
 tall; long. 
 Proclfimo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 
 (pro & clamo,) to cry out; 
 
 to proclaim. 
 Proconsul, ulis, m. (pro & con- 
 sul,) a proconsul. 
 Procreo, are, avi, atum, tr 
 
 (pro & creo,) to beget. 
 Procul, adv. far. 
 Procuro, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 
 (pro & euro,) to take care 
 
PROCURRO PROPAGO. 
 
 289 
 
 of; to manage; (viz. for 
 another.) 
 
 Procurro, currere, curri & cu- 
 curri, cursum, intr. (pro & 
 curro,) to run forward; to 
 • extend. 
 
 Prodigium, i, n. (prodlco,) a 
 prodigy. 
 
 Proditor, oris, m. (prodo,) a 
 traitor. 
 
 Proditus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Prodo, -dere, -didi, -ditum, tr. 
 (pro & do,) to give out; to 
 betray; to relate; to discov- 
 er; to disclose; to manifest. 
 
 Proelior. See Praelior. 
 
 Proelium, i, n. See Prselium. 
 
 Pwfo c tUB , a, um, part, also, 
 
 Proficiscens, tis, part, from 
 
 Proficiscor, icisci, ectus sum, 
 intr. dep. (pro & faciscor, 
 from facio,) to go forward; 
 to march; to travel; to de- 
 part; to go. 
 
 Profit cor, -lit* iri,-fe86 ussum,tr. 
 dep. (pro dt fat cor,) to de- 
 clare; to avow publicly ; to 
 profess: sapicntiam, to pro- 
 fess wisdom; to profess to 
 be a philosopher. 
 
 Profilgio, -fugcre, -tiigi, -fugi- 
 tuin, intr. (pro & fugio,) to 
 flee, (soil, before or from;) 
 to escape; hence, 
 
 Profugus, a, um, adj. fleeing; 
 escaping: — subs, a fugi- 
 tive; an exile. 
 
 ProgredioT, -givdi, -greseus 
 
 sum, intr. dep. (pro & gra- 
 dior,) to go forward; to 
 proceed; to advance. 
 25 
 
 Progressus, a, am, part, having 
 
 advanced. 
 Prohibeo, ere, ui, Itum, tr. 
 
 (pro & habeo,) to keep off, 
 
 or away; to prohibit; to 
 
 hinder; to forbid; hence, 
 Prohibitus, a, um, part. 
 Projicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jectum, 
 
 tr. (pro & jacio,) to throw 
 
 away; to throw down; to 
 
 throw. 
 Prolabor, -labi, -lapsus sum, 
 
 intr. dep. (pro & labor,) to 
 
 fall down; to fall forward; 
 
 hence, 
 Prolapsus, a, um, part, having 
 
 fallen. 
 Prolato, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. 
 
 (prof ero,) to carryforward; 
 
 to enlarge; to extend; to am- 
 plify. 
 Proles, is, f. a race; offspring, 
 Prometheus, i, m. the son of 
 
 Iapetus and Clymene. 
 Promittens, tis, part, from 
 Prommitto, -mittere, -mLsi, 
 
 -missum, tr. (pro & mitto,) 
 
 to let go, or send forward; 
 
 to promise; to offer. 
 Promontorium, i, n. (pro & 
 
 mons,) a promontory; a 
 
 headland; a cape. 
 Promoveo, -movcre, -movi, 
 
 -motum, intr. & tr. (pro & 
 
 moveo,) to move forward; 
 
 to enlarge. 
 Pronus, a, um, adj. inclined; 
 
 bending forward. 
 Propago, .arc, avi, atum, tr. 
 
 (pro & pago,) to propagate; 
 
 to prolong; to continue. 
 
290 
 
 PROPE PROVENIO. 
 
 Prope, adv. & prep, (propius, 
 proxime,) near; near to; 
 nigh. 
 
 Propero, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 (properus,) to hasten. 
 
 Propinquus, a, urn, adj. comp. 
 (prope,) near; related: pro- 
 pinqui, subs, relations; kins- 
 men. 
 
 Propior, us, adj. comp. § 26, 4, 
 222 9 (proximus,) nearer. 
 
 Propius, adv. nearer; comp. of 
 prope. 
 
 Propono, -ponere, -posui, -pos- 
 itum, tr. (pro & pono,) to set 
 before; to propose; to offer. 
 
 Proponor, -poni, -positus sum, 
 pass, to be set before: pro- 
 positum est mihi, It is pro- 
 posed by me; i. e. I intend 
 or purpose. 
 
 Propontis, idis, f. the sea of 
 Marmora. 
 
 Propositus, a, um, part, pro- 
 posed; put. 
 
 Proprie, adv. particularly; 
 properly; strictly; from 
 
 Proprius, a, um, adj. peculiar; 
 proper; one's own; special. 
 
 Propter,prep./br; on account of. 
 
 Propulso, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 freq. (propello,) to drive a- 
 way; to ward off; to repel. 
 
 Propylaeum, i, n. the porch of 
 a temple; an entrance; the 
 rows of columns leading to 
 the Acropolis at Athens. 
 
 Prora, ae, f. the prow of a ship. 
 
 Proscribo, -scribere, -scripsi, 
 -scriptum, tr. (pro & scri- 
 bo ? ) to publish by writing; 
 
 to proscribe; to outlaw; to 
 doom to death and confisca- 
 tion of goods. 
 
 Prosecutus, a, um, part, having 
 accompanied. 
 
 Prosequor, -sequi, -secutus 
 sum, tr. dep. (pro & se- 
 quor,) to follow after; to 
 accompany; to attend; to 
 follow; to celebrate: hono- 
 ribus, to heap or load with 
 honors; to honor. 
 
 Proserpina, as, f. the daughter 
 of Ceres and Jupiter, and 
 wife of Pluto. 
 
 Prospectus, us, m. (prospicio,) 
 a prospect ; a distant view. 
 
 Prospere, adv. (prosper,) pros- 
 perously ; successfully. 
 
 Prosterno, -sternere, -stravi, 
 -stratum, tr. (pro & sterno,) 
 to prostrate ; to throw down. 
 
 Prostratus, a, um, part, (pros- 
 terno.) 
 
 Prosum, prodesse, profui, intr. 
 irr. (pro & sum, § 83, 1,) 
 to do good; to profit. 410. 
 
 Protagoras, 83, m. a Greek phi- 
 losopher. 
 
 Protenus, adv. (pro & tenus,) 
 immediately; directly. 
 
 Protero, -terrere, -trlvi, -tritum, 
 tr. (pro & tero,) to trample 
 upon; to tread down; to 
 crush. 
 
 Protractus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Protraho, -trahere, -traxi, -trac- 
 tum, tr. (pro & traho,) to 
 protract; to prolong. 
 
 Proveniens, tis, part, from 
 
 Provenio, -venire, -veni, -ven- 
 
PKOVINCIA PL'NIO. 
 
 291 
 
 turn, inti\ (pro & venio,) to 
 come forth. 
 
 Provincia, a;, f. (pro & vinco,) 
 a province. 
 
 Provocatio, onis, f. a calling 
 forth; a challenge; a pro- 
 vocation; from 
 
 Provoco, are, avi, atum, tr, 
 (pro & voco,) to call forth; 
 to call out ; to defy or chal- 
 hnge; to appeal. 
 
 Proxime, adv. (sup. of prope,) j 
 nearest; very near; next to. 
 
 Proximus, a, ura, adj. (sup. of 
 propior,) nearest; next. 
 
 Prudens, tis, adj. (lor, isslmus,) 
 ( providens, fr. provideo,) 
 foreseeing; prudent; wise; 
 expert; hence, 
 
 Prudentia, 33, f. prudence; 
 knowledge. 
 
 Pseudophilippus, i, m. a false 
 or pretended Philip, a name 
 given to Andriscm. 
 
 Psit Ulcus, i, m. a parrot. 
 
 Psonhidius, ft, ura, adj. of or 
 belonging toPsophis; Pso- 
 phidian. 
 
 Psophis, Idis, f. a city of Ar- 
 cadia. 
 
 Ptolema3us, 1, m. Ptolemy; the l 
 name of several Egyptian '> 
 kings. 
 
 Publico, adv. (publicus,) pub- 
 licly; at the public expense ; 
 by public authority. 
 
 Publicola, ae, m. (populus & 
 colo.) a surname given to 
 P. Valerius, on account of 
 his love of popularity. 
 
 Publicus, a, urn, adj. (popQ- 
 
 lus,) public: in publicum 
 procedens, going abroad or 
 appearing in puNic: subs, 
 publicum, the public treas- 
 ury. 
 
 Publius, i, m. the praenomen 
 of several Romans. 
 
 Pudibundus, a, um, adj. (pu- 
 deo,) ashamed; bashful, 
 modest. 
 
 Puer, eri, m. a boy; a servant. 
 
 Puerllis, e,adj. (puer,) puerile; 
 childish: aetas, boyhood; 
 childhood, 
 
 Pueritia, 33, f. (id.) boyhood; 
 childhood. 
 
 Pugna, 33, f. (pugnus, the fist;) 
 a battle with fists; a close 
 fight ; a battle. 
 
 Pugnans, tis, part, (pugno.) 
 
 Pugnatus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Pugno, iire, avi, atum, intr. 
 (pugna,) to figU: pugna- 
 tur, pass. imp. a battle is 
 fought; they fight. 
 
 Pulcher, ra, rum, adj. (chrior, 
 chemmus,)yaiV; beautiful; 
 glorious; hence, 
 
 Pulchritudo, Jnis, f. fairness; 
 • beauty. 
 
 Pullus, i, m. the young of any 
 animal. 
 
 Pulsus, a, um, part, (pello.) 
 
 Pulvillus, i, m. (Horatius,) a 
 Roman consul in the first 
 year of the republic. 
 
 Punicus, a, um, adj. Punic; 
 belonging to Carthage ; 
 Carthaginian. 
 
 Punio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. (poe- 
 na,) to punish. 
 
292 
 
 FUNITUS QUiE STOR. 
 
 Punitus, a, urn, part, (punio.) 
 
 Pupillus, i, m. (dim. fr. pupu- 
 lus, and that fr. pupus,) a 
 young boy; a pupil; a 
 ward; an orphan. 
 
 Puppis, is, f. the stern of a 
 ship. 
 
 Purgo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 purge; to purify; to clear; 
 to clean; to excuse. 
 
 Purpura, ae, f. the purple mus- 
 cle; purple; hence, 
 
 Purpuratus, a, um, adj. clad 
 in purple: purpurati, pi. 
 courtiers; nobles. 
 
 Purpureus, a, um, adj. (id.) 
 purple. 
 
 Purus, a, um, adj. (ior, issl- 
 mus,) pure ; clear. 
 
 Pusillus, a, um, adj. (dim. fr. 
 pusus,) small; weak; lit- 
 tle; very small. 
 
 Puteus, i, m. a well; a pit. 
 
 Puto, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 think. 
 
 Putresco, putrescere, putrui, 
 intr. inc. (putreo,) to rot; to 
 decay. 
 
 Pydna, ae, f. a town ofMacedon. 
 
 Pygmaei, orum, m. the Pyg- 
 mies, a race of dwarfs in- 
 habiting a remote part of 
 India or Ethiopia. 
 
 Pyra, 33, f. a funeral pile. 
 
 Pyramis, idis, f. a pyramid. 
 
 Pyrenaeus, i, m., & Pyrenaei, 
 orum, m. pi. Pyrenees, 
 mountains dividing France 
 and Spain. 
 
 Pyrrhus, i, m. a king of Epi- 
 
 ' 
 
 Pythagoras, ae, m. a Grecian 
 philosopher, born at Samos. 
 
 Pythagoreus, i, m. a Pythago- 
 rean ; a follower or disciple 
 of Pythagoras. 
 
 Pythia, 33, f. the priestess of 
 Apollo at Delphi. 
 
 Pythias, ae, m. a soldier of 
 Philip, king of Macedon. 
 
 Q- 
 
 Q., or Qu., an abbreviation of 
 Quintus. 
 
 Quadrageslmus, a, um, num. 
 adj. ord. the fortieth; from 
 
 Quadraginta, num. adj. pi. ind. 
 forty. 
 
 Quadriennium, i, n. (quatuor 
 & annus,) the space of four 
 years. 
 
 Quadriga, 93, & pi. ae, arum, 
 f. (quadrijugae, quatuor & 
 jugum,) a four-horse char- 
 iot; a team of four horses. 
 
 Quadringentesimus, a, um, 
 num. adj. ord. the four hun* 
 dredth; from 
 
 Quadringenti, ae, a, num. adj. 
 pi. four hundred. 
 
 Quadriipes, pedis, adj. (qua- 
 tuor & pes,) having four 
 feet; four-footed. 
 
 Quaerens, tis, part, from 
 
 Qucero, quasrere, quaesivi, quae- 
 situm, tr. to ask; to seek 
 for; to inquire; to search: 
 quasritur, it is asked; the 
 inquiry is made ; hence, 
 
 Quaestio, onis, f. a question. 
 
 Quaestor, oris, m. (quaesitor, 
 
QUiESTUS — QUINGENTESIMU3. 
 
 293 
 
 id.) a qucestor; a treasurer; 
 
 an inferior military officer 
 
 who attended the consuls. 
 Qiucstus, us, m. (id.) gain; a 
 
 trade. 
 Qualis, e, adj. of what hind; 
 
 as; such as; what. 
 Quam, conj. & adv. as; how; 
 
 after comparatives, than. 
 Quamdiu, or Quandiu, adv. 
 
 (quam & diu,) as long as. 
 Quamquam, or Quanquam, 
 
 conj. though; although. 
 Quainvis, conj. (quam & vis, 
 
 fr. volo,) although. 
 Quando, adv. when; since. 
 Quanto, adv. by how much; as. 
 Quantopere, adv. (quanto & 
 
 opere,) how greatly; how 
 
 much. 
 Quantum, adv. how much; as 
 
 much as. 
 Quantum, a, um, adj. how great; 
 
 as great; how admirable; 
 
 how striking. 
 Quantuslibet,quantalibet,quan- 
 
 tumlibot,adj. (quantus & li- 
 
 bet,) how great soever; ever 
 
 so great. 
 Quapropter, adv. (qua & prop- 
 ter,) wherefore; why. 
 Quare, adv. (qua & re,) where- 
 fore; for which reason; 
 
 whence; therefore. 
 Quartus, a, um, num. adj. ord. 
 
 the fourth. 
 Quasi, adv. (for quamsi,) as 
 
 if; as. 
 Quatriduum, i, n. (quatuor & 
 
 dies,) a space of four days. 
 Quatuor, num. adj. pi. ind. four. 
 
 Quatuordecim, num. adj. pi. 
 ind. (quatuor & decern,) 
 fourteen. 
 
 Que, enclitic conj. (always 
 joined to another word, and 
 draws the accent to the 
 syllable preceding it,) and; 
 also. 
 
 Queo, Ire, ivi, Itum, intr. irr. 
 § 83, 3; to be able; lean. 
 
 Quercus, us, f. an oak. 413. 
 
 Queror, queri, questus sum, tr. 
 dep. to complain. 
 
 Questus, a, um, part, complain- 
 ing; having complained. 
 
 Qui, quae, quod, rel. pro. 125; 
 who; which; what; used in- 
 * terrogatively, who ? which ? 
 what? 
 
 Qui, adv. how; in what man- 
 ner. 
 
 Quia, conj. because. 
 
 Quicunque, quoecunque, quod- 
 cunque, rel. pro. 131, 1, 
 whosoever; whatsoever; ev- 
 ery one. 2&1. 
 
 Quidam, quaedam, quoddam & 
 quiddam, pro. 131, 1, a cer- 
 tain one; a certain person 
 or thing: quidam homines, 
 certain men. 2S1. 
 
 Quidem, adv. indeed; truly; at 
 least. 
 
 Quin, conj. but; but that. 
 
 Quinctius, i, m. (Titus,) a Ro- 
 man general. 
 
 Quindccim, num. adj. pi. ind. 
 (quinque & decern,) fifteen. 
 
 Quingentesimus, a, um, num. 
 adj. ord. the five hundredth; 
 from 
 
294 
 
 QUINGENTI — RAPTOR. 
 
 Quingenti, se, a, num. adj. pi. 
 (qirinque & centum,) five 
 hundred. 
 
 Quinquageni, ae, a, num. adj. 
 pi. dist. (quinquaginta,) ev- 
 ery fifty, fifty. 
 
 Quinquagesimus, a, um, num. 
 adj. (id.) fiftieth. 
 
 Quinquaginta, num. adj. pi. ind. 
 
 fifty- 
 
 Quinque,num. adj. pi. \\A.five. 
 Quinquies, num. adv. five 
 
 times. 
 Quinto, adv. the fifth time. 
 Quintus, a, um, ord. num. adj. 
 
 the fifth. 
 Quintus, or Quinctius, i, m. a 
 
 Roman surname. 
 Quippe, conj. for; since. 
 Quis, quae, quod, or quid, in- 
 
 terrog. pro. who? what? 
 
 quid, why? 
 Quisnam, or Quinam, quaenam, 
 
 quodnam, or quidnam, pro. 
 
 131, 2, who; what. 255 » 
 Quisquam, quaequam, quod- 
 
 quam, or quidquam, or quic- 
 
 quam, pro. any one; any 
 
 thing: nee quisquam, and 
 
 no one. 
 Quisque, quaeque, quodque, or 
 
 quidque, pro. each; every; 
 
 whosoever ; whatsoever. 
 Quisquis, quidquid, or quic- 
 
 quid, rel. pro. 131, Obs. 1, 
 
 whoever; whatever. 2o2, 
 Quivis, quaevis, quodvis, or 
 
 quidvis, pro. (qui and vis,) 
 
 whosoever; whatsoever; any 
 
 one. 
 Qu6, adv. that; to the end that; 
 
 whither : qu6 — c6, for 
 quanto — tanto, by how 
 much — by so much; or the 
 more — the more. 
 
 Quod, conj. that; because. 
 
 Quominus, adv. (qu6 & mi- 
 nus,) that — not 
 
 Quomodo, adv. (quo & modo,) 
 how; by what means. 
 
 Quondam, adv. formerly ,- once. 
 
 Quoniam, conj. (quum & jam,) 
 since; because, 
 
 Quoque, conj. also. 
 i Quot, adj. ind. pi. how many* 
 j Quotannis, adv. (quot & an- 
 nus,) annually; yearly. 
 
 Quotidie, adv. (quot & dies,) 
 every day ; daily. 
 
 Quoties, adv. as often as; how 
 often. 
 
 Quum, or Cum, adv. when: 
 (mum jam, as soon as: — » 
 conj. since; although. 
 
 R. 
 
 Radius, i, m. a staff; a ray ; a 
 
 rod. 
 Radix, icis, f. a root; the foot 
 
 or base of a mountain. 
 Ramus, i, m. a branch; a 
 
 bough. 
 Rana, ae, f. a frog. 
 Rapina, ae, f. rapine ; plunder ; 
 
 from 
 Rapio, rapere, rapui, raptum, 
 
 tr. to hurry away by force ; 
 
 to rob ; to seize ; to plunder. 
 Raptor, oris, m. (rapio,) one 
 
 who seizes or takes away by 
 
 violence; a robber. 
 
RAPTURUS REDIMENDUS. 
 
 295 
 
 Rapturus, a, um, part, (rapio.) 
 
 Raptus, a, um, part, (rapio,) 
 seized; robbed; carried off. 
 
 Raritas, atis, f. (rams,) rarity. 
 
 Ram, adv. rarely; seldom; Ir. 
 
 Rarus, a, um, adj. rare; few. 
 
 Ratio, onis, f. (reor,) a reason. 
 
 Ratis, is, f. a raft; a ship; a 
 boat. 
 
 Ratus, a, um, part, (reor,) think- 
 ing; having thought. 
 
 Rebello, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 (re & bello,) to renew a 
 war; to rebel; to revolt. 
 
 Recedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- 
 sum, intr. (re & cedo,) to 
 recede; to yield; to retire; 
 to withdraw. 
 
 Recens, tis, adj. comp. new; 
 recent; fresh: — adv. re- 
 cently ; lately; newly: re- 
 cens nati, new-born child- 
 ren. 
 
 Receptus, a, um, part, (reci- 
 pio.) 
 
 Recepturus, a, um, part, (reci- 
 pio.) 
 
 Recessus, us, m. (recedo,) a 
 recess; a corner. 
 
 Recipio, -cipere, -cepi, -ceptum, 
 tr. (re & capio,) to take 
 back; to receive; to take; to 
 recover: animam, to come 
 to one's self again; to re- 
 cover one's senses: se, to 
 return. 
 
 Recognosco, -noscere, -novi, 
 -nitum, tr. (re & cognos- 
 co,) to recognize; to know 
 again ; to betake one's self. 
 
 Recolligo, -ligere, -legi, -lec- 
 
 tum, tr. (re, con & lego,) 
 to gather up again; to re- 
 collect; to recover. 
 
 Recondltus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Recondo, dere, didi, ditum, tr. 
 (re & condo,) to put togeth- 
 er again ; to lay up ; to hide; 
 to conceal. 
 
 Recordor, ari, atus, tr. dep. 
 (re & cor,) to call back to 
 mind; to recollect; to re' 
 member. 
 
 Recreo, are, avi, atum, tr. (re & 
 creo,) to bring to life again; 
 to restore ; to refresh. 
 
 Recte, adv. (ius, isslme,) right; 
 rightly; from 
 
 Rectus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) (rego,) straight; up- 
 right; right; direct. 
 
 Recupero, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (recipio,) to recover; to re- 
 gain. 
 
 Redditus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Reddo, -dere, -didi, -ditum, tr. 
 (re & do,) to give back; to 
 return; to give; to make; 
 to render; to restore; to 
 cause: verba, to repeat: 
 animam, to die: voces, to 
 imitate. 
 
 Redeo, -Ire, -ii, -ltum, intr. irr. 
 (re & eo,) to go back; to 
 return. 
 
 Rediens, euntis, part, return- 
 ing. 
 
 Redigo, -igere, -egi, -actum, tr. 
 (re & ago,) to bring back; 
 to reduce: in potestatem, to 
 bring into one's power. 
 
 Redimendus, a, um, part, from 
 
296 
 
 REDIMO — REMITTO. 
 
 Redimo, -imere, -emi, -emp- 
 tum, tr. (re & emo,) to take 
 back; to buy back; to re- 
 deem; to ransom. 
 
 Reducendus, a, urn, part, from 
 
 Reduco, -ducere, -duxi, -duc- 
 tum, tr. (re & duco,) to 
 lead or bring back: in gra- 
 tiam, to reconcile. 
 
 Referens, tis, part, requiting; 
 returning; conferring; from 
 
 Ref ero, -ferre, -tiili, -latum, tr. 
 irr. (re & fero,) to bring 
 back: gratiam or gratias, 
 to requite a favor ; to show 
 gratitude: beneficium, to 
 requite a benefit: victori- 
 am, to bring back victory, 
 i. e. to return victorious: 
 imaginem, to reflect the im- 
 age; to resemble. 
 
 Refluens, tis, part, from • 
 
 Refluo, -fluere, -fluxi, -fluxum, 
 intr. (re & fluo,) to flow 
 back. 
 
 Refugio, -fugere, -fugi, -fugi- 
 tum, intr. (re & fugio,) to 
 fly back; to flee; to retreat. 
 
 Regia, ae, f. (sc. domus, from 
 regius,) a palace. 
 
 Reglna, se, f. (rex,) a queen. 
 
 Regio, onis, f. (rego,) a region; 
 a district; a country. 
 
 Regius, a, um, adj. (rex,) roy- 
 al; regal; the king's. 
 
 Regnaturus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Regno, are, avi, atum, intr. (reg- 
 num,) to rule; to govern. 
 
 Regnatur, pass. imp. it is ruled 
 by kings. 
 
 Regnum, i, n. (rex,) a king- 
 
 dom; empire; dominion; 
 reign; government; rule. 
 
 Rego, regere, rexi, rectum, tr. 
 to direct or lead in a 
 straight course ; to rule. 
 
 Regredior, -gredi, -gressus 
 sum, intr. dep. (re & gra- 
 dior,) to turn back; to re- 
 turn. 
 
 Regressus, a, um, part, having 
 returned. 
 
 Regulus, i, m. a distinguished 
 Roman general in the first 
 Punic war. 
 
 Relatus, a, um, part, (ref ero.) 
 
 Relictiirus, a, um, part, (relin- 
 quo.) 
 
 Relictus, a, um, part, (id.) 
 
 Religio, onis, f. (religo,) what 
 is binding or obligatory; 
 religious scruple or hin- 
 drance; hence, religion; 
 sacredness; sanctity; rev- 
 erence; religious rites. 
 
 Relinquo, -linquere, -liqui, -lic- 
 tum, tr. (re & linquo,) to 
 leave behind; to desert; to 
 quit; to abandon. 
 
 Reliquiae, arum, f. pi. the rel- 
 ics; the remains; from 
 
 Reliquus,a,um,adj. (relinquo,) 
 the rest; the remainder; the 
 other. 
 
 Remaneo, -manere, -mansi, 
 -mansum, intr. (re & ma- 
 neo,) to remain behind. 
 
 Remedium, i, n. (re & medeor,) 
 a remedy. 
 
 Remitto, -mittere, -mlsi, -mis- 
 sum, tr. (re & mitto,) to 
 send back; to remit. 
 
REMOVEO RESPONDEO. 
 
 297 
 
 Removeo, -movere, -movi, -mo- 
 tum, tr. (re & moveo,) to 
 move back, or away; to re- 
 move. 
 
 Remus, i, m. an oar. 
 
 Remus, i, m. the twin brother 
 of Romulus. 
 
 Renovatus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Renflvo, are, avi, atum, tr. (re 
 & novo,) to make anew; to 
 renew. 
 
 Renuntio, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (re & nuntio,) to bring back 
 word; to inform; to report; 
 to declare; to announce. 
 
 Reor, reri, ratus sum, intr. dep. 
 to think ; to suppose ; to be- 
 lieve. 
 
 Reparo, are, avi, atum, tr. (re 
 & paro,) to get or procure 
 again ; to renew ; to repair. 
 
 Repente, adv. (repens,fr. repo,) 
 suddenly. 
 
 Reperio, -perire, -peri,-pertum, 
 tr. (re & pario,) to find; to 
 discover; to invent. 
 
 Repeto, -petere, -petlvi, -petl- 
 tum, tr. (re & peto,) to de- 
 mand back. 
 
 Repleo, ere, evi, etum, tr. (re 
 & pleo,) to fill again; to 
 fill up ; to replenish. 
 
 Repono, -ponere, -posui, -posi- 
 tum, tr. (re & pono,) to 
 place back or again; to re- 
 store; to replace. 
 
 Reporto, are, avi, atum, tr. (re 
 & porto,) to bring back; to 
 gain or obtain. 
 
 Repraesento, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (re & pnesento,) to make 
 
 present again; to represent; 
 to paint ; to depict. 
 Repudio, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (repudium,) to repudiate; 
 to reject; to slight; to dis- 
 regard: uxorem, to di- 
 vorce. 
 Requiro, -quirere, -quislvi, -qui- 
 situm, tr. (re & quaero,) to 
 seek again; to demand; to 
 require; to need. 
 Res, rei, f. a thing; an affair ; 
 away; a kingdom; a gov- 
 ernment; a subject: res 
 gestae, actions ; exploits : 
 res familiaris or domesti- 
 ca, domestic affairs; prop- 
 erty. 
 Reservo, are, avi, atum, tr. (re 
 & servo,) to keep back; to 
 reserve; to keep for a fu- 
 ture time. 
 Resideo, -sidere, -sedi, intr. (re 
 & sedeo,) to sit; to sit 
 down; to remain. 
 Reslmus, a, um, adj. (re & si- 
 
 mus,) bent back; crooked. 
 Resisto, -sistere, -stiti, -stitum, 
 intr. (re & sisto,) to hold or 
 keep back; to resist; to 
 withstand. 
 Resolvo, -solvere, -solvi, -so- 
 lutum, tr. (re & solvo,) to 
 untie again; to loosen; to 
 unbind; to unloose; to dis- 
 solve. 
 Respondeo, -spodere, -spondi, 
 -sponsum, tr. (re & spon- 
 deo,) to answer again; to 
 aaswer; to reply; to cor- 
 respond: respondetur, pas3. 
 
298 
 
 RESPONSUM — RIGEO. 
 
 imp. it is answered, or the 
 reply is made. 
 Responsum, i, n. (respondeo,) 
 
 an answer ; a reply. 
 Respublica, reipublicae, f. § 18, 
 9, (res publica,) the state; 
 the government; the com- 
 monwealth, 170, 
 Respuo, -spuere, -spui, tr. (re & 
 spuo,) to spit out; to reject. 
 Restituo, -stituere, -stitui, -sti- 
 tutum, tr. (re & statuo,) to 
 put or set up again ; to re- 
 store; to replace; to re- 
 build: aciem, to cause the 
 army to rally. 
 Retineo, -tinere, -tinui, -ten- 
 tum, tr. (re & teneo,) to 
 hold back; to retain; to de- 
 tain; to hinder. 
 Revera, adv. (res & verus,) 
 truly; in very deed; in re- 
 ality; in good earnest. 
 Reverentia, se, f. (revereor,) 
 
 reverence. 
 Reversus, a, um, part, having 
 
 returned; from 
 Reverto, -vertere, -verti, -ver- 
 sum, intr. (re & verto,) to 
 turn back; to return. 
 Revertor, -verti, -versus sum, 
 
 intr. dep. to return. 
 Reviresco, -virescere, -virui, 
 intr. inc. (revireo,) to grow 
 green again. 
 Revoco, are, avi, atum, tr. (re 
 & voco,) to call back; to 
 recall. 
 Revolo, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 (re & volo,) to fly back; to 
 fly °ff again. 
 
 Rex, regis, m. (rego,) a Icing, 
 Rhadamanthus, i, m. a law* 
 giver of Crete, and subse- 
 quently one of the three 
 judges of the infernal re- 
 gions. 
 Rhaeti, drum, m. pi. the inhab- 
 itants of Rhcetia, now the 
 Grisons. 
 Rhaea, as, f. (Silvia,) the mother 
 
 of Romulus and Remus. 
 Rhenus, i, m. the river Rhine, 
 Rhinoceros, otis, m. a rhinoce- 
 ros. 
 Rhipaeus, a, um, adj. Rhipce- 
 an or Rhiphcean: montes, 
 mountains, which, accord- 
 ing to the ancients, were 
 found in the north of Scy- 
 thia. 
 Rhodanus, i, m. the river 
 
 Rhone. 
 Rhodius, i, m. an inhabitant 
 
 of Rhodes; a Rhodian. 
 Rhodope, es, f. a high moun- 
 tain in the western part of 
 Thrace. 
 Rhodus, i, f. Rhodes; a cele- 
 brated town, and island in 
 the Mediterranean sea. 
 Rhoeteum, i, n. a city and pro- 
 montory of Troas. 
 RhyndScus, i, m. a river of 
 
 Mysia. 
 Ridens, tis, part, smiling; 
 
 laughing at; from 
 Rideo, dere, si, sum, intr. & tr. 
 to laugh; to laugh at; to 
 mock, to deride. 
 Rigeo, ere, " ui, intr. to fa 
 cold. 
 
RIGID US — SACRA. 
 
 299 
 
 Rigidus, a, urn, adj\ (comp.) 
 (rigeo,) stiff with cold; ri- 
 gid; severe. 
 
 Rigo, are, avi, atum, tr. to wa- 
 ter; to irrigate; to bedew: 
 to wet. 
 
 Ripa, ae, f. a bank, (of a river.) 
 
 Risi. See Rideo. 
 
 Risus, us, m. (rideo,) laughing; 
 laughter. 
 
 Rixor, ari, atus sum, intr. dep. 
 (rixa,) to quarrel. 
 
 Robur, oris, n. oak of the hard- 
 est kind, hence, strength: 
 robur milltum, the flower 
 of the soldiers. 
 
 Rogatus, a, urn, part, being 
 asked; from 
 
 Rogo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 ask; to request; to beg; to 
 entreat. 
 
 Rogus, i, m. a funeral pile. 
 
 Roma, ae, f. Rome, the chief 
 city of Italy, situated upon 
 the Tiber; hence, 
 
 Romanus, a, um, adj. Roman. 
 
 Romanus, i, m. a Roman. 
 
 Romulus, i, m. the founder and 
 first king of Rome: Rom- 
 ulus Silvius, a king of 
 Alba. 
 
 Rostrum, i, n. (rodo,) a beak; 
 a bill; a snout; also, the 
 beak of a ship; a stage, or 
 pulpit. 
 
 Rota, ae, f. a wheel. 
 
 Rotundus, a, um, adj. (rota,) 
 round. 
 
 Ruber, rubra, rubrum, adj. 
 (rior, errimus,) red. 
 
 Rudis, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
 
 rude; unwrought; unculti- 
 vated; new; uncivilized. 
 
 Rulna, ae, f. (ruo,) a ruin; a 
 downfall; a fall. 
 
 Rullianus, i, m. a Roman gen- 
 eral, who commanded the 
 cavalry in a war with the 
 Samnites. 
 
 Rumpo, rumpere, rupi, rup- 
 tum, tr. to break or burst 
 asunder; to break off; to 
 break down; to violate. 
 
 Ruo, uere, ui, utum, intr. & tr. 
 to run headlong; to fall; 
 to be ruined; to hasten 
 down; to rush; to throw 
 down; to tear up. 
 
 Rupes, is, f. a rock; a cliff. 
 
 Ruptus, a, um, part, (rumpo,) 
 broken; violated. 
 
 Rursus, adv. again. 
 
 Rus,. ruris, n. the country; a 
 farm; hence, 
 
 Rusticus, a, um, adj. rustic; 
 belonging to the country. 
 
 Rusticus, i, m. a countryman. 
 
 Rutilius, i, m. a Roman con- 
 sul. 
 
 Sablni, orum, m. the Sabines, a 
 people of Italy. 
 
 Sacer, sacra, sacrum, adj. 
 (sup. errimus, § 26, 5,) sa- 
 cred; holy; divine; conse- 
 crated. 223. 
 
 Sacerdos, otis, c (sacer,) a 
 priest ; a priestess. 
 
 Sacra, orum, m. pi. (id.) reli- 
 gious service ; sacrifice; so- 
 
300 
 
 SACBIFICANS — SATIS. 
 
 cred rites; religious observ- 
 ances. 
 Sacrificans, tis, part, (sacrifi- 
 
 co,) sacrificing; offering 
 
 sacrifices. 
 Sacrificium, i, n. a sacrifice; 
 
 from 
 Sacrifico, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 
 (sacer & facio,) to sacrifice. 
 Saepe, adv. (ius, issime,) often ; 
 
 frequently. 
 Saevio, ire, ii, Itum, intr. (sa> 
 
 vus,) to rage; to be cruel. 
 Sae vitas, atis, f. cruelty; sever- 
 ity; savageness; barbarity; 
 
 from 
 Saevus, a, urn, adj. (ior, issi- 
 
 mus,) cruel; severe ; fierce ; 
 
 inhuman; violent. 
 Saginatus, a, um, part, from 
 Saglno, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 
 fatten. 
 Sagitta, as, f. an arrow, 
 Saguntlni, orum, m. pi. the Sa- 
 
 guntines; the inhabitants 
 
 of Saguntum. 
 Saguntum, i, n. a town of 
 
 Spain. 
 Salio, salire, salui & salii, intr. 
 
 to spring; to leap. 
 Salsus, a, um, adj. (sallo, to 
 
 salt; obsol. from sal,) salt; 
 
 sharp. 
 Salto, are, avi, atum, intr. freq. 
 
 (salio,) to dance. 
 Saluber, -bris, -bre, adj. (brior, 
 
 berrimus,) (salus,) whole- 
 some; salubrious; healthy; 
 
 hence, 
 Salubritas, atis, f. salubrity; 
 
 kealthfulness. 
 
 Salum, i, n. properly, the agi- 
 tated motion of the sea: 
 hence, the sea. 
 
 Salus, utis, f. safety; salvation; 
 health; hence, 
 
 Saluto, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 wish health to; hence, to 
 salute; to call. 
 
 Salvus, a, um, adj. (salus,) sqfi; 
 preserved; unpunished. 
 
 Samnites, ium, m. pi. the Sam- 
 nites, a people of Italy. 
 
 Sanctus, a, um, adj. comp. (san- 
 cio,) holy; blameless. 
 
 Sanguis, inis, m. blood. 
 
 Sapiens, tis, (part, sapio, prop- 
 erly, tasting; knowing by 
 the taste; hence,) adj. (ior, 
 issimus,) wise: — subs, a 
 sage ; a wise man ; hence, 
 
 Sapientia, ae, f. wisdom; phi- 
 losophy. 
 
 Sapio, ere, ui, intr. (to taste; to 
 discern ; hence,) to be wise. 
 
 Sarcina, ae, f. (sarcio,) a pack ; 
 a bundle. 
 
 Sardinia, ae, f. a large island in 
 the Mediterranean sea, west 
 of Italy. 
 
 Sarmatae, arum, m. the Sar- 
 matians, a people inhabit- 
 ing the north of Europe 
 and Asia. 
 
 Sarpedon, onis, m. a son of 
 Jupiter and Muropa. 
 
 Satelles, itis, m. a satellite; a 
 guard; a body-guard. 
 
 Satiatus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Satio, are, avi, atum, tr. to sa- 
 tiate; to satisfy ; from 
 
 Satis, adj. & adv. (comp. sar 
 
SATUR — SECTOR. 
 
 301 
 
 tius, better;) enough; suf- 
 ficient; sufficiently; very; 
 quite. 
 
 Satur, ura, urum, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) (satio,) satiated ; full. 
 
 Saturnia, ae, f. a name given to 
 Italy; also, a citadel and 
 town near Janiculum. 
 
 Saturnus, i. m. the father of 
 Jupiter. 
 
 Saucio, are, avi, arum, tr. (sau- 
 cius,) to wound. 
 
 Saxuin, i, n. a rock; a stone. 
 
 Scsevola, ae, m. (Mucius,) a 
 brave Roman soldier. 
 
 Scateo, ere, intr. to gush forth 
 like water from a spring ; 
 hence, to be full; to abound. 
 
 Scamander, dri, m. a river of\ 
 Troas, which flows from 
 Mount Ida into the Helles- 
 pont. 
 
 Scaurus, i, m. the surname of 
 several Romans. 
 
 Scelestus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) wicked; from 
 
 Scelus, eris, n. an impious ac- 
 tion; a crime; wickedness: 
 by metonymy, a wicked 
 person. See Facinus. 
 
 Scena, ae, f. a scene; a stage. 
 
 SchceneuS; i, m. a king of Ar- 
 cadia or Scyros, and father 
 of Atalanta. 
 
 Scheria, ae, f. an ancient name 
 of the island Corcyra, or 
 Corfu. 
 
 Scientia, ae, f. knowledge ; from 
 
 Scio, ire, ivi, itum, tr. to know; 
 to understand. 
 
 Scipio, onis, m. a distinguished 
 26 
 
 Roman family: Scipiones, 
 the Scipios. 
 
 Scopiilus, i, m. a high rock; a 
 cliff. 
 
 Scorpio, onis, m. a scorpion. 
 
 Scotia, ae, f. Scotland. 
 
 Scriba, ae, m. a writer; a secre- 
 tary; a scribe; from 
 
 Scribo, scribere, scripsi, scrip- 
 turn, tr. to write: scribere 
 leges, to prepare laws. 
 
 Scriptor, oris, m. a writer; an 
 author. 
 
 Scripturus,a,um,part. (scribo.) 
 
 Scriptus, a, um, part, (scribo.) 
 
 Scrutor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 (scruta,) to search into; to 
 trace out. 
 
 Scutum, i, n. a shield. 
 
 Scylla, ae, f. the daughter of 
 Nisus. 
 
 Scyros, i, f. an island in the 
 JEgean sea. 
 
 Scythes, ae, m. an inhabitant 
 of Scythia; a Scythian. 
 
 Scythia, ce, f. a vast country 
 in the north of Europe and 
 Asia. 
 
 Scythicus, a, um, adj. Scythian. 
 
 Seco, secare, secui, sectum, tr- 
 to cut. 
 
 SecC'do, -cedere, -cessi, -cessum, 
 intr. (se& cedo,) to go aside, 
 to secede; to withdraw. 
 
 Sectatus, a, um, part, having 
 followed or attended; from 
 
 Sector, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 freq. (sequor, 227, Obs. 1.) 
 to follow; to pursue; to ac- 
 company ; to attend; to 
 sirive after, &86* 
 
302 
 
 SECULUM — SEPES. 
 
 Seculum, and Speculum, i, n. 
 an age ; a period of time. 
 
 Secnm, (se & cum, 233,) 
 with himself; with herself; 
 with itself; with themselves. 
 
 Secundus, a, urn, adj. comp. 
 (sequor,) the second; pros- 
 perous: res secundae, pros- 
 perity. 
 
 Securis, is, f. (seco,) an axe. 
 
 Secutus, a, um, part, (sequor.) 
 
 Sed, conj. but. 
 
 Sedecim, num, adj. ind. pi. 
 (sex & decern,) sixteen. 
 
 Sedeo, sedere, sedi, sessum, 
 intr. to sit; to light upon. 
 
 Sedes, is, f. (sedes,) a seat; a 
 residence; a settlement: reg- 
 ni, the seat of government. 
 
 Seditio, onis, f. (se, aside, and 
 eo,) sedition; a rebellion; 
 an insurrection. 
 
 Sedulus, a, um, adj. (sedeo,) 
 diligent. 
 
 Seges, etis,f. a crop; a harvest. 
 
 Segnis, e, adj. (ior, isslmus,) 
 dull; slow; slothful, slug- 
 gish. 
 
 Sejungo, -jungere, -junxi, -junc- 
 tum, tr. (se & jungo,) to di- 
 vide; to separate. 
 
 Selucia, 3e, f. a town of Syria, 
 near the Orontes. 
 
 Semel, adv. once: plus semel, 
 more than once. 
 
 Semele, es, f. a daughter of 
 Cadmus and Hermione, and 
 mother of Bacchus. 
 
 Semen, inis, n. seed. 
 
 Semiramis, Idis, f. a queen of 
 Assyria, and wife ofNinus. 
 
 Semper, adv. always; hence, 
 Sempiternus, a, um, adj. ever- 
 
 Sempronius, i, m. the name of 
 
 a Roman gens or clan: 
 
 Sempronius Gracchus, a 
 
 Roman general. 
 Sena, ae, f. a town of Picenum. 
 Senator, oris, m. (senex,) a 
 
 Senator. 
 Senatus, us, & i, m. (senex,) a 
 
 senate. 
 Senecta, ae, or Senectus, utis, f. 
 
 (senex,) old age. 
 Senescens, tis, part, from 
 Senesco, senescere, senui, intr. 
 
 inc. to grow old; to wane; 
 
 from seneo, and that from 
 Senex, is, c. an old man or 
 
 woman: — adj. old: (comp. 
 
 senior, sometimes major 
 
 natu,) § 26, 6. 224. 
 Senones, um, m. pL a people 
 
 of Gaid. 
 Sensi. See Sentio. 
 Sensus, us, m. (sentio,) sense; 
 
 feeling. 
 Sententia, ae, f. an opinion; a 
 
 proposition; a sentiment; 
 
 from 
 Sentio, sentire, sensi, sensum, 
 
 tr. to feel; to perceive; to 
 
 be sensible of; to observe; 
 
 to suppose. 
 Separo, are, avi, atum, tr. (se 
 
 & paro,) to separate; todi' 
 
 vide. 
 Sepelio, sepelire, sepelivi, se- 
 
 pultum, tr. to bury; to in' 
 
 ter. 
 Sepes, is, f a hedge; a fence. 
 
SEPTEM SEXAOESIMUS. 
 
 303 
 
 Septem, num. adj. ind. pi. 
 seven. 
 
 Septentrio, onis, m. the North- 
 ern Bear; the North. 
 
 Septies, num. adv. seven times. 
 
 Septimus, a, urn, num. adj. ord. 
 (septern,) the seventh. 
 
 Septin^cntesimus, a, um, num. 
 adj. the seven hundredth. 
 
 Septuagesimus, a, um, num. 
 adj. the seventieth ; from 
 
 Septuaginta, num. adj. ind. pi. 
 seventy. 
 
 Sepulerum, i, n. (sepelio,) a 
 sepulchre ; a tomb. 
 
 Sepultura, ae, f. (id.) burial; 
 interment. 
 
 Sepultus, a, um, part, (sepelio,) 
 buried. 
 
 Sequana, 33, m. the Seine, a 
 river in France. 
 
 Sequens, tis, part, from 
 
 Sequor, sequi, secutus sum, tr. 
 dep. to follow ; to pursue. 
 
 Secutus, a, um, part, (sequor.) 
 
 Serenus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 serene; tranquil; clear; 
 fair; bright. 
 
 Sergius, i, m. the name of sev- 
 eral Romans. 
 
 Sermo, onis, m. (sero,) speech; 
 a discourse; conversation. 
 
 Sero, (serius,) adv. late; too late. 
 
 Sero, serere, sevi, satum, tr. to 
 sow; to plant. 
 
 Serpens, tis, c. (serpo, to creep,) 
 a serpent; a snake. 
 
 Sertorius, i, m. a Roman gen- 
 eral. 
 
 Serus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 lute. 
 
 Servilius, i, m. the name of a 
 Roman family: Servilius 
 Casea, one of the murder- 
 ers of Ccesar. 
 
 Servio, ire, ivi, Itum, intr. (ser- 
 vus,) to be a slave ; to serve, 
 (as a slave). 
 
 Servitium, i, n. or Servitus, 
 utis, f. (id.) slavery; bond- 
 age. 
 
 Servius, i, m. (Tullius,) the 
 sixth king of Rome. 
 
 Servo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 preserve; to guard; to 
 watch; to keep ; hence, 
 
 Servus, i, m. a slave; a serv- 
 ant. 
 
 Sese, pro. ace. and abl. § 28, 
 Obs. 4, himself; herself; 
 themselves. %34z. 
 
 Sestertium, i, n. a sestertium, 
 or a thousand sesterces. 
 907. 1558. 
 
 Sestertius, i, m. a sesterce, or 
 two and a half asses. 906 
 & 907. 1557, 1558. 
 
 Sestos, i, or -us, i, f. a town 
 of Thrace, on the shores of 
 the Hellespont, opposite to 
 Abydos. 
 
 Seta, a3, f. a bristle. 
 
 Setlnus, a, um, adj. Setine; be- 
 longing to Setia, a city of 
 Campania, near the Pon- 
 tine Marshes, famous for 
 its wine. 
 
 Setosus, a, um, adj. (seta,) full 
 of bristles; bristly. 
 
 Sex, num. adj. ind. pi. six. 
 
 Sexagesimus, a, um, num. adj. 
 ord. (sexj) the sixtieth. 
 
 s 
 
304 
 
 SEXAGINTA — SINGULARIS. 
 
 Sexaginta, num. adj. ind. pi. 
 (sex,) sixty. 
 
 Sexcentesimus, a, um, num. 
 adj. ord. (sex & centum,) 
 the six hundredth. 
 
 Sextus, a, um, num. adj. ord. 
 (sex,) the sixth. 
 
 Si, conj. if; whether: si quan- 
 do, if at any time. 
 
 Sic, adv. so; thus; in such a 
 manner. 
 
 Siccius, i, m. (Dentatus,) the 
 name of a brave Roman 
 soldier. 
 
 Siccus, a, um, adj. dry: sic- 
 cum, dry land: in sicco 
 (loco), in a dry place: 
 (aridus, thoroughly dry; 
 parched.) 
 
 Sicilia, 93, f. Sicily, the largest 
 islatid in the Mediterra- 
 nean. 
 
 Siculus, a, um, adj. Sicilian: 
 fretum, the straits of Mes- 
 sina. 
 
 Sicut, & Sicuti, adv. (sic ut,) 
 as: as if 
 
 Sidon, onis, f. a maritime city 
 of Phoenicia. 
 
 Sidonius, a, um, adj. belonging 
 to Sidon; Sidonian. 
 
 Sidus, eris, n. a star. 
 
 Significo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (signum & facio,) to make 
 or give a sign; to desig- 
 nate; to mark; to express; 
 to signify; to give notice; 
 to imply or mean. 
 
 Signum, i, m, a sign ; a token ; 
 a statue; a standard; col- 
 ors. 
 
 Silens, tis, part, (sileo,) silent; 
 keeping silence. 
 
 Silentium, i, n. (sileo,) silence. 
 
 Silenus, i, m. the foster-father 
 and instructor of Bacchus. 
 
 Sileo, ere, ui, intr. to be silent; 
 to conceal. 
 
 Silva, or Sylva, 33, f. a forest; 
 a wood. 
 
 Silvia, £e, f. (Rhea,) the mother 
 of Romulus. 
 
 Silvius, i, m. a son of jEneas, 
 the second king of Alba: 
 Silvius Procas, a king of 
 Alba, the father of Numi- 
 tor and Amulius. 
 
 Simia, ae, f. (simus,) an ape. 
 
 Similis, e, adj. (ior, limus, § 26„ 
 1,) similar; like; 220, 
 
 Similiter, adv. (similius, simil- 
 ime,) in like manner. 
 
 Simplex, icis, adj. comp. (sine 
 plica, without a fold; open; 
 plain ;) hence, simple / 
 artless; open; plain; sin- 
 gle. 
 
 Simois, entis, m. a river of 
 Troas, flowing into the 
 Scamander. 
 
 Simonldes, is, m. a Greek po- 
 et, born in the island of 
 Cea. 
 
 jSimul, adv. at the same time; 
 at once; together; as soon 
 as : simul — simul — as soon 
 as, or no sooner than. 
 
 Simulacrum, i, n. (simulo,) an 
 image ; a statue. 
 
 Sin, conj. but if 
 
 Sine, prep, without. 
 
 Singularis, e, adj. single; sin- 
 
SINOULI — SOLVO. 
 
 305 
 
 gular; distinguished; ex- 
 traordinary: certamen sin- 
 gulare, a single combat; 
 from 
 Singuli, ae, a, num. adj. pi. 
 each; one by one; every: 
 singulis menslbus, every 
 month. 
 Sinister, tra, trum, adj. (comp. 
 
 irr. § 26, 2,) left. 222. 
 Sino, sinere, sivi, situm, tr. 
 
 (for sio, obsol.) to 'permit. 
 Sinus, us, m. a bosom; a bay; 
 
 a gulf. 
 Siquis, siqua, siquod or siquid, 
 pro. if any one; if any 
 thing. 
 Siquando, adv. (si & quando,) 
 
 if at any time; if ever. 
 Sitio, ire, ii, intr. & tr. to thirst; 
 to be thirsty; to desire ear- 
 nestly. 
 Sit is, is, f. thirst. 
 Situs, a, urn, part. & adj. (si- 
 no,) placed; set; situated; 
 permitted. 
 Sire, eonj. or; or if; whether. 
 Soboles, is, f. (subolcs, sub & 
 oleo,) a sprig or shoot ; off- 
 spring. 
 Sobrius, a, um, adj. sober; tem- 
 perate. 
 Socer, eri, m. a father-in-law. 
 Socifdis, e, adj. (socius,) per- 
 taining to allies; social; 
 confederate. 
 Societas, at is, f. society; alli- 
 ance ; intercourse ; partner- 
 ship; from 
 Socius, i, m. an ally; a com- 
 panion. 
 
 Socordia, re, f. (soeors, fr, se 
 
 & cor,) negligence; sloth. 
 Socrates, is, m. the most emi- 
 nent of the Athenian phi- 
 losophers. 
 Sol, solis, m. the sun. 
 Soleo, ere, itus sum, n. pass. 
 312, to be wont ; to be ac- 
 customed: solebat, used. 
 Solidus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) whole; solid; entire. 
 Solitudo, mis, f. (solus,) a des- 
 ert; a wilderness; a soli- 
 tary place. 
 Solitus, a, um, part, (soleo,) 
 
 accustomed; usual. 
 Sollers, tis, adj. (sollus, whole, 
 not used, & ars,) ingenious; 
 inventive; cunning; skill- 
 ful; shrewd. 
 Sollertia, ae, f. (sollers,) saga- 
 city; skill; shrewdness. 
 Solon, onis, m. the lawgiver 
 of the Athenians, and one 
 of the seven wise men of 
 Greece. 
 Solstitium, i, n. (sol & sisto,) 
 the solstice, particularly 
 the summer solstice, in dis- 
 tinction from bruma, the 
 winter solstice ; the longest 
 day. 
 Solum, i, n. the earth; the soil; 
 
 land. 
 Solum, adv. alone; only; fr. 
 Solus, a, um, adj. § 20, 4, 
 
 ahne. lf)l. 
 Solutus, a, um, part, from 
 Solvo, solvere, solvi, solutum, 
 tr. to loose; to dissolve; to 
 melt; to answer. 
 
306 
 
 SOMNIO SPONSA. 
 
 Somnio, are, avi, atum, intr. to 
 
 dream; from 
 Somnium, i, n. a dream; from 
 Somnus, i, m. sleep. 
 Sonitus, us, m. a sound; a 
 
 noise; from 
 Sono, are, ui, itum, intr. to 
 
 sound; to resound; from 
 Sonus, i, m. a sound. 
 Sorbeo, -ere, -ui, tr. to suck in; 
 
 to absorb. 
 Soror, oris, f. a sister. 
 Sp., an abbreviation of Spu- 
 
 rius. 
 Spargo, spargere, sparsi, spar- 
 sum, tr. to sprinkle; to 
 
 strew; to scatter; to sow. 
 Sparsi. See Spargo. 
 Sparsus, a, um, part. 
 Sparta, 33, f. Spaita or Lace- 
 
 dcemon, the capital of La- 
 
 conia. 
 Spartacus, i, m. the name of a 
 
 celebrated gladiator. 
 Spartanus, i, m. a Spartan. 
 Sparti, orum, m. pi. a race of 
 
 men said to have sprung 
 
 from the dragon's teeth 
 
 sowed by Cadmus. 
 Spar turn, i, n. Spanish broom, 
 
 a plant of which ropes were 
 
 made. 
 Spatiosus, a, um, adj. large; 
 
 spacious; from 
 Spatium, i, n. a race ground; 
 
 (stadium,) a space; room; 
 
 distance. 
 Species, ei, f. (specio,) an ap- 
 pearance. 
 Spectaculum, i, n. a spectacle; 
 
 a show; from 
 
 Specto, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. 
 (specio,) to behold; to see; 
 to consider ; to regard; to 
 relate; to refer. 
 Specus, us, m. f. & n. a cave. 
 Spelunca, 33, f. a cave. 
 Spero, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 
 hope; to expect. 
 Spes, ei, f. hope; expectation; 
 
 promise. 
 Speusippus, i, m. the nephew 
 and successor of Plato. 
 
 Sphinx, gis, f. a Sphinx. The 
 Egyptian Sphinx is repre- 
 sented as a monster having 
 a woman's head on the body 
 of a lion. 
 
 Spina, 33, f. a thorn; a sting; 
 a quill; a spine; a back- 
 bone. 
 
 Spiritus, us, m. a breath; fr. 
 
 Spiro, are,, avi, atum, intr. to 
 breathe. 
 
 Splendeo, ere, ui, intr. to 
 shine; to be conspicuous; 
 hence, 
 
 Splendidus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 splendid; illustrious; and 
 
 Splendor, oris, m. brightness; 
 splendor. 
 
 Spolio, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 despoil; to strip; to de- 
 prive; from 
 
 Spolium, i, n. the skin of an 
 animal; spoils; booty. 
 
 Spondeo, spondere, spopondi, 
 sponsum, tr. to pledge one's 
 word; to promise; to en- 
 gage. 
 
 Sponsa, 33, f. (spondeo,) a 
 bride. 
 
SPONTIS STUDEO. 
 
 307 
 
 Spontis, gen., sponte, abl. 
 sing., f. § 18, 11; of one's 
 own accord; voluntarily; 
 sjioiddneously ; of himself; 
 of itself. 182. 
 
 Spurius, i, m. a praenomen 
 among the Romans. 
 
 Squama, ae, f. the scale of a 
 fish. 
 
 Stabulum, i, n. (sto,) a stall; a 
 stable. 
 
 Stadium, i, n. a stadium; a 
 furlong; a measure of 126 
 paces; the race-ground. 
 
 Stannum, i, n. tin. 
 
 Stans, stands, part, (sto.) 
 
 Statim, adv. (sto,) immediately. 
 
 Statio, onis, f. (sto,) a station; 
 a picket or watch; (by day,) 
 navium, roadstead; an an- 
 choring place. 
 
 Statua, ae, f. (statuo,) a statue. 
 
 Statuarius, i, m. a statuary; a 
 sculptor. 
 
 Statuo, uere, ui, utum, tr. 
 (statum, fr. sisto,) to cause 
 to stand; to set up; to de- 
 termine ; to resolve ; to fix ; 
 to judge ; to decide ; to be- 
 lieve. 
 
 Statu*, a, um, adj. (sto,) fix- 
 ed; stated; appointed; cer- 
 tain. 
 
 StatQtus, a, um, part, (statuo,) 
 placed; resolved; fixed; 
 settled. 
 
 Stella, ae, f. (sto,) a star; a 
 fixed star. 
 
 Sterilis, e, adj. (comp.) un- 
 fruitful; sterile; barren. 
 
 Sterto, ere, ui, intr. to snore. 
 
 Stipes, Ttis, m. a stake; the 
 (rank of a tree. 
 
 Stirps, is, f. root; a stock; a 
 race; a family. 
 
 Sto, stare, steti, ;»tatum, intr. 
 to stand; to be stationary: 
 stare a partibus, to favor 
 the party. 
 
 Stoicus, i, m. a Stoic, one of a 
 sect of Grecian philoso- 
 phers, whose founder was 
 Zeno. 
 
 Stoliditas, atis, f. stupidity; fr. 
 
 Stolldus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) foolish; silly; stu- 
 pid. 
 
 Strages, is, f. (sterno,) an over- 
 throw; slaughter. 
 
 Strangulo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 to strangle. 
 
 Strenue, adv. (ius, issime,) 
 bravely; actively; vigor- 
 ously; strenuously ; from 
 
 Strenuus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 bold; strenuous; brave; 
 valiant. 
 
 Strophades, um, f. pi. two 
 small islands in the Ionian 
 sea. 
 
 Struo, struere, struxi, struc- 
 tum, tr. to put together; to 
 construct; to build: insid- 
 ias, to prepare an ambus- 
 cade; to lay snares. 
 
 Struthiocamelus, i, m. an os- 
 trich. 
 
 Strymon, onis, m. a river which 
 was anciently the boundary 
 between Macedonia and 
 Thrace. 
 
 Studeo, ere, ui, intr. to favor; 
 
308 
 
 STUDIOSE — SUCCEDO. 
 
 to study; to endeavor; to 
 attend to ; to pursue, 
 
 Studiose, adv. (studiosus, fr. 
 studium,) studiously; dili- 
 gently. 
 
 Studium, i, n. zeal; study; dil- 
 igence; eagerness. 
 
 Stultitia, ag, f. folly; from 
 
 Stultus, a, urn, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) foolish: stulti, fools. 
 
 Stupeo, ere, ui, intr. to be tor- 
 pid or benumbed; to be as- 
 tonished at; to be amazed. 
 
 Sturnus, i, m. a starling. 
 
 Suadendus, a, urn, part, (sua- 
 deo.) 
 
 Suadens, tis, part, from 
 
 Suadeo, suadere, suasi, sua- 
 sum, tr. & intr. to advise; 
 to persuade ; to urge. 
 
 Suavitas, atis, f. (suavis,) 
 sweetness; grace; melody. 
 
 Suavlter, adv. (vius, vissime,) 
 (id.) sweetly; agreeably. 
 
 Sub, prep, under; near to; 
 near the time of; just be- 
 fore; at; in the time of. 
 
 Subdiico, -ducere, -duxi, -duc- 
 tum, tr. (sub & duco,) to 
 withdraw; to take away; 
 to withhold; hence, 
 
 Subductus, a, um, part. 
 
 Subeo, Ire, Ivi & ii, itum, intr. 
 irr. (sub & eo, § 83, 4,) to 
 go under; to submit to: 
 onus, to take up or sustain 
 a burden. 417* 
 
 Subigo, -igere, -egi, -actum, tr. 
 (sub & ago,) to subject; to 
 subdue; to conquer. 
 
 Subito, adv. suddenly ; from 
 
 Subitus, a, um, adj. (subeo,) 
 sudden; unexpected. 
 
 Sublatus, a, um, part, (suffe- 
 ro,) taken away; lifted up. 
 
 Sublevo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (sub & levo,) to lighten; 
 to relieve; to raise up; to 
 assist. 
 
 Sublimis, e, adj. comp. (sub. 
 for supra, & limus,) sub- 
 lime; high in the air: in 
 sublime, aloft; hence, 
 
 Sublime, adv. aloft ; in the air. 
 
 Submergo, -mergere, -mersi, 
 -mersum, tr. (sub & mer- 
 go,) to sink; to overwhelm. 
 
 Submergor, -mergi, -mersus 
 sum, pass, to be overwhelm- 
 ed; to sink; hence, 
 
 Submersus, a, um, part. 
 
 Subridens, tis, part, smiling at. 
 
 Subrideo, -ridere, -risi, -rl- 
 sum, intr. (sub & rideo,) 
 to smile. 
 
 Subsilio, -silire, -silui & silii, 
 intr. (sub & salio,) to leap 
 up; to jump. 
 
 Substituo, -stituere, -stitui, -sti- 
 tutum, tr. (sub & statuo,) to 
 put in the place of another; 
 to substitute. 
 
 Subter, prep, under. 
 
 Subterraneus, a, um, adj. (sub 
 & terra,) subterranean. 
 
 Subvenio, -venire, veni, -ven- 
 tum, intr. (sub & venio,) 
 to come to one's assistance; 
 to succor; to help. 
 
 Subvolo, are, avi, atum, intr-. 
 (sub & volo,) to fly up. 
 
 Succedo, -cedere, -cessi, -ces- 
 
SUCCESSOR — SUPERVACUUS. 
 
 309 
 
 sura, intr. (sub & cedo,) to 
 succeed; to follow ; hence, 
 
 Successor, oris, ra. a successor. 
 
 Succus, i, in. (sucus, fr. sugo,) 
 juice; sap; liquid. 
 
 Suffero, sufferre, sustuli, sub- 
 latum, tr. irr. (sub & fero,) 
 to take away; to undertake; 
 to bear. 
 
 Suffetius, i, m. (Metius,) an 
 Alban general, put to death 
 by Tullus Hostilius. 
 
 Suffieio, -ficere, -feci, -fectum, 
 intr. (sub & facio,) to suf- 
 fice; to be sufficient. 
 
 Suffodio, -fodere, -fodi, -fos- 
 sum, tr. (sub & fodio,) to 
 dig under; to undermine. 
 
 Suffossus, a, urn, part. 
 
 Suffragium, i, n. (sub & fran- 
 go,) a broken piece; a 
 shred; a ballet; suffrage; 
 vote ; choice. 
 
 Sui, pro. gen. 117, & 118, 3, 
 1st, of himself; of herself ; 
 of itself: duaj sibi similes, 
 two like each other. 232* 
 
 Sulla, or Sylla, as, m. a distin- 
 guished Roman general. 
 
 Sulpicius, i, in. (Gallus,) a 
 Roman, celebrated for his 
 learning and eloquence, and 
 for his skill in astrology. 
 
 Sum, esse, fui, intr. irr. § 54, 
 to be; to exist: terrori esse, 
 to excite terror. 279, 
 
 Summus, a, um, adj. (see Su- 
 perus,) the highest; great- 
 est; perfect: in summa 
 aqua, on the surface of the 
 water. 
 
 Sumo, sumere, sumpsi, sump- 
 tum, tr. to take. 
 
 Sumptus, a, um, part, (sumo.) 
 
 Sumptus, us, m. (id.) expense. 
 
 Supellex, supellectilis, f. fur- 
 niture ; household goods. 
 
 Super, prep, above; upon. 
 
 Superbe, adv. ius,issime, (fr.su- 
 perbus,) proudly; haugh- 
 tily. 
 
 Superbia, oe, f. (superbus,) 
 pride; haughtiness. 
 
 Superbio, ire, Ivi, Itum, intr. to 
 be proud; to be proud of; 
 from 
 
 Superbus, a, um, adj. comp. 
 proud; the Proud, a sur- 
 name of Tarquin, the last 
 king of Rome. 
 
 Superfluus, a, um, adj. (super- 
 fluo,) superfluous. 
 
 Superjacio, -jacere, -jeci, -j ac- 
 tum, tr. (super & jacio,) to 
 throw upon; to shoot over. 
 
 Supcrjactus, a, um, part, from 
 superjacio; Sail. 
 
 Supero, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (super,) to surpass ; to con- 
 quer ; to excel; to vanquish, 
 
 Superstitiosus, a, um, adj. (su- 
 perstitio, fr. supersto,) su- 
 perstitious. 
 
 Supersmn, -esse, fui, intr. irr. 
 (super & sum,) to be over; 
 to remain; to survive. 
 
 Superus, a, um, adj. (supe- 
 rior; supremus. or sum- 
 mus, § 26, 2,) above; high; 
 upper. 222. 
 
 Supervacuus, a, um, adj. (su- 
 per & vacuus,) superfluous. 
 
310 
 
 SUPERVENIO TABESCO. 
 
 Supervenio, - yenlre, - veni, 
 -ventum, intr. (super & 
 venio,) to come upon; to 
 come ; to surprise suddenly. 
 
 Supervolo, are, avi, atum, 
 intr. (super & volo,) to fly 
 over. 
 
 Suppeto, ere, ivi, Itum, intr. 
 (sub & peto,) to come to ; to 
 be at hand; hence, to suf- 
 fice; to remain; to serve; 
 to be sufficient. 
 
 Supplex, icis, adj. (sub & pli- 
 co,) suppliant. 
 
 Supplicium, i, n. (id.) a pun- 
 ishment. 
 
 Suppono, -ponere, -posui, -po- 
 situm, tr. (sub & pono,) to 
 put under; to substitute. 
 
 Supra, prep. & adv. above; be- 
 fore. 
 
 Surena, a3, m. the title of a 
 Parthian officer, and next 
 in authority to the king. 
 
 Surgo, surgcre, surrexi, sur- 
 rectum, intr. (surrego, fr. 
 sub & rego,) to rise. 
 
 Sus, uis, c. a swine; a hog. 
 
 Suscipio, -cipere, -cepi, -cep- 
 tum, tr. (sub & capio,) to 
 take or lift up; to under- 
 take; to take upon; to en- 
 gage in; to receive. 
 
 Suspectus, a, um, part. & adj. 
 (suspicio,) suspected; mis- 
 trusted. 
 
 Suspendo, -pendere, -pendi, 
 -pen sum, tr. (sub & pen- 
 do,) to suspend; to hang; 
 to hang up. 
 
 Suspensus, a, um, part. 
 
 Suspicio, -spicere, -spexi, -spec- 
 turn, tr. (sub & specio,) to 
 look at secretly; to look up; 
 to suspect. 
 
 Suspicor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 to suspect; to surmise. 
 
 Sustento, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 freq. to sustain; to support: 
 sustentare vitam, to support 
 one's self; from 
 
 Sustineo, -tinere, -tinui, -ten- 
 turn, tr. (sub & teneo,) to 
 bear up ; to carry; to sus- 
 tain; to support. 
 
 Sustollo, sustollere, sustuli, 
 sublatum, tr. to lift up ; to 
 take away ; to raise. 
 
 Suus, a, um, pro. his; hers; 
 its; theirs; 118, Obs. 3, 
 Exc.,&121, Obs. 3,236. 
 
 Sylla. See Sulla. 
 
 Syllaba, se, f*. a syllable. 
 
 Sylva. See Silva. 
 
 Syphax, acis, m. a king of 
 Numidia. 
 
 Syracuse, arum, f. pi. Syra- 
 cuse, a celebrated city of 
 Sicily. 
 
 Syria, se, f. a large country of 
 Asia, at the eastern extre- 
 mity of the Mediterranean 
 sea. 
 
 Syriacus, a, um, adj. Syrian; 
 belonging to Syria. 
 
 T. 
 
 T., an abbreviation of Titus. 
 Tabesco, tabescere, tabui, inc. 
 
 (tabeo,) to consume; to pine 
 
 away. 
 
TABULA TAURICA. 
 
 311 
 
 Tabula, oe, f. a table; a tablet; 
 a picture; a painting: 
 plumbea tabula, a plate or 
 sheet of lead. 
 
 Taceo, ere, ui, Itum, intr. to be 
 silent* 
 
 Tactus, us, m. (tango,) the 
 touch. 
 
 Taedet, taeduit, taesum est or 
 pertaesum est, imp. to be 
 weary of: vita? eos taedet, 
 they are weary of life. 
 
 Taenarus, i, m. & um, i, n. a 
 promontory in Laconia, 
 now cape Matapan. 
 
 Talentum, i, n. a talent; a sum 
 variously estimated from 
 $800 to $1020. 
 
 Talis, e, adj. such. 
 
 Talpa, ;»', c. a mole. 
 
 Tain, adv. so; so much. 
 
 Tamen, oooj.jfBtf/ notwithstand- 
 ing; still; nevertheless. 
 
 Tanais, is, in. a river between 
 Europe and Asia, now the 
 Don. 
 
 TaufKjuil, His, f. the wife of 
 Tarquinius Priscus. 
 
 Tandem, adv. (tam & demum,) 
 at length; at last; finally. 
 
 Tango, langf-rc, tetlgi, tactum, 
 tr. to touch. 
 
 Tanquam, or Tamquam, adv. 
 (tam & quam,) as well as; 
 as if; like. 
 
 Tantalus, i, m. a son of Jupi- 
 ter; the father of Pelops, 
 and king of Phrygia. 
 
 Tant6, adv. (tantus,) so much. 
 
 Tantopere, adv. (tantus & 
 opus,) so much; so greatly. 
 
 Tantiim, adv. only; so much; 
 from 
 
 Tantus, a, um, adj. so great; 
 such : tanti, of so much val- 
 ue: tanti est, it is worth the 
 pains; it makes amends. 
 
 Tarde, adv. (ius, isshne,) (tar- 
 dus,) slowly. 
 
 Tarditas, atis, f. (tardus,) slow- 
 ness; dulness; heaviness. 
 
 Tardo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 make slow; to retard; to 
 check; to stop; from 
 
 Tardus, a, um, adj. (ior, issi- 
 mus,) slow; dull. 
 
 Tarentinus, a, um, adj. Tar en- 
 tine; of or belonging to 
 Tarentum: Tarentlni, Ta- 
 rentines ; the inhabitants 
 of Tarentum. 
 
 Tarentum, i, n. a celebrated 
 city in the south of Italy. 
 
 Tarpfia, ae, f. the daughter of 
 Sp. Tarpeius : she betrayed 
 the Roman citadel to the 
 Sabines. 
 
 Tar] x'ius, a, um, adj. Tarpeian: 
 moos, the Tarpeian or Cap- 
 itoline mount. 
 
 Tarquinii, drum, m. pi. a city 
 of Etruria, whence the fam- 
 ily of Tarquin derived their 
 name. 
 
 Tarquinius, i, m. Tarquin; the 
 name of an illustrious Ro- 
 man family: Tarquinii, 
 orum, pi. the Tarquins. 
 
 Tartarus, i, in., & -a, orum, pi. 
 n. Tartarus; the infernal 
 regions. 
 
 Taurlca, ae, f. a large peninsw 
 
S12 
 
 TAURUS TERRA. 
 
 la of the Black Sea, now 
 called tlie Crimea, or Tau- 
 rida. 
 
 Taurus, i, m. a high range of 
 mountains in Asia. 
 
 Taurus, i, m. a bull. 
 
 Taygetus, i, m. & -a, orum, 
 pi. a mountain of Laconia, 
 near Sparta. 
 
 Tectum, i, n. (tego,) a cover- 
 ing; *aroof; a house. 
 
 Tectus, a, um, part, (tego,) 
 covered; defended. 
 
 Teges, etis, f. a mat; a rug; a 
 coverlet; from 
 
 Tego, gere, xi, ctum, tr. to co- 
 ver; to defend; hence, 
 
 Tegumentum, i, n. a covering. 
 
 Telum, i, n. a missile ; a wea- 
 pon; a dart; an arrow. 
 
 Temere, adv. at random; ac- 
 cidentally; rashly. 
 
 Tempe, n. pi. indec. a beauti- 
 f id vale in Thessaly, through 
 which the river Peneus 
 flows. 
 
 Temperies, iei, f. a season or 
 space of time; temperate- 
 ness; mildness; tempera- 
 ture. 
 
 Tempestas, atis, f. (tempus,) a 
 storm; a tempest. 
 
 Templum, i, n. a consecrated 
 place; a temple. 
 
 Tempus, oris, n. time; a sea- 
 son: ad tempus, at the 
 time appointed: ex tempo- 
 re, without premeditation. 
 
 Xemulentus, a, um, adj. (tem- 
 etum,) drunken; intoxica- 
 ted. 
 
 Tendo, tendere, tetendi, ten- 
 sum, tr. to stretch; to stretch 
 out; to extend; intr. to ad- 
 vance; to go. 
 
 Tenebrse, arum, f. pi. dark- 
 ness. 
 
 Teneo, tenere, tenui, tentum, 
 tr. to hold; to have; to 
 keep; to possess; to know; 
 to hold by a garrison: por- 
 tum, to reach the harbor. 
 
 Tentatus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Tento, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. 
 (teneo,) to attempt; to 
 try. 
 
 Tentyritae, arum, c. pi. the in- 
 habitants of Tentyra, a 
 town and island in Upper 
 Egypt. 
 
 Tenuis, e, adj. (comp.) thin; 
 slender; light; rare. 
 
 Tenus, prep, up to; as far as. 
 
 Tepesco, escere, ui, intr. inc. 
 (tepeo,) to grow warm or 
 cool; to become tepid. 
 
 Ter, num. adv. thrice. 
 
 Terentius, i, m. a Roman pro- 
 per name. 
 
 Tergum, i, n. the back; the far- 
 ther side : a tergo, from be- 
 hind: ad terga, behind. 
 
 Termino, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 to bound; to limit; to ter- 
 minate; from 
 
 Terminus, i, m. a boundary; 
 limit; an end; bounds. 
 
 Terni, ae, a, num. adj. pi. (tres,/ 
 three by three; three. 
 
 Terra, sb, f. the earth; a coun- 
 try; the land: omnes ter- 
 ra?, the whole world. 
 
TERREO THRASYBULUS. 
 
 313 
 
 Terreo, ere, ui, Itum, tr. to ter- 
 rify; to scare; to frighten. 
 
 Ten-ester, terrestris, terrestre, 
 adj. (terra,) terrestrial: 
 animal terrestre, a land 
 animal. 
 
 Terribilis, e, adj. comp. (ter- 
 reo,) terrible. 
 
 Territo, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 freq. (id.) to terrify; to 
 affright. 
 
 Territorium, i, n. (terra,) ter- 
 ritory. 
 
 Territus, a, um, part, (terreo.) 
 
 Terror, oris, m. (id.) terror; 
 consternation ; fear. 
 
 Tertius, a, um, num. adj. ord. 
 (tres,) the third; hence, 
 
 Tertio, num. adv. the third 
 time. 
 
 Testa, ae, f. (tosta, fr. torreo,) 
 an earthen vessel; a shell. 
 
 Testament! mi, i, n. (testor,) a 
 will; a testament. 
 
 Testudo, "mis, f. (testa,) a tor- 
 toise. 
 
 TetlgL See Tango. 
 
 Teutones, um, & Teutoni, 
 orum, m. pi. a nation in 
 the northern part of Ger- 
 many, near the Cimbri. 
 
 Texo, texexe, texui, textum, tr. 
 to weave; to plait; to form; 
 to construct. 
 
 Thalamus, i, m. a bed-chamber; 
 a dwelling. 
 
 Thales, is & etas, m. a Mile- 
 sian, one of the seven wise 
 men of Greece. 
 
 Thasus, i, £ an island on the 
 coast of Thrace. 
 27 
 
 Theatrum, i, n. a theatre. 
 
 Theba), arum, f. pi. Thebes f 
 the capital of Bozotia; 
 hence, 
 
 Thebanus, a, um, adj. Tfieban; 
 belonging to Tliebes. 
 
 Theleslnus, i, m. a Roman 
 proper name. 
 
 Themistocles, is, m. a celebra- 
 ted Athenian general in the 
 Persian war. 
 
 Theodoras, i, m. a philosoplher 
 of Oyrence. 
 
 Thermodon, ontis, m. a river 
 of Pontus. 
 
 Theseus, i, m. a king of Ath- 
 ens, and son of ^Egeiis, and 
 one of the most celebrated 
 heroes of antiquity. 
 
 Thessalia, ce, f. Tliessaly; a 
 country of Greece, south 
 of Macedonia; hence, 
 
 Thessalus, a, um, adj. belong- 
 ing to Tliessaly; Thessa- 
 
 Thestius, i,m. the father of Al- 
 thcea. 
 
 Thetis, idis & Idos, f. one of 
 the sea nymphs; the wife 
 of Peleus, and mother of 
 Achilles. 
 
 Theutoboehus, i, m. a king of 
 the Cimbri. 
 
 Thracia, a?, f. Thrace; a large 
 country east of Macedonia. 
 
 Tnracius, a, um, adj. belonging 
 to Thrace; Tnfacian. 
 
 Thrasybnlus, i, m. an Athenian 
 general, celebrated for free- 
 ing his conn try from the 
 thirty tyrants. 
 
314 
 
 THUS TRAHO. 
 
 Thus, thuris, n. frankincense. 
 
 Tiberis, is, m. 90, 2, the Ti- 
 ber, a famous river of It- 
 aly. 110. 
 
 Tibi. See Tu. 
 
 Tibicen, Inis, m. (tibia & cano,) 
 one who plays upon the flute; 
 a piper. 
 
 Ticlnum, i, n. a town of Cis- 
 alpine Gaul, where the Ro- 
 mans were defeated by Han- 
 nibal. 
 
 Tigranes, is, m. a king of Ar- 
 menia Major. 
 
 Tigranocerta, orum, n. a city 
 of Armenia Major, found- 
 ed by Tigranes. 
 
 Tigris, idis, (seldom is,) c. a 
 
 Tigris, idis & is, m. a river in 
 
 Asia. 
 Timens, tis, part, from 
 Timeo, ere, ui, intr. & tr. to 
 
 fear; to dread; to be afraid. 
 Timidus, a, um, adj. comp. 
 
 (timeo,) timid; cowardly. 
 Timor, oris, m. (id.) fear. 
 Tinnitus, tis, m. (tinnio,) a 
 
 tinkling. 
 Tintinnabulum, i, n. (tintinno, 
 
 same as tinnio,) a bell. 
 Titio, onis, m. a brand; afire- 
 brand. 
 Titu •, i, m. a Roman praeno- 
 
 men. 
 Tolero, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 
 bear; to endure; to admit of. 
 Tollo, tollere, sustiili, subla- 
 
 tum, tr. to raise; to pick 
 
 up; to remove; to do away 
 
 with. 
 
 Tondeo, tondere, totondi, ton* 
 sum, tr. to clip; to shave; 
 to shear. 
 
 Tonitru, u, n. thunder; from 
 
 Tono, are, ui, Itum, intr. to 
 thunder: tonat, imp. it 
 thunders. 
 
 Tormentum, i, n. (torqueo,) 
 an engine for throwing 
 stones and darts. 
 
 Torquatus, i, m. a surname 
 given to T. Manlius and 
 his descendants. 
 
 Torquis, is, d. (torqueo,) a col- 
 lar; a chain. 
 
 Tot, ind. adj. so many. 
 
 Totidem, ind. adj. (tot itidem,) 
 the same number; as many. 
 
 Totus, a, um, adj. § 20, 4, 
 whole; entire; all. 101, 
 
 Trabs, is, f. a beam. 
 
 Tractatus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Tracto, are, avi, atum, tr. freq. 
 (traho,) to treat; to handle. 
 
 Tractus, us, m. (traho,) a tract; 
 a country ; a region. 
 
 Tractus, a, um, part, (traho.) 
 
 Traditus, a, um, part, from 
 
 Trado, -dere, -didi, -dltum, tr. 
 (trans & do,) to give over, 
 or up ; to deliver ; to give ; 
 to relate; to teach : tradunt, 
 they report: traditur, it is 
 related: it is reported: tra- 
 duntur, they are reported. 
 
 Tragicus, a, um, adj. tragic. 
 
 Tragcedia, ae, f. a tragedy. 
 
 Traho, trahere, traxi, tractum, 
 tr. to drag; to draw: hel- 
 ium, to protract or pro- 
 long the war: liquidas, 
 
TRAJICIO TKIBUTUM. 
 
 315 
 
 aquas trahere, to draw 
 along clear waters ; to flow 
 with a clear stream. 
 
 Trajicio, -jicere, -jeci, -jectum, 
 tr. (trans & jaeio,) to con- 
 vey over; to pass or cross 
 over. 
 
 Tramcs, His, m. (trameo, i. e. 
 trans mco, to go over or 
 along ;) a path ; a way. 
 
 Trano, are, avi, atura, intr. 
 (trans & no,) to swim over. 
 
 Tranquillus, a, um, adj. 
 (comp.) tranquil; calm; 
 serene. 
 
 Trans, prep, over; beyond; on 
 the other side. 
 
 Transactus, a, um, part, (trans- 
 
 Transeo, ire, ii, Hum, intr. irr. 
 (trans & eo,) to pass or go 
 over. 
 
 Transiero, -ferre, -tiili, -latum, 
 tr. irr. (trans & fero,) to 
 transfer; to carry over: se 
 ad aliqucm, to go over to. 
 
 Transflgo, -figere, -fixi, -fixum, 
 (train & figo,) to run 
 through; to pierce; to 
 stab. 
 
 Transfuga, se, c. (transfugio,) 
 a deserter. 
 
 Traosgredior, -grf-di, -gressoa 
 sum, intr. di'p. (trans & gra- 
 dior,) to go or pass over. 
 
 Transigo, -igere, -egi, -actum, 
 tr. (trans & ago,) to trans- 
 act; to finish; to spend. 
 
 Transilio, -silire, -silui & -sill- 
 vi, intr. (trans & salio,) to 
 leap over. 
 
 Transit nrus, a, um, part, (trans- 
 eo,) about to pass over; to 
 pass on. 
 
 Translatns, a, um, part, (trans- 
 iero.) 
 
 Transniarlnus, a, um, adj 
 (trans & mare,) beyond thn 
 sea; foreign; transmarine, 
 
 Transno. See Trano. 
 
 Trans veho, -vehere, -vexi, -vec- 
 tum, tr. (trans & veho,) to 
 carry over; to convey; to 
 transport. 
 
 TransvSlo, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 (trans & volo,) to fly over. 
 
 Trasimenus, i, m. a lake in 
 Etruria, near which the 
 consul Flaminins was de- 
 feated by Hannibal. 
 
 Trebia, a?, f. a river of Cisal- 
 pine Gaul) emptying into 
 thePo. 
 
 Trecenti, ae, a, num. adj. pi. 
 three hundred; hence, 
 
 Trecentesnnus, a, um, num. 
 adj. the three hundredth. 
 
 Tredecim, num. adj. pi. ind. 
 (tres & decern,) thirteen. 
 
 Tres, tria, num. adj. pi. 104, 3, 
 three. 203. 
 
 Treviri, orum, m. pi. a people 
 of Belgium. 
 
 Triangularis, e, adj. (triangfi- 
 lum,) triangular; three- 
 cornered. 
 
 Tribunus, i, m, (tribus,) a tri- 
 bune. 
 
 Tribuo, uere, ui, utum, tr. to 
 attribute; to give : to grant; 
 to bestow; to commit, 
 
 Tributum, i, n. (tribuo,) a tri- 
 
316 
 
 TRICESIMUS TURBATUS. 
 
 bute; a tax; a contribu- 
 tion; an assessment. 
 
 Tricesimus, a, um, num. adj. 
 (triginta,) the thirtieth. 
 
 Triduum, i, n. (tres & dies,) the 
 space of three days: per 
 triduum, for three days. 
 
 Triennium, i, n. (tres & an- 
 nus,) the space of three 
 years. 
 
 Trigemini, orum, m. pi. (tres 
 & gemini,) three brothers 
 born at one birth. 
 
 Triginta, num. adj. pi. ind. 
 thirty. 
 
 Trinacria, se, f. one of the 
 names of Sicily. 
 
 Triptolemus, i, m. the son of 
 Celeus, king of Eleusis. 
 
 Tristitia, ee, f. (tristis, sad;) 
 sorrow; grief. 
 
 Triumphalis, e, adj. (triumph- 
 us,) triumphal. 
 
 Triumphans, tis, part, from 
 
 Triumpho, are, avi, atum, intr. 
 to triumph; from 
 
 Triumphus, i, m. a triumph; a 
 triumphal procession. 
 
 Triumvir, viri, m. (tres & vir,) 
 one of three joint public 
 officers; a triumvir. 
 
 Troas, adis, f. a country of. 
 Asia Minor, bordering up- \ 
 on the Hellespont. 
 
 Trocliilus, i, m. a wren. 
 
 Troglodytse, arum, c. pi. Trog- 
 lodytes, a people of Ethio- 
 pia, who dwelt in caves. 
 
 Troja, ob, f. Troy, the capital 
 of Troas; hence, 
 
 Trojanus, a, um, adj. Trojan. 
 
 Trucido, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 (trux & casdo,) to kill in a 
 cruel manner; to butcher; 
 to murder ; to slay ; to mas- 
 sacre. 
 
 Trux, ucis, adj. savage; cruel; 
 fierce; stern; grim. 
 
 Tu, subs. pro. thou;§ 28.231. 
 
 Tuba, ae, f. (tubus, a tube,) a 
 trumpet. 
 
 Tuber, eris, n. (tumeo,) a 
 bunch; a tumor; a protu- 
 berance. 
 
 Tubicen, inis, m. (tuba & ca- 
 no,) a trumpeter. 
 
 Tueor, tueri, tultus sum, tr. to 
 see; to look to; to care for; 
 to defend; to protect. 
 
 Tugurium, i, n. (tego,) a hut; 
 a shed. 
 
 Tuli. See Fero. 
 
 Tullia, ae, f. the daughter of 
 Servius Tullius. 
 
 Tullius, i, m. a Roman. 
 
 Tullus, i, m. (Hostilius,) the 
 third Roman king. 
 
 Turn, adv. then; and; so; also: 
 turn — turn, as well — as; 
 both — and: turn demum, 
 then at length. 
 
 Tumultus, us, m. (tumeo,) a 
 noise; a tumult. 
 
 Tumulus, i, m. (id.) a mound > 
 a tomb. 
 
 Tunc, adv. then. 
 
 Tunica, a3, f. a tunic; a close 
 woolen garment, worn un- 
 der the toga. 
 
 Turbatus, a, um, part, dis- 
 turbed; confused; troubled; 
 from 
 
TURBO UNDEVICESIMUS. 
 
 317 
 
 Turbo, fire, avi, atum, tr. (tur- 
 ba,) to disturb; to trouble; 
 to put into confusion. 
 
 Turma, a3, f. a division of Ro- 
 man cavalry, consisting of 
 thirty men ; a troop. 
 
 Turpi?;, e, adj. (ior, issimus,) 
 base; disgraceful. 
 
 Turpitudo, inis, f. (turpis,) 
 baseness; ugliness. 
 
 Turns, is, f. a tower. 
 
 Tuscia, ae, f. a country of Ita- 
 ly, the same as Etruria. 
 
 Tusculum, i, n. a city of La- 
 tium. 
 
 Tuscus, a, um, adj. Tuscan; 
 belonging to Tuscany; 
 Etrurian. 
 
 Tutor, oris, m. (tueor,) a guar- 
 dian; a tutor. 
 
 Tutus, a, um, adj. (ior issi- 
 mus,) (tueor,) safe. 
 
 Thus, a, um, adj. pro. 121, (tu,) 
 thy; thine. 236. 
 
 Tyrannis, idis & idos, f. tyran- 
 ny; arbitrary power ; fr. 
 
 Tyrannus, i, m. a king; a ty- 
 rant; a usurper. 
 
 Tyrius, a, um, adj. Tyrian; 
 Tyrii, Tyrians; inhabit- 
 ants of Tyre. 
 
 Tyrrhenus, a, um, adj. Tyr- 
 rhenian or Tuscan; be- 
 longing to Tuscany. 
 
 Tyrus, i, f. a celebrated mari- 
 time city of Phoenicia. 
 
 u. 
 
 Uber, eris, n. an udder; a teat. 
 Ubertas, fitis, f. (uber, rich, 
 
 fertile,,) fertility; fruitful- 
 ness. 
 
 Ubi, adv. where; when; as 
 soon as. 
 
 Ubique, adv. every where. 
 
 Ulciscor, uleisci, ultra sum, tr. 
 dep. to take revenge; to 
 avenge. 
 
 Ultus, a, um, adj. § 20, 4, any; 
 any one. 191, 
 
 yiterior, us, (ultimus,) § 26, 
 4; furt/ier; hence, 222. 
 
 Ulterius, adv. farther; beyond; 
 longer. 
 
 Ultimus, a, um, adj. (sup. of ul- 
 terior,) the last. 
 
 Ultra, prep, beyond; more 
 than: — adv. besides; more- 
 over ; further. 
 
 Ultus, a, um, part, (ulciscor,) 
 having avenged. 
 
 Ulysses, is, m. a distinguished 
 king of ItJutca. 
 
 Umbra, ae, f. a shade; a slmdow. 
 
 Umbro, are, avi, atum, tr. (um- 
 bra,) to shade; to darken. 
 
 Una, adv. (unus,) together. 
 
 Unde, adv. whence; from 
 which. 
 
 Undecim, num. adj. pi. ind. 
 (unus & decern,) eleven. 
 
 Undenonagesimus, a, um, 
 num. adj. (unus, de, and 
 nonagessimus,) the eighty- 
 ninth. 
 
 Undequinquaginta, num. adj. 
 pi. ind. forty-nine. 
 
 Undetricc^iiiius. a, um, num- 
 adj. twenty-ninth. 
 
 Undevicesimus. a, um, num 
 adj. nineteenth. 
 
318 
 
 UNDEVIGINTI VALERIUS. 
 
 Undeviginti, num. adj. nine- 
 teen, 
 Undique, adv. on all sides. 
 Unguis, is, m. a claw; a talon; 
 
 a nail. 
 Ungula, ae, f. a claw ; a talon; 
 
 a hoof: binis ungulis, clo- 
 ven footed. 
 Unicus, a, um, adj. (unus,) one 
 
 alone; sole; only. 
 IJnio, onis, m. a pearl. 
 Uni versus, a, um, adj. (unus & 
 
 versus,) whole; universal; 
 
 all. 
 Unquam, adv. ever: nee un- 
 
 quam, and never. 
 Unus, a, um, num. adj. § 20, 4; 
 
 one; only; alone. 101. 
 Unusquisque, unaquaeque, un- 
 
 umquodque, adj. each one; 
 
 each; § 37, Obs. 2. 
 Urbs, is, f. a city; the chief 
 
 city; Rome. 
 Uro, urere, ussi, ustum, tr. to 
 
 burn. 
 Ursus, i, m. a bear. 
 Usque, adv. even; as far as; 
 
 till; until. 
 Usus, a, um, part, (utor.) 
 Usus, us, m. (id.) use; custom; 
 
 profit; advantage. 
 Ut, conj. that; in order that; 
 
 so that: adv. as; as soon 
 
 as; when. 
 Utcunque, adv. (ut & cunque,) 
 
 howsoever; somewhat; in 
 
 some degree. 
 Uter, tra, trum, adj. 191. 
 
 which? which of the two ? 
 Uterque, traque, trumque, adj. 
 
 § 20, 4; (uter & que,) both; 
 
 (taken separately, see am- 
 
 bo,) each; each of the two. 
 Utilis, e, adj. comp. (utor,) 
 
 useful. 
 Utica, £e, f. a maritime city of 
 
 Africa, near Carthage. 
 Utor, uti, usus sum, intr. dep. 
 
 to use; to make use of. 
 Utrinque, adv. on both sides. 
 Utrum, adv. whether. 
 Uva, a3, f. a grape; a bunch of 
 
 grapes : passa, a raisin. 
 Uxor, oris, f. (ungo,) a wife. 
 
 Vaco, are, avi, atum, intr. to be 
 
 free from; hence, 
 Vacuus, a, um, adj. empty; 
 
 unoccupied; vacant; free; 
 
 exempt: vacuus viator, the 
 
 destitute traveler. 
 Vadosus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 
 fordable; shallow; from 
 Vadum, i, n. (probably from 
 
 vado, to go;) a ford; a 
 
 shallow. 
 Vagans, tis, part, (vagor.) 
 Vagina, ae, f. a scabbard; a 
 
 sheath. 
 Vagitus, us, m. weeping; crying. 
 Vagor, ari, atus sum, intr. dep. 
 
 to wander about; to stray. 
 Valeo, ere, ui, intr. to be well, 
 
 or in health; to be strong; 
 
 to avail; to be distinguished; 
 
 to be eminent: multum va- 
 
 lere, to be very powerful: 
 
 vale, farewell. 
 Valerius, i, m. a Roman pro- 
 per name. 
 
VALLIS VENOR. 
 
 319 
 
 Vallis, is, f. a valley; a vale, 
 
 Varietas, Fdis, f. (varius,) va- 
 riety ; change* 
 
 Vario, are, avi, fitum, tr. to 
 change; to vary; from 
 
 Varius, a, urn, adj. various; 
 diverse. 
 
 Varro, on is, m. (Marcus,) a very 
 learned Roman: P. Te- 
 rentius, a consul, who was 
 defeated by Hannibal. 
 
 Vasto, are, avi, atum, tr. to lay 
 waste; to ravage; from 
 
 Vastus, a, um, adj. waste; 
 desert; hence, wide; vast; 
 great. 
 
 Vates, is, m. a poet; a bard. 
 
 Ve, conj. (enclitic, 242, Obi 
 2,) or; also, intensive or 
 negative inseparable par- 
 tide, 239, Obs. 2. 491. 
 
 Vecordia, ae, f. (vecors, mad;) 
 madness; folly. 
 
 Vectus, a, um, part, (veho.) 
 
 Vehdmens, tis, adj. (ior, issl- 
 mus,) (ve intens. & mens,) 
 vehement; immoderate; 
 hence, 
 
 Vehementer, adv. (ius, issime,) 
 vehemently; greatly; very; 
 much; violently. 
 
 Veho, vehere, vexi, vectum, 
 tr. to bear; to carry; to 
 convey. 
 
 Veiens, tis, & Veientanus, i, m. 
 an inhabitant of Veil. 
 
 Veii, orum, m. pi. a city of 
 Tuscany, memorable for 
 the defeat of the Fabian 
 family. 
 
 Vel, conj. or; also; even: vel 
 
 lecta, even when read: vel 
 
 — vel, either — or. 
 
 Velio, vellere, velli, or vtilsi, 
 vulsum, tr. to pluck. 
 
 Vellus, eris, n. (vello,) a fleece, 
 
 Velox, oeis, adj. (ior, isslmus,) 
 (volo, are,) swift; rapid; 
 active. 
 
 Velum, i, n. (vexillum,) a 
 saiL 
 
 Velut, & Veluti, adv. (vel & 
 ut,) as; as if 
 
 Venalis, e, adj. (venus, sale;) 
 venal; mercenary. 
 
 Venans, tis, part, (venor.) 
 
 Venaticus, a, um, adj. (id.) be- 
 longing to (lie chase : cams, 
 a hound. 
 
 Venator, oris, m. (venor,) a 
 huntsman. 
 
 Vendito, are, avi, atum, freq. 
 to sell; from 
 
 Vendo, vendere, vendidi, ven- 
 ditum, tr. (venum & do,) 
 to sell. 
 
 Venenatus, a, um, adj. poi- 
 soned; poisonous ; from ve- 
 neno, and that from 
 
 Venenum, i, n. poison. 
 
 Veneo, Ire, ii, infer, irr. (for 
 venum eo,) to be exposed 
 for sale; to be sold. 
 
 Venetus, i, m. or Brigantlnus, 
 a lake between Germany 
 and Switzerland, called the 
 Boden sea, or lake of Con- 
 stance. 
 
 Venio, venire, veni, ventum, 
 intr. to come; to advance. 
 
 Venor, Sri, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 to hunt. 
 
320 
 
 VENTER VETUS. 
 
 Venter, tris, m. the belly; the 
 
 stomach. 
 Ventus, i, m. a wind. 
 Venus, us, or i, m. (used only 
 
 in the dat. ace. & abl.) sale. 
 Venus, eris, f. the goddess of 
 
 love and beauty. 
 Ver, veris, n. the spring. 
 Verber, eris, n. a whip ; a rod; 
 
 a blow; a stripe; hence, 
 Verbero, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 
 strike. 
 Verbum, i, n. a word. 
 Vere, adv. (iiis, issime,) (ve- 
 
 rus,) truly. 
 Vereor, eri, itus sum, intr. dep. 
 
 to fear ; to be concerned for. 
 Vergo, vergere, versi, intr. 
 
 (also tr.) to tend to ; to in- 
 cline; to verge towards; to 
 
 bend; to look. 
 Verisiniilis, e, adj. comp. (ve- 
 
 rum & similis,) like the 
 
 truth; probable. 
 Veritus, a, um, part, (vereor.) 
 Ver5, conj.fo^: — adv. (verus,) 
 
 indeed; truly. 
 Verona, ae, f. Verona, a city in 
 
 the north of Italy. 
 Versatus, a, um, part, from 
 Versor, ari, atus sum, tr. dep. 
 
 freq. (verto,) to turn; to 
 
 revolve; to dwell; to live; 
 
 to reside; to be employed. 
 Versus, a, um, part, (vertor.) 
 Versus, prep, towards. 
 Vertex, Icis, m. (verto,) the 
 
 top; the summit; the crown 
 
 of the head. 
 Verto, tore, ti, sum, tr. to turn; 
 
 to change. 
 
 Veru, u,ti. 91, N"., a ap& 37 1. 
 
 Verum, conj. but; but yet; fr. 
 
 Verus, a, um, adj. (comp.) true. 
 
 Vescor, i, intr. dep. (esca,) to 
 live upon; to feed upon; to 
 eat; to subsist upon. 
 
 Vesperi, or -e, adv. at evening: 
 tarn vesperi, so late at eve- 
 
 Vesta, ae, f. a goddess; the 
 mother of Saturn; hence, 
 
 Vestalis, is, f. (virgo,) a Ves- 
 tal virgin; a priestess con- 
 secrated to the service of 
 Vesta. 
 
 Vestibulum, i,n. the porch; the 
 
 Vestigium, i, n. a footstep; a 
 vestige; a trace; a mark; 
 a track. 
 
 Vestio, ire, ivi, Itum, tr. to 
 clothe; from 
 
 Vestis, is, f. a garment; 
 clothes. 
 
 Vesulus, i, m. a high mountain 
 of Liguria, and a part of 
 the Cottian Alps. 
 
 Veteranus, a, um, adj. (vetus,) 
 old: — subs, a veteran. 
 
 Veto, are, ui, itum, tr. to for- 
 bid; to prohibit. 
 
 Veturia, 93, f. the mother of Co- 
 riolanus. 
 
 Veturius, i, m. (Titus,) a Ro- 
 man consid, who was de- 
 feated by the Samnites at 
 the Caudine Forks. 
 
 Vetus, eris, adj. (veterior, ve- 
 terrimus, § 113, 2,) an- 
 cient; old: veteres, the an- 
 cients ; hence, 222, 
 
VETUSTAS VINUM. 
 
 321 
 
 Vetustas, utis, f. antiquity; 
 age. 
 
 Vetustus, a, urn, adj. comp. 
 (id.) old; ancient. 
 
 Vexi. See Veho. 
 
 Via, ae, f. a way; a course; a 
 path; a journey; hence, 
 
 Viator, oris, m. a traveler. 
 
 Viceni, ae, a, distrib. num. adj. 
 pi. (viginti,) every twenty; 
 twenty. 
 
 Vicesimus, a, urn, num. adj. 
 (id.) the twentieth. 
 
 Vici. See Vinco. 
 
 Vicies, num. adv. twenty 
 times. 
 
 Vicinitas, at is, f. the neighbor- 
 hood; vicinity; from 
 
 Viclnus, a, um, (vicus,) adj. 
 near; neighboring. 
 
 Viclnus, i, m. (vicus,) a neigh- 
 bor. 
 
 Vicis, gen., f. § 18, 13, change; 
 reverse; a place; a turn; 
 in vicem, in turn; in place 
 of; instead. 182* 
 
 Victima, ae, f. (vinco,) a vic- 
 tim; a sacrifice. 
 
 Victor, oris, m. (vinco,) a vic- 
 tor; a conqueror: adj. vic- 
 torious; hence, 
 
 Victoria, ae, f. a victory. 
 
 Victurus, a, um, part, (from 
 vivo.) 
 
 Victus, a, um, part, (vinco.) 
 
 Vicus, i, m. a village. 
 
 Video, videre, vidi, visum, tr. 
 to see; to behold. 
 
 Videor, videri, visus sum, pass. 
 to be seen; to seem; to ap- 
 pear; to seem proper. 
 
 Viduus, a, um, adj. (viduo, to 
 bereave;) bereaved; widow- 
 ed: mulicr vidua, a widow. 
 
 Vigil, His, m. (vigeo,) a watch- 
 man. 
 
 Vigilans. tis, adj. (ior, isslmus,) 
 (vigllo,) watchful; vigil- 
 ant. 
 
 Vigilia, 83, f. (vigil,) a watch- 
 ing: — pi. the watch, (by 
 night.) 
 
 Viginti, num. adj. pi. ind. 
 
 Vilis, e, adj. cheap; vile; bad; 
 mean. 
 
 Villa, ae, f. (vicus,) a country- 
 house; a country-seat; a 
 villa; hence, 
 
 Villicus, i, m. an overseer of an 
 estate; a steward. 
 
 Villus, i, m. long hair ; coarse 
 hair. 
 
 Vincio, vincire, vinxi, vinctum, 
 tr. to bind. 
 
 Vinco, vincere, vici, victum, tr. 
 to conquer; to vanquish; 
 to surpass. 
 
 Vinctus, a, um, part (vincio.) 
 
 Vincfiluni, i, n. (id.) a chain : 
 in vincflla conjicere, to 
 throw into prison. 
 
 Vindex, icis, c. an avenger; a 
 protector; a defender; an 
 asserter; from 
 
 VindToo, are, avi, atum, tr. to 
 claim; to avenge: in lil>er- 
 tatem, to rescue from slave- 
 ry. 
 
 Vindicta, ae, f. (vindieo,) ven- 
 geance; punishment. 
 
 Vinum, i, n. wine. 
 
322 
 
 VIOLA VOLUCER. 
 
 Viola, ae, f. a violet. 
 
 Violo, are, avi, atum, tr. (vis,) 
 to violate; to pollute; to 
 corrupt. 
 
 Vir, viri, m. (vis,) a man. 
 
 Vireo, ere, ui, intr. to be green; 
 to be verdant; to flourish. 
 
 Vires. See Vis. 
 
 Virga, ae. f. (vireo,) a rod; a 
 small staff; a switch. 
 
 Virgilius, i, m. Virgil, a very 
 celebrated Latin poet. 
 
 Virginia, ae, f. the daughter of 
 Virginius. 
 
 Virginius, i, m. the name of a 
 distinguished Roman cen- 
 turion. 
 
 Virgo, mis, f. (vireo,) a vir- 
 gin ; a girl; a maid. 
 
 Virgula, ae, f. (dim. from virga,) 
 a small rod. 
 
 Viriathus, i, m. a Lusitanian 
 general ivho was originally 
 a shepherd, and afterwards 
 a leader of robbers. 
 
 Viridomarus, i, m. a king of 
 the Gauls, slain by Marcel- 
 lus. 
 
 Villus, utis, f. (vir,) virtue; 
 merit; excellence; power; 
 valor; faculty. 
 
 Vis, vis, f. § 15, 12, power; 
 strength; force: vis homi- 
 num, a multitude of men: 
 vim facere, to do violence: 
 — pi. vires, ium, power; 
 strength. 123, 
 
 Viscus, eris, n. an entrail: 
 viscera, pi. the bowels; the 
 flesh. 
 
 Vistula, ae f. a river of Prus- 
 
 sia, which still bears the 
 
 same name, and which was 
 
 anciently the eastern bound- 
 ary of Germany. 
 Visurgis, is, m. the Weser, a 
 
 large river of Germany. 
 Visus, a, um, part, (video.) 
 Visus, us, m. (video,) the 
 
 sight. 
 Vita, ae, f. life. 
 Vitandus, a, um, part, (vito.) 
 Vitifer, era, erum, adj. (vitis 
 
 & fero,) vine-bearing. 
 Vitis, is, f. (vieo,) a vine. 
 Vitium, i, n. a crime. 
 Vito, are, avi, atum, tr. to shun ; 
 
 to avoid. 
 Vitupero, are, avi, atum, tr. 
 
 (vitium paro,) to find fault 
 
 with; to blame. 
 Vivldus, a, um, adj. (comp.) 
 
 lively; vivid; from 
 Vivo, vivere, vixi, victum, intr. 
 
 to live; to fare; to live 
 
 upon; hence, 
 Vivus, a, um, adj. living; 
 
 alive. 
 Vix, adv. scarcely. 
 Vixi. See Vivo. 
 Voco, are, avi, atum, tr. (vox,) 
 
 to call; to invite; to name. 
 Volo, are, avi, atum, intr. to 
 
 'y- 
 
 Volo, velle, volui, tr. irr. § 83, 
 
 4; to wish; to desire; to be 
 
 willing. 4:17 • 
 Volsci, orum, m. pi. a people 
 
 of Latium. 
 Volucer, -cris, -ere, adj. (volo, 
 
 are,) winged: — subs, a 
 
 bird. 
 
VOLUMNIA ZONE. 
 
 323 
 
 Volumnia, or, f. the wife of 
 
 Corioldnus. 
 Voluntas, atis, f. (volo,) the 
 
 will. 
 Voluptas atis, f. (volupe, fr. 
 
 volo,) pleasure; sensual 
 
 pleasure. 
 Volutatus, a, um, part, from 
 VolQto, fire, avi, atum, tr. freq. 
 
 (volvo,) to roll. 
 Volvo, vere, vi, utum, tr. to 
 
 roll; to turn. 
 Votum, i, n. (voveo,) a wish; 
 
 a vow. 
 Vox, vocis, f. a voice ; a word; 
 
 an expression; an exclam- 
 ation. 
 Vulcfmus, i, m. Vulcan, the 
 
 god of fire, the son of Ju- 
 piter and Juno. 
 Vulgus, i, m. or n. the common 
 
 people; the populace; the 
 
 vulgar. 
 Vulneratus, a, um, part, from 
 Vulnero, 6re, avi, atum, ir. to 
 
 wound; uom 
 Vulnus. gria n. a wound. 
 Vulpecfila, w, f. dim. (vulpes,) 
 
 a little fox. 
 Vulpes, is. f. a fox. . 
 Vultur, ttris, m. a vulture. 
 Vultus, us, m. (volo,) the coun- 
 
 tenance; the expression: the 
 look. 
 
 X. 
 
 Xanthippe, es, f. the wife of 
 Socrates. 
 
 Xanthippus, i, m. a Lacedce- 
 monian general, who was 
 sent to assist the Carthagi- 
 nians in the first Punic 
 war. 
 
 Xenocrates, is, m. a philoso- 
 pher of Clialctdon ; the suc- 
 cessor of Speusippus in the 
 Academia. 
 
 Xerxes, is, m. a celebrated king 
 of Persia. 
 
 Z. 
 
 Zama, 03, f. a city of Africa. 
 
 Zeno, onis, m. a philosopher of 
 Citium, a town of Cyprus, 
 and founder of the sect of 
 the Stoics. 
 
 Zetes, is, m. a son of Boreas. 
 
 Zona, 83, f. a girdle ; a zone. 
 
 Zone, es, f. a city and promon- 
 tory in the western part of 
 Thrace, opposite to the 
 island of Tliasus. 
 
EXERCISES 
 
 IN LATIN COMPOSITION. 
 
 Exercises in Latin composition for beginners can not be too simple, 
 nor can they be too soon commenced. They are capable, also, under 
 proper management, of being made one of the most exciting and pleas- 
 ing, as well as profitable parts of study, even to young pupils. Exercises 
 in considerable variety, and in the simplest form, are furnished in the 
 Grammar under each part of speech. As soon as the pupil begins to 
 read and translate, suitable exercises in Syntax may be drawn from every 
 lesson, and even from every sentence, in which he may be drilled orally 
 with great advantage, by simply changing the subject from the singular 
 to the plural, or from the plural to the singular, and again by changing 
 the mood or tense of the verb, or the active form for the passive, and vice 
 versa. These may be still further varied by expressing the same idea in 
 the interrogative or negative form, through all the varieties of mood, 
 tense, number, or person, as before. 
 
 When the learner has become expert in this exercise, he may advance 
 a step farther, and select from several sentences of his lesson, or from the 
 stock now laid up in his memory, such words as are capable of forming 
 a new sentence ; and this again may be varied ad libitum, as before. To 
 illustrate this — Suppose that the lesson of the day contains the following 
 simple sentence, "Terra parit flares," "The earth produces flowers," and 
 the class has become familiar with the inflection of the words in every 
 part, then let them change the words to correspond to such English sen- 
 tences as the following: 
 
 The earth produced flowers ; the earth has produced — had produced — 
 will produce — may produce — might produce, &c, flowers, — a flower. 
 Flowers are produced — were produced — have been produced, &c. The 
 earth does not — did not — will not — can not, &c, produce flowers. Flow- 
 ery are not — were not, &c., produced by the earth. Are flowers pro- 
 duced — were flowers produced — have flowers been produced, &c., by the 
 Earth? Are not flowers produced — were not flowers produced by the 
 earth ? &c., (as before.) Then again it may be noticed to the pupil that 
 28 
 
326 EXERCISES IN 
 
 terrce, in the plural, means "lands" or "countries " and so may have a 
 plural adjective and a plural verb; thus, Omnes, multce, qucedam fence 
 pariunt flores, "All," "many," "some lands produce flowers/' &c, 
 tlirough a similar variety as before. In this manner, and in many other 
 ways which will occur to the mind of an active teacher, a class may be 
 kept actively and even intensely, as well as profitably occupied for ten or 
 fifteen minutes, with a few words which, in their various forms and uses, 
 will be indelibly impressed on the mind, while the memory and judgment 
 are trained to prompt and accurate exercise, and more real progress made 
 in the study of the language than by a careless reading of many pages 
 extended through a drawling recitation of several days. 
 
 As a weekly, semi-weekly, or even daily exercise, pupils might be 
 encouraged at a very early period to furnish an exercise in writing, framed 
 by themselves from the lesson of the preceding day ; or they may be sup- 
 plied with English sentences framed from the lesson by the teacher or 
 some of the more advanced scholars, to be rendered into Latin. In doing 
 this they require no dictionary, and are not perplexed to know what 
 words to choose, as the words are all before them in the lesson from 
 which the exercise is drawn, and they have only to make the necessary 
 changes in number, mood, tense, voice, &c, requisite to express the ideas 
 contained in the exercise to be turned into Latin, in which also they are 
 assisted by the model before' them in the lesson, and the knowledge ob- 
 tained in its previous study and recitation. 
 
 The following are framed from the reading lessons at the places indi- 
 cated, as specimens of the kind of exercises here intended. They rise in 
 gradation from simple unconnected sentences to those of the nature of a 
 continued narrative, and are sufficient to furnish a short semi-weekly 
 exercise of this kind during the time necessary to go tlirough the Reader. 
 They will also form a good preparation for a systematic work en Latin 
 composition, such as Bullions' Latin Exercises. 
 
LATIN COMPOSITION. 327 
 
 EXERCISES IX SIMPLE SENTENCES. 
 
 Change the Latin words in the following sentences so as to correspond 
 to the Lnglish foilowiBg 
 
 1. Fortes laadabuiittir, ignavi rituperabuntur. 
 "Brave unai will be praised, cowardly men will be blamed.' 
 Brave men are praised, the cowardly are blamed. Brave 
 men have always (semper) been praised, cowardly men blamed. 
 Mm praise the brave and blame the cowardly. Do not (ncn- 
 we a ) men praise the brave ami blame the cowardly? A cow- 
 ardly man will not be praised. A brave man will not be 
 blamed. We will praise the good. You should blame the 
 cowardly Let us praise b the brave and blame the cowardly. 
 Let the brave be praised. Blame the cowardly. 
 
 2. Honos est prcemium virtutis. 
 "Honor is the reward of virtue." 
 Honor will be the reward of virtue. Honor was, (has been, 
 bad been,) the reward of virtue. Is not honor* the rewar^. 
 cf virtue? Honors an ill be the rewards of virtue. Will not 
 honor always be a the reward of virtue ? Let honor always 
 be a the reward of virtue. 
 
 3 Victi Per see in naves confugerunt. 
 " The Persians being conquered fled to their ships." 
 The Persians were conquered and fled 6 to their "ships. 
 When the Persians were conquered* 1 they fled to their ships. 
 We have conquered the Persians and they have fled to their 
 ships. If we conquer 6 the Persians they will flee to their 
 ships. If the Persians should be conquered' they will flee to 
 their ships. They say that the Persians were conquered and 
 fled to their ships. 
 
 4. Dehctaverunt me epistolce tuce, 
 "Your letters have; delighted me." 
 Your letters delight me. I am delighted with your letters. 
 Have I not a always been delighted with your letters ? Do my 
 (mece) letters delight you (te) ? His (ejus) letters will always 
 give us pleasure. Our (nostrce) letters do not delight him. He 
 will be delighted with our letters. 
 
 Grammars.— b 171, 1 : 1193, r. lxxxviil^ 1 631, 124:4:, r. xciv 
 — • 627, 2 : 1265, r. xcvii. 
 
 Idioms.—* 56, 3.— c 115, L— f 77, 3. 
 
328 EXERCISES IN 
 
 The wor<ls of the following: sentences selected from the Introductory 
 Exercises, pp. ^0-79, will be found in the paragraphs indicated by the 
 numbers prefixed As a further exercise these may be vaned as in the 
 preceding. Ncs. 1, 2, 3. 4. 
 
 5. (1.) There are many kings in Europe. Earcpe ras 
 many kings. There have been many good kings. There are 
 many suns and more stars. Cicero was a gcod man and a 
 distinguished consul. (2.) A brave soldier is to be praised 
 (3.) An elephant walks. Many sparrows build nests. Tbe 
 partridge runs. (4.) Black sheep are not found every where. 
 Africa produces lions. The Romans often burned their dead. 
 A brave man is not always praised. The Romans overthrew 
 Carthage and Corinth. 
 
 6. (5.) The bear wanders in the forest. A parrot imitates 
 the human voice. (€.) A day has been lost. Flowers are 
 produced by the earth. Athens was liberated by Miltiades 
 JJ.) Herds of wild asses roam (erro) in the forests (sylva) of 
 Jteia and Africa. The tracks of wild beasts are diligently 
 traced out by dogs. The variety of languages in the army cf 
 Cyrus was very great. (8) Animals covered with wool are 
 stupid, but (sed) they are capable of bearing cold. Foolish 
 people are not happy. The Gauls were very brave. 8 The 
 lion is the bravest of animals. a 
 
 7. (9.) Plato and Socrates were highly esteemed. It is 
 our custom 6 to value the good. Good men c forget injuries 
 and remember kindnesses. It is the custom of foolish men to 
 forget kindnesses. (10.) Good men are an honor to their 
 country; they are just and benevolent to all. Nero was an 
 enemy to the human race. A good man (vir) will be dear tc 
 all, a wicked man (homo) to no one. 
 
 8. (11.) Various coverings have been given to animals. Na- 
 ture has given avarice and ambition to man alone. (12.) The 
 Romans for the most part burned their dead. Homer men- 
 tions embroidered garments. (13.) We sometimes find stags 
 of a white color. We have need of philosophy. Men of 
 noble birth are not always of a noble disposition. Men of 
 depraved disposition are never happy (nunquam feliz). Ee 
 content with few things and thou wilt be free from cares. 
 
 Grammars.— b 364, r. xii. : 780, r. xxL— d 355, r. x. : 771, r. xix. 
 
 Idioms. — a 24. — • 19. 
 
LATIN COMPOSITION. '520 
 
 0. (14.) Lions eat flesh. Silver and rrold are found in 
 Spain, Men easily want gold and silver, but (W) n<>i 
 Africa abounds in lions. (16.) The Romans were Bent under 
 the yoke. The year mu divided into twelve months by 
 Noma Pompilius. (17.) Hunger and blow> tame wild 
 beasts. Nightingales change their color in autumn. One 
 oral ion of Socrates was sold for twenty talents. (18.) 31 \- 
 thridates, king of Pontus, was received by Tigrancs, king of 
 Armenia 
 
 10. (10.) I desire to live with you. They wished to 
 sleep. Why do men desire to change their fortune? We 
 ought to learn to despise wealth. We can not (we are not 
 able) to suffer poverty. All men a *desire to be loved. (20.) 
 Men must die." They had to fight. 6 The art of writing 
 WAS invented by the Phoenicians. Paper is useful for writing. 
 (21.) Catiline entered into a scheme for raising an army and 
 destroying the city. 
 
 11. (22.) The sun will set and the wolves will come forth 
 (evenio) to plunder. 4 The civil war.-, were carried on by 
 Marius and Sulla. All the nations of men have been and 
 they will be carried off by the power of death. (23.) Your 
 letters have often been read by me, 6 The crocodile lives 
 many years. Glory is thought to follow virtue. Great 
 things have been undertaken. Our strength will not always 
 remain. 
 
 12. (24.) The disposition of wild beasts is sometimes more 
 gentle than that of men. (25.) This is the four-horse chariot 
 which was made of ivory and covered with the wings of a fly. 
 Fruits are not produced by every field that is sown. Words 
 are repeated by the parrots 6 which are sent from India. Men 
 win are mindful of favors will receive (recipio) favors. (27.) 
 The fig-tree is so large that it conceals troops of horsemen 
 under it. Do you know* (Num scis) who painted 1 Alexan- 
 dei ? Is it true* ( Verumne est) that bulls are swallowed whole 
 in India by serpents? 6 Do you know* how many (quot) men 
 there are in the world? Tell us (Doce) when the world was 
 made,' and how many worlds there are.' 
 
 Grammars.— 8 530, 1074, r. lxxiii.— ' 627, 5 : 1182, r. lxxxvii. 
 
 Idioms.—* 19.— b 113.—° ill.—* 102.— * 56, 3. 
 
330 EXERCISES IN 
 
 13. (29.) There are some who live* happy; there sr3 
 others who are never happy. Is there any one who has not 
 read* Demosthenes? Who is there that has not heard a cor- 
 cerning Caesar ? (30 ) It is related that in Latmos scorpions 
 do not hurt strangers, but that they kill the natives. They 
 say (narrant) that Virgil in his will ordered his poems to be 
 burned, and that Augustus forbade it to be done. (31 ) The 
 approaching day is announced by the crowing of the cock. 
 The city built by Cecrops was called Cecropia. It is now 
 called Athens. Many when dying are troubled with the cars 
 of burial. 
 
 EXERCISES IN COMPOUND AND CONNECTED SENTENCES. 
 
 As an example of the way in which compound and connected senten- 
 ces may be varied, the first fable, page 80, may be changed into the foi 
 lowing forms and translated into Latin corresponding to the English in 
 each. 
 
 14. Through fear of a kite a hawk was asked by the doves 
 to defend them. When he assented* 5 and was received into 
 the dove-cote, greater havoc was made by him in one day than 
 could have been done d by the kite in many (multis). 
 
 15. The doves were led (ductce sunt) by fear of a kite tc 
 ask e a hawk that he would defend d them. It is said that ha 
 assented and that, being received into the dove-cote, he caused 
 a much greater slaughter of the doves in one day than the 
 kite could have caused d in a long time. 
 
 16. The doves are said to have asked a hawk whether, if 
 received into the dove-cote, he would defend s them from the 
 kite. He assented and was received ; but the slaughter made 
 in one day by the hawk was greater than could have been 
 committed d by the kite in a long time. 
 
 17. It is related (narratur) that when the doves through 
 fear of a kite requested the hawk to defend them, he as- 
 sented ; and that being received into the dove-cote a great 
 havoc was made of the doves ht one day. 
 
 ^Grammars.— * 638, 1229.— h 627, 1, 3d: 1208.—' 631, 1244. 
 r. xciv.— « 627, 5: 1182, r. lxxxvii.— h 690, r. lx.: 1349. 
 
 Idioms.—. 84.— d 88.— e 86.— f 97, I. 
 
LATIN COMPOSITION. 331 
 
 13. (p. 99, &e.) 1. A serpent, the son* of Mars, the keeper 
 of a cerUm fountain in Bceotia, was killed by Cadmus, the 
 sou of Agenor. For thi< reason K ob hoc) all his offspring were 
 put to death, and he himself was turned into a serpent. 2. All 
 
 who came into the kingdom of Amycus, the son of Neptune, 
 irere compelled to tight with him, and being conquered were 
 killed- 5. Life is said tj have been restored to llippolytus, 
 thi son of Theseus, by iEsculapius, the son of Apollo. 
 
 19. (p. 101, &c.) 10. It is said that Tantalus d was the son 
 of Jupiter; an! that because he told to men the things which 
 he heard among the gods, he was placed in water in the infer- 
 nal regions, and always thirsts. Others say, that he is tor- 
 mented with perpetual fear, dreading the fall of a stone which 
 hangs over his head. 6 15. The first men are said to have been 
 formed of clay by Prometheus, b the son a of Japetus. It is 
 also said that fire was brought by him from heaven in a reed, 
 and that he pointed out how it might be preserved by being 
 covered f with ashes. 
 
 20. (p. 105, &c.) 19. Europa, the daughter of Agenor, was 
 carried by Jupiter from Sidon to Crete. When Agenor Bent 
 his sons to bring her back,* he told them that unless their 
 sister was found they should not return.' 1 21. Atalanta, the 
 daughter of Schoeneus, was very beautiful. When many 
 sought her in marriage, the condition was proposed that he 
 should take h her who should first surpass" her in running. 
 23. Niobe, the wife a of Amphion, the son a of Jupiter and 
 Antiope, had seven sons and as many daughters, who were all 
 slain by the arrows of Apollo and Diana; and Niobe herself 
 was changed into a stone. 
 
 21. (p. 109, &c.) 1. Neither the actions nor the thoughts 
 of men are concealed from the gods. 2. The laws of I he 
 Athenians are said to have been written by Solon. No man 
 can be esteemed happy in this life, because even to his last day 
 he is exposed to uncertain fortune. 5. It is said that Demo. 
 critus, 1 to whom " great riches had been left by his father, gave 
 nearly all his patrimony to his fellow-citizens. 
 
 Grammars.— 11 251, r. i. : 622, j. L— h 530, 1074, r. lxxiiL— 
 d 676, 1155.—* 399, r. iv. : 820, r. xxxii.— f 688. 1XZO, r. cv.— 
 k 627, 1, 2d: 1207.— h 627, 1, 3d: 1208.— > 656, 1291, r. ci 
 — k 382, 800, r. xl.— 1 671, r. lviii. : 1130, r. lxxix.— » 522, r. iil: 
 1075, r. lxxiv. 
 
 IDIOM. — c 92. 
 
832 EXERCISES IN 
 
 22. (p. 112, &e.) 20, They say that Socrates, who was 
 judged by the oracle cf Apollo to be the wisest of all men, 9 
 was the son of a midwife ; and the mother of Euripides, the 
 tragic poet, is said to have sold herbs. 21. A question being 
 proposed to Homer by a fisherman, which he could not answer, 
 he is said to have died of vexation. 22. Simonides when eighty 
 years b old entered into a musical contest, and obtained the vie* 
 tory. He afterwards {posted) lived at Syracuse on intimate 
 terms with Hiero the king. 
 
 23. (p. 116, &c.) 42. When certain persons warned Philip, 
 king of Macedon, to beware d of one Pythias, a brave soldier, 6 
 but displeased with him/ he is said to have asked whether, 
 (num) if a part of his body were diseased/ he should cut h it 
 off or take care of it. It is said that he : then called Pythias 
 to him, supplied him with money, and that after that, none of 
 the king's soldiers were more faithful than Pythias. k 52. When 
 Dionysius was banished from Syracuse,' it is said that he went 
 (eo) to Corinth, 1 where he taught boys their letters. 
 
 24. (p. 120, &c.) 65. Corinth was taken by L. Mummius^ 
 All Italy was adorned with paintings and statues. It is said 
 that of so great spoils he converted nothing to his own use ; 
 and that when he died, his daughter received a dowry from 
 the public treasury. 66. A stattie of Ennius the poet was 
 ordered by Scipio Africanus to be placed in the tomb of the 
 Cornelian gens, because the exploits of the Scipios had been 
 rendered famous by his poems. 
 
 25. (123, &c). 1. In ancient times, Saturn came to Italy and 
 taught the Italians agriculture. A fort built by him near Ja- 
 niculum, was called Saturnia. 2. Troy being overthrown, it 
 is said that .ZEneas, the son of Anchises, came into Italy, and 
 was kindly received" 1 by Latinus, king of those regions; and 
 that having received the daughter of Latinus in marriage, he 
 built a city and called it Lavinia. Romulus and Remus, the 
 sons of Rhea Sylvia, having been exposed by the order of 
 Amulius, were taken up by Faustulus, the king's shepherd, 
 and given to his wife to be nursed. 
 
 Grammars.—* 355, r. x. : 771 9 r. xix.— b 565, r. xli. : 949, r. lx. 
 — » 549, 933.— d 627, 1, 3d: 1208.—* 251, r. i. : 622.— { 382, r. 
 xvi. : 860, r. xl.— « 627, 2 : 1265, r. xcvii.— h 627, 5 : 1182, r 
 lxxxvii.— ' 671, r. lviii. : 1136, r. lxxix.— k 467, r. xxiv.: 895, r 
 xlviii.— > 553, 938, r. lvii. 
 
 Idioms.— d 84— « 104. 
 
LATIN COMPOSITION. 333 
 
 26. (p. 126, &c.) 12. Rome was built by Romulus, and 
 divided into thirty cariffi called by the names of the Sabine 
 
 women earned otr by the Roman.-. L3. Noma Pompilios, 
 
 the second king of Rome, was born at Cures. 13y him* laws 
 were given to the state, 1 * many sacred rites were instituted, 
 ami tit.' manners of the people were softened. He reigned 
 forty-three years. 6 14. In the reign of Tullua llostilius, 
 who succeeded Numa, war was declared against the Sabines, 
 which was terminated by the battle' 1 of the Horatii and the 
 'Curiatii. 
 
 27. (p. 129, &c.) 23. Rome was governed by kings two 
 hundred and forty-three years." '2-L After that the people 
 created two consuls, who should hold (teneo e ) the government 
 for a year.* Brutus, by whom the kings had been expelled, 
 and Tarquinius Collatinus, were the first consuls. 24. "War' 
 having been raised against the city by Tarquin, Brutus was 
 killed in the first battle. 
 
 28. (p. 132, «fec.) 1. The bravest of the Romans s was chal- 
 lenged to single combat by a certain Gaul of extraordinary 
 m'x<- ' of body. The challenge was accepted by T. Manlius, a 
 young man of noble family, (genus h ) who killed the Gaul 
 and stripped 1 him of his golden chain, it is believed (cred- 
 itur) that both he w and his posterity, from this circumstance, 
 were called 1 Torquati. m 2. In a new war with the Gauls it is 
 Belated (uurrdtur) that another Gaul k of remarkable strength b 
 challenged the bravest of the Romans g to fight with" him; 
 that M. Valeria-, a tribune of the soldiers, offered himseHJ 
 and advanced armed; that a crow, which had perched on his 
 right shoulder, struck at the eyes of the Gaul with his wings 
 and talons, and that Valerius, the Gaul f being killed, received 
 the name of Corvinus. 
 
 29. (p. 138, &c.) 2. Hannibal, the Carthaginian general, 
 when nine years old was brought by his father to the altars* 
 to swear" eternal hatred towards the Romans, 3. It is said 
 that having left his brother f in Spain, he crossed the Alps 
 
 Grammars.—" 530, 1074, r. lxxiii.— b 522, r. iii. : 107&, r. Ixxiv. 
 — c 565, r. xli. : 949, r. lx — * 542, r. xxxv. : 873, r, xlii. — • Oil. r. 
 ii.: 1220.— { 690, r. lx. : 1349.—* 355, r. x. : 771, r. xix.— 
 n 339, r. vii. : 757, r. xvi.— ' 514, r. xxxi. : 911, r. L— * 671, r. 
 lviii. : 1130, r. lxxix.— m 319, r. v.: 000, r. vi. —   619, r. liii. • 
 1104, r. lxxxiv. 
 
 Idioms.— 1 97, 4.— » 84. , 
 
334 EXERCISES IN 
 
 with {cum) a large army and thirty elephants, and that the 
 Ligurians joined themselves with him; that he conquered 
 Scipio, and afterwards Sempronius Gracchus. Soon after he 
 advanced to Tuscia, where having engaged in battle" near the 
 lake Trasiinenus, he conquered Flaminius the consul, and slew 
 twenty-live thousand of the Romans. 
 
 30. (142, &c.) 3. After Philip, king of Macedonia, died, 
 his son Perseus prepared great forces, renewed the war against 
 the Romans, and conquered P. Licinius, the Roman general 
 who had been sent against him. He was afterwards con- 
 quered by JEmilius Paulus, the consul, near Pydna, and 
 twenty thousand of his infantry were slain. 5. Carthage, 
 though bravely defended by its citizens, was taken and de- 
 stroyed by Scipio, in the seven hundredth year after it was 
 built, and in the six hundred and eighth year from the build- 
 ing of Rome. 
 
 31. (p. 145, &c.) 1. In the war carried on against Jugurth a, 
 the Romans were in great fear that a the Gauls would again 
 get possession of the city. For this reason Marius was made 
 consul a third and a fourth time. In two battles, two hundred 
 thousand of the enemy were slain, and eighty thousand taken 
 prisoners. For this meritorious conduct, a fifth consulship was 
 conferred on Marius, in his absence. C. Marius and Qu. Cav- 
 ulus fought against the Cimbri and the Teutones, who had 
 passed over into Italy, slew forty thousand, and fook sixty 
 thousand of his army near Verona. 
 
 32. (150, &c.) 6. Lucius Sergius Catiline is said tc have 
 been a man of a very noble family, 6 but of a most depraved 
 disposition. 6 It is related (traditur) that he and certain illus- 
 trious, but daring men, entered' into a conspiracy for destroy- 
 ing their country ; g that he was driven from the city by 
 Cicero, who was then consul, and his companions seized and 
 strangled in prison. 7. Nearly all Gaul was conquered by 
 Ca3sar in the space of nine years. The war was afterwards 
 carried into Britain, and the Germans were conqu^red in 
 great battles. 
 
 Grammars.—* 690, r. lx. : 1349.—* 355, r. x. : 771, t. xix.— 
 e G88, 1350, r. cv.— d 633, 1215.—* 339, r. vi. : 75? t. xvi.— 
 
 312, r. i. : 643, r. iii. 
 
 Idiom— « 112, 3. 
 
LATIN COMPOSITION. 335 
 
 33. (p. 154, &c.) 1. The three parts into which the whole 
 world was divided, arc Europe, Amu, and Africa, The straits 
 of Gibralter separate Europe from Africa. 2. The boundary 
 of Europe on the cast is the riyei Tanaisand the Euxine sea; 
 
 on the south the Mediterranean sea; ou the west the Atlantic 
 l- 3. Spain lies toward the west. It is rich and fertile. 
 Id the region of Baetica, men, horses, iron, lead, brass, silver, 
 and gold abound. 4. The Phocsci, having left Asia, il sought 
 new settlements in Europe. 
 
 34 (j). 157, &c) 11. The country beyond the Rhine, as far 
 as the Vistula, is inhabited by the Germans, who arc said to 
 carry on war with their neighbors, not that they may extend' 1 
 their limits, but from the love c of war. 12. It is said that the 
 Germans' 1 do not pay much attention to agriculture. Their 
 food (cibus) is milk, cheese, and flesh. They erect their 
 houses near (ad) some spring, or plain, or forest; and after a 
 while they pass on to another place. Sometimes also they 
 pass the winter in caves. 
 
 .'S.J. (p. 161, &c) 24 Greece is more celebrated than any 
 other nation in e the world, both for the genius of its people, 
 and for their study' of the arts of peace and of war. Many 
 colonic-, were led from it unto all parts of the world. 25. .Ma- 
 cedonia was rendered illustrious by the reign of Philip and 
 Alexander, by whom both Greece and Asia were subdued to 
 a very great extent ; and the government, taken from the 
 Persians, 8 was transferred to the Macedonians. 
 
 36. (p. 162, &c.) 29. No region in Greece is more re 
 Downed for the splendor' of its fame than Attica. 6 There 
 Athens i^ built; a city h concerning which the gods are said 
 to have contended. So many poets, orators, philosophers; so 
 many men, illustrious in every, species of excellence, 
 produced by no other city in the world. There the arts of 
 peace were cultivated to BUcfa a degree, that her renown from 
 these was even more conspicuous' than (quam) her glory in 
 war. The harbor of Piraeus, connected with the city by long 
 walls was fortified by Themistocies, and affords (prcebet) a 
 anchorage for ships. 
 
 Grammars.— • 690, r. lx. : 1349.— > 627, 1: 1205, r. xc— 
 c 542, r. xxxv.: 873, r. xlii.— d 671, r. lviii. : 1136, r. Ixxix.— 
 
 • 467, r. xxiv. : 895, r. xlviii.— f 535, r. xxxiv. : 889, r. xlvii— 
 
 * 522, r. iii. : 1075, r. lxxiv.— h 251, r.i. : 622.— * 627, 1, 1st: 1220. 
 
 T W)M. — a 104. 
 
336 EXERCISES. 
 
 37. (163, &c.) 30. It is said that Thebes, a most celebrated 
 city, was surrounded with walls by Amphion, by the* aid a of 
 music. It was rendered illustrious by the genius b of Pindar 
 and the valor of Epaminondas. 31. The city of Delphi was 
 renowned for the oracle of Apollo, which had great authority 
 among all nations, and was enriched (made rich) with numer- 
 ous and splendid presents from all parts of the world. It is 
 said that the tops of Mount Parnassus, which hangs over the 
 city, c are inhabited by the Muses. 
 
 38. (170, &c.) 48. It is believed that Troy, a city d re-, 
 nowned for the war b which it carried on with the whole of 
 Greece for ten years, 6 was situated at the foot of Mount Ida. 
 From this mountain, rendered illustrious by the judgment of 
 Paris in the contest of the goddesses, flowed f the rivers Sea-, 
 mander and Simois. 49. The Carians are said to have been 
 so fond of war, that they carried e on the wars of other people 
 for hire. 50. The water of the river Cydnus is very clear h 
 and very cold. h 
 
 39. (172, &c.) 54. Babylon, the capital of the Chaldean 
 nation, was built by Semiramis or Belus. It is said that its 
 walls, m built of burnt brick, 1 are thirty -two feet k broad, and 
 that chariots 1 " meeting each other pass without danger; that 
 the towers are ten feet 1 higher than the walls. The tower of 
 Babylon is said to have been twenty stadia in circumference. 
 5G. India produces very large animals. No dogs are so large 
 as those which are produced there. The serpents are said to 
 be so monstrous that elephants are killed e by their bite b and 
 the coiling round of their bodies. 
 
 Geammars.— a 530, 1074, r. lxxiii.— fc 542, r. xxxv. : 873, r. xlii. 
 — c 339, r. iv. : 757, r. xvi.— * 251, r. i. : 622.—* 565, r. xli. : 949, 
 r. lx.— f 312, r. i. : 643, r. iii.— -s-627, 1, 1st: 1220.— { 541.— k 573, 
 r. xlii. : 958, r. lxii. — » 579, r. xliii.: 929, r. Iv.— m 671, r. lviii • 
 11 36, r. lxxix. 
 
 Idiom. — h 24. 
 
 | THE END.l 
 
VD OCXR9 
 
 YB 35659 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 1**7 
 
 
• -